munotes®

Civil Procedure Code and Limitation Act Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 9 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

Civil Procedure Code and Limitation Act

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 9

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

Civil Procedure Code and Limitation Act

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I Introduction (Section 2-Section 25)

  1. Definitions 1
  2. Jurisdiction of Civil Courts 7
  3. Res Sub Judice 12
  4. Res Judicata 16
  5. Bar to Further Suit 31
  6. Foreign Judgments 36
  7. Place of Suing 43
  8. Objections to Jurisdiction 48
  9. Transfer of Suits 53
  10. Essentials of a Suit and Cause of Action 57
  11. Set-off and Counterclaim 61

Module II Of suits (Section 26-Section35, Order I-Order XX)

  1. Parties to a Suit 66
  2. Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties 72
  3. Institution of a Suit and Summons 78
  4. Pleadings 84
  5. The Plaint 88
  6. The Written Statement 94
  7. Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance 100
  8. Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions 106
  9. Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing 113
  10. Trial, Witnesses and Evidence 118
  11. Judgment and Decree 123
  12. Costs 128
  13. Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits 134
  14. Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers 139
  15. Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others 144
  16. Suits by Indigent Persons 151
  17. Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property 157

Module III Execution and other procedures (Orders XXI)

  1. Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes 163
  2. Transfer of a Decree for Execution 168
  3. Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court 173
  4. Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution 178
  5. Arrest and Detention in Execution 185
  6. Attachment of Property 191
  7. Sale in Execution 200
  8. Resistance to Delivery of Possession 208
  9. Attachment before Judgment 214
  10. Payment into Court and Security for Costs 220
  11. Commissions 226
  12. Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders 233
  13. Interpleader Suits 240
  14. Special Case 246
  15. Summary Procedure 251
  16. Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court 257

Module IV Receivers, Appeals and other procedures and Law of Limitation

  1. Appointment of Receivers 262
  2. Appeals from Original Decrees 268
  3. Appeals from Appellate Decrees 277
  4. Appeals from Orders 282
  5. Appeals to the Supreme Court 287
  6. Reference, Review and Revision 292
  7. Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous 300
  8. Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance 307
  9. Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts 313
  10. Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963 319
  11. Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay 326
  12. Legal Disability 331
  13. Computation of the Period of Limitation 337
  14. Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment 344
  15. Acquisition of Ownership by Possession 350
  16. The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation 358
munotes.in

Module I

Introduction (Section 2-Section 25)

munotes.in

Chapter One

Definitions

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Definitions"

In one line

Section 2 of the Code fixes the meaning of twenty words, and the Code then uses those words everywhere else exactly as defined here.

That sounds dull and it is the most profitable chapter in the subject. The first question on every CPC paper asks for six short definitions, and almost all of them come from this one section. It is twelve marks that require no argument, only precision.

Why a statute defines its own words

Ordinary English is too loose for a procedural code. "Judgment", "decree" and "order" are near enough interchangeable in conversation, and the Code needs them to mean three different things, because different consequences follow from each: you appeal from one, execute another, and read the third to find out why.

So section 2 opens with the words "In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context". That qualification matters. The definitions govern the whole Code, but if a particular section plainly uses a word in some other sense, the context wins.

The three that are constantly confused

Learn these three together, because every question on them is really a question about the difference.

A decree, under section 2(2), means the formal expression of an adjudication which, so far as regards the Court expressing it, conclusively determines the rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy in the suit, and may be either preliminary or final.

A judgment, under section 2(9), means the statement given by the Judge of the grounds of a decree or order.

An order, under section 2(14), means the formal expression of any decision of a Civil Court which is not a decree.

So the judgment carries the reasons, the decree carries the result, and an order is defined by what it is not. Note the direction of that last definition: the Code defines "decree" positively and then makes "order" the residue. Anything a civil court formally decides is one or the other, and it is an order precisely because it is not a decree.

The five elements of a decree

Take the definition apart and it yields five requirements, all of which must be present.

One, an adjudication. The court must have judicially determined something. An administrative or ministerial act by the court is not an adjudication.

Two, in a suit. The adjudication must be in a suit, which ordinarily begins with a plaint.

Three, it must determine the rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy. Rights here means substantive rights of the parties as parties, not merely procedural steps.

Four, that determination must be conclusive, so far as regards the court expressing it. The words "so far as regards the Court expressing it" are doing real work: the determination has to be final as far as that court is concerned. An appeal may still lie; that does not stop it being a decree.

munotes.in1

Definitions

Five, there must be a formal expression of the adjudication. The decree is the formal document drawn up; it is not the judgment.

What the Code deems to be a decree, and what it excludes

The definition then does two more things, and both are examinable.

It deems two things to be decrees, even though they might not otherwise satisfy every element: the rejection of a plaint, and the determination of any question within section 144, which is restitution. So an order rejecting a plaint under Order VII Rule 11 is a decree, and is therefore appealable as one. That single sentence answers a very common exam question.

It expressly excludes two things. First, any adjudication from which an appeal lies as an appeal from an order. Second, any order of dismissal for default. So a suit dismissed because the plaintiff did not appear produces no decree at all, which is why the remedy there is an application to set the dismissal aside under Order IX rather than an appeal.

Preliminary, final, and both at once

The Explanation to section 2(2) provides that a decree is preliminary when further proceedings have to be taken before the suit can be completely disposed of; it is final when the adjudication completely disposes of the suit; and it may be partly preliminary and partly final.

That last clause is the one students leave out, and it is the whole of an exam answer on its own. A decree in a suit for possession and mesne profits can decide possession outright while directing an enquiry into the profits: final as to one, preliminary as to the other.

Shankar Balwant Lokhande v. Chandrakant Shankar Lokhande, AIR 1995 SC 1211, decided on 20 March 1995, is the case to use here.

Facts. A partition suit. A preliminary decree declared the parties' shares in the joint family property. The dispute that reached the Supreme Court was about when time began to run for executing the final decree, which turned on what a final decree in a partition suit actually is and when it comes into existence.

Held. In a partition suit the preliminary decree only declares the rights and the shares of the parties. The final decree is what divides the property by metes and bounds, meaning by actual measured boundaries, and it must be engrossed on stamped paper before it can be executed. The suit continues until the final decree is passed; the final decree implements the preliminary one.

munotes.in2

Definitions

Why it matters here. It is the clearest illustration of the Explanation. A partition suit is the standard example precisely because the two stages are so visibly separate: first who owns what share, then which land is whose.

The terms the paper actually asks for

These are the ones that have come up as one-or-two-sentence questions. Each answer below is the section's own words, tightened to what will fit in two sentences.

Decree-holder, section 2(3): any person in whose favour a decree has been passed, or an order capable of execution has been made. Note that it is not limited to a plaintiff, and not limited to decrees.

Judgment-debtor, section 2(10): any person against whom a decree has been passed, or an order capable of execution has been made. The mirror image of the last one.

Mesne profits, section 2(12): the profits which the person in wrongful possession of property actually received, or might with ordinary diligence have received, together with interest on those profits, but not including profits due to improvements made by that person in wrongful possession. Three things to keep: wrongful possession, what he might have received with ordinary diligence and not merely what he did, and the exclusion of his own improvements.

Legal representative, section 2(11): a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, including any person who intermeddles with the estate, and where a party sues or is sued in a representative character, the person on whom the estate devolves. The intermeddler limb is the part worth remembering: you can become a legal representative by meddling, without inheriting anything.

Foreign Court, section 2(5): a Court situated outside India and not established or continued by the authority of the Central Government. Foreign judgment, section 2(6): the judgment of a foreign Court. Both are dealt with in [Foreign Judgments].

Judge, section 2(8): the presiding officer of a Civil Court. Short, and asked as a two-mark question. Note that it is defined by the office held and not by the court's grade, so a Civil Judge and a District Judge are equally "Judges" for the Code.

Government Pleader, section 2(7): includes any officer appointed by the State Government to perform all or any of the functions expressly imposed by the Code on the Government Pleader, and also any pleader acting under his directions.

Pleader, section 2(15): any person entitled to appear and plead for another in Court, and it includes an advocate, a vakil and an attorney of a High Court.

District, section 2(4): the local limits of the jurisdiction of a principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction, called a District Court, and it includes the local limits of the ordinary original civil jurisdiction of a High Court.

munotes.in3

Definitions

Public officer, section 2(17): a person falling within any of eight described classes, which include every Judge, every member of an All-India Service, commissioned or gazetted officers of the armed forces while serving under the Government, court officers with specified duties, persons empowered to keep another in confinement, and officers whose duty concerns offences, public safety, or Government property and revenue. For a two-mark answer, give the definition and two or three examples rather than attempting all eight.

Movable property, section 2(13): includes growing crops. Signed, section 2(20): save in the case of a judgment or decree, includes stamped. Rules, section 2(18): the rules and forms in the First Schedule, or made under section 122 or section 125.

Distinguish: decree, judgment and order

Decree, s.2(2)Judgment, s.2(9)Order, s.2(14)
What it isThe formal expression of an adjudicationThe statement of the grounds for a decree or orderThe formal expression of any decision that is not a decree
Follows fromA suitA suit or a proceedingA suit or a proceeding
DecidesRights of the parties in controversyNothing; it explainsMay or may not decide rights
KindsPreliminary, final, or partly bothNo kindsNo such division
AppealAppealable, unless barredNot appealable on its ownAppealable only if the Code says so, section 104 and Order XLIII

The practical test a court applies: has this decision conclusively determined the rights of the parties in the matters in controversy in a suit? If yes it is a decree, whatever it is called. If no it is an order.

What it does not mean

A decree is not the judgment. The judgment gives the grounds; the decree is the formal expression of the result. They are separate documents and only one of them is executable.

"Conclusively determines" does not mean unappealable. It means final as regards the court that expressed it. Almost every decree is appealable.

Not every court order is an "order" under section 2(14) for appeal purposes. Being an order tells you it is not a decree. Whether you can appeal from it is a different question, answered by section 104 and Order XLIII.

A dismissal for default is not a decree, by the express exclusion, so there is nothing to appeal from.

Rejection of a plaint IS a decree, by the express inclusion, so there is.

Mesne profits are not rent. They are what a person in wrongful possession got or could have got. A tenant lawfully in possession pays rent, not mesne profits.

munotes.in4

Definitions

Quick revision

Section 2, twenty clauses, governing the whole Code unless the context is repugnant.

Decree, section 2(2): formal expression of an adjudication conclusively determining rights in the matters in controversy in a suit. Five elements: adjudication, in a suit, determination of rights in controversy, conclusive as regards that court, formal expression.

Deemed decrees: rejection of a plaint, and determinations under section 144. Excluded: adjudications appealable as orders, and dismissals for default.

Preliminary, final, or partly preliminary and partly final. Shankar Balwant Lokhande: preliminary declares the shares, final divides by metes and bounds and is engrossed on stamped paper.

Judgment, section 2(9): the statement of the grounds of a decree or order. Order, section 2(14): the formal expression of any decision that is not a decree.

Mesne profits, section 2(12): wrongful possession, actually received or receivable with ordinary diligence, plus interest, minus the possessor's own improvements.

Legal representative, section 2(11): represents the estate, and includes an intermeddler.

Test yourself

1. Define "decree" in two sentences. Under section 2(2), a decree means the formal expression of an adjudication which, so far as regards the Court expressing it, conclusively determines the rights of the parties with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy in the suit. It may be preliminary or final, and it is deemed to include the rejection of a plaint and the determination of any question within section 144.

2. What is meant by mesne profits? Under section 2(12), mesne profits of property are the profits which the person in wrongful possession of that property actually received, or might with ordinary diligence have received, together with interest on those profits. They do not include profits due to improvements made by the person in wrongful possession.

3. Is an order rejecting a plaint appealable? Yes. Section 2(2) expressly deems the rejection of a plaint to be a decree, and a decree is appealable.

4. A suit is dismissed because the plaintiff did not appear. Can he appeal? No. Section 2(2) expressly excludes any order of dismissal for default from the definition of a decree, so there is no decree to appeal from. The remedy is an application under Order IX to set the dismissal aside.

5. Can one decree be both preliminary and final? Yes. The Explanation to section 2(2) says a decree may be partly preliminary and partly final, which happens where the court disposes of part of the suit outright and directs further proceedings on the rest, as in a decree granting possession while ordering an enquiry into mesne profits.

6. Who is a legal representative? Under section 2(11), a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, including anyone who intermeddles with the estate, and, where a party sued or was sued in a representative character, the person on whom the estate devolves on that party's death.

munotes.in5

Definitions

7. What is the difference between a judgment and a decree? The judgment, under section 2(9), is the Judge's statement of the grounds of a decree or order, so it contains the reasoning. The decree, under section 2(2), is the formal expression of the adjudication, so it contains the result and it is the document that is executed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in6

Chapter Two

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Cause of action and jurisdiction and its kind"

In one line

A civil court can try every dispute of a civil nature, unless some law has taken that particular dispute away from it.

That is section 9. In the words a student can write in an exam: the Courts shall, subject to the provisions of the Code, have jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature, excepting suits of which their cognizance is either expressly or impliedly barred.

Why the Code opens this way

Section 9 states a presumption, and the presumption is the whole point. The civil court is the default forum for civil disputes. Anyone who says a civil court cannot hear a case must point to the law that says so; the plaintiff does not have to find a law permitting it.

That is a deliberate constitutional posture. Legislatures create tribunals constantly, for tax, rent, labour, consumer disputes, land revenue, and each one takes some work away from civil courts. If the burden ran the other way, every new tribunal would silently shrink the ordinary citizen's access to an ordinary court. Section 9 forces the exclusion to be shown rather than assumed.

The provision itself

Section 9 provides that the Courts shall, subject to the provisions contained in the Code, have jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature excepting suits of which their cognizance is either expressly or impliedly barred.

Explanation I provides that a suit in which the right to property or to an office is contested is a suit of a civil nature, notwithstanding that such right may depend entirely on the decision of questions as to religious rites or ceremonies.

Explanation II provides that for the purposes of the section it is immaterial whether or not any fees are attached to the office referred to in Explanation I, or whether or not such office is attached to a particular place.

Broken down

"Suits of a civil nature." The subject matter must concern civil rights: property, money, contract, status, office. A dispute that is purely religious, about doctrine or ritual with no civil right attached, is not of a civil nature. But Explanation I closes the obvious escape route: if the right to property or to an office is in contest, the suit is civil even though deciding it requires the court to answer a religious question along the way. Explanation II then removes two further quibbles, that the office carries no salary, or that it is not tied to a place.

The structure is worth noticing. The Explanations do not expand what "civil nature" means in general; they stop a defendant converting a property dispute into a religious one merely by pointing at the religious question buried inside it.

munotes.in7

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts

"Expressly barred." A statute says in terms that no civil court shall have jurisdiction over this class of case. That is the easy version, though even there the bar is not absolute, as Dhulabhai shows.

"Impliedly barred." No section says so, but the scheme of the Act shows Parliament meant the special forum to be the only one, typically by creating a complete machinery with its own remedies and appeals.

"Subject to the provisions contained herein." Section 9 gives jurisdiction over the subject matter. It does not tell you which particular court. That is [Place of Suing], sections 15 to 20, and pecuniary and territorial limits come from other statutes.

Kinds of jurisdiction

The syllabus topic says "jurisdiction and its kind", so know the four, and know which of them a defect in is fatal.

Subject-matter jurisdiction. Whether this class of court can hear this kind of case at all. A small causes court cannot try a title suit.

Pecuniary jurisdiction. Whether the value of the suit is within this court's limit. Section 15 requires the suit to be filed in the court of the lowest grade competent to try it.

Territorial jurisdiction. Whether the cause of action or the property or the defendant falls within this court's local limits. Sections 16 to 20.

Original and appellate jurisdiction. Whether the court is hearing the matter first, or on appeal from another.

The distinction that carries marks: a defect in subject-matter jurisdiction is inherent and goes to the root, so the decree is a nullity and can be attacked at any time. Defects in pecuniary or territorial jurisdiction are treated far more leniently, and are largely cured by section 21 unless they caused a failure of justice. That is dealt with in [Objections to Jurisdiction].

The leading case

Dhulabhai v. State of Madhya Pradesh, AIR 1969 SC 78, decided by a bench presided over by Hidayatullah CJ.

Facts. The appellants were tobacco dealers doing business in Ujjain. Under notifications issued by the State Government under the Madhya Bharat Sales Tax Act 1950, sales tax was levied on them and collected. They said the levy was unconstitutional, being contrary to the prohibition in Article 301, and filed civil suits for a refund of the tax paid. The State answered that the Sales Tax Act provided its own machinery and that the civil court's jurisdiction was therefore excluded.

Held. The Court laid down principles governing when a statute excludes the civil court, of which these are the ones an answer must carry. Where a statute gives finality to the orders of a special tribunal, the civil court's jurisdiction is excluded if the statute provides an adequate remedy to do what a civil court would normally do in a suit. Even then, exclusion does not cover cases where the provisions of the particular Act have not been complied with, or where the statutory tribunal has not acted in conformity with the fundamental principles of judicial procedure. Where there is an express bar, the scheme of the Act and the adequacy of the remedies it provides are relevant, but not decisive, in deciding whether the civil court survives.

munotes.in8

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts

Why it matters here. It converts the phrase "expressly or impliedly barred" into something a student can actually apply. The question is never simply "does the statute say no civil court". It is whether the special forum can give the same relief, and whether it stayed within the Act and within basic judicial procedure. Where it did not, the civil court comes back.

A worked example

Rekha runs a shop in Bhandup. The municipal authority levies a charge on her under a State Act which sets up a tribunal to hear objections and says the tribunal's decision "shall be final". Rekha wants to sue in the City Civil Court to recover what she has paid.

Step one, is it a suit of a civil nature? Yes. It concerns money and property rights, and nothing about it is religious or purely political.

Step two, is there an express bar? The Act gives finality to the tribunal's orders, which points towards exclusion.

Step three, apply Dhulabhai. Does the Act provide an adequate remedy that does what a civil court would do, that is, can the tribunal order a refund? If it can, the civil court is excluded and Rekha must go to the tribunal. If the Act gives no power to refund, the civil suit survives, because a finality clause only excludes the civil court to the extent the statute actually replaces it.

Step four, the exceptions. Even if the remedy is adequate, Rekha can come to the civil court if the authority acted outside the Act, or if the tribunal ignored the fundamental principles of judicial procedure, for instance by deciding without hearing her.

Change one fact. Suppose Rekha's complaint is that the levy itself is unconstitutional. A tribunal created by the same Act is generally in no position to hold its parent Act invalid, which is one of the situations in which the civil court's jurisdiction is not taken away.

A Maharashtra point our readers need

Until recently Maharashtra had its own section 9A, inserted into the Code in its application to this State. It required a court, where jurisdiction was challenged, to decide that issue as a preliminary issue before granting or continuing interim relief.

Section 9A was deleted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Maharashtra Amendment) Act 2018, Maharashtra Act 61 of 2018. The saving provisions that came with the deletion say that where consideration of a preliminary issue framed under section 9A was pending when the amendment commenced, that issue is deemed to be an issue framed under Order XIV and is to be decided along with all the other issues at the final disposal of the suit; and that pending revisional proceedings challenging a decision upholding jurisdiction stand abated.

munotes.in9

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts

Why this is in the book. Every student reading this will practise in Maharashtra, and a good deal of older material still describes section 9A as live law. It is not. The current position here is the ordinary one: jurisdiction is an issue like any other, framed under Order XIV, unless the court thinks fit to try it as a preliminary issue in the ordinary way.

What it does not mean

Section 9 does not tell you which court to file in. It answers whether a civil court can hear this kind of case at all. Which particular court is sections 15 to 20.

A finality clause is not the end of the argument. Dhulabhai is the answer to that.

"Civil nature" is not decided by the questions the court must answer along the way. Explanation I settles that: a contested right to property or office is civil even if the answer turns entirely on a religious question.

An implied bar is not inferred from the mere existence of a tribunal. It requires a scheme showing the special forum was meant to be exclusive, with adequate remedies.

Quick revision

Section 9: all suits of a civil nature, except where cognizance is expressly or impliedly barred. The burden is on the party asserting the bar.

Explanation I: a contested right to property or office is civil even if it depends entirely on religious questions. Explanation II: it does not matter that the office carries no fees or is not attached to a place.

Kinds: subject-matter, pecuniary, territorial, original and appellate. A subject-matter defect is inherent and makes the decree a nullity; pecuniary and territorial defects are largely cured by section 21.

Dhulabhai v. State of Madhya Pradesh, AIR 1969 SC 78: finality excludes the civil court only where the statute gives an adequate remedy, and never where the Act was not complied with or the tribunal ignored fundamental principles of judicial procedure.

Maharashtra: section 9A is deleted, by Maharashtra Act 61 of 2018.

Test yourself

1. State section 9 in two sentences. Courts have jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature, subject to the provisions of the Code, except suits of which their cognizance is expressly or impliedly barred. The burden of showing the bar lies on the party who asserts it.

munotes.in10

Jurisdiction of Civil Courts

2. A suit turns entirely on whether a religious ceremony was validly performed, but the relief claimed is a right to an office. Is it a suit of a civil nature? Yes. Explanation I to section 9 provides that a suit in which the right to property or to an office is contested is of a civil nature notwithstanding that the right may depend entirely on the decision of questions as to religious rites or ceremonies, and Explanation II adds that it is immaterial whether fees attach to the office.

3. A statute says a tribunal's decision "shall be final". Does that always exclude the civil court? No. Following Dhulabhai v. State of Madhya Pradesh, AIR 1969 SC 78, exclusion follows only if the statute provides an adequate remedy to do what a civil court would normally do, and even then the civil court is not excluded where the provisions of the Act have not been complied with or the tribunal has not acted in conformity with the fundamental principles of judicial procedure.

4. Name the kinds of jurisdiction and say which defect is fatal. Subject-matter, pecuniary, territorial, and original as against appellate. A defect in subject-matter jurisdiction is inherent and makes the decree a nullity. Defects as to the place of suing or pecuniary limits are largely cured by section 21 unless there has been a consequent failure of justice.

5. What is the position of section 9A in Maharashtra? It has been deleted, by the Code of Civil Procedure (Maharashtra Amendment) Act 2018, Maharashtra Act 61 of 2018. Issues of jurisdiction pending as preliminary issues under it are deemed to be issues framed under Order XIV and are decided with the other issues at the final disposal of the suit.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in11

Chapter Three

Res Sub Judice

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Concepts: Res-sub judice, Res judicata, set off, counterclaim"

In one line

If the very same dispute between the same people is already being tried somewhere else, the second court must wait.

That is section 10. In the words a student can write in an exam: no Court shall proceed with the trial of any suit in which the matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they claim litigating under the same title, where that suit is pending in a competent court.

The Latin means "a matter under judgment", as against res judicata, which means a matter already judged.

Why the Code has this rule

Two courts trying the same dispute at the same time is worse than wasteful. It is dangerous, because they can reach opposite conclusions, and then the parties hold two decrees pointing in different directions and nobody can say which prevails. Section 10 removes that possibility by making the later court stand still while the earlier one works.

Notice that the rule protects the system at least as much as the parties. Even where both sides are content to run two suits at once, the court is not: the words are "no Court shall proceed", which is a direction to the court, not a right the parties can trade away.

There is a second purpose, and it is the one that connects this section to the next. If the first suit is allowed to finish, its decision will bind the second by res judicata under section 11. So section 10 is the mechanism that feeds section 11: it holds the later suit still long enough for the earlier one to become conclusive.

The provision itself

Section 10 provides that no Court shall proceed with the trial of any suit in which the matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title, where such suit is pending in the same or any other Court in India having jurisdiction to grant the relief claimed, or in any Court beyond the limits of India established or continued by the Central Government and having like jurisdiction, or before the Supreme Court.

The Explanation provides that the pendency of a suit in a foreign Court does not preclude the Courts in India from trying a suit founded on the same cause of action.

Broken down: the conditions

All of these must be satisfied before a court is obliged to stay.

One, two suits, and the other one was instituted first. Section 10 turns on which suit was filed first. That is the exact opposite of section 11, where Explanation I makes everything turn on which was decided first. Getting these the wrong way round is the standard error on this pair, and it is worth writing the contrast out in an answer to show you know it is deliberate.

munotes.in12

Res Sub Judice

Two, the matter in issue must be directly and substantially in issue in both. Not merely overlapping. The same central question.

Three, the same parties, or parties claiming under them.

Four, litigating under the same title, meaning in the same capacity.

Five, the previously instituted suit must be pending in a court in India competent to grant the relief claimed, or in a court outside India established by the Central Government, or before the Supreme Court.

And the Explanation removes foreign proceedings. A suit pending before a genuinely foreign court does not stop an Indian court trying a suit on the same cause of action. That is a deliberate refusal to let a party park a dispute abroad in order to freeze the Indian courts. Contrast the position after judgment: once a foreign court has actually decided, section 13 may make its decision conclusive here. See [Foreign Judgments].

What exactly is stayed

This is where most marks are lost, because section 10 does not say the suit is dismissed, and it does not say the court can do nothing.

The words are "shall not proceed with the trial". The later suit stays alive on the file. The court is stopped from trying it. Everything that is not the trial remains available, which is why a court can still, for example, deal with interim applications in the stayed suit.

Indian Bank v. Maharashtra State Cooperative Marketing Federation Ltd, (1998) 5 SCC 69, decided on 5 May 1998 by Agrawal and Nanavati JJ, is the case on that word.

Facts. The Federation asked the Bank in June 1989 to open an irrevocable letter of credit for about Rs. 3.78 crore in favour of a rice mill. The arrangement was that documents drawn under the letter of credit would be tendered to the Bank, forwarded to the Federation for acceptance, and then paid by the Bank on the Federation's behalf. Litigation followed, and the question was whether the bar in section 10 applied to a summary suit filed under Order XXXVII.

Held. It does not. The Court declined to give the word "trial" in section 10 the widest possible meaning, holding that a broad reading was unnecessary once the objects of section 10 and of Order XXXVII were considered, and that the very object of providing a separate summary procedure would be frustrated if section 10 were applied to summary suits.

munotes.in13

Res Sub Judice

Why it matters here. It fixes the meaning of "trial", which is the operative word of the section, and it shows the section being read purposively rather than literally. It is also the natural link to [Summary Procedure] later in the book.

A worked example

Nisha sues Omkar in the Bombay City Civil Court in January, claiming that a plot in Chembur is hers and asking for possession. In March, Omkar sues Nisha in the same court claiming a declaration that the same plot is his.

Does section 10 apply? Work through it. Two suits, and Nisha's was instituted first. The matter directly and substantially in issue in both is the ownership of the same plot. The parties are the same, and each is litigating in his or her own right, so under the same title. Nisha's suit is pending in a competent court. All the conditions are met, so the court shall not proceed with the trial of Omkar's suit.

What happens to Omkar's suit? It is stayed, not dismissed. It waits. When Nisha's suit is decided, that decision will bind Omkar's suit by res judicata under section 11, and his suit will then be disposed of accordingly. This is the pairing described above: section 10 holds the door while section 11 walks through it.

Change one fact. Suppose Nisha's earlier suit is not about ownership at all, but a money claim on an unconnected loan. Now the matter in issue is not directly and substantially the same, and section 10 does not apply. Omkar's suit proceeds.

Change another. Suppose Nisha's earlier suit is pending in a court in Portugal. The Explanation applies: the pendency of a suit in a foreign court does not preclude an Indian court from trying a suit on the same cause of action. Omkar's suit proceeds here.

And another. Suppose Omkar's suit is a summary suit under Order XXXVII on a dishonoured cheque. On Indian Bank, section 10 does not bar the court from proceeding with it.

What it does not mean

The later suit is not dismissed. It is stayed. It remains on the file and revives when the earlier suit is decided.

It is not about which suit was decided first. That is section 11. Section 10 is about which was instituted first, and the two sections are deliberately opposite on this.

It does not stop everything. Only the trial. Interim matters in the stayed suit are not shut out, and on Indian Bank a summary suit under Order XXXVII is outside the bar.

The parties cannot waive it between themselves. The section commands the court.

A pending foreign suit is no bar at all, by the Explanation.

munotes.in14

Res Sub Judice

Quick revision

Section 10, res sub judice, a matter under judgment.

Conditions: two suits; the other instituted earlier; the matter directly and substantially in issue in both; same parties or those claiming under them; same title; the earlier suit pending in a competent court in India, or a court outside India established by the Central Government, or the Supreme Court.

Effect: the later court shall not proceed with the trial. Stay, not dismissal.

Explanation: a suit pending in a foreign court is no bar.

Indian Bank v. Maharashtra State Cooperative Marketing Federation Ltd, (1998) 5 SCC 69: "trial" is not read at its widest, and section 10 does not bar a summary suit under Order XXXVII.

Contrast with section 11: instituted first against decided first; stayed against barred. The full table is in [Res Judicata].

Test yourself

1. State section 10 in two sentences. No court shall proceed with the trial of a suit in which the matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted suit between the same parties, or parties claiming under them litigating under the same title, where that earlier suit is pending in a competent court. The later suit is stayed rather than dismissed.

2. Suit A is filed in January and suit B in March, but B is decided first. Which section applies to which? Section 10 looks at institution, so while both are pending it is suit B, the later-instituted one, whose trial is stayed. Section 11 looks at decision, so once B has been decided it is B that becomes the "former suit" for res judicata under Explanation I.

3. A suit on the same cause of action is pending before a court in Portugal. Can an Indian court try the Indian suit? Yes. The Explanation to section 10 provides that the pendency of a suit in a foreign court does not preclude the courts in India from trying a suit founded on the same cause of action.

4. Does section 10 bar a summary suit under Order XXXVII? No. In Indian Bank v. Maharashtra State Cooperative Marketing Federation Ltd, (1998) 5 SCC 69, the Supreme Court held that the word "trial" in section 10 is not to be given its widest meaning, and that applying the section to summary suits would frustrate the very object of providing a separate summary procedure.

5. Can the parties agree to let both suits be tried together anyway? No. Section 10 is addressed to the court, in the words "no Court shall proceed", so it is not a right the parties can waive between themselves.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in15

Chapter Four

Res Judicata

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Concepts: Res-sub judice, Res judicata, set off, counterclaim"

In one line

Once a court has finally decided a dispute between two people, neither of them can drag the same dispute back to court a second time.

That is res judicata. The phrase is Latin and it means "a matter already judged". In the words a student can write in an exam: res judicata is the rule in section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 which bars a court from trying any suit or issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has already been directly and substantially in issue between the same parties, litigating under the same title, in a competent court, and has been heard and finally decided by that court.

Why the Code has this rule at all

Imagine there were no such rule. Ramesh sues Suresh over the ownership of a shop, loses, and the next morning files the same suit again in the court next door. He can do this for the rest of his life. Suresh must appear every time, pay a lawyer every time, and can never treat the matter as closed. Nobody who loses would ever have to accept it, and nobody who wins would ever get the benefit of winning.

So the rule serves three interests at once, and Indian courts describe them through three old maxims. Nemo debet bis vexari pro una et eadem causa, no person should be vexed twice over the same cause. Interest reipublicae ut sit finis litium, it is in the interest of the State that there be an end to litigation. Res judicata pro veritate accipitur, a judicial decision must be accepted as correct.

The first maxim protects the individual defendant from harassment. The second protects the public, because court time spent re-hearing a decided case is court time stolen from someone still waiting. The third protects the judgment itself, and it is the boldest of the three: it says the decision is to be treated as the truth, whether or not it actually was.

That third point matters more than it looks. Res judicata binds even where the earlier decision was wrong. Finality would mean nothing if it could be reopened by showing the first judge had erred. The remedy for a wrong decision is an appeal, taken in time. It is not a fresh suit.

The case for that proposition is Satyadhyan Ghosal v. Deorajin Debi, AIR 1960 SC 941, and it is worth knowing properly because it also decides something the section does not say on its face.

Facts. A landlord obtained a decree for eviction against his tenants. The High Court held the tenants to be Thika tenants and sent the case back to the Munsif, who then rescinded the eviction decree. The landlord applied to the High Court in revision under section 115 of the Code. The High Court refused to hear his argument about whether section 28 of the Thika Tenancy Act still applied, holding that the point had already been decided between the parties at the earlier stage and was res judicata.

munotes.in16

Res Judicata

Held. The Supreme Court disagreed and allowed the landlord to raise the point. Das Gupta J stated the principle that res judicata rests on the need to give finality to judicial decisions, and held that the principle applies between two stages of the same litigation as well as between two suits, so that a matter decided at an earlier stage cannot ordinarily be reopened later in the same proceeding. But an interlocutory order, meaning an order made along the way which does not finally dispose of the case, stands differently: where such an order has not been appealed against, it can still be challenged in an appeal from the final decree.

Why it matters here. Two things. It is the authority for the finality rationale, which is the "why" of the whole section. And it establishes that section 11 is not only about a second suit: the same principle governs a party who tries to re-argue at the trial's later stages something the court settled earlier in that same case.

First, how this Code is numbered

Skip this if you already know it. If you do not, nothing below will make sense, because the Code is numbered in two separate systems and this chapter uses both.

The Code of Civil Procedure has a body and a schedule. The body is divided into sections, numbered 1 to 158. The sections carry the principles: what a court may do, who may sue, what is barred. Res judicata is section 11, and it lives in the body.

Attached to the Code is the First Schedule, which is divided into Orders, numbered with roman numerals from Order I to Order LI. Each Order is divided into Rules, numbered from 1. The Orders carry the machinery: how a plaint is drawn, how a summons is served, how a decree is executed. So "Order VII Rule 11" means Rule 11 inside Order VII, and Order VII is the Order about the plaint.

Two consequences matter. Section 11 and Order XI are different provisions with the same number in different systems, so always read whether a number is a section or an Order. And the two are amended differently: Parliament amends the sections, while the High Courts have power to amend the Rules in the Schedule, which is why local practice can differ on a Rule but not on a section.

munotes.in17

Res Judicata

A few words this chapter uses. A suit is a civil case started by presenting a plaint. A plaint is the document in which the plaintiff sets out the claim. The written statement is the defendant's reply to it. An issue is a specific disputed point the court frames for decision. A decree is the formal expression of the court's decision that determines the rights of the parties. Revision is the High Court's power under section 115 to correct a subordinate court that has gone outside its jurisdiction. An Explanation in a statute is a numbered part attached to a section that settles how it is to be read; it is not commentary and it has full legal force. In limine means at the threshold, so a petition dismissed in limine is one thrown out at the first hearing without a full hearing. Bona fide means in good faith, genuinely.

The provision itself

Section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 provides that no court shall try any suit or issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially in issue in a former suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title, in a court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, and has been heard and finally decided by such court.

The section carries eight Explanations. Six were in the Code as enacted in 1908; Explanations VII and VIII were inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act 1976. Every one of them has been examined, so learn them by number and not merely by sense.

ExplanationWhat it settles
IA "former suit" means one decided earlier, whether or not it was filed earlier
IICompetence of the earlier court is judged without reference to any right of appeal from it
IIIThe matter must have been alleged by one side and denied or admitted by the other
IVAny matter which might and ought to have been raised is deemed to have been in issue
VRelief claimed in the plaint but not granted by the decree is deemed refused
VIIn a bona fide representative suit over a public or common right, all interested persons are deemed to claim under the parties who litigated
VIIThe section applies to execution proceedings
VIIIAn issue decided by a court of limited jurisdiction competent to decide it operates as res judicata even in a later suit that court could not have tried
munotes.in18

Res Judicata

Six of the eight need saying properly, because a table row is not a treatment.

Explanation I is not a technicality. Two suits are filed, the second is decided first, and it is that second-filed suit which becomes the "former suit" for res judicata. Students routinely get this backwards because the word "former" sounds like it is about filing. It is about deciding.

Explanation II removes an argument that would otherwise be available constantly. A losing party will say the earlier court was too junior for its decision to bind, pointing out that an appeal lay from it to a higher court. Explanation II shuts that down: competence is judged on the court's own power to try the suit, not on whether somebody could have appealed from it.

Explanation III supplies what section 11 leaves unsaid, namely how a matter gets to be "directly and substantially in issue". It must have been alleged by one party and denied or admitted by the other, expressly or by implication. A point nobody raised and nobody met is not in issue under Explanation III. Note the tension with Explanation IV, which deems a point nobody raised to have been in issue if it might and ought to have been raised. They are reconciled like this: Explanation III governs what was actually litigated, and Explanation IV adds a deemed category on top of it.

Explanation V catches the plaintiff who claimed much and got little. If the plaint asked for possession and damages and the decree granted possession while saying nothing about damages, the damages are deemed refused. The plaintiff cannot file a second suit for the damages the first court passed over in silence.

Explanation VI is the representative-suit rule and it is examined more than students expect. Where people litigate in good faith about a public right, or about a private right claimed in common for themselves and others, everybody interested in that right is deemed to claim under those who litigated. So a decision in a properly brought representative suit binds the whole class, including members who never appeared and may never have heard of the case. The safeguard is in the words bona fide: the earlier litigation must have been conducted in good faith, and a collusive suit does not bind the class.

Explanations VII and VIII were both inserted by the 1976 amendment, and each closes a gap the courts had struggled with. Explanation VII applies section 11 to execution proceedings, so a question decided at one stage of executing a decree cannot be reopened at a later stage of executing that same decree. Explanation VIII deals with courts of limited jurisdiction: an issue decided by such a court which was competent to decide that issue now operates as res judicata even in a later suit that court could never have tried. Before 1976 the fourth condition swallowed these cases, because a small causes court cannot try a title suit, so nothing it decided bound anyone later.

munotes.in19

Res Judicata

Explanation IV is the whole of what is called constructive res judicata, and it is dealt with separately below because it is where most of the case law and most of the exam questions live.

Broken down: the five conditions

A plea of res judicata succeeds only if all five conditions are made out. Failure on any one of them defeats the plea entirely.

One. The matter must be directly and substantially in issue in both suits. A matter is directly and substantially in issue when the decision of the case turns on it. It is only collaterally or incidentally in issue when the court touches it on the way to deciding something else. A finding on a collateral matter does not bind anybody later. So if a court, while deciding who owns a house, remarks on the age of a boundary wall without needing to, that remark binds nobody.

Two. The parties must be the same, or must claim under the same parties. "Claiming under" covers a purchaser from a party, an heir, an assignee. The technical word is privies, meaning people so connected to a party that the law treats them as standing in that party's shoes. A total stranger to the first suit is not bound and cannot be met with the plea.

Three. The parties must have litigated under the same title. Title here does not mean ownership. It means the capacity in which a person sued or was sued. A man who sues in his personal capacity and loses is not barred from suing again as the trustee of a temple, because the second suit is brought in a different character altogether.

Four. The court which decided the former suit must have been competent to try the subsequent suit. This is the condition that catches out the small causes court and the court of limited pecuniary jurisdiction: if the earlier court could not have tried the present suit at all, its decision does not bar that suit under the main part of section 11.

Write both halves of this condition, because half of it is out of date on its own. The rule in the main part of the section is as stated above. Explanation VIII then carves out a large exception: where the earlier court was a court of limited jurisdiction and was competent to decide the particular issue, its decision on that issue operates as res judicata even though it could never have tried the later suit. So the safe formulation for an exam is: the earlier court must have been competent to try the subsequent suit, except where Explanation VIII applies, in which case competence to decide the issue is enough. An answer that gives only the first half is describing the law as it stood before 1976.

munotes.in20

Res Judicata

Five. The matter must have been heard and finally decided. A suit dismissed for default, withdrawn, or compromised is not "heard and finally decided" on the matter in issue. A decision on a preliminary point which disposes of the suit without touching the merits does not bar a later suit on those merits.

Be careful about appeals here, because the loose version of this rule is wrong. Take the three situations separately. Where the appeal is still pending, the earlier decision is not yet final in the sense section 11 requires. Where the appeal has been decided on the merits, the trial court's decree merges into the appellate decree, and it is the appellate court's decision that operates as res judicata. Where the appeal has been dismissed on a preliminary ground such as limitation, so the appellate court never reached the merits, the dismissal confirms the trial court's decision on the merits and that decision does operate as res judicata: Sheodan Singh v. Daryao Kunwar, AIR 1966 SC 1332, discussed below.

Constructive res judicata: Explanation IV

Explanation IV extends the bar from what was decided to what should have been raised. Any matter which might and ought to have been made a ground of attack or defence in the former suit is deemed to have been directly and substantially in issue in it.

The purpose is to stop litigation by instalments. Without it, a defendant could keep one good defence in his pocket, lose, and start again on the defence he held back. The word "ought" is doing real work: the ground must have been one the party was aware of and could properly have taken at that time.

The leading authority is State of Uttar Pradesh v. Nawab Hussain, AIR 1977 SC 1680.

Facts. Nawab Hussain was a Sub-Inspector of Police. He was dismissed from service. He first filed a writ petition in the High Court challenging the dismissal on the ground that the enquiry against him was vitiated, because he had not been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard. The writ petition was dismissed. He then filed a civil suit challenging the same dismissal, this time on the fresh ground that he had been appointed by the Inspector General of Police and could not lawfully be dismissed by the Deputy Inspector General, a subordinate authority.

munotes.in21

Res Judicata

Held. The Supreme Court held the suit barred by constructive res judicata. The ground about the dismissing authority's competence was available to him when he filed the writ petition, and he could and ought to have taken it then. The Court also held expressly that the doctrine of constructive res judicata applies to writ petitions.

Why it matters here. It is the case that shows the bar operates on grounds never argued at all. It also links Explanation IV to the constitutional side of the doctrine, which is where the next case sits.

Daryao v. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1961 SC 1457, is the constitutional anchor.

Facts. The petitioners claimed they had been in possession of land as tenants and had been dispossessed while they were away during the communal disturbances of 1947. They first went to the Allahabad High Court by writ petition under Article 226. Those petitions were dismissed. They then came to the Supreme Court under Article 32 on the same facts asking for the same relief.

Held. Where a High Court has heard a writ petition under Article 226 and dismissed it on the merits, a later petition under Article 32 on the same facts is barred by res judicata. The Court was careful about the qualification: a petition dismissed not on the merits, for instance for delay or because an alternative remedy existed, creates no such bar.

Why it matters here. It shows res judicata is not procedural housekeeping confined to civil suits. It is treated as a rule of fundamental importance resting on public policy, and it reaches constitutional litigation. It is also the case that teaches the distinction the exam likes: dismissed on the merits bars, dismissed on a preliminary ground does not.

Sheodan Singh v. Daryao Kunwar, AIR 1966 SC 1332, is the case to cite for the conditions themselves, and it settles a question about appeals that the section does not answer.

Facts. The appellant filed two suits in the court of the Civil Judge about title to the same property. While those were pending, the respondent filed two suits in the Munsif's court about the same property. All four were consolidated and tried together by the Civil Judge, who disposed of them by a common judgment but drew a separate decree in each suit. Appeals followed, and two of them were dismissed as time barred, so the appellate court never reached the merits.

Held. The Supreme Court set out the conditions: the matter directly and substantially in issue in both, the same parties or their privies, litigating under the same title, a court competent to try the subsequent suit, and heard and finally decided. On the appeals point it held that where the trial court decided on the merits and the appeal against that decision was dismissed on a preliminary ground, the dismissal confirms the trial court's decision on the merits, and the matter is therefore to be treated as heard and finally decided.

munotes.in22

Res Judicata

Why it matters here. Where a question is set as "state the essentials of res judicata", this is the authority the essentials come from. And it is the answer to a student who thinks any appeal, however disposed of, destroys finality.

A worked example

Anjali sells a flat in Dadar to Bhavesh in 2019. In 2021 Chetan files a suit against Bhavesh in the City Civil Court claiming that the flat is his, that Anjali never owned it, and that the sale is void. Bhavesh defends the suit on the ground that Anjali was the recorded owner. He does not plead, though he knows it, that Chetan's own claim is founded on a will which was never probated. The court decides in Bhavesh's favour and holds that Anjali was the owner. There is no appeal.

In 2023 Chetan files a fresh suit, this time against Dinesh, to whom Bhavesh has since sold the flat, claiming the same title on the same facts.

Is the second suit barred?

Take the five conditions in order. The matter directly and substantially in issue is the ownership of the same flat, and it was directly and substantially in issue in 2021: condition one is satisfied. The parties are not identical, because the defendant is now Dinesh, but Dinesh is a purchaser from Bhavesh and therefore claims under a party to the former suit: condition two is satisfied through privity. Chetan sued in both suits in his personal capacity asserting his own title, so condition three is satisfied. The City Civil Court was competent to try both suits: condition four is satisfied. The 2021 suit was contested and decided on the merits, so condition five is satisfied.

The second suit is barred by section 11.

Now change one fact. Suppose Chetan now wishes to argue that Bhavesh's own purchase was procured by fraud, a ground he knew about in 2021 and did not take. That does not help him. Explanation IV deems a ground which might and ought to have been raised to have been in issue, and Nawab Hussain is the authority.

Change a different fact. Suppose the 2021 suit had been dismissed because Chetan failed to appear on the date of hearing. There is then no decision on the merits, condition five fails, and section 11 does not bar the second suit. What Chetan faces instead is Order IX Rule 9, which bars a fresh suit on the same cause of action after a dismissal for default, and which is a different rule with its own remedy of an application to set the dismissal aside.

munotes.in23

Res Judicata

The exceptions, and where the rule stops

A pure question of law, wrongly decided, does not always bind.

Facts. Mathura Prasad Bajoo Jaiswal v. Dossibai N. B. Jeejeebhoy, (1970) 1 SCC 613, arose out of a lease of open land. Whether the tenant could get relief depended on whether a rent control statute applied to land let for building, and that in turn decided whether the particular court had jurisdiction to entertain the application at all. An earlier order between the same parties had decided that question one way. Later authority showed that decision to have been wrong in law.

Held. A decision on a question of law which does not relate to the rights of the parties but goes to the jurisdiction of the court, and which is erroneous, does not operate as res judicata. A court cannot give itself jurisdiction by wrongly deciding that it has it, and a mistaken view of the law on such a question does not become binding between the parties for all time.

Why it matters here. It is the main exception a student can name, and the boundary is the point: an ordinary wrong decision on the facts or on the parties' rights still binds, as Satyadhyan Ghosal shows. It is only a pure question of law going to jurisdiction that escapes.

A judgment obtained by fraud binds nobody. Fraud unravels everything, and a decree procured by fraud on the court can be challenged despite section 11.

A dismissal in limine or for default is not a decision on the merits, as the worked example shows.

A compromise decree does not bar a second suit under section 11, because nothing was decided. That is dealt with below, under the two situations the section does not obviously cover.

And the plea cannot be used to throw out a plaint at the threshold. It has to be pleaded and tried on the documents from the earlier suit. That is the most recent development in this area and it has its own section below, on how the plea is taken and proved.

Two situations the section does not obviously cover

Res judicata between co-defendants

Section 11 speaks of a matter in issue "between the same parties". The usual case is plaintiff against defendant. But a decision can also bind one defendant against another defendant in the same earlier suit, and this is a standing exam question in its own right.

munotes.in24

Res Judicata

The leading authority is Mahboob Sahab v. Syed Ismail, (1995) 3 SCC 693, decided on 23 March 1995 by Ramaswamy and Hansaria JJ.

Facts. Syed Ismail and Ibrahim said their father had gifted land to them as minors and had then wrongly sold it to the appellant, so they sued for possession on the footing that a minor's property could not be alienated. The appellant's answer was that the gifts were a sham got up to defeat creditors and that his own sale deeds were good. The High Court held part of the dispute concluded by an earlier suit of 1951, applying res judicata as between co-defendants in that suit.

Held. The Supreme Court set that aside and stated the four conditions which must all be satisfied before a decision binds one co-defendant against another. There must be a conflict of interest between those defendants. It must have been necessary to decide that conflict in order to give the plaintiff the relief claimed. The question between them must have been finally decided. And the co-defendants must have been necessary or proper parties to the former suit. On the facts none of this was made out, because in the earlier suit the defendants had jointly admitted the claim, so there had been no conflict between them at all.

Why it matters here. It is the answer to "does res judicata apply between co-defendants", and the safe answer is: yes, but only on those four conditions, and the first of them is usually where the plea fails. The same four conditions have been applied to co-plaintiffs, in Iftikhar Ahmed v. Syed Meharban Ali.

Consent and compromise decrees

A decree passed on a compromise does not operate as res judicata, and the reason follows straight from the fifth condition. Section 11 requires the matter to have been "heard and finally decided". In a compromise decree the court decides nothing: it records what the parties agreed and puts its seal on their agreement. There is no adjudication, so there is nothing for section 11 to bite on. The Supreme Court rejected the contrary argument in Pulvarthi Venkata Subba Rao v. Valluri Jagannadha Rao.

That is not the end of it, though, and this is the part students leave out. A compromise recorded in a decree binds the parties by estoppel instead. Having agreed to it and having had the court act on it, neither party is permitted to turn round and assert the opposite. So the correct answer to "does a consent decree bar a second suit" is: not by res judicata, but usually by estoppel, which is a different route to nearly the same place.

munotes.in25

Res Judicata

How the plea is actually taken, and how it is proved

None of the above helps a student who is asked what a party actually does. The mechanics are short and they are examinable.

It must be pleaded. Res judicata is a plea taken by the defendant in the written statement. A defendant who does not plead it is generally treated as having given it up, so it is not something a court is expected to discover by itself.

It is then framed as an issue and tried. Because it goes to whether the court may try the suit at all, it is usually taken as a preliminary issue and decided first, since deciding it in the defendant's favour disposes of the whole suit.

It is proved with documents from the earlier suit. The party relying on it must produce certified copies of the plaint, the written statement, the issues and the judgment or decree in the former suit. Nothing less will do, because the court has to compare what was in issue then with what is in issue now, and only those documents show it.

That last point explains the most recent case in this area, and it is why the plea cannot be disposed of on the pleadings alone.

Facts. In Srihari Hanumandas Totala v. Hemant Vithal Kamat, decided in 2021, and again in Keshav Sood v. Kirti Pradeep Sood, decided on 12 September 2023 by Oka and Mithal JJ and reported as 2023 LiveLaw (SC) 799, a defendant applied under Order VII Rule 11(d) to have the plaint rejected outright on the ground that the suit was barred by res judicata.

Held. The plea cannot be decided that way. Rule 11(d) permits a plaint to be rejected only where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint itself to be barred by some law. Deciding res judicata requires the court to look at the pleadings, the issues and the judgment in the earlier suit, and none of those is part of the plaint.

Why it matters here. It ties the doctrine to the procedure. Res judicata is a defence to be pleaded and tried on evidence, not a shortcut for throwing out a plaint at the threshold.

Distinguish: res judicata and res sub judice

These two sit side by side in the Code, at sections 11 and 10, and are confused constantly. The distinction is a standing exam question in its own right.

Res judicata, section 11Res sub judice, section 10
Latin senseA matter already judgedA matter under judgment
State of the earlier suitDecidedStill pending
What the court must doNot try the suit at allNot proceed with the trial; the suit stays on file
EffectThe later suit is barredThe later suit is stayed
Applies toSuits and issues, and by Explanation VII to executionThe trial of a suit
Foreign proceedingsA foreign judgment may bind, subject to section 13The Explanation to section 10 says the pendency of a suit in a foreign court is no bar
munotes.in26

Res Judicata

Section 10 requires the earlier suit to be previously instituted, which is the mirror image of Explanation I to section 11, where what matters is which suit was previously decided. A student who remembers only "one is pending and one is decided" will still get a question on Explanation I wrong.

Distinguish: res judicata and estoppel

Both stop a party from saying something. They are not the same thing.

Res judicataEstoppel
SourceSection 11 of the CodeSections 121 to 123 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam 2023, which were sections 115 to 117 of the Indian Evidence Act 1872
Arises fromA decision of a courtThe party's own act, declaration or omission
BarsThe court from trying the matterThe party from proving something
Rests onPublic policy, finality of litigationThe conduct of the party, and the other side having acted on it

Res judicata ousts the court's jurisdiction to try the suit. Estoppel is a rule of evidence which shuts the mouth of a party. That difference in kind is the answer an examiner is looking for.

What it does not mean

It is not the same as "the same case cannot be filed twice". The bar operates on the matter in issue, not on the suit's label. Two suits with different reliefs and different causes of action can still be barred if the matter directly and substantially in issue is the same one already decided.

It does not require the earlier decision to be correct. A wrong decision binds. The remedy was an appeal.

It does not require the same relief to have been claimed. Explanation V deems any relief claimed in the plaint and not granted by the decree to have been refused.

It is not confined to civil suits. Daryao applies it to writ petitions, Explanation VII applies it to execution proceedings, and Explanation VIII applies it across courts of limited jurisdiction.

It is not the same as section 12 or Order II Rule 2. Section 12 bars a fresh suit where a plaintiff is precluded by rules from instituting one. Order II Rule 2 bars a claim the plaintiff omitted from an earlier plaint when he ought to have joined it, and it operates on claims and reliefs, whereas Explanation IV to section 11 operates on grounds of attack and defence. Confusing the two is a standing error.

munotes.in27

Res Judicata

Quick revision

Section 11, Code of Civil Procedure 1908. Latin for "a matter already judged".

Five conditions, all required: matter directly and substantially in issue in both; same parties or privies; same title, meaning same capacity; court competent to try the later suit; heard and finally decided.

Eight Explanations. I, "former" means decided first, not filed first. II, competence ignores any right of appeal. III, the matter must have been alleged and met. IV, constructive res judicata, might and ought. V, relief not granted is deemed refused. VI, bona fide representative suits bind the whole class. VII, execution. VIII, courts of limited jurisdiction. VII and VIII were added by the 1976 amendment.

Three maxims: no one vexed twice, the State wants an end to litigation, a decision is accepted as true.

Appeals: pending means not yet final; decided on the merits means the appellate decree binds; dismissed on a preliminary ground means the trial court's decision stands and binds.

Co-defendants: four conditions, and conflict of interest is the one that usually fails. Compromise decree: no res judicata, because nothing was decided, but estoppel instead.

Procedure: plead it in the written statement, get it framed as a preliminary issue, prove it with certified copies of the plaint, written statement, issues and judgment in the earlier suit. It cannot be decided on an Order VII Rule 11(d) application.

Cases: Satyadhyan Ghosal for finality and for stages of the same case, Sheodan Singh for the conditions and for appeals dismissed on a preliminary ground, Daryao for writ petitions, Nawab Hussain for constructive res judicata, Mathura Prasad for the pure question of law exception, Mahboob Sahab for co-defendants, Keshav Sood for the rule that it cannot be decided under Order VII Rule 11(d).

Compare with section 10: decided against pending, barred against stayed.

Test yourself

1. In two sentences, what is res judicata? It is the rule in section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 that no court shall try a suit or issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has already been directly and substantially in issue between the same parties, litigating under the same title, in a competent court, and has been heard and finally decided. Its purpose is to give finality to judicial decisions and to prevent a party being vexed twice over the same cause.

2. Suit A is filed in January and suit B in March. Suit B is decided first. Which is the "former suit"? Suit B. Explanation I provides that "former suit" denotes a suit decided prior to the suit in question, whether or not it was instituted prior to it.

munotes.in28

Res Judicata

3. A defendant had a good defence, knew about it, and did not plead it. He loses, and raises it in a later suit. Can he? No. Explanation IV deems any matter which might and ought to have been made a ground of defence to have been directly and substantially in issue. The authority is State of Uttar Pradesh v. Nawab Hussain, AIR 1977 SC 1680.

4. Give one situation where a decision does not operate as res judicata even though the parties and the property are the same. Any of these will do: the earlier suit was dismissed for default rather than decided on the merits; the earlier decision was on a pure question of jurisdiction and was erroneous, following Mathura Prasad Bajoo Jaiswal v. Dossibai N. B. Jeejeebhoy, (1970) 1 SCC 613; the earlier decree was obtained by fraud; the party sued in a different capacity the second time.

5. State two differences between res judicata and res sub judice. Res judicata applies where the earlier suit has been decided, res sub judice where it is still pending. Res judicata bars the later suit altogether, res sub judice only stays its trial while the earlier suit continues.

6. Can a plaint be rejected under Order VII Rule 11(d) on the ground that the suit is barred by res judicata? No. Rule 11(d) allows rejection only where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint itself to be barred by law, and deciding res judicata requires the pleadings, issues and judgment of the earlier suit to be examined. See Srihari Hanumandas Totala v. Hemant Vithal Kamat (2021), followed in Keshav Sood v. Kirti Pradeep Sood, 12 September 2023, 2023 LiveLaw (SC) 799.

7. The earlier suit was decided on the merits, and the appeal against it was dismissed because it was filed out of time. Is the trial court's decision res judicata? Yes. The dismissal of the appeal on a preliminary ground confirms the trial court's decision on the merits, so the matter counts as heard and finally decided: Sheodan Singh v. Daryao Kunwar, AIR 1966 SC 1332.

8. Two defendants in an earlier suit disagreed with each other. When does that decision bind one of them against the other later? Only if all four conditions in Mahboob Sahab v. Syed Ismail, (1995) 3 SCC 693, are satisfied: a conflict of interest between those defendants, a need to decide that conflict in order to grant the plaintiff relief, a final decision on the question between them, and both being necessary or proper parties to the former suit.

9. Does a compromise decree operate as res judicata? No, because the court decided nothing; it only recorded what the parties agreed, so the matter was never heard and finally decided. But the compromise binds the parties by estoppel, which usually produces the same result by a different route.

munotes.in29

Res Judicata

10. Where must the plea be raised, and what must be produced to prove it? It must be pleaded in the written statement, and it is usually framed and tried as a preliminary issue. To prove it the party must produce certified copies of the plaint, the written statement, the issues and the judgment or decree in the earlier suit.

11. What is the difference between a section and an Order of this Code? The sections are the body of the Code, numbered 1 to 158, and they carry the principles. The Orders are in the First Schedule, numbered in roman numerals up to Order LI, each divided into Rules, and they carry the procedure. Parliament amends the sections; the High Courts have power to amend the Rules.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in30

Chapter Five

Bar to Further Suit

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Concepts: Res-sub judice, Res judicata, set off, counterclaim"

In one line

Sue for everything your cause of action entitles you to, all at once, because whatever you leave out you lose for good.

That is Order II Rule 2, and section 12 is the short section that makes the bar stick everywhere.

Why the Code has this rule

A defendant who has been sued once about a transaction is entitled to think that the transaction is over. Without this rule, a plaintiff could sue for one instalment this year, another next year, and damages the year after, dragging the same defendant back for the same episode as often as he liked. Each suit would be small, none would be an abuse on its own, and the cumulative effect would be harassment.

So the Code puts the burden on the plaintiff, who after all knows what his own claim is: bring it all now.

Notice the price of the rule. It is harsh, and deliberately so. A plaintiff who genuinely forgets part of his claim loses it. The Code accepts that cost because the alternative, a defendant who can never be sure a matter is finished, is worse.

The provisions

Section 12 provides that where a plaintiff is precluded by rules from instituting a further suit in respect of any particular cause of action, he shall not be entitled to institute a suit in respect of that cause of action in any Court to which this Code applies.

Section 12 creates no bar of its own. It takes a bar created by the rules, which for this purpose means Order II Rule 2, and makes it operate across every court governed by the Code, so a plaintiff cannot escape by moving to a different court.

Order II Rule 2 does the work, in three sub-rules.

Rule 2(1). Every suit shall include the whole of the claim which the plaintiff is entitled to make in respect of the cause of action. But a plaintiff may relinquish any portion of his claim in order to bring the suit within the jurisdiction of any Court.

Rule 2(2), relinquishment of part of a claim. Where a plaintiff omits to sue in respect of, or intentionally relinquishes, any portion of his claim, he shall not afterwards sue in respect of the portion so omitted or relinquished.

Rule 2(3), omission to sue for one of several reliefs. A person entitled to more than one relief in respect of the same cause of action may sue for all or any of them; but if he omits, except with the leave of the Court, to sue for all such reliefs, he shall not afterwards sue for any relief so omitted.

The Explanation provides that for the purposes of the rule, an obligation and a collateral security for its performance, and successive claims arising under the same obligation, shall each be deemed to constitute but one cause of action.

munotes.in31

Bar to Further Suit

The Code's own illustration

Order II Rule 2 carries an illustration, and it is worth learning because it is the clearest statement of the rule anywhere.

A lets a house to B at a yearly rent of Rs. 1,200. The rent for the whole of 1905, 1906 and 1907 is due and unpaid. A sues B in 1908 only for the rent due for 1906. A shall not afterwards sue B for the rent due for 1905 or 1907.

Three years of rent under one tenancy are successive claims under the same obligation, and the Explanation deems them one cause of action. Having sued on that cause of action for part, A has lost the rest.

The crucial difference between sub-rules (2) and (3)

This is the distinction that separates a good answer from an average one.

Sub-rule (2) is about the CLAIM, meaning the subject matter of what you are owed. Omit part of the claim and it is gone. There is no leave of the court available.

Sub-rule (3) is about the RELIEFS you ask for on the same cause of action. Omit a relief and it is gone unless you obtained the leave of the Court.

So the Code is stricter about splitting the claim than about omitting a relief, because a plaintiff may have a good reason to defer a relief, and the court can sanction it in advance. Nothing sanctions splitting the claim itself, except the express permission in Rule 2(1) to relinquish part in order to bring the suit within a court's pecuniary jurisdiction, and a plaintiff who does that has given the relinquished part up permanently.

The leading case, and it is about proof

Gurbux Singh v. Bhooralal, AIR 1964 SC 1810, decided on 22 April 1964.

Facts. The plaintiff sued for recovery of possession of property and for mesne profits, saying he was the absolute owner and the defendant was in wrongful possession. In his plaint he referred to an earlier suit brought by himself and his mother against the same defendant, in which mesne profits for the same property up to 10 February 1950 had been claimed and decreed. The defendant pleaded that the present suit was barred by Order II Rule 2, and the trial court dismissed the suit as barred.

Held. The plea failed, and the reason is entirely practical. A plea under Order II Rule 2 cannot be made out except on proof of the plaint in the previous suit which is said to create the bar. The defendant must file the pleadings of the earlier suit in evidence and thereby prove to the court that the cause of action in the two suits is the same.

munotes.in32

Bar to Further Suit

Why it matters here. It converts a doctrine into a burden of proof, and puts that burden squarely on the defendant. Knowing that an earlier suit existed is not enough; even the plaintiff mentioning it in his own plaint was not enough. Without the earlier plaint in evidence the court cannot compare the two causes of action, and if it cannot compare them it cannot find the bar.

Note how closely this tracks the modern rule about res judicata, where the plea likewise has to be proved from the earlier record and cannot be decided on the plaint alone. Both bars are about comparing two proceedings, and you cannot compare what is not before the court.

Distinguish: Order II Rule 2 and Explanation IV to section 11

These two are confused constantly, because both punish a party for not raising something earlier.

Order II Rule 2Explanation IV to section 11
Applies toThe plaintiffEither party, in practice usually the defendant
BarsClaims and reliefs omitted from the earlier plaintGrounds of attack or defence which might and ought to have been raised
Turns onIdentity of the cause of actionIdentity of the matter in issue
EscapeLeave of the court, for a relief under sub-rule (3)None
Proof neededThe earlier plaint in evidence, on Gurbux SinghThe earlier pleadings, issues and judgment

The short version: Order II Rule 2 is about what you asked for; constructive res judicata is about what you argued. A plaintiff who sued for possession and forgot mesne profits meets Order II Rule 2. A defendant who had a good defence and kept it in his pocket meets Explanation IV.

A worked example

Sanjay lets a shop to Tanvi. Tanvi stops paying, and by January the rent for three years is outstanding and Sanjay also wants her out.

Sanjay sues only for one year's rent. On the Explanation to Order II Rule 2, successive claims under the same obligation are one cause of action, so the three years are one claim. Having sued for part, Rule 2(2) bars him from suing for the other two years. The Code's own illustration is this case.

Sanjay sues for all three years' rent but not for possession. Possession is a relief on the same cause of action. Rule 2(3) bars a later suit for it, unless he obtained the leave of the Court when he filed the first suit.

Sanjay's claim is worth more than the court's pecuniary limit. Rule 2(1) lets him relinquish part of the claim to bring the suit within jurisdiction. He may do that, but the relinquished portion is gone for good under Rule 2(2); it is a price, not a device.

munotes.in33

Bar to Further Suit

Sanjay files the second suit anyway, and Tanvi pleads the bar. On Gurbux Singh, Tanvi must put the plaint in the earlier suit in evidence. If she merely asserts that an earlier suit existed, or relies on Sanjay having mentioned it, the plea fails for want of proof.

And a last turn. Suppose Tanvi wants to raise the bar by having the plaint rejected at the threshold. She cannot, for the same reason the same device fails for res judicata: the earlier plaint is not part of this plaint. See [Res Judicata] on Order VII Rule 11(d).

What it does not mean

It does not bar a suit on a different cause of action. The whole rule turns on the cause of action being the same.

It does not apply to the defendant. A defendant's failure to raise a defence is Explanation IV to section 11, not this rule.

Leave is not available for splitting the claim. Only for omitting a relief, under sub-rule (3).

Section 12 is not an independent bar. It only carries the bar created by the rules into every court to which the Code applies.

The bar is not established by assertion. On Gurbux Singh, the earlier plaint must be proved.

Quick revision

Section 12: a plaintiff precluded by the rules from a further suit on a cause of action cannot bring it in any court to which the Code applies.

Order II Rule 2(1): a suit must include the whole claim; part may be relinquished to fit the court's jurisdiction. Rule 2(2): what is omitted or relinquished cannot be sued for later. No leave available. Rule 2(3): omitting one of several reliefs on the same cause of action bars it later, unless the leave of the Court was obtained. Explanation: an obligation and its collateral security, and successive claims under the same obligation, are one cause of action.

The Code's illustration: three years' rent, sued for one, the other two are lost.

Gurbux Singh v. Bhooralal, AIR 1964 SC 1810: the plea cannot be made out except on proof of the plaint in the previous suit, which the defendant must file in evidence.

Against Explanation IV to section 11: claims and reliefs, not grounds; cause of action, not matter in issue.

Test yourself

1. State Order II Rule 2 in two sentences. Every suit must include the whole of the claim the plaintiff is entitled to make on his cause of action, and a plaintiff who omits or relinquishes part of it cannot sue for that part afterwards. Where he is entitled to several reliefs on the same cause of action and omits one, he cannot sue for it later except with the leave of the Court.

munotes.in34

Bar to Further Suit

2. Rent is due for 1905, 1906 and 1907 and the landlord sues only for 1906. Can he later sue for the rest? No. By the Explanation, successive claims arising under the same obligation are one cause of action, so the omitted years fall within Rule 2(2) and are barred. This is the Code's own illustration to the rule.

3. What is the difference between sub-rules (2) and (3)? Sub-rule (2) bars a claim or part of a claim that was omitted or relinquished, and no leave of the court is available. Sub-rule (3) bars a relief omitted on the same cause of action, but only where the plaintiff did not obtain the leave of the Court.

4. What must a defendant prove to succeed on a plea under Order II Rule 2? He must file the pleadings of the previous suit, in particular the earlier plaint, in evidence, so as to prove the identity of the cause of action in the two suits. On Gurbux Singh v. Bhooralal, AIR 1964 SC 1810, the plea cannot be made out except on proof of that plaint.

5. How does Order II Rule 2 differ from constructive res judicata? Order II Rule 2 applies to a plaintiff and bars claims and reliefs omitted from the earlier plaint, turning on identity of the cause of action. Explanation IV to section 11 bars grounds of attack or defence which might and ought to have been raised, turning on the matter in issue, and it has no leave-of-the-court escape.

6. What does section 12 add? Nothing of its own. It provides that where a plaintiff is precluded by the rules from a further suit on a cause of action, he cannot institute such a suit in any court to which the Code applies, so the bar cannot be evaded by choosing a different court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in35

Chapter Six

Foreign Judgments

Syllabus topic none names it. Sections 13 and 14 fall inside Module I's printed range, "Section 2 to Section 25", and no topic label mentions them. Section 44A is outside every printed range and is covered here under house rule 1.3, because the examiner asks it.

In one line

A judgment given by a court outside India binds the same parties in India too, unless it falls into one of six listed exceptions.

That is section 13 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908. In the words a student can write in an exam: a foreign judgment is conclusive in India as to any matter directly adjudicated upon between the same parties, or between parties claiming under them litigating under the same title, except in the six cases set out in clauses (a) to (f) of section 13.

Two definitions you need first

The Code defines both terms in section 2, and an answer that uses them loosely loses marks for no reason.

A foreign Court means a court situated outside India and not established or continued by the authority of the Central Government. A foreign judgment means the judgment of a foreign Court.

So a judgment of a court in London, Lisbon or Dubai is a foreign judgment. A judgment of a court in Jammu, or of any court set up under Indian authority anywhere, is not.

Why the Code has this rule at all

Disputes do not stop at borders. An Indian businessman contracts with a Portuguese one, the contract is broken, and one of them sues abroad and wins. If India ignored that judgment entirely, the loser could simply come home and start again, and the winner's years of foreign litigation would count for nothing. If India accepted it blindly, an Indian could be bound by proceedings conducted before a court that never had any business hearing the case, or by a decree obtained through a lie.

Section 13 is the compromise. The starting position is recognition: the foreign judgment is conclusive. The six exceptions are the conditions on which India refuses. So the burden is not on the person relying on the judgment to prove it is good; it is on the person resisting it to bring the case within one of the six.

Notice how the section connects back to res judicata. Its opening words, "between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title", are the same words section 11 uses. A foreign judgment which passes section 13 operates in India very much as res judicata does. That is why the two sit within a page of each other in the Code.

The provision itself

Section 13 provides that a foreign judgment shall be conclusive as to any matter thereby directly adjudicated upon between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title, except in six cases:

ClauseThe judgment is not conclusive where
(a)it has not been pronounced by a Court of competent jurisdiction
(b)it has not been given on the merits of the case
(c)it appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law, or on a refusal to recognise the law of India where Indian law applies
(d)the proceedings in which it was obtained are opposed to natural justice
(e)it has been obtained by fraud
(f)it sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India
munotes.in36

Foreign Judgments

Section 14 then supplies a presumption. On production of a document purporting to be a certified copy of a foreign judgment, the court shall presume that the judgment was pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on the record. That presumption may be displaced by proving want of jurisdiction.

Read sections 13 and 14 together and the practical position is this: produce the certified copy and competence is assumed in your favour; the other side must then prove otherwise.

Broken down: the six exceptions

(a) Not by a court of competent jurisdiction. Competence here is not decided by the foreign court's own view of itself. An Indian court asks whether that court had jurisdiction by the rules Indian law recognises, which in the main means the defendant's presence, residence or submission to that court. A defendant who never set foot in the country, never traded there and never agreed to be sued there is not bound merely because a court there was willing to hear the case.

(b) Not given on the merits. The court must have applied its mind to the truth or falsehood of the claim. This is the exception that generates most of the case law, and it is dealt with under International Woollen Mills below.

(c) Founded on an incorrect view of international law, or a refusal to apply Indian law. Two limbs. The defect must appear on the face of the proceedings: an Indian court does not re-try the foreign case to hunt for it. The second limb bites where the foreign court was bound to apply Indian law to the question and declined to, for instance by applying its own divorce law to a marriage governed by Indian personal law.

(d) Opposed to natural justice. This is about the procedure, not the outcome. It means the party was not given notice, or not given a hearing, or the court was biased. A student who writes that a judgment is against natural justice because it is harsh has answered a different question. An unjust result reached by a fair procedure does not fall in clause (d).

munotes.in37

Foreign Judgments

(e) Obtained by fraud. Fraud vitiates everything, and this is the widest of the six. The fraud that matters is very often a lie about the facts on which the foreign court's jurisdiction depended, which is Satya v. Teja Singh below.

(f) Sustains a claim founded on a breach of a law in force in India. A foreign court may happily enforce a contract that Indian law forbids, for instance a wagering agreement or a transaction that breaches Indian exchange control. India will not lend its courts to enforcing the result.

The cases

Fraud, and why it is usually fraud about jurisdiction

Satya v. Teja Singh, AIR 1975 SC 105, decided on 1 October 1974 by Chandrachud and Khanna JJ.

Facts. Satya and Teja Singh married at Jullundur in July 1955 by Hindu ceremonies. Both were Indian citizens living in India, and they had two children. In January 1959 the husband went to the United States to study forestry, leaving his wife and children behind. He later obtained a decree of divorce from a court in Nevada. That court took jurisdiction on his assertion that he was a bona fide resident of, and domiciled in, Washoe County, Nevada, intending to make Nevada his home for an indefinite period. The wife claimed maintenance in India, and the husband produced the Nevada decree to say she was no longer his wife.

Held. The assertion of Nevada domicile was a misrepresentation of the very fact on which the Nevada court's jurisdiction rested. That was a fraud on that court, which had been given jurisdiction by a trick. The decree was therefore not conclusive in India, and Satya remained his lawful wife and could claim maintenance.

Why it matters here. It is the leading Indian case on clause (e), and it teaches the shape the fraud usually takes. The lie is rarely about the merits of the dispute. It is about where the party lived, because that is what lets a convenient foreign court take the case at all. So clause (e) and clause (a) tend to arrive together.

On the merits, and the trap in the words "ex parte"

International Woollen Mills v. Standard Wool (U.K.) Ltd, (2001) 5 SCC 265, decided on 25 April 2001.

Facts. An Indian buyer ordered greasy fleece wool from an English seller, shipped to Mumbai in September 1996. The buyer said the wool was of inferior quality and refused to pay. The seller sued in the Central London County Court. The buyer did not appear, and a decree for 49,895.50 dollars was passed ex parte in April 1998. The seller then sought to enforce it in India.

Held. A foreign judgment passed merely for default of appearance, where the court did not consider whether the claim was true, is not a judgment given "on the merits of the case" under clause (b). The Court observed that this makes Indian law different from systems which treat such default judgments as final and conclusive. It also held that the burden of showing a decree is not on the merits lies on the party who alleges it.

munotes.in38

Foreign Judgments

Why it matters here. It corrects the commonest error students make on this topic. The test is not whether the defendant turned up. It is whether the foreign court applied its mind to the claim. A decree entered as an administrative consequence of silence is not on the merits; a decree where the judge heard the plaintiff's evidence and decided the claim was made out can be on the merits even though the defendant never appeared.

A worked example

This is, almost word for word, the problem MU set in December 2023.

Avinash and Yash are independent businessmen with offices in India and in Portugal. A dispute arises out of a business transaction between them. Avinash says a court in Portugal has pronounced judgment in his favour.

First, what is that court and that judgment called in India? The Portuguese court is a foreign Court under section 2(5), because it sits outside India and was not established by the authority of the Central Government. Its decision is a foreign judgment under section 2(6). Its effect in India is governed by section 13.

Second, on what grounds can Yash attack it? Any of the six in section 13, and in practice he would look first at these three. That the Portuguese court had no jurisdiction over him by the rules Indian law recognises, under clause (a), which is the strongest ground if he never traded in or submitted to Portugal. That the decree went against him only because he did not appear and the court never examined the claim, under clause (b), following International Woollen Mills. That he was never served or never heard, under clause (d).

Third, and this is the part most answers miss: what can Avinash actually do with his judgment in India? There are two routes and they are not interchangeable.

Where the foreign country has been declared a reciprocating territory by the Central Government under section 44A, a certified copy of the decree of a superior court there can be filed in an Indian District Court and executed as if that District Court had passed it. No fresh suit is needed. The Explanation to section 44A limits this to decrees for a sum of money, and expressly excludes sums payable for taxes, fines or other penalties, and excludes arbitration awards altogether. Section 44A(3) then applies section 13 anyway: the executing court must refuse execution if the decree falls within any of clauses (a) to (f).

munotes.in39

Foreign Judgments

The territories notified include the United Kingdom, Singapore, Bangladesh, Malaysia, New Zealand, Hong Kong, Fiji, Papua New Guinea, Trinidad and Tobago, the Cook Islands, Aden, and the United Arab Emirates, which was notified in January 2020.

Portugal is not among them. So Avinash cannot execute his Portuguese decree under section 44A at all. His only route is to file a fresh suit in India on the foreign judgment, in which the judgment is his cause of action and is conclusive under section 13 unless Yash brings it within one of the six exceptions.

Distinguish: section 13 and section 44A

Section 13Section 44A
What it doesSays when a foreign judgment is conclusiveLets a foreign decree be executed here directly
Applies toAny foreign judgmentOnly a decree of a superior court of a notified reciprocating territory
What you fileA fresh suit on the judgmentA certified copy of the decree, in a District Court
Type of reliefAny matter directly adjudicated uponOnly a sum of money, and not taxes, fines or penalties, and never an arbitration award
Do the six exceptions applyYes, that is what the section isYes. Section 44A(3) requires the executing court to refuse execution if the decree falls in clauses (a) to (f)

The single most useful thing to remember is that section 44A does not replace section 13, it sits on top of it. Reciprocity buys you a shorter procedure, not immunity from the six exceptions.

What it does not mean

It does not mean an Indian court re-tries the foreign case. Section 13 lists six specific defects. A party who simply disagrees with the foreign court's findings has no answer under this section.

It does not mean any ex parte decree fails clause (b). See International Woollen Mills. What fails is a decree entered for default alone.

"Opposed to natural justice" is not "unjust". Clause (d) is about procedure: notice, hearing, an unbiased court.

Section 14's presumption is about competence only, and only on production of a certified copy. It presumes nothing about the merits, about fraud, or about anything else in section 13.

A foreign award is not a foreign judgment. Arbitration awards are governed by the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, and section 44A expressly excludes them.

Quick revision

Sections 13, 14 and 44A of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, with the definitions in sections 2(5) and 2(6).

Section 13: a foreign judgment is conclusive, except on six grounds. Not by a competent court; not on the merits; incorrect view of international law or refusal to apply Indian law; opposed to natural justice; obtained by fraud; sustains a claim founded on a breach of Indian law.

munotes.in40

Foreign Judgments

Section 14: on a certified copy, competence is presumed until the contrary is proved.

Section 44A: a money decree of a superior court of a notified reciprocating territory is filed in a District Court and executed as its own. Not taxes, fines or penalties. Never an arbitration award. The six exceptions still apply, by section 44A(3).

Cases: Satya v. Teja Singh for fraud, and note that the fraud was about domicile, which is jurisdiction. International Woollen Mills for the merits, and note that default of appearance alone is not a decision on the merits.

The link back: section 13's opening words are section 11's words, so a foreign judgment that survives section 13 works in India much as res judicata does.

Test yourself

1. In two sentences, what is a foreign judgment and what is its effect in India? A foreign judgment is the judgment of a court situated outside India which was not established or continued by the authority of the Central Government, as defined in sections 2(5) and 2(6). Under section 13 it is conclusive in India as to any matter directly adjudicated upon between the same parties litigating under the same title, unless it falls within one of the six exceptions in clauses (a) to (f).

2. Name the six exceptions in section 13. Not pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction; not given on the merits; founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognise Indian law where applicable; proceedings opposed to natural justice; obtained by fraud; sustains a claim founded on a breach of a law in force in India.

3. A decree was passed abroad because the Indian defendant never appeared. Is it conclusive? Not if it was passed merely for default of appearance without the court considering the truth of the claim, because it is then not a judgment on the merits under clause (b): International Woollen Mills v. Standard Wool (U.K.) Ltd, (2001) 5 SCC 265. But if the foreign court examined the plaintiff's evidence and decided the claim was made out, it can be on the merits despite the defendant's absence. The burden of showing a decree is not on the merits is on the party alleging it.

4. What kind of fraud defeats a foreign judgment, and give the case. Fraud on the foreign court, characteristically a misrepresentation of the facts on which that court's jurisdiction depended. In Satya v. Teja Singh, AIR 1975 SC 105, the husband obtained a Nevada divorce by asserting a Nevada domicile he did not have, and the decree was held not conclusive in India.

munotes.in41

Foreign Judgments

5. Avinash holds a money decree from a court in Portugal. Can he file it in an Indian District Court and execute it? No. Section 44A is available only for decrees of superior courts of territories the Central Government has notified as reciprocating, and Portugal is not among them. He must file a fresh suit in India on the foreign judgment, where it will be conclusive under section 13 unless the other side brings it within one of the six exceptions.

6. If the decree had come from a court in Singapore instead, what would change? Singapore is a notified reciprocating territory, so a certified copy of a decree of its superior courts could be filed in a District Court and executed as if that court had passed it, provided the decree is for a sum of money and is not for taxes, a fine or a penalty, and is not an arbitration award. The six exceptions in section 13 would still apply, because section 44A(3) requires the executing court to refuse execution if the decree falls within any of them.

7. What does section 14 presume, and what displaces it? On production of a document purporting to be a certified copy of a foreign judgment, the court shall presume that it was pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on the record. The presumption is displaced by proving want of jurisdiction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in42

Chapter Seven

Place of Suing

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Place of suing"

In one line

Sections 15 to 20 answer the question "which court do I file in", once section 9 has told you that a civil court can hear the case at all.

Keep those two apart. Section 9 is about whether a civil court has the case. This chapter is about which civil court.

The three filters, applied in order

Every suit has to pass three tests before it lands in a particular court, and students lose marks by mixing them.

Subject matter. Can this class of court try this class of case? A small causes court cannot try a title suit however small the value.

Pecuniary limit. Is the value within this court's ceiling? That is section 15.

Territory. Is this dispute within this court's local limits? That is sections 16 to 20.

Sections 15 to 20 are about the last two. Do them in that order and the answer falls out.

Section 15: the lowest competent court

Section 15 provides that every suit shall be instituted in the Court of the lowest grade competent to try it.

The rule exists to protect the higher courts from work that the lower ones can do, so that a District Court is not clogged with small claims. Notice its shape: it is a rule of procedure, telling a plaintiff where to start, and it is not a limit on the higher court's power. That is why a decree passed by a court higher than the lowest competent one is not a nullity, and why an objection about pecuniary limits falls under section 21(2), needing an early objection and a failure of justice. See [Objections to Jurisdiction].

Sections 16 to 18: suits about immovable property

Section 16 provides that, subject to pecuniary or other limits, suits of six kinds shall be instituted in the Court within whose local limits the property is situate:

  • recovery of immovable property, with or without rent or profits
  • partition of immovable property
  • foreclosure, sale or redemption of a mortgage of or charge upon immovable property
  • determination of any other right to or interest in immovable property
  • compensation for wrong to immovable property
  • recovery of movable property actually under distraint or attachment

The logic is simple: land does not move, the court nearest it can inspect it, and the local records are there.

The proviso to section 16 is the part examiners like. Where a suit is to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immovable property held by or on behalf of the defendant, and the relief sought can be entirely obtained through the defendant's personal obedience, the suit may be instituted either where the property is situate or where the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, carries on business, or personally works for gain.

munotes.in43

Place of Suing

The idea behind the proviso is that if the court does not need to touch the land, only to order the defendant to do something, then having the defendant is enough. The Explanation adds that "property" in the section means property situate in India.

Section 17 deals with immovable property lying within the jurisdiction of different courts. The suit may be instituted in any court within whose limits any portion of the property is situate, provided that the entire claim, in respect of value, is cognizable by that court.

Section 18 deals with uncertainty about which of two or more courts the property falls in. Any one of those courts may, if satisfied there is ground for the uncertainty, record a statement to that effect and then proceed, and its decree has the same effect as if the property were within its limits.

Section 19: wrongs to the person or to movables

Section 19 provides that where a suit is for compensation for a wrong done to the person or to movable property, and the wrong was done within the limits of one court while the defendant resides, carries on business or personally works for gain within the limits of another, the suit may be instituted at the option of the plaintiff in either.

The Code gives two illustrations, and they are the neatest statement of the section:

A, residing in Delhi, beats B in Calcutta. B may sue A either in Calcutta or in Delhi.

A, residing in Delhi, publishes in Calcutta statements defamatory of B. B may sue A either in Calcutta or in Delhi.

So for a tort against the person or goods, the plaintiff chooses between the place of the wrong and the place of the defendant.

Section 20: everything else

Section 20 is the residuary provision, and in practice it is the one most often used, because contract and money suits fall here.

Subject to the limitations already stated, every suit shall be instituted in a court within whose local limits:

(a) the defendant, or each of the defendants where there are more than one, at the time of the commencement of the suit, actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain; or

(b) any of the defendants, where there are more than one, so resides or works, provided that either the leave of the Court is given, or the defendants who do not so reside acquiesce in the institution; or

(c) the cause of action, wholly or in part, arises.

The Explanation provides that a corporation is deemed to carry on business at its sole or principal office in India, or, in respect of a cause of action arising at a place where it also has a subordinate office, at that place.

munotes.in44

Place of Suing

Three points deserve pulling out.

"Actually and voluntarily resides" excludes a temporary or forced presence. A defendant does not become suable in a district because he was passing through it.

Clause (c) is very wide. The cause of action need arise only in part within the local limits. In a contract case that can mean the place where the contract was made, where it was to be performed, or where payment was to be made, and each may be a different district. That is why so many suits can properly be filed in more than one place, and it is what makes [Transfer of Suits] necessary.

The corporation Explanation has two limbs, and the second is the useful one: a company can be sued at a subordinate office, but only in respect of a cause of action arising at that place. A student who states only the principal-office limb has given half the rule.

The Code's illustrations to section 20

A is a tradesman in Calcutta and B carries on business in Delhi. B, through his agent in Calcutta, buys goods from A and asks A to deliver them to the railway company. A delivers them in Calcutta. A may sue B for the price either in Calcutta, where the cause of action arose, or in Delhi, where B carries on business. That is clause (c) against clause (a).

A resides at Simla, B at Calcutta and C at Delhi. The three being together at Benaras, B and C make a joint promissory note payable on demand and give it to A. A may sue B and C at Benaras, where the cause of action arose. He may also sue at Calcutta, where B resides, or at Delhi, where C resides; but in each of those cases, if the non-resident defendant objects, the suit cannot proceed without the leave of the Court. That illustrates clause (b) and the proviso exactly.

A worked example

Meera lives in Thane. She contracts in Mumbai with Nilesh, who lives and works in Nashik, for goods to be delivered in Pune, payment to be made in Mumbai. The goods are never delivered and she wants to sue for the price paid.

Filter one, subject matter. A money claim on a contract. An ordinary civil court can try it.

Filter two, pecuniary. Section 15: the lowest grade of court competent to try a claim of that value.

Filter three, territory. This is not a suit about immovable property, so section 16 is out. It is not compensation for a wrong to person or goods, so section 19 is out. Section 20 applies.

munotes.in45

Place of Suing

Under clause (a), Nashik, because Nilesh resides and works there. Under clause (c), Mumbai, where the contract was made and where payment was to be made, and Pune, where delivery was to be made, since the cause of action arose at least in part at each. So Meera may properly file in Nashik, Mumbai or Pune.

Note what does not appear on that list: Thane. Where the plaintiff lives is irrelevant under section 20. That is the commonest mistake on this topic.

Change one fact. Suppose Nilesh is a company with its principal office in Nashik and a branch in Pune, and the contract was made at the Pune branch. By the Explanation, the company is deemed to carry on business at Pune for a cause of action arising there, so Pune is available under clause (a) as well as clause (c).

Change another. Suppose Meera sues both Nilesh in Nashik and a second defendant living in Mumbai, and files at Mumbai. Only one defendant resides there, so she needs clause (b): either the leave of the Court, or Nilesh's acquiescence.

And another. Suppose instead the dispute is about a flat in Chembur, and she wants a declaration of her title to it. Now section 16(d) applies and the suit belongs where the property is situate, in Mumbai, whatever anyone's residence.

Last one. Suppose the flat straddles the boundary between two courts' limits. Section 17 lets her file where any portion lies, provided the whole claim is within that court's value limit. And if it is genuinely unclear which side of the line it falls on, section 18 lets a court record a statement of the uncertainty and proceed.

What it does not mean

Where the plaintiff lives does not matter. Section 20 speaks of the defendant's residence and the cause of action, never the plaintiff's.

"Cause of action wholly or in part" is not the whole cause of action. A part is enough, which is why several courts are often available.

Section 15 is not a jurisdictional bar in the strong sense. Filing above the lowest grade is an irregularity dealt with by section 21(2), not a nullity.

The section 16 proviso is not a general escape. It applies only where the relief can be entirely obtained through the defendant's personal obedience.

A company is not suable at every branch. Only at the principal office, or at a subordinate office where the cause of action arose there.

Quick revision

Order of work: subject matter, then section 15 for value, then sections 16 to 20 for territory.

Section 15: the court of the lowest grade competent to try the suit.

munotes.in46

Place of Suing

Section 16: six classes of suit about immovable property go where the property is situate. Proviso: relief obtainable entirely through the defendant's personal obedience may instead be sought where the defendant resides or works.

Section 17: property in two jurisdictions, file where any portion lies, if the whole claim is within that court's value limit. Section 18: uncertainty, the court records a statement and proceeds.

Section 19: compensation for wrongs to person or movables, at the plaintiff's option, where the wrong was done or where the defendant resides or works. Illustrations: the beating and the defamation.

Section 20: (a) all defendants reside or work; (b) any defendant does, with leave of the court or the others' acquiescence; (c) the cause of action arises wholly or in part. Explanation: a corporation carries on business at its principal office in India, and at a subordinate office for a cause of action arising there.

Test yourself

1. In which court must a suit be instituted, as to value? In the Court of the lowest grade competent to try it, under section 15.

2. Where is a suit for partition of immovable property filed? In the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situate, under section 16(b), subject to pecuniary and other limits.

3. A, living in Delhi, defames B in Calcutta. Where may B sue? Either in Calcutta, where the wrong was done, or in Delhi, where A resides. Section 19 gives the plaintiff the option, and this is the Code's own illustration to that section.

4. State the three limbs of section 20. A suit may be filed where all the defendants actually and voluntarily reside, carry on business or personally work for gain; or where any one of several defendants does so, provided the leave of the Court is given or the other defendants acquiesce; or where the cause of action arises wholly or in part.

5. Where is a company deemed to carry on business? At its sole or principal office in India, and, in respect of a cause of action arising at a place where it also has a subordinate office, at that place.

6. Does it matter where the plaintiff resides? No. Sections 19 and 20 look to the defendant's residence or place of business and to where the cause of action arose. The plaintiff's own residence is not a ground for choosing a court.

7. Immovable property lies within the limits of two different courts. Where may the suit be filed? In any Court within whose local limits any portion of the property is situate, under section 17, provided that in respect of the value of the subject matter the entire claim is cognizable by that Court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in47

Chapter Eight

Objections to Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Cause of action and jurisdiction and its kind"

In one line

If you want to complain that the case was filed in the wrong court, you must do it early, in the trial court, and you must show it actually cost you something.

That is section 21. In the words a student can write in an exam: no objection as to the place of suing, or as to pecuniary limits, or as to the local limits of an executing court, shall be allowed by any Appellate or Revisional Court unless it was taken in the court of first instance at the earliest possible opportunity, and where issues are settled at or before their settlement, and unless there has been a consequent failure of justice.

Why the Code refuses a late objection

Picture the alternative. A defendant notices on day one that the suit has been filed in the wrong district. He says nothing. He defends the case for four years, loses, and only then complains about the address on the plaint. The whole trial is wasted, the plaintiff starts again elsewhere, and the defendant has bought himself four years and a second chance for free.

Section 21 exists to stop exactly that. It does not make the wrong court right. It refuses to let a party who sat on the point use it as a lottery ticket after the result goes against him. That is why the section has two conditions and both must be satisfied: the objection must have been taken early, and there must have been a failure of justice.

The second condition is the one people forget, and it is the harder of the two. An objection taken punctually still fails if the wrong forum made no difference to the outcome.

The provision itself

Section 21(1): no objection as to the place of suing shall be allowed by any Appellate or Revisional Court unless the objection was taken in the Court of first instance at the earliest possible opportunity, and in all cases where issues are settled at or before such settlement, and unless there has been a consequent failure of justice.

Section 21(2): the same rule for an objection as to the competence of a Court with reference to the pecuniary limits of its jurisdiction.

Section 21(3): the same rule for an objection as to the competence of the executing Court with reference to the local limits of its jurisdiction, taken in the executing court at the earliest opportunity.

Subsections (2) and (3) were added by the amending Act of 1976. Before that, section 21 covered only the place of suing, and courts had extended the same reasoning to pecuniary objections by analogy. The 1976 amendment put both beyond argument.

Section 21A then bars a separate suit: no suit shall lie challenging the validity of a decree passed in a former suit between the same parties, or parties claiming under them litigating under the same title, on any ground based on an objection as to the place of suing. Its Explanation defines "former suit" the same way Explanation I to section 11 does, as a suit decided earlier, whether or not it was instituted earlier.

munotes.in48

Objections to Jurisdiction

Broken down: three requirements

Each objection under section 21 must clear all three.

One, taken in the court of first instance. Not for the first time on appeal, and not in revision. The trial court is where it belongs, because that is the only stage at which the problem can still be cheaply fixed.

Two, at the earliest possible opportunity, and where issues are settled, at or before their settlement. The settlement of issues is the outer limit. A defendant who lets issues be framed without objection has lost the point.

Three, a consequent failure of justice. The word "consequent" ties it to the defect: the injustice must flow from the case having been tried in that court. Losing is not a failure of justice.

The case everyone misquotes

Kiran Singh v. Chaman Paswan, AIR 1954 SC 340, decided on 14 April 1954.

Facts. The plaintiffs sued for possession of about twelve acres of land together with mesne profits, and valued the suit in the plaint at Rs. 2,950, being Rs. 1,950 for the possession relief and Rs. 1,000 for past mesne profits. The Subordinate Judge at Monghyr dismissed the suit. On that valuation the appeal lay to the District Court, which heard it and dismissed it. On second appeal the High Court's Stamp Reporter found the correct valuation was Rs. 9,980, at which figure the first appeal should have gone to the High Court and not to the District Court. The plaintiffs then argued, for the first time, that the District Court's decree was a nullity because that court had no jurisdiction over an appeal of that value.

Held. The argument failed. A decree passed by a court which would have had no jurisdiction but for an over-valuation or under-valuation is not to be treated as null and void. Section 11 of the Suits Valuation Act 1887 requires an objection based on over-valuation or under-valuation to be shown to have prejudicially affected the disposal of the case on its merits, and the Court held that a mere change of forum is not a prejudice within that provision, nor is an error in a finding of fact. There was no prejudice here, not least because the plaintiffs had themselves chosen the forum by their own valuation. The appeal was dismissed.

munotes.in49

Objections to Jurisdiction

Why it matters here. Two reasons, and the second is the one that wins marks.

First, it states the principle that a decree passed by a court without jurisdiction is a nullity whose invalidity can be set up whenever and wherever it is relied on, even in execution and even collaterally, and that such a defect cannot be cured by consent.

Second, and this is where nearly every answer goes wrong, that principle did not decide the case. The Court upheld the decree. A wrong valuation is not the kind of defect that produces a nullity, because the legislature has expressly provided in section 11 of the Suits Valuation Act that it must be shown to have caused prejudice. So Kiran Singh is authority both for the nullity principle and for its limits, and a student who cites it only for the first half is citing it against himself.

The distinction the whole topic rests on

Inherent lack of jurisdictionIrregular exercise of jurisdiction
What is wrongThe court could not try this kind of case at allThe right kind of court, wrong place or wrong valuation
ExampleA small causes court trying a title suitA suit filed in the wrong district, or undervalued
Effect on the decreeNullity. Can be attacked at any time, even in execution or collaterallyValid unless the objection is taken early and caused a failure of justice
Cured by consentNeverThe objection is effectively lost by delay
Governed byGeneral principle, stated in Kiran SinghSection 21, and section 11 of the Suits Valuation Act

Put simply: subject-matter defects kill a decree, place and value defects do not. Section 21 is about the second column only. Nothing in it saves a decree of a court that never had power over the subject at all.

A worked example

Farhan sues Gopal in the City Civil Court at Mumbai over a contract. The cause of action arose entirely in Pune and Gopal lives and works in Pune, so on sections 16 to 20 the suit belonged in Pune.

Gopal files his written statement, says nothing about it, issues are framed, the trial runs for three years and Gopal loses. On appeal he takes the point for the first time.

He fails, on section 21(1). The objection was not taken in the court of first instance at the earliest opportunity, and certainly not before the settlement of issues. He does not even reach the question of failure of justice.

Change one fact. Suppose Gopal had raised it in his written statement and the court had wrongly rejected it, and suppose that trying the case in Mumbai meant his key witnesses, all elderly and in Pune, could not attend and he lost for want of their evidence. Now both limbs are satisfied: the objection was timely, and there is a failure of justice consequent on the place of suing. The appellate court can act on it.

munotes.in50

Objections to Jurisdiction

Change a different fact. Suppose the objection is not about place at all, but that Farhan filed a title suit worth crores in a court of small causes, which cannot try title suits whatever their value. That is an inherent defect of subject-matter jurisdiction. Section 21 has nothing to say about it, the decree is a nullity on Kiran Singh's principle, and Gopal can raise it at any time, even when the decree is put in execution.

And a last one. Suppose Gopal, having lost, files a fresh suit to have the Mumbai decree declared invalid because the suit should have been in Pune. Section 21A bars it in terms.

What it does not mean

Section 21 does not confer jurisdiction on a court that lacks it. It only restricts who may complain, and when. The suit was still in the wrong place; the Code has simply decided that a late complaint is worth less than a finished trial.

"Failure of justice" is not "I lost". It must be a failure consequent on the place, value or local limits.

A decree is not a nullity merely because the value was wrong. That is the actual holding in Kiran Singh, and it is the opposite of what the case is usually quoted for.

Section 21A does not bar an appeal. It bars a separate suit attacking the decree on a place-of-suing ground. The proper route was always an objection in the trial court and then an appeal.

Quick revision

Section 21: an objection as to place of suing (1), pecuniary limits (2), or the local limits of the executing court (3) is allowed by an appellate or revisional court only if it was taken in the court of first instance at the earliest opportunity, and where issues are settled at or before settlement, and there has been a consequent failure of justice. Subsections (2) and (3) came in with the 1976 amendment.

Section 21A: no separate suit to set aside a decree on a place-of-suing ground. "Former suit" means the one decided first, as in Explanation I to section 11.

Kiran Singh v. Chaman Paswan, AIR 1954 SC 340: under-valuation did not make the District Court's decree a nullity, because section 11 of the Suits Valuation Act requires prejudice and a mere change of forum is not prejudice. The nullity principle it states applies to inherent want of jurisdiction, not to valuation.

munotes.in51

Objections to Jurisdiction

The line to hold: subject-matter defect equals nullity; place or value defect equals curable.

Test yourself

1. What must a party show to have an objection as to the place of suing allowed on appeal? Two things, under section 21(1): that the objection was taken in the court of first instance at the earliest possible opportunity, and where issues are settled at or before their settlement; and that there has been a failure of justice consequent on it.

2. A decree is passed by a court which, because of an under-valuation, was not competent to hear the appeal. Is the decree a nullity? No. In Kiran Singh v. Chaman Paswan, AIR 1954 SC 340, the Supreme Court held that a decree passed by a court which would have had no jurisdiction but for over-valuation or under-valuation is not null and void, because section 11 of the Suits Valuation Act requires the objection to have prejudicially affected the disposal of the case on its merits, and a mere change of forum is not such prejudice.

3. When is a decree a nullity for want of jurisdiction? Where the defect is inherent, that is, where the court had no jurisdiction over the subject matter at all. Such a defect goes to the root of the court's authority, cannot be cured by consent, and can be set up whenever and wherever the decree is relied on, including in execution and in collateral proceedings.

4. What does section 21A bar? A suit challenging the validity of a decree passed in a former suit between the same parties, or parties claiming under them litigating under the same title, on any ground based on an objection as to the place of suing.

5. Two suits are filed, and the one filed second is decided first. Which is the "former suit" for section 21A? The one decided first. The Explanation to section 21A defines "former suit" as a suit decided prior to the decision in the suit whose decree is questioned, whether or not it was instituted earlier, which is the same rule as Explanation I to section 11.

6. Does section 21 apply to an objection that the court could not try that class of case at all? No. Section 21 covers the place of suing, pecuniary limits, and the local limits of the executing court. An inherent want of subject-matter jurisdiction is outside it, and such a decree is a nullity however late the point is taken.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in52

Chapter Nine

Transfer of Suits

Syllabus topic none names it. Sections 22 to 25 fall inside Module I's printed range, "Section 2 to Section 25", and no topic label mentions them.

In one line

Where a case could properly have been filed in more than one court, or has ended up in an unsuitable one, the Code lets it be moved.

Sections 22 to 25 hold three different powers, and the exam confusion between them is entirely about who applies, and to whom.

Why the Code has these sections

The rules on place of suing in sections 15 to 20 often give a plaintiff a genuine choice of courts. Where a cause of action arises partly in Nagpur and partly in Mumbai, either will do, and the plaintiff picks. That choice belongs to the plaintiff and the Code does not take it away.

But the plaintiff's convenience is not the only thing that matters. The defendant may face real hardship in the chosen court, witnesses may all be elsewhere, two connected suits may be running in different districts, or the atmosphere in one place may make a fair trial doubtful. So the Code provides a way to move a case without disturbing the underlying rule that the plaintiff chose a court he was entitled to choose.

Notice what these sections are not. They do not cure a want of jurisdiction. Transfer presupposes that the court has jurisdiction; the question is only whether some other competent court is a better place. A court with no jurisdiction does not need transferring, it needs to return the plaint.

The three powers, and who invokes each

Section 22 with 23Section 24Section 25
Who appliesA defendantAny party, or the court on its own motionA party
To whomThe appellate court or High Court under section 23High Court or District CourtThe Supreme Court
WhenAt the earliest opportunity, and where issues are settled, at or before settlementAt any stageAny time
Moves a caseBetween courts having concurrent jurisdictionBetween a court and any court subordinate to the transferring courtFrom one State to another
ScopeSuits onlySuit, appeal or other proceedingSuit, appeal or other proceeding

Learn that table. Almost every question on this topic is really asking which of the three columns applies to the facts given.

Section 22, the defendant's objection to the plaintiff's choice

Section 22 provides that where a suit may be instituted in any one of two or more Courts and is instituted in one of them, any defendant, after notice to the other parties, may at the earliest possible opportunity, and in all cases where issues are settled at or before such settlement, apply to have the suit transferred to another Court. The Court to which the application is made, after considering the objections of the other parties, shall determine in which of the several Courts having jurisdiction the suit shall proceed.

munotes.in53

Transfer of Suits

Three features are worth pulling out.

It is the defendant's section. The plaintiff chose; this is the answer to that choice.

It carries a time limit in the same words as section 21: at the earliest possible opportunity, and where issues are settled, at or before their settlement. The reasoning is identical, and worth carrying over from [Objections to Jurisdiction]: a party who lets the trial run cannot complain about the venue afterwards.

It applies only where the suit could properly have been filed in more than one court. If only one court had jurisdiction, there is no choice to complain about and section 22 has no work to do.

Section 23 then says where that application goes. Where the several competent courts are subordinate to the same appellate court, the application is made to that appellate court. Where they are subordinate to different appellate courts but the same High Court, it goes to the High Court. Where they are subordinate to different High Courts, it goes to the High Court within whose limits the court in which the suit was brought is situated.

Section 24, the general power

Section 24 is much wider and it is the one used in practice.

On the application of any party, after notice and hearing, or of its own motion without such notice, the High Court or the District Court may at any stage transfer any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending before it to any court subordinate to it and competent to try it; or withdraw any suit, appeal or other proceeding pending in any subordinate court and either try it itself, or transfer it to another competent subordinate court, or send it back to the court it came from.

Four things separate section 24 from section 22.

No time limit. "At any stage".

The court may act on its own motion, and without notice, which section 22 does not allow.

It covers appeals and other proceedings, not only suits.

It includes the power to withdraw and to retransfer, so the High Court or District Court can pull a case up, look at it, and send it back.

Where a case has been transferred or withdrawn, the court that is thereafter to try it may, subject to any special directions, either retry it or proceed from the point at which it was taken over.

Section 25, across State lines

Section 24 works downwards within one hierarchy: a High Court can reach its own subordinate courts, a District Court its own. Neither can reach into another State.

That is what section 25 is for. It gives the Supreme Court power to transfer a suit, appeal or other proceeding from a High Court or other civil court in one State to a High Court or other civil court in another State. It is the only route when the two courts sit under different High Courts in different States.

munotes.in54

Transfer of Suits

A worked example

Priya, who lives in Mumbai, sues Ravi, who lives in Nagpur, on a contract made in Mumbai and to be performed in Nagpur. On sections 16 to 20 either court will do, and she files in Mumbai.

Ravi wants it moved to Nagpur. His route is section 22. He must apply after notice to Priya, at the earliest possible opportunity, and in any event at or before the settlement of issues. Under section 23, because the Bombay City Civil Court and the Nagpur court are subordinate to the same High Court, the application goes to the High Court.

Ravi does nothing until after issues are framed. He is out of time under section 22. His remaining hope is to persuade the High Court to act under section 24, which has no time limit, but that is a discretion and not an objection he is entitled to press.

A related suit between the same parties is pending before another judge in the same district. Either party, or the District Court itself, can move under section 24 to have the two tried together. No notice is even required if the court acts on its own motion.

Now change the geography. Suppose the second suit is pending in Bengaluru, under the Karnataka High Court. Section 24 cannot reach it, because neither High Court is superior to the other. The only route is section 25, an application to the Supreme Court.

And a caution. Suppose the Mumbai court had no jurisdiction at all. None of these sections is the answer. Transfer assumes jurisdiction; where there is none the plaint is returned under Order VII Rule 10 to be presented to the proper court.

What it does not mean

Transfer does not cure a want of jurisdiction. These sections move a case between courts that could each have tried it.

Section 22 is not available to the plaintiff. He made the choice.

Section 24 is not confined to suits, and unlike section 22 it is not confined to cases where the plaintiff had a choice.

A District Court cannot transfer to another District. Section 24 reaches only courts subordinate to the court exercising the power. Across States, only section 25 will do.

Inconvenience alone is not a ground made out. These are discretionary powers exercised on the balance of convenience and the interests of justice, not on a party's preference.

munotes.in55

Transfer of Suits

Quick revision

Section 22: a defendant may apply to transfer where the suit could have been filed in more than one court, at the earliest opportunity and at or before the settlement of issues. Section 23 says where the application goes: same appellate court, that court; different appellate courts under one High Court, the High Court; different High Courts, the High Court where the suit was brought.

Section 24: the High Court or District Court, on application or of its own motion, at any stage, may transfer or withdraw any suit, appeal or proceeding to or from a court subordinate to it, try it itself, or retransfer it. The receiving court may retry or continue from where it stopped.

Section 25: the Supreme Court transfers between States.

None of them cures a want of jurisdiction.

Test yourself

1. A suit could have been filed in either of two courts and was filed in one. Who can apply to move it, and by when? Any defendant, under section 22, after notice to the other parties, at the earliest possible opportunity, and in all cases where issues are settled at or before their settlement.

2. Where is a section 22 application made? Under section 23: to the appellate court where the competent courts are subordinate to the same appellate court; to the High Court where they are subordinate to different appellate courts but the same High Court; and where they are subordinate to different High Courts, to the High Court within whose limits the court in which the suit was brought is situated.

3. Give three ways section 24 is wider than section 22. It may be exercised at any stage rather than only up to the settlement of issues; the court may act on its own motion and without notice; and it covers appeals and other proceedings as well as suits, and includes powers to withdraw, to try the matter itself, and to retransfer.

4. Two connected suits are pending in Mumbai and Bengaluru. Which section moves one to the other, and to which court do you apply? Section 25, and the application is to the Supreme Court, because the two courts are under different High Courts in different States and section 24 reaches only courts subordinate to the transferring court.

5. The court in which the suit was filed had no jurisdiction at all. Is transfer the remedy? No. Sections 22 to 25 presuppose that the court has jurisdiction and are about choosing between competent courts. Where the court has no jurisdiction the plaint is returned under Order VII Rule 10 for presentation to the proper court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in56

Chapter Ten

Essentials of a Suit and Cause of Action

Syllabus topic 1.3, "Essentials of a suit"; and 1.4, "Cause of action and jurisdiction and its kind"

In one line

A suit is a civil proceeding begun by presenting a plaint, and the cause of action is the bundle of facts the plaintiff must prove to win it.

Almost everything else in this subject hangs off that second idea. Where you can sue depends on where the cause of action arose. What you must include in one suit depends on what belongs to one cause of action. Whether a second suit is barred depends on whether it is on the same cause of action.

The four essentials of a suit

The Code nowhere prints a list headed "essentials of a suit", so this is the settled analysis rather than a quotation, and an answer is safest if it states the four and then anchors each to a provision.

One, opposing parties. There must be at least one plaintiff and one defendant. A person cannot sue himself, and a court will not decide a dispute nobody is contesting.

Two, a subject matter in dispute. There must be a real controversy, and it must be of a civil nature, which is section 9. See [Jurisdiction of Civil Courts].

Three, a cause of action. Dealt with below. It is the reason the plaintiff is entitled to come to court at all.

Four, relief claimed. The plaintiff must ask the court for something. A suit that asks for nothing gives the court nothing to do, and Order VII Rule 1 requires the plaint to state the relief which the plaintiff claims.

How a suit begins

Section 26 provides that every suit shall be instituted by the presentation of a plaint, or in such other manner as may be prescribed. Order IV Rule 1 carries the same rule into the rules.

That single sentence has consequences worth noticing. A suit begins on presentation, not on service, not on the defendant's appearance, and not when the court takes it up. That date is what matters for limitation, and it is what matters for section 10, where everything turns on which suit was instituted first. See [Res Sub Judice].

Cause of action

What it is

A cause of action is the bundle of essential facts which the plaintiff must prove, if traversed, in order to get the relief he asks for. It is not the section of law he relies on, and it is not the evidence by which he proves those facts. It is the facts themselves.

Two tests make it concrete.

The pleading test. Would the plaint disclose a case if you deleted this fact? If deleting it destroys the claim, it is part of the cause of action. If the claim survives without it, the fact is background.

munotes.in57

Essentials of a Suit and Cause of Action

The proof test. Is this a fact the plaintiff must prove, if the defendant denies it, to succeed? Those facts, taken together, are the cause of action.

What it does for you, in four places

This is why the concept is worth real attention.

It decides where you can sue. Section 20(c) allows a suit where the cause of action arises wholly or in part. See [Place of Suing].

It decides what must go into one suit. Order II Rule 1 requires every suit to be framed so far as practicable to afford ground for a final decision on the subjects in dispute and to prevent further litigation about them. Order II Rule 2 then requires the suit to include the whole of the claim arising from that cause of action.

It decides what a second suit may contain. Whatever was omitted from the first is barred. See [Bar to Further Suit].

It decides when time starts. Limitation ordinarily runs from when the cause of action accrues. See [Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay].

Joinder of causes of action

Order II Rule 3 provides that a plaintiff may unite in the same suit several causes of action against the same defendant, or the same defendants jointly; and plaintiffs jointly interested in causes of action against the same defendant or defendants jointly may unite them in one suit.

Sub-rule (2) adds a practical consequence students forget: where causes of action are united, the jurisdiction of the Court as regards the suit depends on the aggregate value of the subject matters at the date of institution. Join two claims of Rs. 60,000 each and you may have taken the suit out of a court competent to try either of them alone.

So Rule 2 says you must join everything belonging to one cause of action, and Rule 3 says you may join several causes of action. The first is compulsory and its price is losing what you leave out; the second is permissive and its price is that the values add up.

A worked example

Ujjwal lends Vidya Rs. 5,00,000 in March under a written agreement, repayable in June with interest. She does not repay. Separately, in August, Vidya's car damages Ujjwal's compound wall.

What is the cause of action on the loan? The facts Ujjwal must prove: that he lent the money, that there was an agreement to repay by June with interest, and that she has not repaid. Those facts and no others. The agreement being in writing is evidence of the terms, not a separate fact in the bundle.

Where can he sue on it? Section 20: where Vidya resides or works, and where the cause of action arose wholly or in part, which will include where the loan was made and where repayment was due.

munotes.in58

Essentials of a Suit and Cause of Action

Must he claim the interest in the same suit? Yes. Interest under the same agreement is part of the same claim, and the Explanation to Order II Rule 2 deems successive claims under the same obligation to be one cause of action. If he sues only for the principal, the interest is gone. See [Bar to Further Suit].

May he join the wall claim? The damage to the wall is a separate cause of action, arising from different facts entirely. Order II Rule 3 permits him to unite it in the same suit against the same defendant. He is not obliged to.

What if he does join it? By Rule 3(2), the court's jurisdiction is then judged on the aggregate value of both claims. If the loan claim alone was within the limit of a particular court and the two together are not, joining them sends the suit up to a higher court.

And if he sues only on the loan and later sues on the wall? Perfectly good. Order II Rule 2 bars only what belonged to the same cause of action, and these are two.

What it does not mean

A cause of action is not a section of law. It is the facts. Citing the wrong provision does not destroy a suit; failing to plead a necessary fact does.

It is not the evidence. The facts you must prove are the cause of action; the documents and witnesses that prove them are not.

A suit does not begin when the defendant is served. It is instituted on presentation of the plaint, under section 26 and Order IV Rule 1.

Joinder of causes of action is not compulsory. Order II Rule 3 permits it. What is compulsory is including the whole claim on one cause of action, under Rule 2.

Joining claims is not free. Rule 3(2) makes jurisdiction depend on the aggregate value.

Quick revision

Essentials of a suit: opposing parties; a subject matter of a civil nature; a cause of action; and relief claimed.

Section 26 and Order IV Rule 1: every suit is instituted by presenting a plaint. Institution is by presentation, which fixes the date for limitation and for section 10.

Cause of action: the bundle of essential facts the plaintiff must prove, if traversed, to obtain the relief claimed. Not the law, not the evidence.

It governs four things: where you may sue, section 20(c); what one suit must contain, Order II Rules 1 and 2; what a later suit may contain, Order II Rule 2; and when limitation begins.

Order II Rule 3: several causes of action may be united against the same defendant, and jurisdiction then depends on the aggregate value at the date of institution.

munotes.in59

Essentials of a Suit and Cause of Action

Test yourself

1. What are the essentials of a suit? Opposing parties, a subject matter in dispute which is of a civil nature, a cause of action, and relief claimed by the plaintiff.

2. How is a suit instituted? By the presentation of a plaint, or in such other manner as may be prescribed, under section 26 of the Code and Order IV Rule 1.

3. Define cause of action in two sentences. A cause of action is the bundle of essential facts which the plaintiff must prove, if traversed, in order to obtain the relief he claims. It does not include the provisions of law relied on, nor the evidence by which those facts are proved.

4. Name two things that depend on the cause of action. Where the suit may be filed, since section 20(c) allows a suit where the cause of action arises wholly or in part; and what a later suit may contain, since Order II Rule 2 bars any part of the claim on that cause of action which was omitted or relinquished. Limitation and the framing of the suit under Order II Rule 1 also depend on it.

5. May a plaintiff join two unrelated claims against the same defendant in one suit? Yes. Order II Rule 3 permits a plaintiff to unite several causes of action against the same defendant in the same suit. But by Rule 3(2) the jurisdiction of the court as regards the suit then depends on the aggregate value of the subject matters at the date of institution.

6. What is the difference between Order II Rule 2 and Order II Rule 3? Rule 2 is compulsory: a suit must include the whole of the claim arising on one cause of action, and anything omitted is lost. Rule 3 is permissive: several distinct causes of action may be united in one suit, with the consequence that jurisdiction is judged on their aggregate value.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in60

Chapter Eleven

Set-off and Counterclaim

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Concepts: Res-sub judice, Res judicata, set off, counterclaim"

In one line

A defendant who is himself owed money by the plaintiff does not have to start his own case to get it: he can raise it inside the plaintiff's suit, either as a set-off, which reduces the claim, or as a counterclaim, which is a suit of his own fought inside the same file.

Why the Code allows this

Suppose Anil sues Bhavna for Rs. 80,000 on an unpaid invoice, and Bhavna is separately owed Rs. 50,000 by Anil. Without these rules Bhavna must defend Anil's suit, lose or win it, and then file a fresh suit of her own, with a second set of fees, a second set of witnesses, and the risk that Anil is insolvent by the time she gets there.

That is wasteful for the parties and worse for the court, which must hear the same relationship twice. So the Code lets the defendant bring the cross-claim into the existing suit, and provides in both cases that the court can pronounce one final judgment on both claims.

The two devices differ in ambition. A set-off is defensive: it goes only so far as to wipe out or reduce what the plaintiff claims. A counterclaim is offensive: it is a cross-suit, and it can exceed the plaintiff's claim and survive the plaintiff abandoning his.

Set-off: Order VIII Rule 6

Rule 6(1) provides that where, in a suit for the recovery of money, the defendant claims to set off against the plaintiff's demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from the plaintiff, not exceeding the pecuniary limits of the jurisdiction of the Court, and both parties fill the same character as they fill in the plaintiff's suit, the defendant may, at the first hearing but not afterwards unless permitted by the Court, present a written statement containing the particulars of the debt sought to be set off.

Rule 6(2) provides that the written statement shall have the same effect as a plaint in a cross-suit, so as to enable the Court to pronounce a final judgment on both the original claim and the set-off.

Rule 6(3) applies the rules about written statements to a written statement answering a claim of set-off.

The five conditions, from the rule itself

One, the suit must be for the recovery of money. Set-off has no place in a suit for possession or an injunction.

Two, the sum claimed must be ascertained. A figure, not a claim for damages to be assessed.

Three, it must be legally recoverable, so not a time-barred or otherwise unenforceable debt.

Four, it must not exceed the pecuniary limits of the court's jurisdiction.

Five, both parties must fill the same character in the set-off as they do in the suit.

munotes.in61

Set-off and Counterclaim

The Code's own illustrations, which are the best explanation of condition five

The rule carries illustrations, and three of them exist purely to teach the "same character" requirement.

A bequeaths Rs. 2,000 to B and appoints C his executor and residuary legatee. B dies and D takes out administration to B's effects. C pays Rs. 1,000 as surety for D. D then sues C for the legacy. C cannot set off the Rs. 1,000, because neither C nor D fills the same character with respect to the legacy as they fill with respect to the payment.

A dies in debt to B. C takes out administration to A's effects and B buys part of the effects from C. In a suit by C against B for the purchase money, B cannot set off the debt, because C fills two different characters, as vendor in this suit and as A's representative in the debt.

A sues B on a bill of exchange. B says A wrongfully failed to insure B's goods and claims compensation as a set-off. The amount not being ascertained cannot be set off. That is condition two.

A sues B on a bill of exchange for Rs. 500. B holds a judgment against A for Rs. 1,000. Both being definite pecuniary demands, they may be set off. That is the rule working as intended.

Legal and equitable set-off

The set-off described in Rule 6 is called legal set-off, and its conditions are the five above.

Courts also recognise equitable set-off, which is not in the rule. It allows a defendant to set off an unascertained sum where the cross-demand arises out of the same transaction, or out of transactions so closely connected that it would be inequitable to make him pay first and sue afterwards. The distinction is a standing exam question, and the table below sets it out.

Legal set-offEquitable set-off
SourceOrder VIII Rule 6The court's equitable jurisdiction, not the rule
AmountMust be ascertainedMay be unascertained
TransactionNeed not arise from the same transactionMust arise from the same or a closely connected transaction
Claimed asA rightAt the court's discretion
Court feePayable, as it is a cross-suitOrdinarily follows the same treatment

Counterclaim: Order VIII Rules 6A to 6F

Rule 6A(1) provides that a defendant may, in addition to his right of pleading a set-off under Rule 6, set up by way of counterclaim against the plaintiff's claim any right or claim in respect of a cause of action accruing to the defendant against the plaintiff either before or after the filing of the suit, but before the defendant has delivered his defence or before the time limited for delivering it has expired, whether the counterclaim is in the nature of a claim for damages or not. The proviso adds that the counterclaim shall not exceed the pecuniary limits of the court's jurisdiction.

munotes.in62

Set-off and Counterclaim

Rule 6A(2): the counterclaim has the same effect as a cross-suit, so the Court can pronounce a final judgment in the same suit on both the claim and the counterclaim.

Rule 6A(3): the plaintiff may file a written statement in answer to the counterclaim within the time the court fixes.

Rule 6A(4): the counterclaim shall be treated as a plaint and governed by the rules applicable to plaints.

The remaining rules complete the machinery.

Rule 6B: a defendant relying on a ground as supporting a counterclaim must state specifically in his written statement that he does so by way of counterclaim.

Rule 6C: where the plaintiff says the counterclaim ought to be tried as an independent suit instead, he may apply, at any time before issues are settled on the counterclaim, for an order excluding it, and the court may make such order as it thinks fit.

Rule 6D, and this is the rule to remember above all the others: if the plaintiff's suit is stayed, discontinued or dismissed, the counterclaim may nevertheless be proceeded with. That is the clearest proof that a counterclaim is a cross-suit and not merely a defence.

Rule 6E: if the plaintiff makes default in replying to the counterclaim, the court may pronounce judgment against him on it.

Rule 6F: where a set-off or counterclaim is established and a balance is found due to either party, the court may give judgment for that balance.

Distinguish: set-off and counterclaim

Set-off, Rule 6Counterclaim, Rules 6A to 6F
NatureA defence, which reduces or extinguishes the claimA cross-suit tried in the same proceeding
Suit must beFor the recovery of moneyAny suit
AmountAscertained sum (legal set-off)Any right or claim, damages included
Can it exceed the claimNo, it operates only up to the plaintiff's demandYes
Cause of action arising after the suitNoYes, if before the defence is delivered
If the plaintiff's suit is dismissedFalls with itSurvives, Rule 6D
Same character requiredYesNot in those terms

The one-line test: ask what happens if the plaintiff walks away. A set-off dies with the suit; a counterclaim carries on. That single question answers most exam problems on the pair.

A worked example

Anil sues Bhavna in the City Civil Court for Rs. 80,000, the price of goods delivered in March.

munotes.in63

Set-off and Counterclaim

Bhavna is owed Rs. 50,000 by Anil on a promissory note. That is an ascertained sum, legally recoverable, within the court's limits, and both are suing in their own right. She may claim it as a legal set-off under Rule 6, in a written statement at the first hearing. If Anil's claim succeeds in full, the decree will be for the balance of Rs. 30,000, by Rule 6F.

Bhavna instead says the goods were defective and claims Rs. 2,00,000 in damages. That is not ascertained, so it is no legal set-off. But it arises from the same transaction, so she may press it as an equitable set-off, at the court's discretion, and because it exceeds Anil's claim she would in practice raise it as a counterclaim under Rule 6A, which has no ceiling below the court's pecuniary limit and can produce a decree in her favour.

Anil, seeing the counterclaim, withdraws his suit. Rule 6D: the counterclaim may nevertheless be proceeded with. Bhavna's claim is unaffected. Had she pleaded only a set-off, it would have gone with the suit.

Anil says the damages claim is too complicated to be tried here. His route is Rule 6C, an application before issues are settled on the counterclaim, asking the court to exclude it so it can be brought as an independent suit.

Anil ignores the counterclaim entirely. Rule 6E: the court may pronounce judgment against him on it.

Change a fact. Suppose Bhavna's Rs. 50,000 is owed to her not personally but as the executrix of her late father's estate. The "same character" condition in Rule 6 fails, exactly as in the Code's own first illustration, and there is no legal set-off. A counterclaim remains open to her.

What it does not mean

A set-off is not a counterclaim. It cannot exceed the plaintiff's claim and it does not survive the suit.

Legal set-off is not available for unliquidated damages. That is equitable set-off, and it needs the same transaction.

A counterclaim is not merely a defence. Rule 6A(4) treats it as a plaint, so it needs court fee and it is pleaded like a plaint.

A counterclaim is not open indefinitely. The cause of action must accrue before the defendant delivers his defence, or before the time for delivering it expires.

Equitable set-off is not a right. It is allowed at the court's discretion.

Quick revision

Set-off, Order VIII Rule 6. Five conditions: suit for recovery of money; ascertained sum; legally recoverable; within the court's pecuniary limits; both parties in the same character. Pleaded at the first hearing, not later without permission. Has the effect of a plaint in a cross-suit.

munotes.in64

Set-off and Counterclaim

Equitable set-off: unascertained sums allowed where the cross-demand arises from the same or a closely connected transaction. Discretionary, and not in the rule.

Counterclaim, Rules 6A to 6F. Any right or claim, damages included, accruing before or after the suit but before the defence is delivered; not exceeding the court's pecuniary limits; treated as a plaint; must be stated specifically as a counterclaim (6B); may be excluded on the plaintiff's application before issues (6C); survives the stay, discontinuance or dismissal of the suit (6D); default by the plaintiff may lead to judgment against him (6E); the court may decree the balance (6F).

The test that settles most problems: if the plaintiff walks away, a set-off dies and a counterclaim lives.

Test yourself

1. State the conditions for a legal set-off. The suit must be for the recovery of money; the sum claimed must be ascertained; it must be legally recoverable from the plaintiff; it must not exceed the pecuniary limits of the court's jurisdiction; and both parties must fill the same character as they fill in the plaintiff's suit. It is claimed by a written statement at the first hearing, and not afterwards without the court's permission.

2. Give two differences between set-off and counterclaim. A set-off is a defence that can only reduce or extinguish the plaintiff's claim, while a counterclaim is a cross-suit which may exceed it and produce a decree for the defendant. And if the plaintiff's suit is stayed, discontinued or dismissed, the set-off falls with it whereas the counterclaim may nevertheless be proceeded with under Order VIII Rule 6D.

3. A defendant claims unliquidated damages arising out of the very transaction sued upon. Can he set it off? Not as a legal set-off, because the sum is not ascertained. He may claim an equitable set-off, which allows an unascertained sum where the cross-demand arises from the same transaction or from closely connected transactions, but that is at the discretion of the court and not a right.

4. When must the cause of action for a counterclaim have accrued? Either before or after the filing of the suit, but before the defendant has delivered his defence or before the time limited for delivering his defence has expired.

5. The plaintiff withdraws his suit after a counterclaim is filed. What happens to the counterclaim? It may nevertheless be proceeded with. Order VIII Rule 6D expressly provides that where the plaintiff's suit is stayed, discontinued or dismissed, the counterclaim survives.

6. What must a defendant do to raise a counterclaim properly? He must state specifically in his written statement that he relies on the ground by way of counterclaim, under Rule 6B, and the counterclaim is then treated as a plaint and governed by the rules applicable to plaints under Rule 6A(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in65

Module II

Of suits (Section 26-Section35, Order I-Order XX)

munotes.in

Chapter Twelve

Parties to a Suit

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Parties to a suit (Order I to Order III)"

In one line

Order I decides who may be in a suit, and its most important rule is that leaving out a necessary party is fatal while leaving out anyone else is not.

Why the Code regulates this

Two opposite dangers. If a court decides a dispute without someone whose rights it settles, that person is bound by nothing and can start again, so the judgment solves nothing. If the court lets every remotely interested person in, the trial becomes unmanageable and the real dispute is lost.

So Order I is a filter with a floor. The floor is the necessary party, who must be there. Above the floor the Code is permissive: people may be joined where their claims share a transaction and a common question, and the court has wide power to add and strike out as the case develops.

Joinder of plaintiffs and defendants

Rule 1 provides that all persons may be joined in one suit as plaintiffs where (a) any right to relief in respect of, or arising out of, the same act or transaction or series of acts or transactions is alleged to exist in them, whether jointly, severally or in the alternative, and (b) if they brought separate suits, any common question of law or fact would arise.

Rule 3 provides exactly the same two conditions for joining persons as defendants.

Both conditions must be satisfied, and they are cumulative. A shared transaction without a common question is not enough, and a common question without a shared transaction is not enough. Two passengers injured in the same bus crash satisfy both; two people who separately bought defective goods from the same shop on different days satisfy the second but not the first.

Rule 2 lets the Court, where a joinder of plaintiffs may embarrass or delay the trial, put the plaintiffs to their election, or order separate trials, or make such other order as is expedient. Rule 3A gives the same power where the joinder of defendants may embarrass or delay the trial.

Read those alongside Order II Rule 1, which requires every suit to be framed, so far as practicable, so as to afford ground for a final decision on the subjects in dispute and to prevent further litigation concerning them. That is the policy the whole of Order I serves.

Necessary and proper parties

The Code does not define either term in Order I, but the distinction is built into Rules 9 and 10 and it is the highest-yield point in this chapter.

A necessary party is one in whose absence no effective decree can be passed at all: the person whose rights the decree would determine, and against whom the relief is claimed.

munotes.in66

Parties to a Suit

A proper party is one whose presence helps the court to decide the whole matter completely, but in whose absence a decree can still be made.

Rule 9 provides that no suit shall be defeated by reason of the misjoinder or non-joinder of parties, and the Court may in every suit deal with the matter in controversy so far as regards the rights and interests of the parties actually before it. The proviso, added in 1976, is the whole point: nothing in this rule shall apply to non-joinder of a NECESSARY party.

So the rule and its proviso divide the world in two. Misjoinder never defeats a suit. Non-joinder of a proper party never defeats a suit. Non-joinder of a necessary party does.

The court's power to add and strike out: Rule 10

Rule 10(1) deals with a suit brought in the name of the wrong plaintiff. Where a suit is instituted in the name of the wrong person as plaintiff, or it is doubtful whether it is in the name of the right plaintiff, the Court may at any stage, if satisfied that it was instituted through a bona fide mistake and that substitution is necessary for determining the real matter in dispute, order another person to be substituted or added as plaintiff on such terms as it thinks just.

Note the two conditions: bona fide mistake, and necessity for determining the real dispute. A deliberate choice of the wrong plaintiff is not covered.

Rule 10(2) is the general power. The Court may at any stage, on the application of either party or without any application, order that the name of any party improperly joined be struck out, and that the name of any person who ought to have been joined, or whose presence may be necessary to enable the Court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon and settle all the questions involved, be added.

Those last words define the proper party in the Code's own language, and they are worth quoting in an answer.

Rule 10(3): nobody may be added as a plaintiff suing without a next friend, or as the next friend of a plaintiff under disability, without his consent.

Rule 10(4): where a defendant is added, the plaint shall be amended and amended copies of the summons and plaint served on the new defendant.

Rule 10(5) matters for limitation: subject to the Limitation Act, proceedings as against a person added as defendant are deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons on him. So adding a defendant late can expose the claim against him to a limitation objection, because time is not measured from the original filing.

munotes.in67

Parties to a Suit

Rule 10A allows the Court, in its discretion, to request a pleader to address it on any interest likely to be affected by its decision where the party holding that interest is not represented.

Representative suits: Rule 8

Rule 8(1) provides that where there are numerous persons having the same interest in one suit, one or more of them may, with the permission of the Court, sue or be sued or defend on behalf of or for the benefit of all so interested; and the Court may itself direct that one or more of them do so.

Rule 8(2): in every such case the Court shall, at the plaintiff's expense, give notice of the institution of the suit to all persons so interested, either by personal service or, where that is not reasonably practicable because of the number of persons or any other cause, by public advertisement.

Rule 8(3): any person on whose behalf the suit is instituted or defended may apply to be made a party.

Rule 8(4) protects the class from being sold out: no part of the claim may be abandoned, no such suit withdrawn, and no agreement, compromise or satisfaction recorded, unless the Court has given notice to all persons interested in the manner of sub-rule (2).

The reason all of this matters beyond Order I is that a decision in a properly constituted representative suit binds the whole class, by Explanation VI to section 11. The safeguards in Rule 8, permission, notice and the bar on quiet compromise, are the price of that binding effect. See [Res Judicata].

Order III: who may appear

Order III deals with recognised agents and pleaders. Any appearance, application or act in a court, unless otherwise expressly provided, may be made or done by the party in person, or by his recognised agent, or by a pleader appearing, applying or acting on his behalf. Recognised agents include persons holding powers of attorney to act on behalf of parties, and where a party is not resident within the jurisdiction, persons carrying on trade or business for him within the local limits.

The practical point is that appearing "by pleader" is appearing by a person authorised to act, and the acts of a duly appointed pleader bind the party.

A worked example

A landlord, Praveen, wants possession of a flat. The flat was let to Qadir, who has since sublet part of it to Rina. Praveen sues only Qadir.

Is Rina a necessary party? If Praveen wants a decree for possession that will actually put him back in the flat, then yes: Rina is in possession of part, and no effective decree for possession of that part can be made without her. Her absence is a non-joinder of a necessary party, and by the proviso to Rule 9 the suit can fail for it.

munotes.in68

Parties to a Suit

Suppose instead Rina merely visits the flat and claims nothing. She is at best a proper party. Rule 9's main part applies and the suit is not defeated; the court decides as between Praveen and Qadir.

The court notices Rina's absence at the framing of issues. Rule 10(2) lets it add her of its own motion, without any application. The plaint is then amended under Rule 10(4) and amended copies served on her.

Rina is added two years after the suit was filed and pleads limitation. Rule 10(5): as against a person added as defendant, the proceedings are deemed to have begun only on the service of the summons on her. Praveen cannot rely on the original filing date against Rina.

Change the facts entirely. Suppose two hundred flat purchasers in one building have the same complaint against one builder. Rule 8 lets one or a few sue on behalf of all, with the Court's permission and after notice to all of them, personally or by public advertisement. If the representatives later want to settle, Rule 8(4) stops them doing so without fresh notice to the class, and the eventual decision binds every purchaser by Explanation VI to section 11.

What it does not mean

Misjoinder does not defeat a suit. Rule 9 says so expressly, and the answer to a misjoined party is to strike the name out under Rule 10(2).

Non-joinder of a proper party does not defeat a suit either. Only a necessary party, by the proviso to Rule 9.

Rule 10(2) is not confined to applications. The court may act on its own.

Adding a defendant does not backdate the claim against him. Rule 10(5) fixes the start at service of the summons on him.

A representative suit is not a shortcut. Permission, notice and the Rule 8(4) restrictions are conditions, and it is those conditions that justify binding people who never appeared.

Quick revision

Order I Rules 1 and 3: plaintiffs, and defendants, may be joined where the right to relief arises out of the same act or transaction or series of transactions and a common question of law or fact would arise. Both conditions, cumulative.

Rules 2 and 3A: the Court may order separate trials, or put plaintiffs to their election, where joinder would embarrass or delay the trial.

Rule 9: no suit shall be defeated by misjoinder or non-joinder, and the court decides between the parties before it. Proviso: this does not apply to non-joinder of a NECESSARY party.

munotes.in69

Parties to a Suit

Rule 10(1): wrong plaintiff may be substituted where the suit was brought by bona fide mistake and substitution is necessary to determine the real dispute. Rule 10(2): the Court may at any stage, with or without an application, strike out a party improperly joined and add anyone who ought to have been joined or whose presence is necessary to enable it effectually and completely to adjudicate on all the questions involved. Rule 10(5): as against an added defendant, proceedings begin only on service of the summons.

Rule 8: representative suits, on the Court's permission or direction, where numerous persons have the same interest; notice to all, personally or by public advertisement; no abandonment, withdrawal or compromise without such notice. The decision binds the class by Explanation VI to section 11.

Order III: a party may act in person, by a recognised agent, or by a pleader.

Test yourself

1. When may several persons be joined as defendants? Under Order I Rule 3, where any right to relief in respect of or arising out of the same act or transaction, or series of acts or transactions, is alleged to exist against them, whether jointly, severally or in the alternative, and where, if separate suits were brought against them, a common question of law or fact would arise. Both conditions must be satisfied.

2. What is the difference between a necessary and a proper party? A necessary party is one in whose absence no effective decree can be passed, so the suit cannot proceed without him. A proper party is one whose presence enables the court to adjudicate completely on all the questions involved, but in whose absence a decree can still be made.

3. Does the omission of a party defeat the suit? Order I Rule 9 provides that no suit shall be defeated by misjoinder or non-joinder of parties, and the court may deal with the matter as regards the parties before it. But the proviso, added in 1976, excepts non-joinder of a necessary party, and such an omission can defeat the suit.

4. Can the court add a party without an application? Yes. Order I Rule 10(2) allows the court, at any stage of the proceedings and either upon or without the application of either party, to strike out a party improperly joined and to add any person who ought to have been joined or whose presence is necessary to enable the court effectually and completely to adjudicate upon all the questions involved.

5. A defendant is added three years into the suit. From when do proceedings against him run? From the service of the summons on him. Order I Rule 10(5) provides that, subject to the Limitation Act, proceedings as against a person added as defendant are deemed to have begun only on service of the summons.

munotes.in70

Parties to a Suit

6. What safeguards apply to a representative suit? The court's permission or direction is required under Rule 8(1); notice of the institution of the suit must be given at the plaintiff's expense to all persons interested, personally or by public advertisement, under Rule 8(2); any of them may apply to be made a party under Rule 8(3); and no part of the claim may be abandoned, no such suit withdrawn, and no compromise recorded without notice to all interested persons under Rule 8(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in71

Chapter Thirteen

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Parties to a suit (Order I to Order III). Death, marriage and insolvency of parties (Order XXII)"

In one line

A suit does not die because a party does. It abates only where nobody applies in time to bring the dead party's representative on the record.

Why the Code deals with this

Litigation takes years and people die in the middle of it. If a suit ended whenever a party died, a defendant could simply wait, and a plaintiff's family would lose a claim that was nearly won. If it carried on regardless, a decree would be passed against somebody who was not there to defend it.

So the Code asks one question first, and everything follows from the answer: does the right to sue survive? If it does, the suit continues, with the estate represented. If it does not, the suit is at an end because there is nothing left to litigate.

The governing rule: Rule 1

Rule 1: the death of a plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate if the right to sue survives.

That is the principle, and it is what makes abatement the exception rather than the rule. A right to sue survives in most civil matters: a debt, a claim to property, a contract. What does not survive is a purely personal action, on the old maxim actio personalis moritur cum persona, an action which is personal dies with the person, of which defamation and personal injury claims are the classic examples.

One of several parties dies: Rule 2

Rule 2: where there are more plaintiffs or defendants than one and any of them dies, and the right to sue survives to the surviving plaintiffs alone, or against the surviving defendants alone, the Court shall cause an entry to that effect to be made on the record, and the suit shall proceed at the instance of, or against, the survivors.

Note that no application is needed and there is no question of abatement. The Court simply records the death and the suit goes on. Rule 2 applies only where the right to sue survives to or against the survivors alone, which is the case with joint rights.

A sole party dies, or the right does not survive to the survivors: Rules 3 and 4

Rule 3(1): where one of two or more plaintiffs dies and the right to sue does not survive to the surviving plaintiffs alone, or where a sole plaintiff or sole surviving plaintiff dies and the right to sue survives, the Court shall, on an application made in that behalf, cause the legal representative of the deceased plaintiff to be made a party and shall proceed with the suit.

Rule 3(2): where within the time limited by law no such application is made, the suit shall abate so far as the deceased plaintiff is concerned; and on the defendant's application the Court may award him the costs he incurred in defending the suit, to be recovered from the estate of the deceased plaintiff.

munotes.in72

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

Rule 4(1) does the same for a defendant: where one of several defendants dies and the right to sue does not survive against the survivors alone, or a sole or sole surviving defendant dies and the right to sue survives, the Court shall, on an application, cause the legal representative to be made a party and proceed with the suit.

Rule 4(2): a person so made a party may make any defence appropriate to his character as legal representative of the deceased defendant.

Rule 4(3): where no application is made within the time limited by law, the suit shall abate as against the deceased defendant.

Rule 4(4) is a useful discretion: the Court may, whenever it thinks fit, exempt the plaintiff from substituting the legal representatives of a defendant who failed to file a written statement, or who filed one and then failed to appear and contest at the hearing; and judgment may be pronounced against that defendant notwithstanding his death, with the same force as if it had been pronounced before he died.

So the whole architecture is: the right survives, somebody must apply in time, and if nobody does, the suit abates as to that party.

Marriage and insolvency

Rule 7: the marriage of a female plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate, and the suit may notwithstanding be proceeded with to judgment. Where the decree is against a female defendant, it may be executed against her alone. Where the husband is by law liable for the debts of his wife, the decree may, with the leave of the Court, be executed against him also.

Rule 8: the insolvency of a plaintiff in any suit which the assignee or receiver might maintain for the benefit of his creditors shall not cause the suit to abate, unless the assignee or receiver declines to continue the suit or, where required by the Court, to give security for the costs within the time the Court directs. Where the assignee or receiver neglects or refuses to continue and give security, the defendant may apply for the dismissal of the suit on the ground of the plaintiff's insolvency, and the Court may make an order dismissing the suit and awarding the defendant the costs he incurred in defending it, to be proved as a debt against the plaintiff's estate.

The pattern is the same in all three. Death, marriage and insolvency do not by themselves end a suit. Something further has to happen, or fail to happen, before it does.

munotes.in73

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

Assignment, and the pleader's duty

Rule 10 deals with assignment, creation or devolution of an interest during the pendency of a suit. In such a case the suit may, by leave of the Court, be continued by or against the person to or upon whom that interest has come or devolved.

Rule 10A places a duty on the lawyer: where a pleader appearing for a party comes to know of that party's death, he shall inform the Court, and the Court shall thereupon give notice of the death to the other party. This exists because the opposite side often has no way of knowing, and the clock for substitution is running.

The consequence of abatement: Rule 9

Rule 9(1): where a suit abates or is dismissed under this Order, no fresh suit shall be brought on the same cause of action.

Rule 9(2): the plaintiff, or the person claiming to be the legal representative of a deceased plaintiff, or the assignee or receiver of an insolvent plaintiff, may apply to set aside the abatement or dismissal; and if it is proved that he was prevented by sufficient cause from continuing the suit, the Court shall set it aside on such terms as to costs as it thinks fit.

Rule 9(3): section 5 of the Limitation Act applies to such applications, so delay in making the application can itself be condoned on sufficient cause.

The Explanation preserves something important: nothing in the rule bars, in any later suit, a defence based on the facts which constituted the cause of action in the suit that abated. So abatement bars a fresh suit, but the same facts may still be pleaded defensively.

Compare this with Order IX Rule 9, where a dismissal for the plaintiff's non-appearance likewise bars a fresh suit and likewise has an application to set aside as its only remedy. The Code uses the same device in both places. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

A worked example

Ishaan sues Jyoti and Kabir jointly for possession of land. Two years in, Jyoti dies.

First question: does the right to sue survive? A claim to land plainly survives. Rule 1 therefore means the suit does not abate merely because Jyoti died.

Second question: does it survive against Kabir alone? If the liability was joint and the whole claim can be pursued against Kabir, Rule 2 applies: the Court records the death and the suit proceeds against Kabir. Nothing further is needed.

If it does not survive against Kabir alone, Rule 4(1) applies: on an application, Jyoti's legal representative is brought on the record. Under Rule 4(2) that representative may make any defence appropriate to his character as legal representative, which includes saying the estate has no assets.

munotes.in74

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

Nobody applies within the time limited by law. Rule 4(3): the suit abates as against Jyoti. And under Rule 9(1) no fresh suit may be brought on the same cause of action.

Ishaan says he did not know she had died. Two things help him. Rule 10A obliged Jyoti's pleader, on learning of her death, to inform the Court, which was then to notify the other side. And Rule 9(2) allows him to apply to set aside the abatement on proof that he was prevented by sufficient cause from continuing, with section 5 of the Limitation Act available under Rule 9(3) for delay in making even that application.

Change one fact. Suppose Jyoti had never filed a written statement and had never appeared. Rule 4(4) allows the Court to exempt Ishaan from substituting her representatives altogether, and judgment may be pronounced against her notwithstanding her death.

Change another. Suppose instead of dying Jyoti marries. Rule 7: marriage does not cause the suit to abate, and it proceeds to judgment; a decree against her may be executed against her alone, and against her husband only with the leave of the Court where he is by law liable for her debts.

And another. Suppose Ishaan is adjudged insolvent. Rule 8: the suit does not abate unless the assignee or receiver declines to continue it, or fails to give security for costs when required. Only then may Jyoti and Kabir apply to have it dismissed.

Finally. Suppose Kabir sells his interest in the land during the suit. Rule 10: the suit may, by leave of the Court, be continued against the purchaser to whom the interest has devolved.

What it does not mean

Death does not end a suit. Rule 1: not if the right to sue survives.

Rule 2 requires no application. The Court simply records the death where the right survives to or against the survivors alone.

Abatement is not automatic in the sense of being unavoidable. It follows only from a failure to apply within the time limited by law, and Rule 9(2) allows it to be set aside for sufficient cause.

Abatement does not bar a defence. The Explanation to Rule 9 preserves the same facts as a defence in a later suit; it bars only a fresh suit.

Marriage and insolvency do not abate a suit either, unless the further conditions in Rules 7 and 8 are met.

Quick revision

Rule 1: death does not abate a suit if the right to sue survives. What does not survive is a purely personal action.

munotes.in75

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

Rule 2: where one of several parties dies and the right survives to or against the survivors alone, the Court records the death and the suit proceeds. No application needed.

Rules 3 and 4: where a sole party dies, or the right does not survive to the survivors alone, the legal representative is brought on the record on an application; if none is made within the time limited by law, the suit abates. Rule 4(2): the representative may make any defence appropriate to that character. Rule 4(4): the Court may exempt the plaintiff from substituting the representatives of a defendant who never filed a written statement or never contested.

Rule 7: marriage does not abate a suit. Rule 8: insolvency of a plaintiff does not abate it unless the assignee or receiver declines to continue or to give security.

Rule 10: on assignment or devolution of an interest, the suit may be continued by leave of the Court. Rule 10A: a pleader must inform the Court of his client's death.

Rule 9: abatement or dismissal bars a fresh suit on the same cause of action; it may be set aside on proof that the applicant was prevented by sufficient cause; section 5 of the Limitation Act applies; and the Explanation preserves the same facts as a defence in a later suit.

Test yourself

1. Does a suit abate on the death of a party? Not if the right to sue survives. Order XXII Rule 1 provides that the death of a plaintiff or defendant shall not cause the suit to abate if the right to sue survives, and abatement follows only where no application to bring the legal representative on the record is made within the time limited by law.

2. One of several defendants dies and the right to sue survives against the others alone. What happens? Under Rule 2 the Court causes an entry to that effect to be made on the record, and the suit proceeds against the surviving defendants. No application for substitution is required.

3. What is the effect of abatement? Under Rule 9(1) no fresh suit may be brought on the same cause of action. The remedy is an application under Rule 9(2) to set aside the abatement, which the Court shall grant if it is proved that the applicant was prevented by sufficient cause from continuing the suit, and section 5 of the Limitation Act applies to such applications.

4. Does abatement prevent the same facts being used later? Not as a defence. The Explanation to Rule 9 provides that nothing in the rule bars, in any later suit, a defence based on the facts which constituted the cause of action in the suit which abated.

munotes.in76

Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties

5. What is the effect of the marriage of a female party? Under Rule 7 the marriage does not cause the suit to abate and it may be proceeded with to judgment. A decree against a female defendant may be executed against her alone, and where her husband is by law liable for her debts, it may with the leave of the Court be executed against him also.

6. What duty does a pleader have when his client dies? Under Rule 10A, where a pleader appearing for a party comes to know of that party's death he shall inform the Court, and the Court shall give notice of the death to the other party.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in77

Chapter Fourteen

Institution of a Suit and Summons

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Institution of a suit (Order IV and V)"

In one line

A suit is instituted by presenting a plaint, and the court then issues a summons telling the defendant to appear and answer.

Those are the two halves of this chapter, and the second is far longer than the first, because a great deal can go wrong with getting a piece of paper into somebody's hands.

Institution: sections 26 and Order IV

Section 26(1): every suit shall be instituted by the presentation of a plaint or in such other manner as may be prescribed.

Section 26(2): in every plaint, facts shall be proved by affidavit.

Order IV Rule 1(1) repeats the rule in the rules: every suit shall be instituted by presenting a plaint in duplicate to the Court or such officer as it appoints.

Rule 1(2): every plaint shall comply with the rules contained in Orders VI and VII, so far as they are applicable.

Rule 1(3): the plaint shall not be deemed to be duly instituted unless it complies with the requirements specified in sub-rules (1) and (2).

Order IV Rule 2: the Court shall cause the particulars of every suit to be entered in a book kept for the purpose, called the register of civil suits, and the entries shall be numbered in every year according to the order in which the plaints are admitted.

Two consequences worth noting. Institution is by presentation, which fixes the date for limitation and for section 10 res sub judice. And by Rule 1(3) a plaint that does not comply with Orders VI and VII is not duly instituted at all, which is the link back to [Pleadings] and [The Plaint].

The summons: section 27 and Order V Rule 1

Section 27: where a suit has been duly instituted, a summons may be issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim, and may be served in the manner prescribed, on such day not beyond thirty days from the date of the institution of the suit.

Order V Rule 1(1): when a suit has been duly instituted, a summons may be issued to the defendant to appear and answer the claim and to file the written statement of his defence, if any, within thirty days from the date of service of the summons on him.

First proviso: no such summons shall be issued where the defendant has appeared at the presentation of the plaint and admitted the plaintiff's claim. There is nothing to summon him for.

Second proviso: where he fails to file the written statement within the thirty days, he shall be allowed to file it on such other day as the Court may specify, for reasons to be recorded in writing, but not later than ninety days from the date of service. That is the same limit as Order VIII Rule 1, and the commercial-dispute variant is dealt with in [The Written Statement].

munotes.in78

Institution of a Suit and Summons

Rule 1(2): a defendant may appear (a) in person, (b) by a pleader duly instructed and able to answer all material questions relating to the suit, or (c) by a pleader accompanied by some person able to answer all such questions.

Rule 1(3): every summons shall be signed by the Judge or an officer he appoints, and sealed with the seal of the Court.

Rule 2: every summons shall be accompanied by a copy of the plaint.

So three time periods sit close together and must be kept apart: thirty days from institution to issue the summons, thirty days from service to file the written statement, and ninety days from service as the outer limit for that written statement.

How a summons is served

The Code gives a ladder of methods, and the higher rungs are used only when the lower ones fail.

Personal service is the norm. Rule 12: service shall, wherever practicable, be made on the defendant in person, unless he has an agent empowered to accept service. Rule 15: where the defendant is absent from his residence at the time of service and there is no likelihood of his being found within a reasonable time, and he has no agent empowered to accept service, service may be made on any adult member of the family, whether male or female, residing with him. An explanation makes clear that a servant is not a member of the family for this purpose.

Rule 16: the person serving the summons shall require the person served to sign an acknowledgement.

Rule 17: where the defendant or his agent refuses to sign the acknowledgement, or cannot be found and there is no agent or other person on whom service can be made, the serving officer shall affix a copy of the summons on the outer door or some other conspicuous part of the house in which he ordinarily resides or carries on business or personally works for gain, and shall report the circumstances.

Rule 19: where the serving officer's return is not verified by affidavit, or where the summons was affixed under Rule 17, the Court shall examine the serving officer on oath, or cause him to be so examined, and may make such further inquiry as it thinks fit, before declaring the summons duly served.

Rule 20, substituted service. Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason to believe that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way, the Court shall order the summons to be served by affixing a copy in some conspicuous place in the Court-house, and also upon some conspicuous part of the house in which the defendant is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain, or in such other manner as the Court thinks fit.

munotes.in79

Institution of a Suit and Summons

Rule 20(1A): where the Court orders service by advertisement in a newspaper, the newspaper shall be a daily newspaper circulating in the locality in which the defendant is last known to have actually and voluntarily resided, carried on business or personally worked for gain.

Rule 20(2), and this is the crucial line: service substituted by order of the Court shall be as effectual as if it had been made on the defendant personally.

Rule 20(3): where service is substituted, the Court shall fix such time for the appearance of the defendant as the case may require.

Rule 9 allows service by the Court by post, courier, fax, electronic mail or other approved means, and Rule 9A allows the Court to permit the plaintiff to effect service in addition.

Section 28 and Rule 21 deal with a defendant residing outside the jurisdiction: the summons may be sent to the court within whose jurisdiction he resides, which proceeds as if it had issued the summons itself and returns it with the record of its proceedings.

A worked example

Lata presents her plaint on 1 March.

When must the summons issue? Under section 27, on a day not beyond thirty days from the institution of the suit, so by about 31 March. It must be signed by the Judge or his appointed officer, sealed, and accompanied by a copy of the plaint under Rule 2.

The summons requires what of the defendant? To appear and answer the claim, and to file his written statement within thirty days from the date of service, extendable for reasons recorded but not beyond ninety days from service.

The process server finds the defendant absent, and hands the summons to his adult daughter living with him. Good service under Rule 15, provided the defendant was absent, there was no likelihood of finding him within a reasonable time, and he had no agent empowered to accept service. Had the server handed it to a servant, it would not be good service, because the explanation to Rule 15 excludes servants from "member of the family".

The defendant refuses to sign. Rule 17 applies: the server affixes a copy on a conspicuous part of the house and reports the circumstances, and under Rule 19 the Court examines him on oath before holding the summons duly served.

munotes.in80

Institution of a Suit and Summons

The defendant is deliberately avoiding service. Rule 20 applies: the Court shall order substituted service, by affixing a copy at the Court-house and on the house where he last resided, or in such other manner as it thinks fit, which may include newspaper advertisement in a daily paper circulating in the locality where he was last known to reside.

He later says he never actually saw it. Rule 20(2) answers him: substituted service ordered by the Court is as effectual as personal service. That, and not any fiction about actual knowledge, is what allows the suit to proceed. Compare the second proviso to Order IX Rule 13, where an ex parte decree will not be set aside merely for an irregularity in service if the defendant in fact had notice and time. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

The defendant lives in another State. Section 28 and Rule 21: the summons may be sent to the court there, which serves it and returns it with the record of its proceedings.

What it does not mean

A plaint is not duly instituted merely by handing it in. Order IV Rule 1(3) requires compliance with Orders VI and VII.

A summons is not a formality. It is the instrument by which the Court acquires the defendant before it, and defective service is what produces ex parte decrees that are later set aside.

A servant is not a member of the family for the purposes of Rule 15.

Substituted service is not second-class service. Rule 20(2) makes it as effectual as personal service.

Newspaper advertisement is not at large. Rule 20(1A) requires a daily newspaper circulating in the locality where the defendant was last known to reside, carry on business or work for gain.

Quick revision

Section 26 and Order IV Rule 1: a suit is instituted by presenting a plaint, in duplicate, complying with Orders VI and VII; otherwise it is not duly instituted. Facts in the plaint are proved by affidavit. Order IV Rule 2: entered in the register of civil suits, numbered yearly in order of admission.

Section 27: the summons is issued on a day not beyond thirty days from institution. Order V Rule 1: it requires the defendant to appear, answer, and file his written statement within thirty days of service, extendable for reasons recorded to ninety days. No summons where the defendant appeared at presentation and admitted the claim. Signed by the Judge and sealed; accompanied by a copy of the plaint.

munotes.in81

Institution of a Suit and Summons

Service: personally wherever practicable, Rule 12; on an adult member of the family residing with him where he is absent, Rule 15, a servant not being a member of the family; acknowledgement signed, Rule 16; affixation on refusal or where he cannot be found, Rule 17; the serving officer examined on oath, Rule 19.

Substituted service, Rule 20: where the defendant is keeping out of the way to avoid service or service cannot be made in the ordinary way, by affixing at the Court-house and on his last known house, or otherwise as the Court thinks fit; newspaper advertisement must be in a daily paper circulating in the locality; and such service is as effectual as personal service.

Section 28 and Rule 21: a defendant in another State is served through the court there.

Test yourself

1. How is a suit instituted? By the presentation of a plaint, or in such other manner as may be prescribed, under section 26 and Order IV Rule 1. The plaint must be presented in duplicate and must comply with Orders VI and VII, failing which the suit is not deemed duly instituted.

2. Within what time must a summons be issued? On a day not beyond thirty days from the date of the institution of the suit, under section 27.

3. What must the summons require of the defendant? To appear and answer the claim and to file the written statement of his defence, if any, within thirty days from the date of service of the summons on him, extendable by the Court for reasons recorded in writing but not later than ninety days from service.

4. On whom may a summons be served if the defendant is absent? Under Order V Rule 15, on any adult member of his family, whether male or female, residing with him, where he is absent from his residence at the time of service, there is no likelihood of his being found within a reasonable time, and he has no agent empowered to accept service. A servant is not a member of the family for this purpose.

5. What is substituted service, and when is it ordered? Service ordered by the Court under Order V Rule 20 where it is satisfied that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way. It is effected by affixing a copy in a conspicuous place in the Court-house and on a conspicuous part of the house where the defendant last resided, carried on business or worked for gain, or in such other manner as the Court thinks fit, including advertisement in a daily newspaper circulating in that locality.

munotes.in82

Institution of a Suit and Summons

6. What is the effect of substituted service? Under Order V Rule 20(2) it is as effectual as if service had been made on the defendant personally.

7. When is no summons issued at all? Under the first proviso to Order V Rule 1(1), where the defendant has appeared at the presentation of the plaint and admitted the plaintiff's claim.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in83

Chapter Fifteen

Pleadings

Syllabus topic 2.3, "Pleadings, plaint and written statement (Order VI to Order VIII)"

In one line

A pleading is the written statement of a party's case, and Order VI lays down one governing rule for all of them: state the material facts, and nothing else.

Why the Code regulates this so tightly

A trial can only be fair if each side knows in advance what case it has to meet. Surprise is the enemy: a defendant who first learns the real allegation in the witness box cannot answer it, and a court cannot frame issues on a case that has not been stated.

So pleadings do three jobs at once. They define the dispute, so the court knows what to try. They give notice, so neither side is ambushed. And they fix the boundaries, so that at the end nobody can be given relief on a case never pleaded.

That last point is the one to carry into every other chapter of this Module. Issues are framed from the pleadings, evidence is led on the issues, and the judgment answers the issues. If a fact never entered the pleadings, it never enters the judgment.

What counts as a pleading

Rule 1: "Pleading" shall mean plaint or written statement.

That is the whole definition, and it is narrower than students expect. An affidavit is not a pleading. An application is not a pleading. A written argument is not a pleading. Only the plaint and the written statement, together with anything the Code treats as one, such as a written statement in answer to a counterclaim.

The governing rule: material facts, not evidence

Rule 2(1): every pleading shall contain, and contain only, a statement in a concise form of the material facts on which the party relies for his claim or defence, but not the evidence by which they are to be proved.

Take the three commands separately, because each is a separate marking point.

Material facts, not law. The facts that constitute the cause of action or the defence. A party pleads what happened, not which section entitles him to relief. Getting the legal label wrong does not sink a properly pleaded case.

Facts, not evidence. This is the distinction the rule exists for, and it is the one most often asked. Plead that the goods delivered were defective; do not plead that the storekeeper will say so and that there is a photograph. Older writers put it as facta probanda against facta probantia: the facts to be proved, not the facts by which they are proved.

Concise form, and "contain only". A pleading that buries the case in narrative fails the rule as surely as one that omits the case.

The formal requirements

Rule 2(2): every pleading shall, when necessary, be divided into paragraphs, numbered consecutively, each allegation being, so far as convenient, in a separate paragraph.

munotes.in84

Pleadings

Rule 2(3): dates, sums and numbers shall be expressed in figures as well as in words.

These look trivial and they are not. Numbered paragraphs are what make it possible for a written statement to answer a plaint line by line, and for a court to frame an issue by reference. Figures and words together is an anti-tampering rule: a figure alone can be altered by a stroke of a pen.

Rule 3: the forms in Appendix A, where applicable, and where not applicable forms of the like character, shall be used for all pleadings.

Rule 3A, inserted for commercial disputes, provides that where forms of pleadings have been prescribed under High Court Rules or Practice Directions for commercial disputes, pleadings shall be in those forms.

Rule 4: when particulars must be given

Rule 4 provides that in all cases in which the party pleading relies on misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, wilful default or undue influence, and in all other cases where particulars are necessary beyond those exemplified in the forms, particulars, with dates and items if necessary, shall be stated in the pleading.

Learn that list of five. The common thread is that each is an allegation against a person's honesty or good faith, and it is unjust to make such a charge in general terms and then look for the details later. "The defendant acted fraudulently" pleads nothing. The rule requires the plaintiff to say what was said, by whom, when, and what was thereby obtained.

Rule 17: amendment of pleadings

Rule 17 provides that the Court may at any stage of the proceedings allow either party to alter or amend his pleadings, in such manner and on such terms as may be just, and that all such amendments shall be made as may be necessary for the purpose of determining the real questions in controversy between the parties.

The proviso, and this is the part that carries marks: no application for amendment shall be allowed after the trial has commenced, unless the Court comes to the conclusion that in spite of due diligence the party could not have raised the matter before the commencement of trial.

So the rule has two halves and they pull in opposite directions. The main part is generous, because the object of a trial is to decide the real dispute and not to punish a drafting error. The proviso is strict, because once the trial has begun an amendment can destroy the other side's preparation. Due diligence is the test, and the burden is on the party seeking to amend.

munotes.in85

Pleadings

Rule 18 completes it: a party who obtains leave to amend and does not amend within the time fixed, or within fourteen days if no time was fixed, shall not be permitted to amend afterwards unless the Court extends the time.

A worked example

Yash sues Zoya for the price of machinery, pleading that he delivered it in April and she has not paid.

Zoya's answer is that the machinery never worked. That must be pleaded as a fact in her written statement. If she leads evidence about it without pleading it, the court can refuse to look at it, because no issue arises on an unpleaded fact.

Yash's draft says: "The defendant is a dishonest person who has cheated the plaintiff by fraud." That fails Rule 4. Fraud must be particularised: what representation was made, by whom, when, and what was obtained by it. A general charge of fraud pleads nothing and can be struck out.

Yash's draft also says: "The plaintiff will rely on the delivery challan dated 12 April and on the testimony of his storekeeper." That fails Rule 2(1). The delivery is a material fact and belongs in the pleading; the challan and the storekeeper are the evidence of it and do not.

Yash writes the price as "Rs. 4,50,000". Rule 2(3) requires it in figures and in words.

Half way through the trial Yash discovers a second agreement varying the price. He applies to amend. The proviso to Rule 17 bites: the trial has commenced, so he must satisfy the court that despite due diligence he could not have raised it earlier. If the document was in his own file all along, he will fail.

The court allows the amendment but Yash does nothing for a month. Rule 18: no time having been fixed, he had fourteen days, and he may not amend now unless the court extends the time.

What it does not mean

A pleading is not an affidavit or an application. Rule 1 confines the word to the plaint and the written statement.

"Material facts, not evidence" does not mean bare assertion. Where Rule 4 applies, particulars with dates and items are part of the material facts.

Pleading the wrong section is not fatal. Facts are pleaded, law is argued.

Amendment is not available for the asking after trial begins. The proviso to Rule 17 requires due diligence to be shown.

Leave to amend does not last indefinitely. Rule 18 gives fourteen days if the order fixes no time.

Quick revision

Order VI Rule 1: a pleading means a plaint or a written statement, and nothing else.

Rule 2(1): material facts, concisely, and only those; not the evidence by which they are proved. Facta probanda, not facta probantia. Rule 2(2): numbered paragraphs, one allegation each so far as convenient. Rule 2(3): dates, sums and numbers in figures and in words.

munotes.in86

Pleadings

Rule 3: the forms in Appendix A. Rule 3A: prescribed forms in commercial disputes.

Rule 4: particulars, with dates and items, must be given for misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, wilful default and undue influence, and wherever else particulars are necessary.

Rule 17: amendment at any stage, as necessary to determine the real questions in controversy; but not after the trial has commenced unless, despite due diligence, the party could not have raised the matter earlier.

Rule 18: amend within the time fixed, or fourteen days if none is fixed.

Test yourself

1. What is a pleading? Under Order VI Rule 1, a pleading means a plaint or a written statement.

2. State the rule in Order VI Rule 2 in two sentences. Every pleading shall contain, and contain only, a statement in concise form of the material facts on which the party relies for his claim or defence, but not the evidence by which those facts are to be proved. Pleadings must be divided into consecutively numbered paragraphs, and dates, sums and numbers must be expressed in figures as well as in words.

3. Give the difference between material facts and evidence, with an example. Material facts are the facts a party must establish to succeed, and evidence is the means by which they are established. That goods were delivered on a given date and were defective is a material fact and must be pleaded; the delivery challan and the storekeeper who will speak to it are evidence and must not be.

4. In which cases must particulars be pleaded? Under Order VI Rule 4, in all cases where the party relies on misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, wilful default or undue influence, and in all other cases where particulars are necessary beyond those exemplified in the forms. Particulars must include dates and items where necessary.

5. Can pleadings be amended after the trial has begun? Only exceptionally. Order VI Rule 17 allows amendment at any stage as may be necessary to determine the real questions in controversy, but its proviso bars an application made after the commencement of trial unless the Court concludes that in spite of due diligence the party could not have raised the matter before trial began.

6. A party obtains leave to amend and the order fixes no time. How long has he? Fourteen days from the date of the order, under Order VI Rule 18, after which he may not amend unless the Court extends the time.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in87

Chapter Sixteen

The Plaint

Syllabus topic 2.3, "Pleadings, plaint and written statement (Order VI to Order VIII)"

In one line

The plaint is the document that starts a suit, and Order VII Rule 1 lists the nine things it must contain.

Why the Code prescribes the contents

A plaint has to do three things before a judge has even read the facts. It must show the court that it is the right court, show the defendant what the case against him is, and show everyone what is being asked for. Rule 1 is simply those three requirements broken into nine items.

Read the list that way and it stops being something to memorise. Items (a), (f) and (i) are about the court. Items (b), (c) and (d) are about the parties. Item (e) is the case. Items (g) and (h) are the claim.

The nine particulars

Rule 1 provides that the plaint shall contain the following particulars:

(a) the name of the Court in which the suit is brought (b) the name, description and place of residence of the plaintiff (c) the name, description and place of residence of the defendant, so far as they can be ascertained (d) where the plaintiff or the defendant is a minor or a person of unsound mind, a statement to that effect (e) the facts constituting the cause of action and when it arose (f) the facts showing that the Court has jurisdiction (g) the relief which the plaintiff claims (h) where the plaintiff has allowed a set-off or relinquished a portion of his claim, the amount so allowed or relinquished (i) a statement of the value of the subject matter for the purposes of jurisdiction and of court fees, so far as the case admits

Three of these repay a second look.

(e) has two limbs. Not only the facts constituting the cause of action, but when it arose. That date is what a court uses to see, on the face of the plaint, whether the suit is within time. See [Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay].

(f) is a pleading requirement, not an argument. The plaint must plead the facts that show jurisdiction, for instance where the defendant resides or where the cause of action arose, not merely assert that the court has jurisdiction. See [Place of Suing].

(h) exists because of Order II Rule 2. A plaintiff who relinquishes part of his claim to bring the suit within a court's pecuniary limit must say so, because that relinquishment is permanent. See [Bar to Further Suit].

Rule 2 adds that in money suits the plaint shall state the precise amount claimed; but where the plaintiff sues for mesne profits, or for an amount which will be found due on taking unsettled accounts, or for movables in the defendant's possession, or for debts whose value he cannot estimate after reasonable diligence, the plaint shall state approximately the amount or value sued for.

munotes.in88

The Plaint

A specimen plaint

Written from Rule 1, item by item, so the shape of the document is visible. The bracketed notes are ours and would not appear in a real plaint.

IN THE CITY CIVIL COURT AT BOMBAY

[item (a), the name of the Court]

S. C. Suit No. ____ of 2026

Meera Deshpande, aged 34 years, occupation business,

residing at 12 Sahyadri Apartments, Thane West, Thane 400601

... Plaintiff

[item (b), name, description and place of residence]

versus

Nilesh Kulkarni, aged 41 years, occupation trader,

residing at 8 Gokhale Road, Nashik 422001

... Defendant

[item (c), the same for the defendant, so far as ascertainable]

PLAINT

1. The Plaintiff is a dealer in industrial fittings and the Defendant is a trader carrying on business at Nashik.

2. By an agreement made at Mumbai on 4 March 2026, the Defendant agreed to sell and deliver to the Plaintiff 200 units of brass valves for a total price of Rs. 4,50,000 (Rupees Four Lakh Fifty Thousand only), delivery to be made at Pune on or before 30 April 2026, the price being paid in advance at Mumbai.

[item (e), the facts constituting the cause of action, with dates and with the sum in figures and words as Order VI Rule 2(3) requires]

3. The Plaintiff paid the said sum of Rs. 4,50,000 (Rupees Four Lakh Fifty Thousand only) to the Defendant at Mumbai on 6 March 2026.

4. The Defendant has failed and neglected to deliver the said goods or any part of them. The Plaintiff called upon the Defendant to deliver or to refund by notice dated 15 May 2026, to which the Defendant has not replied.

5. The cause of action arose on 30 April 2026, when the Defendant failed to deliver, and continued thereafter.

[item (e), second limb, when the cause of action arose]

6. The agreement was made at Mumbai and the price was payable at Mumbai, and the cause of action has therefore arisen, wholly or in part, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of this Hon'ble Court. This Hon'ble Court has pecuniary jurisdiction to try this suit.

[item (f), the facts showing jurisdiction, not a bare assertion]

7. The Plaintiff values the suit for the purposes of jurisdiction and of court fees at Rs. 4,50,000 and has paid court fees accordingly.

[item (i)]

8. The Plaintiff has neither allowed any set-off nor relinquished any portion of his claim.

[item (h)]

9. The Plaintiff therefore prays that this Hon'ble Court be pleased:

(a) to direct the Defendant to pay to the Plaintiff the sum of Rs. 4,50,000 with interest thereon at such rate and for such period as this Hon'ble Court deems fit;

(b) to award costs of this suit;

(c) to grant such further and other relief as the nature and circumstances of the case may require.

[item (g), the relief claimed]

Mumbai

Dated this ___ day of _____ 2026

Plaintiff

Advocate for the Plaintiff

munotes.in89

The Plaint

Notice what is not in it. No law is cited. No evidence is described. No mention of the delivery challan or of who will give evidence. That is Order VI Rule 2 doing its work: material facts, and only those.

Return of the plaint: Rule 10

Rule 10(1): subject to Rule 10A, the plaint shall at any stage of the suit be returned to be presented to the Court in which the suit should have been instituted. The Explanation declares that a Court of appeal or revision may direct the return of the plaint after setting aside the decree.

Rule 10(2): on returning a plaint the Judge shall endorse on it the date of its presentation and of its return, the name of the party presenting it, and a brief statement of the reasons for returning it.

Rule 10A softens the practical consequence. Where the defendant has already appeared and the Court thinks the plaint should be returned, it must first intimate its decision to the plaintiff. The plaintiff may then apply naming the court he proposes to go to and asking the Court to fix a date for the parties' appearance there. Where it does so, the receiving court need not serve a fresh summons, because the notice of the date operates as one.

The point of Rule 10A is to stop a plaintiff losing the defendant's attendance and starting again from nothing merely because the first court was the wrong one.

Rejection of the plaint: Rule 11

Rule 11 provides that the plaint shall be rejected in the following cases:

(a) where it does not disclose a cause of action (b) where the relief claimed is undervalued and the plaintiff, required by the Court to correct the valuation within a fixed time, fails to do so (c) where the relief is properly valued but the plaint is written on insufficiently stamped paper and the plaintiff, required to supply the stamp paper within a fixed time, fails to do so (d) where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint to be barred by any law (e) where it is not filed in duplicate (f) where the plaintiff fails to comply with Rule 9

The proviso provides that time fixed for correcting the valuation or supplying stamp paper shall not be extended unless the Court, for reasons recorded, is satisfied that the plaintiff was prevented by a cause of an exceptional nature and that refusing an extension would cause grave injustice.

munotes.in90

The Plaint

The three words that decide most questions on Rule 11

"Shall". Rejection is not discretionary. Once a ground is made out the plaint must be rejected.

"From the statement in the plaint". Clause (d) is confined to what appears on the face of the plaint. The court does not look at the written statement, at documents filed by the defendant, or at the record of some other case. That is why a plea of res judicata cannot be decided under Rule 11(d): establishing it requires the pleadings, issues and judgment of the earlier suit, none of which is part of this plaint. The authority is in [Res Judicata].

"Cause of action" in clause (a) means the plaint, read as a whole and taken at its highest, discloses no right to sue. It is not an occasion to weigh whether the plaintiff will succeed.

Return against rejection

Return, Rule 10Rejection, Rule 11
WhyFiled in the wrong courtA defect in the plaint itself
What happens to the plaintHanded back to be presented to the right courtRejected
Fresh suitNot needed; the same plaint goes onA fresh plaint may be presented on the same cause of action, Rule 13
Is it a decreeNoYes, section 2(2) deems the rejection of a plaint to be a decree
AppealOrder XLIII appeal from the orderAppealable as a decree

That fourth row is the highest-yield line in this chapter, and it comes from [Definitions]: because rejection is deemed a decree, an appeal lies from it as of right.

What it does not mean

Rejection is not dismissal of the suit on the merits. Rule 13 preserves the right to present a fresh plaint on the same cause of action, so a rejected plaint is not res judicata.

Return is not a punishment. It presupposes a court that lacks jurisdiction, and Rule 10A exists to make the move as painless as possible.

Rule 11(d) is not a general shortcut. It works only where the bar appears from the plaint itself.

Item (f) of Rule 1 is not satisfied by asserting jurisdiction. The facts showing it must be pleaded.

A plaint is not an argument. Order VI Rule 2 governs it: material facts, not evidence, not law.

Quick revision

Order VII Rule 1, nine particulars: the Court; the plaintiff; the defendant; a statement where either is a minor or of unsound mind; the facts constituting the cause of action and when it arose; the facts showing jurisdiction; the relief claimed; any set-off allowed or claim relinquished; and the value for jurisdiction and court fees.

munotes.in91

The Plaint

Rule 2: money suits state the precise amount; mesne profits, unsettled accounts, movables in the defendant's possession, and debts of unascertainable value are stated approximately.

Rule 10: the plaint is returned at any stage to be presented to the proper court, with the judge's endorsement of dates, the party and the reasons. Rule 10A: where the defendant has appeared, the court intimates first and may fix a date of appearance in the new court, which then serves as the summons.

Rule 11: the plaint shall be rejected where it discloses no cause of action; on failure to correct an undervaluation; on failure to supply stamp paper; where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint to be barred by any law; where it is not filed in duplicate; and on failure to comply with Rule 9.

Rejection is a decree under section 2(2) and is appealable as one, but a fresh plaint may still be presented under Rule 13.

Test yourself

1. What must a plaint contain? The nine particulars in Order VII Rule 1: the name of the court; the name, description and residence of the plaintiff and of the defendant; a statement where either is a minor or of unsound mind; the facts constituting the cause of action and when it arose; the facts showing the court has jurisdiction; the relief claimed; any set-off allowed or portion of the claim relinquished; and a statement of the value of the subject matter for jurisdiction and court fees.

2. On what grounds shall a plaint be rejected? Where it discloses no cause of action; where the relief is undervalued and the plaintiff fails to correct it in the time fixed; where it is insufficiently stamped and he fails to supply the stamp paper in the time fixed; where the suit appears from the statement in the plaint to be barred by any law; where it is not filed in duplicate; and where the plaintiff fails to comply with Rule 9.

3. Is an order rejecting a plaint appealable? Yes. Section 2(2) deems the rejection of a plaint to be a decree, and a decree is appealable.

4. Can a plaintiff whose plaint has been rejected sue again on the same cause of action? Yes. Order VII Rule 13 preserves the right to present a fresh plaint on the same cause of action, so rejection does not operate as res judicata.

5. What is the difference between return and rejection of a plaint? Return under Rule 10 happens because the suit was filed in the wrong court, and the same plaint is handed back for presentation to the proper court. Rejection under Rule 11 is for a defect in the plaint itself, and it is deemed to be a decree under section 2(2), although a fresh plaint may still be filed.

munotes.in92

The Plaint

6. Can the court reject a plaint under Rule 11(d) by looking at the written statement? No. Clause (d) applies only where the suit appears to be barred from the statement in the plaint, so the court is confined to the plaint itself and cannot decide the question on the defendant's material.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in93

Chapter Seventeen

The Written Statement

Syllabus topic 2.3, "Pleadings, plaint and written statement (Order VI to Order VIII)"

In one line

The written statement is the defendant's answer to the plaint, and its governing rule is that a denial must be specific, because whatever is not specifically denied is taken to be admitted.

Why the Code insists on specific denials

A trial is expensive, so the Code tries to shrink the dispute before it starts. If the defendant admits that a contract was made and disputes only whether the goods were defective, then the contract needs no evidence at all and the trial is about one thing.

That only works if the defendant is made to say, allegation by allegation, what he accepts and what he disputes. A written statement that says "the defendant denies each and every allegation in the plaint" tells the court nothing and shrinks nothing. So Order VIII Rule 3 forbids exactly that, and Rule 5 supplies the sanction: what is not denied is treated as admitted.

That is the whole architecture of this Order. Rule 3 says deny specifically; Rule 5 says the price of not doing so is admission.

Time to file: Rule 1, and its two different limits

Rule 1 provides that the defendant shall, within thirty days from the date of service of summons, present a written statement of his defence.

The ordinary proviso: where he fails to do so within thirty days, he shall be allowed to file on such other day as the Court may specify, for reasons to be recorded in writing, but not later than ninety days from the date of service of summons.

The commercial-disputes proviso, inserted for commercial disputes of a specified value: where he fails within thirty days, he may be allowed to file on such other day as the Court specifies, for reasons recorded in writing and on payment of such costs as the Court deems fit, but not later than one hundred and twenty days from service; and on the expiry of one hundred and twenty days the defendant forfeits the right to file the written statement, and the Court shall not allow it to be taken on record.

Learn both, and learn the difference, because it is exactly the sort of thing an examiner separates the careful from the careless with.

Ordinary suitCommercial dispute of a specified value
Normal period30 days from service30 days from service
ExtensionOn reasons recordedOn reasons recorded and costs
Outer limit90 days120 days
After the outer limitThe Code does not in terms forfeit the rightThe right is forfeited and the Court shall not take it on record

Rule 1A adds a documents duty. Where the defendant bases his defence on a document, or relies on any document in his possession or power in support of his defence, set-off or counterclaim, he must enter it in a list and produce it in Court when the written statement is presented, delivering the document and a copy with it. Where such a document is not in his possession or power, he must, wherever possible, state in whose possession or power it is.

munotes.in94

The Written Statement

Rule 2: what must be specially pleaded

Rule 2 provides that the defendant must raise by his pleading all matters which show the suit not to be maintainable, or that the transaction is void or voidable in point of law, and all such grounds of defence as, if not raised, would be likely to take the opposite party by surprise, or would raise issues of fact not arising out of the plaint. The rule then gives examples: fraud, limitation, release, payment, performance, or facts showing illegality.

Two things follow.

Those six examples are a list worth memorising, because they are the ones an examiner asks for. Fraud, limitation, release, payment, performance, illegality.

The test behind them is surprise. Any defence that would ambush the plaintiff, or that introduces facts the plaint never touched, must be pleaded. A defendant who wants to say the claim is time barred cannot spring it in argument; limitation is expressly named.

Rule 3: denial must be specific

Rule 3 provides that it shall not be sufficient for a defendant to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff. He must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not admit the truth, except damages.

The exception for damages is small but examinable: a defendant is not required to traverse the quantum of damages allegation by allegation, because damages are for the court to assess.

Rule 3A, which applies to suits before a Commercial Division or a Commercial Court, prescribes the manner of denial in detail. The defendant must state which allegations he denies, which he is unable to admit or deny but requires the plaintiff to prove, and which he admits. Where he denies a fact he must state his reasons, and if he intends to put forward a different version of events he must state his own version. If he disputes jurisdiction he must give reasons and, if able, say which court ought to have it. If he disputes the valuation he must give reasons and, if able, his own valuation.

Rule 3A is worth reading even for an ordinary suit, because it spells out what "specific" has always meant.

munotes.in95

The Written Statement

Rules 4 and 5: evasive denial, and the consequence of silence

Rule 4 deals with evasive denial. Where a defendant denies an allegation of fact, he must not do so evasively but must answer the point of substance. The Code's own examples make the point: if it is alleged that he received a certain sum, it is not enough to deny that he received that particular amount, but he must deny that he received that sum or any part of it, or set out how much he did receive.

Rule 5 supplies the sanction. Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted, except as against a person under disability. The Court retains a discretion to require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.

So the chain runs: plead specifically (Rule 3), do not be evasive (Rule 4), and if you fail, it is admitted (Rule 5).

A specimen written statement

Drafted as the answer to the specimen plaint in [The Plaint]. Note how it tracks the plaint paragraph by paragraph, which is exactly what Order VI Rule 2(2)'s numbered paragraphs make possible.

IN THE CITY CIVIL COURT AT BOMBAY

S. C. Suit No. ____ of 2026

Meera Deshpande ... Plaintiff

versus

Nilesh Kulkarni ... Defendant

WRITTEN STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE DEFENDANT

1. With reference to paragraph 1 of the plaint, the Defendant admits that the Plaintiff is a dealer in industrial fittings and that the Defendant is a trader carrying on business at Nashik.

[Rule 3, admissions stated as admissions, so no evidence is needed on them]

2. With reference to paragraph 2, the Defendant admits that an agreement was made at Mumbai on 4 March 2026 for the supply of 200 units of brass valves at a total price of Rs. 4,50,000 (Rupees Four Lakh Fifty Thousand only). The Defendant denies that delivery was to be made on or before 30 April 2026, and says that the agreed date of delivery was 30 June 2026, as recorded in the Defendant's letter dated 5 March 2026, which is produced with this Written Statement.

[Rule 3A's discipline: deny, give the reason, and state the Defendant's own version. Rule 1A: the document is produced with the Written Statement.]

3. With reference to paragraph 3, the Defendant admits receipt of Rs. 4,50,000 at Mumbai on 6 March 2026.

[Rule 4: the point of substance answered, not evaded]

4. With reference to paragraph 4, the Defendant denies that he has failed or neglected to deliver the goods. The Defendant says that he tendered delivery at Pune on 28 June 2026 and that the Plaintiff refused to take delivery. The Defendant admits receipt of the notice dated 15 May 2026 and says that it was premature.

5. With reference to paragraph 5, the Defendant denies that any cause of action arose on 30 April 2026 or at all.

6. Without prejudice to the above, the Defendant says that the suit is barred by limitation, and further says that the Plaintiff has released the Defendant from the said claim by his letter dated 2 August 2026.

[Rule 2: limitation and release are among the six matters that must be specially pleaded, or they are lost]

7. Save as expressly admitted above, the Defendant denies each and every allegation contained in the plaint as if the same were set out herein and traversed seriatim.

[Note: a general traverse of this kind is customary and is NOT a substitute for the specific denials above. Standing alone it would fail Rule 3, and everything would be admitted under Rule 5.]

8. The Defendant therefore prays that the suit be dismissed with costs.

Nashik

Dated this ___ day of ______ 2026

Defendant

Advocate for the Defendant

munotes.in96

The Written Statement

A worked example

Take that written statement and change one thing at a time.

Suppose paragraph 2 had said only "the contents of paragraph 2 are denied". That is a general denial, not a specific one. Under Rule 3 it is insufficient, and under Rule 5 the allegations in that paragraph could be taken as admitted. The delivery date would then be 30 April 2026, and the defence collapses.

Suppose the defendant had not pleaded limitation at all and raised it in argument. Rule 2 names limitation expressly among the matters that must be raised by the pleading. Unpleaded, it takes the plaintiff by surprise, and the court can decline to try it because no issue arises.

Suppose the defendant said "I did not receive Rs. 4,50,000". Under Rule 4 that is evasive if he in fact received a smaller sum. He must deny receiving that sum or any part of it, or state how much he did receive.

Suppose he files on the ninety-fifth day after service in an ordinary suit. The outer limit under the ordinary proviso to Rule 1 is ninety days.

Suppose the same delay in a commercial dispute of a specified value. He is within the one hundred and twenty day limit, but he needs reasons recorded and must pay such costs as the court thinks fit. Had he filed on the one hundred and twenty-first day, he would have forfeited the right and the court could not take it on record at all.

What it does not mean

A general traverse is not a defence. It is customary as a closing paragraph and it does not satisfy Rule 3.

munotes.in97

The Written Statement

Silence is not neutrality. Under Rule 5 an allegation not specifically denied or stated to be not admitted is taken to be admitted.

Rule 5 is not absolute. It does not operate against a person under disability, and the court may still require an admitted fact to be proved.

The ninety-day limit is not universal. Commercial disputes of a specified value run to one hundred and twenty days, with forfeiture after.

Damages are the exception to specific denial, under Rule 3.

Quick revision

Order VIII Rule 1: written statement within 30 days of service; extension for reasons recorded up to 90 days in an ordinary suit; in a commercial dispute of a specified value, for reasons and costs, up to 120 days, after which the right is forfeited and the court shall not take it on record.

Rule 1A: documents relied on are listed and produced with the written statement; where not in the defendant's power, he states whose they are.

Rule 2: matters that must be specially pleaded, being anything showing the suit not maintainable, that the transaction is void or voidable, or that would surprise the plaintiff or raise facts not arising out of the plaint. The six named examples: fraud, limitation, release, payment, performance, illegality.

Rule 3: denial must be specific, allegation by allegation, except damages. Rule 3A prescribes the manner of denial in commercial matters: deny, be unable to admit, or admit; give reasons; give your own version; give reasons on jurisdiction and on valuation.

Rule 4: no evasive denial; answer the point of substance.

Rule 5: what is not specifically denied or stated to be not admitted is taken to be admitted, except against a person under disability, and the court may still require proof.

Test yourself

1. Within what time must a written statement be filed? Within thirty days from the date of service of the summons. The court may allow a later day for reasons recorded in writing, but not later than ninety days from service in an ordinary suit; and in a commercial dispute of a specified value, for reasons recorded and on payment of costs, not later than one hundred and twenty days, after which the defendant forfeits the right and the court shall not take the written statement on record.

2. What must be specially pleaded in a written statement? All matters showing the suit not to be maintainable, or that the transaction is void or voidable in point of law, and all grounds of defence which if not raised would be likely to take the plaintiff by surprise or would raise issues of fact not arising out of the plaint. The rule names fraud, limitation, release, payment, performance and facts showing illegality as examples.

munotes.in98

The Written Statement

3. Is a general denial of the whole plaint sufficient? No. Order VIII Rule 3 provides that it is not sufficient to deny generally the grounds alleged, and the defendant must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not admit the truth, except damages.

4. What happens to an allegation the defendant does not deal with? Under Order VIII Rule 5 it is taken to be admitted, unless it is not specifically denied or stated to be not admitted, except as against a person under disability. The court may nevertheless require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by the admission.

5. What is an evasive denial, with an example? A denial that avoids the substance of the allegation. Under Rule 4, where the plaintiff alleges receipt of a certain sum, it is not enough for the defendant to deny that he received that particular amount; he must deny receiving that sum or any part of it, or state how much he did receive.

6. What must a defendant do with documents he relies on? Under Rule 1A he must enter them in a list and produce them in court when the written statement is presented, delivering the document and a copy to be filed with it, and where a document is not in his possession or power he must, wherever possible, state in whose possession or power it is.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in99

Chapter Eighteen

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

Syllabus topic 2.4, "Appearance of parties and consequence of non-appearance (Order IX)"

In one line

Order IX answers one question in every combination: who turned up, and what the court does about the ones who did not.

There are only four combinations, and the whole Order is built on them. Both parties appear, and the suit proceeds normally. Neither appears. Only the plaintiff appears. Only the defendant appears. Learn the four and the Order becomes simple.

Why the Code deals with this so carefully

Non-appearance is not always defiance. A defendant may never have been served. A summons may have arrived too late to be answered. A plaintiff may be ill on the day. The Code therefore refuses to treat absence as a decision on the merits, and every consequence in this Order is reversible on proof of sufficient cause.

That is the thread running through it: a party who does not appear loses the day, not the case. What the Code will not do is let an absent party ambush the other side later, so each remedy comes with conditions and with notice.

The four combinations

Who appearsWhat the court doesProvision
Neither partyThe suit may be dismissedRule 3
Only the plaintiffEx parte hearing, but only if the summons was duly servedRule 6
Only the defendantThe suit shall be dismissed, unless he admits the claimRule 8
BothThe suit proceeds in the ordinary way

Two words in that table decide most problems. Against neither party, the Code says may. Against a plaintiff who fails to appear, it says shall.

Only the plaintiff appears: Rule 6

Rule 6(1) provides that where the plaintiff appears and the defendant does not when the suit is called on for hearing:

(a) Where the summons was duly served, the Court may make an order that the suit be heard ex parte.

(b) Where it is not proved that the summons was duly served, the Court shall direct a second summons to be issued and served.

(c) Where the summons was served but not in sufficient time to enable the defendant to appear and answer on the day fixed, the Court shall postpone the hearing to a future day and direct notice of that day to be given to the defendant.

Rule 6(2): where it was the plaintiff's own default that the summons was not duly served or not served in time, the Court shall order the plaintiff to pay the costs occasioned by the postponement.

The structure is worth noticing. An ex parte hearing is available only in case (a). Proof of due service is the gateway, and the burden of it is on the plaintiff. In cases (b) and (c) the court does not proceed at all; it tries again.

munotes.in100

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

Only the defendant appears: Rule 8

Rule 8 provides that where the defendant appears and the plaintiff does not, the Court shall make an order that the suit be dismissed, unless the defendant admits the claim or part of it, in which case the Court shall pass a decree against the defendant upon that admission, and where only part is admitted, shall dismiss the suit as to the remainder.

The exception is neat and often missed: a defendant who turns up and admits the claim gets a decree passed against himself even though the plaintiff never appeared. The court does not dismiss a claim the defendant accepts.

The consequence that catches people: Rule 9

Rule 9(1) provides that where a suit is wholly or partly dismissed under Rule 8, the plaintiff is precluded from bringing a fresh suit in respect of the same cause of action. But he may apply to set the dismissal aside, and if he satisfies the Court that there was sufficient cause for his non-appearance, the Court shall set the dismissal aside on such terms as to costs as it thinks fit and appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.

Rule 9(2): no such order shall be made unless notice of the application has been served on the opposite party.

This is where Order IX meets the definitions. A dismissal for default is expressly excluded from the definition of a decree by section 2(2), so there is nothing to appeal. The plaintiff's only route is the application under Rule 9, and if he does not take it, Rule 9(1) bars a fresh suit on the same cause of action. See [Definitions].

Distinguish this bar from res judicata: it is not that the matter was decided, because nothing was decided. It is a separate statutory preclusion attached to the plaintiff's own absence. See [Res Judicata], condition five.

Neither party appears, and the service defaults: Rules 2 to 5

Rule 3: where neither party appears when the suit is called on, the Court may dismiss it.

Rule 4: where a suit is dismissed under Rule 2 or Rule 3, the plaintiff may, subject to the law of limitation, bring a fresh suit; or he may apply to set the dismissal aside, and on proof of sufficient cause the Court shall set it aside and appoint a day for proceeding.

Compare that with Rule 9 and the difference is sharp. After a Rule 3 dismissal a fresh suit is expressly allowed; after a Rule 8 dismissal it is barred. The reason is that a Rule 8 dismissal happens when the defendant did attend and the plaintiff did not, so the defendant's wasted attendance is the thing being protected.

munotes.in101

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

Rule 2 allows dismissal where the summons was not served because the plaintiff failed to pay the court fee or postal charges, or to present copies of the plaint under Order VII Rule 9, with a proviso that no such order shall be made if the defendant nevertheless attends.

Rule 5 deals with a summons returned unserved: if the plaintiff fails for seven days from the return to apply for a fresh summons, the Court shall dismiss the suit as against that defendant, unless the plaintiff satisfies the Court that he failed despite his best endeavours to discover the defendant's residence, or that the defendant is avoiding service, or that there is other sufficient cause.

Setting aside an ex parte decree: Rule 13

Rule 13 provides that where a decree is passed ex parte against a defendant, he may apply to the Court which passed it to set it aside. If he satisfies the Court either that the summons was not duly served, or that he was prevented by sufficient cause from appearing, the Court shall set the decree aside as against him, on such terms as to costs, payment into court or otherwise as it thinks fit, and appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.

Three qualifications follow, and each is examinable.

First proviso: where the decree is of such a nature that it cannot be set aside against that defendant only, it may be set aside as against all or any of the other defendants also.

Second proviso: no Court shall set aside an ex parte decree merely on the ground of an irregularity in the service of summons, if it is satisfied that the defendant had notice of the date of hearing and had sufficient time to appear and answer. So the question is substance, not form: did he actually know in time.

Explanation: where there has been an appeal against the ex parte decree and the appeal has been disposed of on any ground other than the appellant's withdrawal of it, no application lies under Rule 13. A defendant must therefore choose his route, because appealing and losing shuts this door.

Rule 9 against Rule 13

These are the two remedies and students mix them constantly.

Rule 9Rule 13
Who appliesThe plaintiffThe defendant
Against whatA dismissal for his non-appearance under Rule 8An ex parte decree passed against him
GroundSufficient cause for non-appearanceSummons not duly served or sufficient cause for non-appearance
NoticeRequired to the opposite partyThe application is made to the court that passed the decree
Also barredA fresh suit on the same cause of actionAn application is barred if an appeal was disposed of other than by withdrawal
munotes.in102

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

A worked example

Sunil sues Tara. The summons is issued and the suit is called on for hearing.

Tara does not appear and the summons was duly served. Rule 6(1)(a): the court may order the suit to be heard ex parte. If it does and a decree follows, Tara's remedy is Rule 13.

Tara does not appear and service is not proved. Rule 6(1)(b): no ex parte hearing. The court shall direct a second summons.

Tara was served, but only the evening before. Rule 6(1)(c): the hearing is postponed and notice of the new date given to her. If the delay was Sunil's fault, Rule 6(2) makes him pay the costs of the postponement.

Sunil does not appear and Tara does. Rule 8: the suit shall be dismissed. But if Tara says she admits owing half the sum, the court passes a decree against her on that admission and dismisses the rest.

Sunil then wants to sue again on the same claim. Rule 9(1) bars a fresh suit. His only route is an application to set the dismissal aside on sufficient cause, with notice to Tara under Rule 9(2). He cannot appeal, because a dismissal for default is not a decree under section 2(2).

An ex parte decree is passed against Tara and she says the summons went to her old address. Rule 13 applies. But if the court is satisfied she in fact had notice of the hearing date and time to answer, the second proviso stops her relying on the irregularity in service.

Tara instead appeals the ex parte decree and the appeal is dismissed on the merits. The Explanation to Rule 13 now bars an application to set the decree aside. Had she withdrawn the appeal instead, the door would still be open.

What it does not mean

Non-appearance is not a decision on the merits. Everything in this Order is reversible on sufficient cause.

A dismissal for default is not a decree, by section 2(2), so it is not appealable. The remedy is an application.

Rule 9's bar is not res judicata. Nothing was decided; it is a separate statutory preclusion.

A Rule 3 dismissal does not bar a fresh suit. Rule 4 expressly allows one, subject to limitation. Only a Rule 8 dismissal attracts the Rule 9 bar.

An irregularity in service does not automatically set aside an ex parte decree. The second proviso to Rule 13 asks whether the defendant in fact had notice and time.

Quick revision

Four combinations: neither appears, Rule 3, suit may be dismissed; only the plaintiff, Rule 6; only the defendant, Rule 8, suit shall be dismissed unless he admits the claim.

munotes.in103

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

Rule 6: ex parte only where due service is proved, (a); second summons where service is not proved, (b); postponement where served too late, (c); costs against the plaintiff for his own default, (2).

Rule 8: dismissal, unless the defendant admits the claim, in which case a decree passes against him on the admission.

Rule 9: after a Rule 8 dismissal the plaintiff is barred from a fresh suit on the same cause of action; his remedy is an application on sufficient cause, with notice to the other side. There is no appeal, because section 2(2) excludes a dismissal for default from the definition of a decree.

Rule 4: after a Rule 2 or Rule 3 dismissal a fresh suit is allowed, subject to limitation, or the dismissal may be set aside.

Rule 5: seven days to apply for a fresh summons after an unserved return.

Rule 13: an ex parte decree is set aside where the summons was not duly served or the defendant was prevented by sufficient cause. Provisos: it may be set aside as against other defendants where inseparable; and not merely for an irregularity in service where the defendant had notice and time. Explanation: no application where an appeal against the decree has been disposed of otherwise than by withdrawal.

Test yourself

1. What happens if neither party appears? Under Order IX Rule 3 the court may make an order dismissing the suit, and under Rule 4 the plaintiff may then bring a fresh suit subject to limitation, or apply to set the dismissal aside on proof of sufficient cause.

2. The defendant does not appear. Can the court hear the suit ex parte? Only if it is proved that the summons was duly served, under Rule 6(1)(a), and even then the power is discretionary. If service is not proved the court shall direct a second summons, and if the summons was served too late the court shall postpone the hearing and give notice of the new date.

3. The plaintiff does not appear and the defendant does. What is the consequence? Under Rule 8 the court shall dismiss the suit, unless the defendant admits the claim or part of it, in which case a decree is passed against him on the admission and the suit is dismissed as to the remainder.

4. Can that plaintiff sue again on the same cause of action? No. Rule 9(1) precludes a fresh suit on the same cause of action. He may apply to set the dismissal aside on satisfying the court that there was sufficient cause for his non-appearance, and no order may be made without notice to the opposite party.

munotes.in104

Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance

5. On what grounds may an ex parte decree be set aside? Under Rule 13, on the defendant satisfying the court either that the summons was not duly served, or that he was prevented by sufficient cause from appearing when the suit was called on for hearing.

6. Is an irregularity in the service of summons enough to set aside an ex parte decree? No. The second proviso to Rule 13 provides that no court shall set aside an ex parte decree merely on that ground if it is satisfied that the defendant had notice of the date of hearing and had sufficient time to appear and answer the claim.

7. The defendant appealed the ex parte decree and the appeal was dismissed. Can he now apply under Rule 13? No. The Explanation to Rule 13 bars an application where an appeal against the ex parte decree has been disposed of on any ground other than the appellant's withdrawal of the appeal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Nineteen

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Syllabus topic 2.5, "Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery and inspection, Admissions, documents (Orders X, XI, XII and XIII)"

In one line

Four Orders, one purpose: to find out before the trial what is really in dispute and what documents exist, so that the trial is about the genuine differences and nothing else.

Order X examines the parties. Order XI extracts answers and documents. Order XII secures admissions. Order XIII gets the documents on the record.

Why the Code puts all this before the trial

A trial is the most expensive way to establish anything. Much of what a case appears to be about turns out not to be disputed at all once somebody asks the parties directly. And a case can be decided quickly if the other side's own documents or admissions settle it.

So the Code front-loads. Every device in these four Orders is a way of shrinking the trial before it begins: by pinning down admissions, by compelling answers on oath, by forcing disclosure of documents, and by putting the documents that matter on the record and shutting out the ones nobody produced.

Order X: examination of the parties by the Court

Rule 1: at the first hearing the Court shall ascertain from each party or his pleader whether he admits or denies such allegations of fact in the opposite party's plaint or written statement as are not expressly or by necessary implication admitted or denied by him. The Court shall record such admissions and denials.

Read that carefully. It is aimed precisely at what the pleadings left ambiguous. Order VIII Rules 3 to 5 required specific denials and deemed the rest admitted, and Order X Rule 1 is where the judge cleans up whatever survived that. The record it produces feeds directly into the framing of issues, because Order XIV Rule 1(5) requires issues to be framed after examination under Order X Rule 2. See [Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing].

Rules 1A, 1B and 1C are the alternative dispute resolution gateway. After recording the admissions and denials, the Court shall direct the parties to opt for one of the modes of settlement outside the court specified in section 89(1), and shall fix a date for their appearance before the forum they choose. Where the presiding officer of that forum finds it is not proper to proceed, he shall refer the matter back, and the Court shall then proceed with the suit.

Rule 2 allows the Court, at the first hearing or any later hearing, to examine orally any party appearing in person or present in Court, or any person able to answer material questions relating to the suit, with a view to elucidating matters in controversy. Rule 3 requires the substance of that examination to be reduced to writing by the Judge and to form part of the record. Rule 4 provides that where a party or person refuses or is unable to answer a material question, the Court may pronounce judgment against him or make such order as it thinks fit.

munotes.in106

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Order XI: interrogatories

Rule 1: in any suit the plaintiff or defendant by leave of the Court may deliver interrogatories in writing for the examination of the opposite parties, with a note at the foot stating which of them each person must answer.

Two provisos matter. No party may deliver more than one set of interrogatories to the same party without an order for that purpose. And interrogatories which do not relate to any matter in question in the suit are deemed irrelevant, even though they might be admissible in oral cross-examination. That second proviso is the one to quote: interrogatories are not cross-examination in advance, and the test of relevance is narrower.

Rule 2: the particular interrogatories proposed must be submitted to the Court, which shall decide within seven days of the filing of the application. In deciding, the Court takes into account any offer by the party sought to be interrogated to deliver particulars, make admissions or produce documents. Leave is given only as to such interrogatories as the Court considers necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.

Rule 8 requires interrogatories to be answered by affidavit within the time the Court allows. Rule 11 allows the Court to require a further answer where an answer is insufficient. Rule 21 is the sanction: where a party fails to comply with an order to answer interrogatories, the plaintiff's suit may be dismissed for want of prosecution, or the defendant's defence struck out and he placed in the same position as if he had not defended.

Order XI: discovery and inspection of documents

Rule 12: any party may, without filing any affidavit, apply for an order directing any other party to make discovery on oath of the documents which are or have been in his possession or power relating to any matter in question in the suit. The Court may refuse or adjourn the application if satisfied that discovery is not necessary, or not necessary at that stage, or make such order, generally or limited to classes of documents, as it thinks fit. The proviso is the governing test: discovery shall not be ordered where the Court is of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.

That test, "fairly disposing of the suit or saving costs", appears in both halves of Order XI and is the answer to any question about the limits of discovery.

munotes.in107

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Rule 13: the discovery is made by an affidavit of documents.

Rules 14, 15 and 18 deal with inspection: the Court may order production of documents in a party's possession, a party may give notice requiring inspection of documents referred to in the other side's pleadings or affidavits, and the Court may order inspection where the other party refuses.

Rule 22: any party may at the trial use in evidence any one or more of the answers of the opposite party to interrogatories, without putting in the others.

Order XII: admissions

Admissions are the cheapest form of proof, and Order XII is built to encourage them.

Rule 1: any party may give notice, by his pleading or otherwise in writing, that he admits the truth of the whole or any part of the case of the other party.

Rule 2: either party may call on the other to admit any document, saving all just exceptions; and a party who refuses or neglects to admit after such notice shall pay the costs of proving that document, whatever the result of the suit, unless the Court otherwise directs. Rule 2A provides that a document is deemed admitted if not denied in the pleadings or by an express refusal within the time fixed.

Rule 4: a party may by notice call on any other party to admit any specific fact, and a party refusing or neglecting to admit within six days or such further time as the Court allows bears the costs of proving that fact, unless the Court otherwise directs.

Rule 6, and this is the one worth remembering: where admissions of fact have been made, either in the pleadings or otherwise, whether orally or in writing, the Court may at any stage of the suit, either on the application of any party or of its own motion, and without waiting for any other question between the parties to be determined, make such order or give such judgment as it may think fit having regard to those admissions. A judgment so pronounced is followed by a decree.

That rule allows a case to end at once where the defendant has admitted enough to decide it, and it does not require the rest of the case to be tried first.

Order XIII: production, impounding and return of documents

That heading is MU's own phrase. It has set "Production, impounding and return of documents" as a full essay question at least three times, so treat the three words as the three parts of the answer.

Rule 1, production: the parties or their pleaders shall produce, at or before the settlement of issues, all documentary evidence in original where the copies have been filed along with the plaint or written statement. Documents not produced then shall not be received in evidence on behalf of that party at the hearing, without the leave of the Court.

munotes.in108

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Rule 3: the Court may reject any document which it considers irrelevant or otherwise inadmissible, recording the grounds.

Rule 4: every document admitted in evidence shall be endorsed with the suit number, the name of the party producing it, the date on which it was produced, and the signature or initials of the Judge.

Rule 8, impounding, and this is the middle word of the essay: notwithstanding anything contained in Rule 5 or Rule 7 of this Order or in Rule 17 of Order VII, the Court may, if it sees sufficient cause, direct any document or book produced before it in any suit to be impounded and kept in the custody of an officer of the Court, for such period and subject to such conditions as the Court thinks fit.

To impound is to take a document out of the parties' hands and hold it. The commonest reason is that the document appears to be insufficiently stamped or forged, so that it must be preserved as it stands rather than returned to the person who might alter or destroy it. Note the opening words: the power operates notwithstanding the rules that would otherwise govern the return or rejection of documents.

Rule 9, return: any person, whether a party to the suit or not, who wants back a document he produced and which was placed on the record is entitled to receive it back, unless the document is impounded under Rule 8: where no appeal is allowed, when the suit has been disposed of; and where an appeal is allowed, when the Court is satisfied that the time for appealing has elapsed and no appeal was preferred, or, if one was preferred, when the appeal has been disposed of.

So Rule 8 and Rule 9 lock together: impounding is precisely the exception to the right of return, which is why the examiner asks the three together.

Rule 10 gives the Court power to send for the record of any suit or proceeding from its own records or from another Court.

Section 30 of the Code is the source of all of this, empowering the Court to make such orders as may be necessary or reasonable in all matters relating to the discovery, inspection, production, impounding and return of documents or other material objects producible as evidence. See [Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance], where the rest of section 30 is set out.

munotes.in109

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

A worked example

Manish sues Nandini on a contract, alleging delivery and non-payment. Her written statement denies the contract in general terms and says nothing about a letter she is known to have written.

At the first hearing the Court under Order X Rule 1 asks her, in terms, whether she admits or denies the delivery, and records her answer. Under Rules 1A to 1C it then directs the parties to opt for a mode of settlement under section 89 and fixes a date before that forum.

Manish wants her account of the meeting on oath, before trial. He applies under Order XI Rule 1 for leave to deliver interrogatories, submitting the proposed questions under Rule 2; the Court decides within seven days, and grants leave only as to those it considers necessary for fairly disposing of the suit or saving costs. Questions that do not relate to a matter in question in the suit are deemed irrelevant even though he could have asked them in cross-examination.

He also wants her letter. He applies under Rule 12, without any affidavit, for discovery on oath of documents in her possession or power. She answers by an affidavit of documents under Rule 13. He may then seek inspection under Rules 15 and 18.

She does not comply with the order to answer. Rule 21: her defence may be struck out and she may be placed in the same position as if she had not defended.

He serves a notice to admit the letter and she ignores it. Under Order XII Rule 2 she must pay the costs of proving it, whatever the result of the suit.

Her affidavit in answer admits she received the goods and did not pay, but says she is entitled to set off another claim. Manish applies under Order XII Rule 6. The Court may, without waiting for the set-off to be tried, give such judgment as it thinks fit on those admissions.

At the trial he tries to produce an invoice he never filed. Order XIII Rule 1 shuts it out, because documentary evidence had to be produced at or before the settlement of issues, and it can be received now only with the leave of the Court.

What it does not mean

Interrogatories are not cross-examination in advance. The proviso to Order XI Rule 1 makes questions not relating to a matter in question in the suit irrelevant, even if they would be admissible in cross-examination.

Discovery is not automatic. The test is whether it is necessary for fairly disposing of the suit or for saving costs.

munotes.in110

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Refusing to admit is not free. Under Order XII Rules 2 and 4 it costs the refusing party the expense of proving the document or fact, whatever the outcome.

Order XII Rule 6 does not require the rest of the case to be decided first. The Court may act on admissions at any stage, of its own motion, without waiting.

A document not produced by the settlement of issues is not automatically admissible later. Order XIII Rule 1 requires the Court's leave.

Quick revision

Order X: at the first hearing the Court ascertains and records admissions and denials on what the pleadings left open, Rule 1; then directs the parties to opt for a section 89 mode of settlement, Rules 1A to 1C; may orally examine any party, Rule 2, the substance being reduced to writing, Rule 3; and may pronounce judgment against a party who refuses or is unable to answer a material question, Rule 4.

Order XI, interrogatories: by leave of the Court, Rule 1; only one set without an order; questions not relating to matters in question are irrelevant even if admissible in cross-examination; leave decided within seven days, and only for what is necessary for fairly disposing of the suit or saving costs, Rule 2; answered by affidavit, Rule 8; non-compliance may mean the suit dismissed or the defence struck out, Rule 21.

Order XI, discovery: application without affidavit, Rule 12; ordered only where necessary for fairly disposing of the suit or saving costs; made by an affidavit of documents, Rule 13; inspection under Rules 15 and 18.

Order XII, admissions: notice admitting the case, Rule 1; notice to admit documents, and the cost of proving falls on the party who refuses, Rule 2; notice to admit facts, Rule 4; and Rule 6, judgment on admissions at any stage, on application or of the Court's own motion, without waiting for other questions.

Order XIII, production, impounding and return: documentary evidence produced at or before the settlement of issues, or not received without leave, Rule 1; irrelevant or inadmissible documents rejected with reasons, Rule 3; admitted documents endorsed, Rule 4; Rule 8, the Court may for sufficient cause impound any document or book produced, to be kept in the custody of an officer of the Court for such period and on such conditions as it thinks fit, notwithstanding Rules 5 and 7 and Order VII Rule 17; Rule 9, any person, party or not, is entitled to the return of a document he produced, unless it is impounded under Rule 8, after disposal of the suit or, where an appeal lies, after the time for appealing has passed or the appeal has been disposed of; Rule 10, the Court may send for records.

munotes.in111

Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions

Test yourself

1. What does the Court do at the first hearing under Order X? It ascertains from each party or his pleader whether he admits or denies such allegations of fact in the opposite party's pleading as are not expressly or by necessary implication admitted or denied, and records those admissions and denials. It then directs the parties to opt for a mode of settlement outside the court under section 89.

2. What are interrogatories, and can a party deliver them as of right? Interrogatories are written questions delivered for the examination of the opposite party, answered on affidavit. They may be delivered only by leave of the Court under Order XI Rule 1, the proposed questions being submitted under Rule 2, and leave is given only as to those the Court considers necessary for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.

3. May a party ask by interrogatory anything he could ask in cross-examination? No. The second proviso to Order XI Rule 1 provides that interrogatories which do not relate to any matter in question in the suit shall be deemed irrelevant, notwithstanding that they might be admissible on the oral cross-examination of a witness.

4. What is the test for ordering discovery of documents? The proviso to Order XI Rule 12: discovery shall not be ordered when and so far as the Court is of opinion that it is not necessary either for disposing fairly of the suit or for saving costs.

5. What happens if a party fails to answer interrogatories as ordered? Under Order XI Rule 21 the Court may dismiss the plaintiff's suit for want of prosecution, or strike out the defendant's defence and place him in the same position as if he had not defended.

6. What is the effect of an admission of fact? Under Order XII Rule 6 the Court may, at any stage of the suit, either on the application of any party or of its own motion, and without waiting for the determination of any other question between the parties, make such order or give such judgment as it thinks fit having regard to the admissions, and a decree follows that judgment.

7. When must documentary evidence be produced? At or before the settlement of issues, under Order XIII Rule 1. Documents not so produced shall not be received in evidence on behalf of that party at the hearing without the leave of the Court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in112

Chapter Twenty

Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing

Syllabus topic 2.5, "Framing of issues, Disposal (Order XIV, XV)"

In one line

An issue is a point one side affirms and the other denies, and framing the issues is the moment the court turns two piles of pleadings into a list of questions it will answer.

Why this stage exists

Up to now each side has said what it wants to say. Neither document is organised around what the court must decide, and each contains a good deal that is not in dispute at all. The trial cannot start until somebody converts them into a short list of contested questions.

That is what framing issues does, and everything downstream depends on it. Evidence is led on the issues. Arguments answer the issues. The judgment decides the issues. A fact that never became an issue never gets evidence and never gets decided, which is why [Pleadings] matters so much: an unpleaded fact cannot become an issue.

When an issue arises: Rule 1

Rule 1(1): issues arise when a material proposition of fact or law is affirmed by the one party and denied by the other.

Rule 1(2): material propositions are those propositions of law or fact which a plaintiff must allege in order to show a right to sue, or a defendant must allege in order to constitute his defence.

Rule 1(3): each material proposition affirmed by one party and denied by the other shall form the subject of a distinct issue.

Rule 1(4): issues are of two kinds, issues of fact and issues of law.

Put those together and the test has three parts. The proposition must be material, meaning necessary to the claim or to the defence. It must be affirmed by one side. And it must be denied by the other. Miss any one and there is no issue.

That last requirement is why Order VIII Rules 3 and 5 matter here. An allegation the defendant does not specifically deny is admitted, and an admitted proposition is not denied by anybody, so no issue arises on it and no evidence is needed. The written statement is therefore the document that decides how long the trial will be. See [The Written Statement].

When and how the court frames them: Rules 1(5), 3 and 4

Rule 1(5): at the first hearing of the suit the Court shall, after reading the plaint and the written statements, after examination under Order X Rule 2, and after hearing the parties or their pleaders, ascertain upon what material propositions of fact or law the parties are at variance, and thereupon proceed to frame and record the issues on which the right decision of the case appears to depend.

Rule 1(6): nothing in the rule requires the Court to frame and record issues where the defendant at the first hearing makes no defence.

munotes.in113

Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing

Rule 3 lists the materials from which issues may be framed: allegations made on oath by the parties or persons present on their behalf or by their pleaders; allegations in the pleadings or in answers to interrogatories; and the contents of documents produced by either party.

Rule 4: where the Court is of opinion that issues cannot be correctly framed without examining some person not before it or some document not produced, it may adjourn for that purpose.

Rule 5 allows the Court to amend or strike out issues at any time before passing a decree, so that the issues as finally framed determine the real questions in controversy. The wording deliberately echoes Order VI Rule 17 on amendment of pleadings, and for the same reason: the object is to decide the real dispute.

The preliminary issue: Rule 2

This is the highest-yield provision in the chapter.

Rule 2(1): notwithstanding that a case may be disposed of on a preliminary issue, the Court shall, subject to sub-rule (2), pronounce judgment on ALL issues.

Rule 2(2): where issues both of law and of fact arise in the same suit, and the Court is of opinion that the case or any part of it may be disposed of on an issue of law only, it may try that issue first if the issue relates to:

(a) the jurisdiction of the Court, or (b) a bar to the suit created by any law for the time being in force

and it may postpone settling the other issues until that one is determined, and deal with the suit according to the decision on it.

Three things follow, and each is a marking point.

The general rule is that the court decides everything. Rule 2(1) exists so that an appellate court which disagrees with the preliminary point does not have to send the case back for a trial that never happened.

A preliminary issue must be an issue of LAW. A disputed question of fact can never be tried as a preliminary issue under this rule.

Only two subjects qualify: jurisdiction, and a statutory bar to the suit. Limitation and res judicata are the standard examples of the second, since each is a bar created by law. But note the practical limit on res judicata: deciding it needs the record of the earlier suit, which is why it cannot be disposed of on the plaint alone. See [Res Judicata].

Order XV: disposal at the first hearing

Order XV lets a suit end at the first hearing where there is nothing to try.

munotes.in114

Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing

Where the parties are not at issue on any question of law or of fact, the Court may pronounce judgment at once. Where there are several defendants and one of them is not at issue with the plaintiff, the Court may pronounce judgment as against that defendant and the suit proceeds against the others.

Where the parties are at issue on some question and either party fails, without sufficient cause, to produce the evidence on which he relies, the Court may pronounce judgment against him, or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit.

The link to Order XIV is direct. If the written statement admits everything, no material proposition is denied, no issue arises under Rule 1, and Order XV lets the court give judgment there and then rather than fixing a trial with nothing to try.

A worked example

Vikas sues Waseem for Rs. 3,00,000 as the price of goods sold and delivered in January. He pleads the contract, the delivery, and the non-payment. Waseem's written statement admits the contract and the delivery, denies that the goods conformed to sample, and pleads that the suit is barred by limitation.

What issues arise? Take each material proposition. The contract and the delivery are affirmed and admitted, so no issue arises on them and no evidence is needed. Conformity to sample is affirmed and denied, so that is an issue of fact. Limitation is affirmed by the defendant and denied by the plaintiff, so that is an issue of law. The court would frame something like: (1) whether the goods conformed to sample; (2) whether the suit is barred by limitation; (3) what relief.

Can limitation be tried first? Yes, potentially. It is an issue of law, and it is a bar to the suit created by a law in force, so it falls within Rule 2(2)(b). The court may try it first and postpone the rest.

And if it decides the suit is in time? It then tries the remaining issues. Note Rule 2(1): even where a case could have been disposed of on the preliminary issue, the court is to pronounce judgment on all issues, so an appellate court disagreeing on limitation does not have to remit the case.

Change one fact. Suppose the limitation plea depends on when delivery actually happened, which is disputed. Now it is not an issue of law only; it cannot be tried as a preliminary issue, because facts must be found first.

Change another. Suppose Waseem's written statement admits everything and raises no defence at all. Rule 1(6) says the court need not frame issues, and Order XV lets it pronounce judgment at the first hearing.

munotes.in115

Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing

And another. Suppose an issue was framed on conformity to sample, and at trial Vikas produces no evidence on it without sufficient cause. Order XV allows the court to pronounce judgment against him or make such order as it thinks fit.

What it does not mean

An issue is not every disputed sentence. The proposition must be material, meaning necessary to the claim or the defence.

An admitted fact is not an issue. No denial, no issue, and therefore no evidence.

A preliminary issue is not available on a question of fact. Rule 2(2) requires an issue of law only.

Not every issue of law can go first. Only jurisdiction, or a bar to the suit created by law.

Disposal on a preliminary issue is not the norm. Rule 2(1) directs judgment on all issues.

Issues are not fixed for ever. Rule 5 allows them to be amended or struck out at any time before the decree.

Quick revision

Order XIV Rule 1: an issue arises where a material proposition of fact or law is affirmed by one party and denied by the other. Material propositions are those the plaintiff must allege to show a right to sue, or the defendant to constitute his defence. Each such proposition is a distinct issue. Issues are of fact or of law.

Rule 1(5): issues are framed at the first hearing, after reading the pleadings, after the Order X Rule 2 examination, and after hearing the parties. Rule 1(6): none need be framed where the defendant makes no defence.

Rule 3: issues may be framed from allegations on oath, from the pleadings or answers to interrogatories, and from the contents of documents produced.

Rule 2(1): the Court shall pronounce judgment on all issues, even where the case could be disposed of on a preliminary one. Rule 2(2): an issue may be tried first only if it is an issue of law and relates to (a) jurisdiction or (b) a bar to the suit created by any law.

Rule 5: issues may be amended or struck out at any time before the decree.

Order XV: where the parties are not at issue on any question of law or fact, the court may pronounce judgment at once; and where a party fails without sufficient cause to produce his evidence, the court may pronounce judgment against him.

Test yourself

1. When does an issue arise? Under Order XIV Rule 1(1), when a material proposition of fact or law is affirmed by one party and denied by the other. Material propositions are those which the plaintiff must allege to show a right to sue, or the defendant must allege to constitute his defence.

munotes.in116

Framing of Issues and Disposal at the First Hearing

2. The defendant does not specifically deny an allegation. Does an issue arise on it? No. Under Order VIII Rule 5 an allegation not specifically denied or stated to be not admitted is taken to be admitted, and since the proposition is then not denied by the other party, no issue arises on it under Order XIV Rule 1 and no evidence is needed.

3. When may the court try an issue as a preliminary issue? Only where issues both of law and of fact arise, the court is of opinion that the case or part of it may be disposed of on an issue of law only, and that issue relates either to the jurisdiction of the court or to a bar to the suit created by any law for the time being in force: Order XIV Rule 2(2).

4. Must the court decide the other issues if it can dispose of the case on a preliminary one? As a general rule yes. Order XIV Rule 2(1) requires the court to pronounce judgment on all issues notwithstanding that the case may be disposed of on a preliminary issue, subject only to sub-rule (2).

5. From what materials may issues be framed? Under Order XIV Rule 3, from allegations made on oath by the parties or persons present on their behalf or by their pleaders; from allegations in the pleadings or in answers to interrogatories delivered in the suit; and from the contents of documents produced by either party.

6. When may a suit be disposed of at the first hearing? Under Order XV, where the parties are not at issue on any question of law or of fact the court may pronounce judgment at once; and where there are several defendants and one is not at issue with the plaintiff, judgment may be pronounced against him while the suit proceeds against the others.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in117

Chapter Twenty-One

Trial, Witnesses and Evidence

Syllabus topic 2.6, "Trial, Summons, Hearing of suit, evidence, judgment and decree and costs"

In one line

Three Orders run the trial: Order XVI brings the witnesses, Order XVII controls adjournments, and Order XVIII governs the order in which the parties present their cases and how evidence is recorded.

Who begins, and in what order

Order XVIII Rule 1: the plaintiff has the right to begin, unless the defendant admits the facts alleged by the plaintiff and contends that, either in point of law or on some additional facts alleged by him, the plaintiff is not entitled to any part of the relief he seeks, in which case the defendant has the right to begin.

The principle behind it is that the party on whom the burden lies opens. Where the defendant admits the plaintiff's facts and says "so what", there is nothing for the plaintiff to prove and the burden has moved.

Rule 2(1): on the day fixed for the hearing, the party having the right to begin shall state his case and produce his evidence in support of the issues he is bound to prove.

Rule 2(2): the other party shall then state his case and produce his evidence, and may then address the Court generally on the whole case.

Rule 2(3): the party beginning may then reply.

That is the shape of a civil trial in three sub-rules, and it is worth reproducing in an answer exactly in that order.

Order XVI: summoning witnesses

Rule 1(1): on or before such date as the Court appoints, and not later than fifteen days after the issues are settled, the parties shall present in Court a list of witnesses they propose to call to give evidence or produce documents, and obtain summonses for their attendance.

Rule 1(2): a party seeking a summons shall file an application stating the purpose for which the witness is proposed to be summoned.

Rule 1(3): the Court may, for reasons to be recorded, permit a party to call a witness not named in the list, if that party shows sufficient cause for the omission.

Rule 1(4): summonses may be obtained on application within five days of presenting the list.

Rule 1A is the practical escape hatch: subject to Rule 1(3), any party may, without applying for a summons, simply bring any witness to give evidence or produce documents. A party who can persuade his witness to attend does not need the Court's process at all.

Rule 2 requires the party applying for a summons to deposit a sum sufficient to defray the witness's travelling and other expenses. Rule 6 allows a person summoned merely to produce a document to comply by causing it to be produced instead of attending personally.

munotes.in118

Trial, Witnesses and Evidence

Rules 10, 11 and 12 are the sanctions where a summoned witness does not appear: the Court may issue a proclamation requiring his attendance, and may issue a warrant for his arrest, attach and sell his property, or impose a fine, subject to the safeguards those rules contain.

Rule 14 allows the Court, of its own motion, to summon as a witness any person whose evidence appears to it to be necessary, and to examine him as a witness.

Order XVII: adjournments

This Order was tightened deliberately, and its restrictions are the examinable part.

Rule 1(1): the Court may, if sufficient cause is shown, at any stage grant time to the parties and adjourn the hearing, for reasons to be recorded in writing. Proviso: no such adjournment shall be granted more than three times to a party during the hearing of the suit.

Rule 1(2): the Court shall fix a day for further hearing and shall make such orders as to the costs occasioned by the adjournment, or such higher costs as it deems fit.

The proviso to Rule 1(2) then sets out five conditions, and they are worth learning as a list:

(a) once the hearing has commenced it shall be continued from day to day until all the witnesses in attendance have been examined, unless the Court records exceptional reasons for adjourning beyond the following day (b) no adjournment at the request of a party except where the circumstances are beyond that party's control (c) the fact that a party's pleader is engaged in another Court shall not be a ground for adjournment (d) where the illness or inability of a pleader is put forward, other than his being engaged elsewhere, the Court shall not adjourn unless satisfied that the party could not have engaged another pleader in time (e) where a witness is present but a party or his pleader is not, or is present but not ready to examine or cross-examine him, the Court may record the witness's statement and pass such orders as it thinks fit

Rule 2: where the parties or any of them fail to appear on a day to which the hearing is adjourned, the Court may dispose of the suit in one of the modes directed by Order IX, or make such other order as it thinks fit. That is the bridge to [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

Rule 3: where a party to whom time was granted fails to produce his evidence, or to cause the attendance of his witnesses, or to perform any other act necessary to the further progress of the suit for which time was allowed, the Court may proceed to decide the suit forthwith, notwithstanding that failure.

munotes.in119

Trial, Witnesses and Evidence

Order XVIII: how evidence is recorded

Rule 4(1): in every case, the examination-in-chief of a witness shall be on affidavit, copies being supplied to the opposite party by the party calling him. The proviso adds that where documents are filed and relied on, their proof and admissibility are subject to the orders of the Court.

That single rule changed the shape of civil trials. Examination-in-chief is now a document, not an occasion, and court time is spent on cross-examination.

Rule 4(2): the cross-examination and re-examination of a witness whose examination-in-chief has been furnished by affidavit shall be taken either by the Court or by a Commissioner appointed by it.

For commercial disputes the Code adds a stricter regime: affidavits of evidence of all witnesses are to be filed simultaneously at the time directed at the first case management hearing; no additional evidence by affidavit without sufficient cause shown and a reasoned order; and a party may withdraw an affidavit before cross-examination of that witness begins without adverse inference, though any admission in the withdrawn affidavit may still be tendered and relied on by the other side.

Rule 5 requires evidence in appealable cases to be taken down in the language of the Court in the form of a narrative, and read over and signed. Rule 17 allows the Court at any stage of a suit to recall any witness and put such questions to him as it thinks fit.

A worked example

Om sues Preeti. Issues are settled on 10 June.

When must the witness list go in? Not later than fifteen days after the settlement of issues, so by 25 June, with an application stating the purpose for each witness and a deposit for expenses under Rule 2. Summonses may be obtained within five days of presenting the list.

Om forgets a witness. Rule 1(3): the Court may permit him to call a witness not in the list, for reasons recorded, if he shows sufficient cause for the omission. And under Rule 1A he may in any event simply bring a willing witness without a summons.

A summoned witness does not turn up. Rules 10 to 12 allow a proclamation, and then a warrant, attachment and sale of property, or a fine.

Who begins? Om, unless Preeti admits his facts and says he is still not entitled to relief, in which case she begins under Rule 1.

How is the evidence given? Om's witnesses give their examination-in-chief on affidavit under Rule 4(1), with copies to Preeti. Their cross-examination is taken by the Court or by a Commissioner under Rule 4(2).

munotes.in120

Trial, Witnesses and Evidence

Preeti's counsel is busy in another court and asks for an adjournment. Clause (c) of the proviso to Rule 1(2): that is not a ground. If he is ill, clause (d) applies, and the Court must be satisfied she could not have engaged another pleader in time.

She has already had three adjournments. The proviso to Rule 1(1) forbids more than three to a party during the hearing.

Om's witness is present but Om's pleader is absent. Clause (e): the Court may record the witness's statement and pass such orders as it thinks fit, rather than waste the witness's attendance.

Preeti was given time to produce her evidence and produces none. Rule 3: the Court may decide the suit forthwith notwithstanding that failure.

Neither party appears on the adjourned date. Rule 2: the Court may dispose of the suit in one of the modes directed by Order IX.

What it does not mean

The plaintiff does not always begin. Where the defendant admits the facts and raises a point of law or additional facts, he begins.

A party is not confined to summonsed witnesses. Rule 1A allows a witness to be brought without any summons.

An adjournment is not available on request. Sufficient cause, reasons recorded, a maximum of three to a party, and none for a pleader being engaged elsewhere.

Examination-in-chief is no longer oral. Rule 4(1) requires it on affidavit; the oral part is cross-examination and re-examination.

Withdrawing an affidavit in a commercial dispute does not erase it. Any admission in it may still be tendered by the other side.

Quick revision

Order XVI: witness list within fifteen days of the settlement of issues, with the purpose stated and expenses deposited; summonses within five days of the list; a witness not in the list only for reasons recorded on sufficient cause, Rule 1(3); but under Rule 1A a party may bring any witness without a summons; proclamation, warrant, attachment or fine for non-attendance, Rules 10 to 12; the Court may summon a witness of its own motion, Rule 14.

Order XVII: adjournment only on sufficient cause, for reasons recorded, and not more than three times to a party. Hearing to continue day to day once commenced; no adjournment at a party's request unless circumstances are beyond his control; a pleader engaged elsewhere is not a ground; illness of a pleader only where another could not have been engaged in time; where a witness is present and the party is not, his statement may be recorded. Rule 2: failure to appear, dispose of under Order IX. Rule 3: failure to produce evidence, decide the suit forthwith.

munotes.in121

Trial, Witnesses and Evidence

Order XVIII: the plaintiff begins, unless the defendant admits the facts and relies on law or additional facts, Rule 1; state the case and produce evidence, then the other party, then a reply, Rule 2; examination-in-chief on affidavit, cross-examination and re-examination by the Court or a Commissioner, Rule 4; the Court may recall any witness at any stage, Rule 17.

Test yourself

1. Who has the right to begin? The plaintiff, under Order XVIII Rule 1, unless the defendant admits the facts alleged by the plaintiff and contends that either in point of law or on some additional facts alleged by him the plaintiff is not entitled to any part of the relief sought, in which case the defendant begins.

2. Within what time must a list of witnesses be filed? On or before such date as the Court appoints, and in any event not later than fifteen days after the date on which the issues are settled, under Order XVI Rule 1(1). Summonses may be obtained within five days of presenting the list.

3. Can a party examine a witness whose name is not in the list? Yes, in two ways. The Court may permit it for reasons recorded, if sufficient cause is shown for the omission, under Rule 1(3). And under Rule 1A a party may without applying for a summons simply bring any witness to give evidence or produce documents.

4. How many adjournments may a party obtain? Not more than three during the hearing of the suit, under the proviso to Order XVII Rule 1(1), and each only on sufficient cause shown and for reasons recorded in writing.

5. Is the engagement of a pleader in another court a ground for adjournment? No. Clause (c) of the proviso to Order XVII Rule 1(2) states expressly that it shall not be a ground. Where the pleader's illness or inability is relied on instead, the Court shall not adjourn unless satisfied that the party could not have engaged another pleader in time.

6. How is the examination-in-chief of a witness recorded? On affidavit, under Order XVIII Rule 4(1), copies being supplied to the opposite party by the party calling the witness. The cross-examination and re-examination are then taken either by the Court or by a Commissioner appointed by it.

7. A party given time fails to produce his evidence. What may the Court do? Under Order XVII Rule 3 the Court may proceed to decide the suit forthwith, notwithstanding that failure.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in122

Chapter Twenty-Two

Judgment and Decree

Syllabus topic 2.6, "Trial, Summons, Hearing of suit, evidence, judgment and decree and costs"

In one line

Section 33 says the whole of it: after the case has been heard the Court pronounces judgment, and on that judgment a decree follows.

Two documents, in that order, and the second is drawn from the first. Everything in Order XX is the detail of how.

Why they are two documents

A judgment explains and a decree operates. The judgment is where the judge sets out the case, the points for determination, the decision and the reasons. The decree is a short formal document recording what the court has actually ordered, and it is the decree, not the judgment, that goes to the execution court.

Keeping them separate is what allows the execution court to do its job without re-reading the reasoning, and it is why section 2(2) defines a decree as the formal expression of an adjudication while section 2(9) defines a judgment as the statement of the grounds.

Pronouncing the judgment: Rule 1

Rule 1(1) provides that the Court, after the case has been heard, shall pronounce judgment in open Court, either at once or as soon thereafter as may be practicable; and where judgment is to be pronounced on a future day, the Court shall fix a day for that purpose, of which due notice shall be given to the parties or their pleaders.

The proviso sets the timetable, and it is examinable. Where judgment is not pronounced at once, every endeavour shall be made to pronounce it within thirty days from the conclusion of the hearing. Where that is not practicable on the ground of the exceptional and extraordinary circumstances of the case, the Court shall fix a future day, which shall not ordinarily be beyond sixty days from the conclusion of the hearing, and due notice of the day so fixed shall be given.

For a commercial dispute before a Commercial Court, Commercial Division or Commercial Appellate Division, judgment shall be pronounced within ninety days of the conclusion of arguments, and copies issued to all parties, by electronic mail or otherwise.

So there are three periods to keep apart: thirty days as the endeavour, sixty days as the outer limit in exceptional circumstances, and ninety days in commercial matters.

Signing, and what a judgment must contain

Rule 3: the judgment shall be dated and signed by the Judge in open Court at the time of pronouncing it, and once signed shall not afterwards be altered or added to, save as provided by section 152 or on review.

That is a short rule with long consequences. A signed judgment is fixed. The only two doors left open are section 152, which allows the correction of clerical or arithmetical mistakes and errors from any accidental slip or omission, and review under section 114 and Order XLVII. A party who simply dislikes the judgment has neither door; he has an appeal.

munotes.in123

Judgment and Decree

Rule 4(1): judgments of a Court of Small Causes need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision thereon.

Rule 4(2): judgments of other Courts shall contain a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision thereon, and the reasons for such decision.

Those four elements are the standard exam answer to "what must a judgment contain", and the contrast with small causes courts is the part that earns the extra mark. Rule 5 adds that in suits where issues have been framed, the Court shall state its finding or decision, with the reasons, upon each separate issue, unless the finding on any one or more is sufficient for the decision.

Drawing the decree: Rules 6 and 6A

Rule 6(1): the decree shall agree with the judgment. It shall contain the number of the suit, the names and descriptions of the parties and their registered addresses, and particulars of the claim, and shall specify clearly the relief granted or other determination of the suit.

Rule 6(2): the decree shall also state the amount of costs incurred in the suit, and by whom, or out of what property, and in what proportions they are to be paid.

Rule 6(3): the Court may direct that costs payable by one party to the other be set off against any sum admitted or found due from the former to the latter.

Rule 6A(1): every endeavour shall be made to draw the decree as expeditiously as possible and in any case within fifteen days from the date the judgment is pronounced.

Rule 6A(2) solves a practical problem that used to trap appellants. An appeal may be preferred against the decree without filing a copy of the decree, and in that case the copy of the judgment made available by the court is treated as the decree for the purposes of Order XLI Rule 1. But as soon as the decree is drawn, the judgment ceases to have the effect of a decree for the purposes of execution.

So a party is not shut out of an appeal merely because the registry has not yet drawn the decree. The period of limitation for an appeal runs, and Rule 6A(2) lets him file.

Rule 7: the decree shall bear the date of the day on which the judgment was pronounced, even though it is drawn up later.

munotes.in124

Judgment and Decree

Some particular decrees

Rule 12 deals with a decree for possession and mesne profits. Where a suit is for the recovery of possession of immovable property and for rent or mesne profits, the Court may pass a decree for possession, and for the rent or mesne profits accrued before the suit, and may direct an inquiry as to rent or mesne profits from the institution of the suit until delivery of possession or until the expiry of three years from the date of the decree, whichever first occurs.

That is the standard example of a decree which is partly preliminary and partly final under the Explanation to section 2(2): final as to possession, preliminary as to the profits still to be ascertained. See [Definitions].

Rule 18 deals with a decree in a suit for partition. Where the decree relates to an estate assessed to the payment of revenue to the Government, it shall declare the rights of the parties but direct the partition to be made by the Collector. In any other case, if the partition cannot be conveniently made at once, the decree shall declare the rights of the parties and give such further directions as may be required.

A worked example

Aarti sues Bipin for possession of a shop and for mesne profits. The hearing concludes on 1 September.

When must judgment be pronounced? Every endeavour is to be made within thirty days, so by about 1 October. If exceptional and extraordinary circumstances make that impracticable, the court fixes a future day, ordinarily not beyond sixty days, and gives due notice of it.

What must the judgment contain? A concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision on them, and the reasons, under Rule 4(2), with a finding on each separate issue under Rule 5.

What does the decree look like? It must agree with the judgment, and carry the suit number, the parties with descriptions and registered addresses, the particulars of the claim, the relief granted, and the costs with who pays them. It bears the date the judgment was pronounced, under Rule 7, even though it is drawn later.

Is it preliminary or final? Under Rule 12 the court may decree possession, decree the mesne profits already accrued, and direct an inquiry into profits from the institution of the suit until possession is delivered or three years from the decree, whichever comes first. That decree is final as to possession and preliminary as to the profits.

The registry has not drawn the decree and the appeal period is running. Rule 6A(2): Aarti may prefer her appeal without a copy of the decree, and the copy of the judgment given to her is treated as the decree for Order XLI Rule 1.

munotes.in125

Judgment and Decree

A month later the parties notice the decree records the shop's door number wrongly. That is a clerical slip, and section 152 allows it to be corrected. Rule 3 would otherwise forbid any alteration once the judgment is signed.

Bipin says the judge misunderstood his evidence. That is not a slip and it is not a matter for section 152. His remedies are review, on the grounds allowed by Order XLVII, or an appeal.

What it does not mean

The judgment is not the decree. The judgment gives the grounds; the decree is the formal expression that is executed.

A signed judgment cannot be altered. Rule 3 permits only a section 152 correction or a review.

The thirty-day period is not a rigid deadline. It is an endeavour, with sixty days as the outer limit in exceptional and extraordinary circumstances, and ninety days for commercial disputes.

An appeal is not blocked by the absence of a drawn decree. Rule 6A(2) allows the judgment copy to serve.

A decree does not bear the date it was drawn. Rule 7 gives it the date the judgment was pronounced.

Quick revision

Section 33: after the case is heard the Court pronounces judgment, and on that judgment a decree follows.

Order XX Rule 1: judgment in open Court, at once or as soon as practicable; if later, a day fixed with due notice; endeavour within 30 days of the conclusion of the hearing; in exceptional and extraordinary circumstances, a day not ordinarily beyond 60 days; in commercial disputes, within 90 days of the conclusion of arguments.

Rule 3: dated and signed in open Court at the time of pronouncing; not afterwards altered or added to, save under section 152 or on review.

Rule 4: a Small Causes judgment needs only the points for determination and the decision. Any other judgment needs a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision, and the reasons. Rule 5: a finding with reasons on each separate issue.

Rule 6: the decree shall agree with the judgment, and state the suit number, the parties and their registered addresses, the particulars of the claim, the relief granted, and the costs and who pays them. Rule 6A: drawn within fifteen days; an appeal may be filed without a copy of the decree. Rule 7: the decree bears the date the judgment was pronounced.

Rule 12: possession and mesne profits, with an inquiry up to delivery of possession or three years from the decree, whichever is first. Rule 18: partition decrees.

Test yourself

1. What does section 33 provide? That the Court, after the case has been heard, shall pronounce judgment, and that on such judgment a decree shall follow.

munotes.in126

Judgment and Decree

2. Within what time must judgment be pronounced? It is pronounced in open court at once or as soon thereafter as practicable. Where it is not pronounced at once, every endeavour must be made to pronounce it within thirty days of the conclusion of the hearing, and where that is impracticable because of the exceptional and extraordinary circumstances of the case, on a day fixed which shall not ordinarily be beyond sixty days. In commercial disputes judgment is to be pronounced within ninety days of the conclusion of arguments.

3. What must a judgment contain? Under Order XX Rule 4(2), a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision on those points, and the reasons for the decision. A judgment of a Court of Small Causes need contain no more than the points for determination and the decision on them.

4. Can a judgment be altered after it is signed? No, save as provided by section 152, which permits the correction of clerical or arithmetical mistakes and errors arising from accidental slips or omissions, or on review. Order XX Rule 3 otherwise forbids alteration or addition once the judgment is signed.

5. What must a decree contain? Under Order XX Rule 6, it must agree with the judgment, and contain the number of the suit, the names and descriptions of the parties and their registered addresses, the particulars of the claim, and a clear specification of the relief granted or other determination of the suit, together with the amount of costs and by whom and in what proportions they are to be paid.

6. The decree has not yet been drawn up but the appeal period is running. What can the appellant do? Under Order XX Rule 6A(2) an appeal may be preferred against the decree without filing a copy of it, and the copy of the judgment made available by the court is treated as the decree for the purposes of Order XLI Rule 1. Once the decree is drawn, the judgment ceases to have the effect of a decree for execution purposes.

7. What date does a decree bear? Under Order XX Rule 7, the day on which the judgment was pronounced, even though the decree is drawn up afterwards.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in127

Chapter Twenty-Three

Costs

Syllabus topic 2.6, "Trial, Summons, Hearing of suit, evidence, judgment and decree and costs"

In one line

Costs are what the losing side pays towards the winner's expenses, and the Code has three separate provisions: section 35 for ordinary costs, section 35A for costs punishing a false or vexatious case, and section 35B for costs punishing delay.

Keep those three apart. Almost every question on this topic is really asking which of the three applies.

Why the Code gives the court this power

Litigation costs money whether or not you were right. If a person is dragged into court on a claim that fails, and has to pay his own lawyer for the privilege, then winning has cost him. Costs exist to shift some of that burden onto the party who caused it.

But costs also do a second job, and sections 35A and 35B are entirely about that job: they discipline conduct. One punishes a party for advancing a case he knew was false; the other punishes a party for wasting a hearing. Those are penalties, and the Code treats them quite differently from ordinary costs.

Section 35: ordinary costs

Section 35(1): subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed and to any law in force, the costs of and incident to all suits shall be in the discretion of the Court, and the Court shall have full power to determine by whom, out of what property, and to what extent costs are to be paid, and to give all necessary directions. The fact that the Court has no jurisdiction to try the suit shall be no bar to the exercise of such powers.

Section 35(2): where the Court directs that costs shall not follow the event, it shall state its reasons in writing.

Three points.

The discretion is real but not arbitrary. The general principle, expressed in sub-section (2) by implication, is that costs follow the event: the loser pays. A court departing from that must record why.

A court without jurisdiction can still award costs. That is expressly provided, and it makes sense: a defendant dragged before the wrong court has still incurred expense.

For commercial disputes the Code now sets this out at length. The Court has discretion whether costs are payable, in what amount, and when; "costs" means reasonable costs of witnesses' fees and expenses, legal fees and expenses, and other expenses of the proceedings; and the general rule is that the unsuccessful party pays the costs of the successful party, with any departure to be for reasons recorded in writing. The Code's own illustration is instructive: where a plaintiff wins his money decree but his claim for damages is found frivolous and vexatious, the Court may impose costs on the successful plaintiff for having raised it.

munotes.in128

Costs

Order XX Rule 6(2) and (3) connect this to the decree: the decree must state the amount of costs and by whom, or out of what property, and in what proportions they are to be paid, and the Court may direct costs payable by one party to be set off against sums due from him.

Order XXA allows costs in respect of certain specified expenses, including expenditure incurred on notices required to be given by law, on typing and writing or printing of pleadings, on inspecting court records, on producing witnesses, and on obtaining copies.

Section 35A: compensatory costs for a false or vexatious claim or defence

This is the provision MU asked about in December 2023, and it is narrow, so the conditions matter.

Section 35A(1): if in any suit or other proceeding, including an execution proceeding but excluding an appeal or a revision, any party objects to the claim or defence on the ground that it, or any part of it, is as against the objector false or vexatious to the knowledge of the party putting it forward, and if thereafter, as against the objector, that claim or defence is disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn in whole or in part, the Court may, if it so thinks fit, and after recording its reasons for holding the claim or defence false or vexatious, order the party who put it forward to pay the objector costs by way of compensation.

Take the conditions in order, because all of them must be present:

One, a suit or proceeding, including execution, but NOT an appeal or a revision. Two, an objection must have been taken by the party who wants the costs. The court does not act on its own. Three, the claim or defence must be false or vexatious TO THE KNOWLEDGE of the party advancing it. A claim that merely fails is not enough; a claim that is weak is not enough. Knowledge is the test. Four, it must afterwards be disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn, wholly or in part. Five, the Court must record its reasons.

Section 35A(2) caps the amount: no order shall exceed three thousand rupees, or the limits of the Court's pecuniary jurisdiction, whichever is less.

Section 35A(3): no person against whom an order has been made under the section shall, by reason of it, be exempted from any criminal liability in respect of the claim or defence.

The cap is the practical point to remember. Section 35A is a penalty rather than an indemnity, which is why it is small and why the conditions are strict.

munotes.in129

Costs

Section 35B: costs for causing delay

Section 35B(1): if on any date fixed for the hearing of a suit or for taking any step in it, a party (a) fails to take the step he was required by the Code to take on that date, or (b) obtains an adjournment for taking such a step or producing evidence or on any other ground, the Court may, for reasons to be recorded, order him to pay the other party such costs as would reasonably reimburse that other party for the expenses of attending the Court on that date.

Then comes the sting: payment of those costs, on the date next following the order, shall be a CONDITION PRECEDENT to the further prosecution of the suit by the plaintiff, or of the defence by the defendant, according to who was ordered to pay.

The Explanation applies the same rule where separate defences have been raised by different defendants or groups of them.

Section 35B(2): costs ordered under sub-section (1), if paid, shall not be included in the costs awarded in the decree; but if they are not paid, they may be recovered separately.

So section 35B is unlike anything else in the costs provisions. It is not merely an order to pay. It is a gate: fail to pay and you cannot go on with your suit or your defence. And because paid section 35B costs are kept out of the decree, they are a genuine penalty on the delaying party rather than a credit against the final bill.

The three compared

Section 35Section 35ASection 35B
PurposeIndemnify the winnerPunish a false or vexatious casePunish delay
Triggered byThe result of the suitAn objection, then the claim being disallowed, abandoned or withdrawnFailure to take a step, or obtaining an adjournment
Requires knowledgeNoYes, false or vexatious to the party's knowledgeNo
Reasons recordedOnly if costs do not follow the eventAlwaysAlways
CapNoneRs. 3,000 or the court's pecuniary limit, whichever is lessThe other party's expenses of attending that day
Effect of non-paymentRecovered under the decreeRecovered as orderedBars further prosecution of the suit or defence
Available in appeal or revisionYesNoApplies to steps in a suit

A worked example

Chirag sues Deepa. At the first hearing Deepa is present and ready, and Chirag's advocate seeks an adjournment because he is not prepared.

Section 35B applies. The Court may, for reasons recorded, order Chirag to pay Deepa such costs as would reasonably reimburse her expenses of attending that day. If it does, payment on the next date is a condition precedent to Chirag prosecuting his suit further. If he pays, that sum is not included in the costs in the eventual decree; if he does not pay, it can be recovered separately and he cannot go on.

munotes.in130

Costs

Later, Deepa raises a defence that the goods were never delivered. Chirag objects at the time that the defence is false to Deepa's knowledge, and points to her own signed receipt. At trial the defence is disallowed.

Now section 35A can apply. There was an objection, the defence was false to her knowledge, and it was disallowed. The Court may, after recording reasons, order her to pay compensatory costs, but not more than Rs. 3,000 or its pecuniary limit, whichever is less.

Chirag wins the suit. Section 35 governs the ordinary costs. The general position is that costs follow the event, so Deepa pays; if the Court decides otherwise it must record its reasons in writing under section 35(2). The decree states the amount and who pays, under Order XX Rule 6(2).

Change one fact. Suppose Deepa's defence was simply wrong rather than knowingly false. Section 35A does not apply at all: without knowledge there is no false or vexatious defence within the section, and the only costs are ordinary costs under section 35.

Change another. Suppose the vexatious defence appeared for the first time in an appeal. Section 35A is expressly unavailable there, because appeals and revisions are excluded.

And another. Suppose the suit was filed in a court that turns out to have no jurisdiction. Section 35(1) still allows that court to award costs, because want of jurisdiction is expressly no bar.

What it does not mean

Costs are not damages. They are a contribution towards the expense of litigating, not compensation for the wrong sued on.

"Costs follow the event" is not an absolute rule. It is the general principle, and a court may depart from it under section 35(2) by recording reasons.

Section 35A is not available for a claim that merely fails. It requires the claim or defence to have been false or vexatious to the knowledge of the party advancing it, and it requires an objection to have been taken.

Section 35A is not available in an appeal or a revision. Expressly excluded.

Section 35B costs are not part of the decree if paid. They are kept out by sub-section (2), which is what makes them a penalty.

Non-payment under section 35B is not merely a debt. It bars the further prosecution of the suit or the defence.

Quick revision

Section 35, ordinary costs: in the discretion of the Court, which decides by whom, out of what property, and to what extent. Want of jurisdiction is no bar. If costs do not follow the event, reasons in writing. In commercial disputes, the general rule that the unsuccessful party pays is spelled out, with any departure for reasons recorded.

munotes.in131

Costs

Section 35A, compensatory costs: suit or proceeding including execution but excluding appeal and revision; an objection taken; the claim or defence false or vexatious to the knowledge of the party advancing it; afterwards disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn; reasons recorded; capped at Rs. 3,000 or the court's pecuniary limit, whichever is less; no exemption from criminal liability.

Section 35B, costs for delay: on failure to take a step, or on obtaining an adjournment; for reasons recorded; costs equal to the other party's expenses of attending that day; payment is a condition precedent to further prosecution of the suit or defence; if paid, excluded from the decree; if unpaid, recoverable separately.

Order XX Rule 6(2) and (3): the decree states the costs, who pays, and in what proportions, and they may be set off. Order XXA: costs for notices, typing and printing of pleadings, inspection, producing witnesses and obtaining copies.

Test yourself

1. Who decides who pays the costs of a suit? The Court. Under section 35(1) the costs of and incident to all suits are in the discretion of the Court, which has full power to determine by whom, out of what property, and to what extent they are to be paid, and the fact that it has no jurisdiction to try the suit is no bar to the exercise of that power.

2. What is meant by compensatory costs? Costs awarded under section 35A against a party who has put forward a claim or defence which is, as against the objector, false or vexatious to that party's knowledge, and which is afterwards disallowed, abandoned or withdrawn. They are ordered only where an objection was taken and after the Court records its reasons, and they may not exceed three thousand rupees or the limits of the Court's pecuniary jurisdiction, whichever is less.

3. Are compensatory costs available in an appeal? No. Section 35A applies to any suit or other proceeding including an execution proceeding, but expressly excludes an appeal or a revision.

4. What happens if a party ordered to pay costs under section 35B does not pay them? Payment on the date next following the order is a condition precedent to the further prosecution of the suit by the plaintiff, or of the defence by the defendant, according to who was ordered to pay. So non-payment bars him from proceeding, and the unpaid costs may also be recovered separately.

5. Are section 35B costs included in the costs awarded by the decree? Not if they are paid. Section 35B(2) provides that costs ordered under sub-section (1), if paid, shall not be included in the costs awarded in the decree, though if they are not paid they may be recovered separately.

munotes.in132

Costs

6. What are the various types of costs under the Code? Ordinary costs in the discretion of the court under section 35; compensatory costs for false or vexatious claims or defences under section 35A; and costs for causing delay under section 35B. Order XXA further provides for costs in respect of specified expenses such as notices, typing and printing of pleadings, inspection of records, producing witnesses and obtaining copies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in133

Chapter Twenty-Four

Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

Syllabus topic 2.7, "Withdrawal and adjustment of suits (Order XXIII)"

In one line

A plaintiff may walk away from his suit, but whether he can come back depends entirely on whether he asked the court's permission first.

That single distinction is the whole of Rule 1, and it is what almost every exam question on this Order is testing.

Why the Code draws the line there

A plaintiff is not forced to continue a suit he no longer wants. But a defendant who has been sued, has engaged a lawyer, and has filed a written statement has an interest too: he is entitled to have the matter finished, not dropped and started again at the plaintiff's convenience.

So the Code lets the plaintiff leave whenever he likes, and then makes him choose. Leave without permission and it is final: he pays costs and can never sue again on that subject matter. Leave with permission, which is granted only on limited grounds, and he keeps the right to sue afresh.

Withdrawal without permission: Rule 1(1) and 1(4)

Rule 1(1): at any time after the institution of a suit, the plaintiff may, as against all or any of the defendants, abandon his suit or abandon a part of his claim.

The proviso protects those under disability: where the plaintiff is a minor or another person to whom Order XXXII Rules 1 to 14 extend, neither the suit nor any part of the claim may be abandoned without the leave of the Court. Rule 1(2) requires that application to be supported by an affidavit of the next friend, and where the minor is represented by a pleader, by the pleader's certificate that the proposed abandonment is in his opinion for the minor's benefit.

Rule 1(4) states the price. Where the plaintiff abandons a suit or part of a claim under sub-rule (1), or withdraws without the permission referred to in sub-rule (3), he shall be liable for such costs as the Court may award, and shall be precluded from instituting any fresh suit in respect of that subject matter or that part of the claim.

Withdrawal with permission: Rule 1(3)

Rule 1(3): where the Court is satisfied

(a) that a suit must fail by reason of some formal defect, or (b) that there are sufficient grounds for allowing the plaintiff to institute a fresh suit for the subject matter of the suit or part of the claim,

it may, on such terms as it thinks fit, grant the plaintiff permission to withdraw with liberty to institute a fresh suit in respect of that subject matter or part of the claim.

Two grounds only, and the first is the one to be precise about. A formal defect is a defect of form rather than of substance: a defect in the frame of the suit, in verification, in valuation, in the joinder of parties, in the description of property. It is not a weakness in the case. A plaintiff who discovers his evidence is thin has no formal defect and no route under clause (a).

munotes.in134

Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

Clause (b) is wider and correspondingly discretionary, and it is not a licence to have another go: the court has to be satisfied there are sufficient grounds.

Rule 1(5) protects co-plaintiffs: nothing in the rule authorises the Court to permit one of several plaintiffs to abandon or withdraw without the consent of the other plaintiffs.

Rule 1A deals with what happens to a defendant left behind. Where a suit is withdrawn or abandoned and a defendant applies to be transposed as a plaintiff under Order I Rule 10, the Court shall have due regard to the question whether he has a substantial question to be decided against any other defendant.

Rule 2 is the limitation warning, and students miss it constantly: in any fresh suit instituted on permission granted under Rule 1, the plaintiff shall be bound by the law of limitation in the same manner as if the first suit had not been instituted. So permission preserves the right to sue; it does not stop the clock. A plaintiff who withdraws with liberty after three years may find the fresh suit time barred anyway.

Compromise: Rule 3

Rule 3 provides that where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that a suit has been adjusted wholly or in part by any lawful agreement or compromise in writing and signed by the parties, or where the defendant satisfies the plaintiff in respect of the whole or any part of the subject matter, the Court shall order the agreement, compromise or satisfaction to be recorded and shall pass a decree in accordance with it, so far as it relates to the parties to the suit, whether or not the subject matter of the agreement is the same as the subject matter of the suit.

Several points repay attention.

"In writing and signed by the parties" was added by amendment, and it is now a condition. An oral compromise is not enough.

"Lawful" is defined negatively by the Explanation: an agreement or compromise which is void or voidable under the Indian Contract Act 1872 shall not be deemed lawful within the rule.

Where the compromise is disputed, the proviso requires the Court to decide the question, and expressly forbids an adjournment for that purpose unless the Court records reasons for granting one.

The decree may go beyond the suit. The words allow a decree in accordance with the compromise even where the compromise covers matters outside the subject matter of the suit, so long as it relates to the parties. That is why parties settling several disputes at once can record the whole settlement.

munotes.in135

Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

Rule 3A bars a separate suit: no suit shall lie to set aside a decree on the ground that the compromise on which the decree is based was not lawful. The challenge must be made in the same suit, before the same court, under the proviso to Rule 3.

The res judicata consequence sits in [Res Judicata]: because the court in a compromise decree decides nothing and merely records what the parties agreed, such a decree does not operate as res judicata, though it binds by estoppel.

A worked example

Eshan sues Farida for possession of a godown. Half way through, he realises his plaint described the property by the wrong survey number and that the suit is bound to fail as framed.

If he simply withdraws. Rule 1(1) allows it at any time, but Rule 1(4) makes him liable for costs and precludes a fresh suit on the same subject matter. His mistake would cost him the claim entirely.

If he applies under Rule 1(3)(a). A wrong description of the property is a formal defect, so the Court may permit withdrawal with liberty to institute a fresh suit, on such terms as it thinks fit, usually costs.

He obtains that liberty and sues again two years later. Rule 2 applies: he is bound by the law of limitation as if the first suit had never been instituted. The years spent on the first suit do not help him.

Change the facts. Suppose Eshan simply thinks his evidence is weak and wants to gather more. That is not a formal defect, so clause (a) is unavailable, and he would have to persuade the court of sufficient grounds under clause (b), which is discretionary and by no means automatic.

Suppose Eshan is a minor suing through his father. The proviso to Rule 1(1) applies: no abandonment without the leave of the Court, supported by his next friend's affidavit and, where he has a pleader, the pleader's certificate that the abandonment is for the minor's benefit.

Suppose instead the parties settle, and record the settlement in a signed written agreement covering both the godown and an unrelated loan. Rule 3 lets the Court record it and pass a decree in accordance with it, even as to the loan, because it relates to the parties, although it was never the subject matter of the suit.

Farida later says the settlement was obtained by coercion. Coercion makes an agreement voidable under the Contract Act, and by the Explanation such an agreement is not lawful within Rule 3. But she cannot bring a separate suit to set the decree aside: Rule 3A bars it. She must raise it in the same suit, and the proviso to Rule 3 requires the Court to decide the question without an adjournment unless it records reasons.

munotes.in136

Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

What it does not mean

Withdrawal is not free. Without permission it costs the plaintiff the claim, under Rule 1(4).

A formal defect is not a weak case. It is a defect of form, in the frame of the suit, verification, valuation, parties or description.

Permission to sue afresh does not stop limitation. Rule 2 puts the plaintiff in the position he would be in if the first suit had never been filed.

One of several plaintiffs cannot withdraw alone. Rule 1(5) requires the consent of the others.

An oral compromise will not do. Rule 3 requires an agreement in writing and signed by the parties.

A compromise decree cannot be attacked by a separate suit. Rule 3A bars it; the challenge belongs in the same suit.

Quick revision

Order XXIII Rule 1(1): the plaintiff may abandon the suit or part of the claim at any time after institution. Proviso: not where he is a minor or under Order XXXII, without the leave of the Court, supported by the next friend's affidavit and the pleader's certificate.

Rule 1(4): abandonment, or withdrawal without permission, means costs and no fresh suit on that subject matter.

Rule 1(3): permission to withdraw with liberty to sue afresh only where the suit must fail by reason of some formal defect, or there are sufficient grounds for allowing a fresh suit.

Rule 1(5): one of several plaintiffs cannot withdraw without the others' consent. Rule 1A: a defendant may apply to be transposed as plaintiff.

Rule 2: a fresh suit is bound by limitation as if the first suit had never been instituted.

Rule 3: a compromise must be lawful, in writing, and signed by the parties, or the defendant must have satisfied the plaintiff; the Court records it and passes a decree accordingly, even as to matters outside the subject matter, so long as they relate to the parties. Explanation: void or voidable under the Contract Act is not lawful. Proviso: a disputed compromise is decided by the Court, without adjournment unless reasons are recorded.

Rule 3A: no separate suit to set aside a decree on the ground that the compromise was not lawful.

Test yourself

1. May a plaintiff withdraw his suit, and at what cost? Yes. Under Order XXIII Rule 1(1) he may abandon the suit or part of his claim at any time after institution. But under Rule 1(4), where he does so without the permission referred to in Rule 1(3), he is liable for such costs as the Court awards and is precluded from instituting any fresh suit in respect of that subject matter.

munotes.in137

Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits

2. On what grounds may the Court permit withdrawal with liberty to sue afresh? Only two, under Rule 1(3): where the Court is satisfied that the suit must fail by reason of some formal defect, or that there are sufficient grounds for allowing the plaintiff to institute a fresh suit for the subject matter of the suit or part of the claim.

3. What is a formal defect? A defect of form rather than of substance, such as a defect in the frame of the suit, in verification, in valuation, in the joinder of parties or in the description of the property. A weakness in the plaintiff's evidence or in the merits of his case is not a formal defect.

4. Does permission to sue afresh protect the plaintiff on limitation? No. Order XXIII Rule 2 provides that in any fresh suit instituted on such permission, the plaintiff is bound by the law of limitation in the same manner as if the first suit had not been instituted.

5. What are the requirements of a valid compromise under Rule 3? The suit must be shown to have been adjusted wholly or in part by a lawful agreement or compromise in writing and signed by the parties, or the defendant must have satisfied the plaintiff in respect of the whole or part of the subject matter. An agreement void or voidable under the Indian Contract Act is not lawful for this purpose.

6. Can a party file a separate suit to set aside a compromise decree on the ground that the compromise was unlawful? No. Order XXIII Rule 3A bars such a suit. The objection must be raised in the same suit, where the proviso to Rule 3 requires the Court to decide the question, granting no adjournment for the purpose unless it records its reasons.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in138

Chapter Twenty-Five

Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers

Syllabus topic 2.8, "Special suits, Orders XXVII to XXXIV"

In one line

Before you sue the Government, or a public officer for something done in his official capacity, you must give two months' written notice, and your plaint must say that you did.

Why the Code requires it

The purpose is to give the Government a chance to look at the claim and settle it without litigation. A department served with a proper notice can examine the file, take advice, and pay or explain, which is cheaper for everyone than a suit. It also protects a public officer from being sued at once for an act done in the course of his duty.

That purpose is worth stating in an answer, because it explains the shape of the section: two months to consider, a notice that contains enough to be considered, and an exception where waiting would defeat the claim.

Who is named: section 79

Section 79 provides that in a suit by or against the Government the authority to be named as plaintiff or defendant shall be:

(a) in the case of a suit by or against the Central Government, the Union of India; and (b) in the case of a suit by or against a State Government, the State.

So the party is the Union of India or the State by name, not a Ministry, not a department, and not a Secretary. Naming the wrong entity is a common and easily avoided error.

The notice: section 80(1)

Section 80(1) provides that, save as otherwise provided in sub-section (2), no suit shall be instituted against the Government, or against a public officer in respect of any act purporting to be done by him in his official capacity, until the expiration of two months next after notice in writing has been delivered to, or left at the office of, the proper authority.

Who gets the notice:

(a) for a suit against the Central Government, except where it relates to a railway, a Secretary to that Government (b) where it relates to a railway, the General Manager of that railway (c) for a suit against any other State Government, a Secretary to that Government or the Collector of the district

and in the case of a public officer, the notice is delivered to him or left at his office.

What the notice must state, and this is the part exam answers must reproduce:

  • the cause of action
  • the name, description and place of residence of the plaintiff
  • the relief which he claims

And the plaint shall contain a statement that such notice has been so delivered or left. That last requirement is a pleading requirement and it is separate from the notice itself. A plaintiff who gave a perfect notice and forgot to plead it has still not complied with the section.

munotes.in139

Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers

The exception for urgent relief: section 80(2)

Section 80(2) provides that a suit to obtain urgent or immediate relief against the Government or a public officer in respect of an act purporting to be done in his official capacity may be instituted with the leave of the Court without serving any notice under sub-section (1).

But the concession is carefully fenced. The Court shall not grant relief in the suit, whether interim or otherwise, except after giving the Government or the public officer a reasonable opportunity of showing cause in respect of the relief prayed for. And the proviso requires that where the Court is satisfied, after hearing the parties, that no urgent or immediate relief need be granted, it shall return the plaint for presentation after complying with sub-section (1).

So sub-section (2) does not abolish the notice. It defers it, under the court's supervision, and only for genuine urgency. A plaintiff who obtains leave and then turns out not to need urgent relief gets his plaint back.

Section 82: execution against the Government

Section 82 provides that where a decree is passed against the Union of India, a State, or a public officer in respect of an act purporting to be done in his official capacity, execution shall not be issued on the decree unless it remains unsatisfied for the period of three months computed from the date of the decree.

The reason is the same as for the notice: the Government is given time to pay through its own machinery before its property is touched.

Order XXVII: how such suits are conducted

Order XXVII carries the procedure. The main points are these.

A plaint or written statement in a suit by or against the Government shall be signed by such person as the Government may appoint and verified by any person acquainted with the facts whom the Government authorises.

The Government Pleader in any court is the agent of the Government for the purpose of receiving processes against the Government in that court.

Where the defendant is a public officer sued in respect of an official act, the Court shall, in fixing the day for his appearance, allow a reasonable time for communicating with the Government and for making a reply.

Order XXVII also directs the Court to assist in settlement. Where in a suit by or against the Government it appears that there is a possibility of a settlement, the Court shall grant time to the parties to enable them to arrive at one. That is the same policy as section 80, appearing again at a later stage.

munotes.in140

Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers

Note also section 2(7), which defines Government Pleader, and Order III, on recognised agents and pleaders generally. See [Definitions] and [Parties to a Suit].

A worked example

Ganesh's shop is demolished by an officer of a State authority acting, he says, under a statutory power. Ganesh wants damages, and he also wants an immediate injunction restraining further demolition.

Whom does he sue? Under section 79(b), the State by name, and where he sues the officer personally for an act purporting to be done in his official capacity, the officer as well.

Must he give notice? Yes, under section 80(1). Two months' written notice, delivered to or left at the office of a Secretary to that Government or the Collector of the district, and delivered to the officer or left at his office. It must state the cause of action, his name, description and place of residence, and the relief claimed.

And in the plaint? He must plead that the notice was so delivered or left. Giving the notice is not enough on its own.

But the demolition is continuing today. Then section 80(2) applies. He may seek the leave of the Court to institute the suit without notice, because he seeks urgent and immediate relief. The Court can grant no relief, interim or otherwise, until the State and the officer have had a reasonable opportunity of showing cause.

Suppose the Court, after hearing both sides, finds there was no real urgency. The proviso to sub-section (2) requires it to return the plaint for presentation after complying with sub-section (1). He has lost time, not the claim.

He wins and obtains a decree. Section 82: no execution may issue until the decree has remained unsatisfied for three months from its date.

Change one fact. Suppose the officer had demolished the shop out of a private grudge and not under any colour of office. The act would not be one "purporting to be done in his official capacity", so section 80 would not protect him and no notice would be needed to sue him personally.

What it does not mean

The notice is not a formality to be waived by consent. It is a statutory condition on instituting the suit.

Section 80(2) does not abolish the notice. It permits institution with leave in cases of genuine urgency, and the plaint goes back if the urgency is not made out.

Giving the notice is not enough. The plaint must state that it was given.

Not every act of a public officer attracts the section. It applies to acts purporting to be done in his official capacity.

A decree against the Government is not immediately executable. Section 82 requires three months.

munotes.in141

Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers

The department is not the party. Section 79 names the Union of India or the State.

The public officer's two protections: section 81

Section 81: in a suit instituted against a public officer in respect of any act purporting to be done by him in his official capacity:

(a) the defendant shall not be liable to arrest, nor his property to attachment, otherwise than in execution of a decree; and (b) where the Court is satisfied that he cannot absent himself from his duty without detriment to the public service, it shall exempt him from appearing in person.

Both limbs are narrow and both are worth stating: the protection covers only an act purporting to be done in his official capacity, and the arrest protection falls away once there is a decree to execute. The exemption from personal appearance sits beside the general exemptions in [Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance], and the protection from arrest beside sections 56, 135 and 135A in [Arrest and Detention in Execution].

Quick revision## Quick revision

Section 79: the party is the Union of India for the Central Government, and the State for a State Government.

Section 80(1): two months' written notice before suing the Government, or a public officer for an act purporting to be done in his official capacity. Delivered to or left at the office of a Secretary to the Central Government, the General Manager where it relates to a railway, or a Secretary or the Collector of the district for a State; and on a public officer, to him or at his office. It must state the cause of action, the plaintiff's name, description and place of residence, and the relief claimed. The plaint must state that the notice was given.

Section 80(2): a suit for urgent or immediate relief may be instituted with the leave of the Court without notice; but no relief, interim or otherwise, until the Government or officer has had a reasonable opportunity of showing cause; and if no urgent relief is needed, the plaint is returned for compliance with sub-section (1).

Section 82: no execution against the Union, a State or such a public officer until the decree has remained unsatisfied for three months from its date.

Order XXVII: pleadings signed by a person the Government appoints and verified by a person acquainted with the facts; the Government Pleader is the Government's agent for receiving process; reasonable time allowed to a public officer to communicate with the Government; and the Court is to allow time where a settlement appears possible.

Test yourself

1. Who is named as the party in a suit against the Central Government? The Union of India, under section 79(a). In a suit by or against a State Government, the State is named, under section 79(b).

munotes.in142

Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers

2. What is the legal requirement regarding notice in suits against the Government? Under section 80(1) no suit may be instituted against the Government, or against a public officer in respect of an act purporting to be done in his official capacity, until two months after a written notice has been delivered to or left at the office of the prescribed authority. The notice must state the cause of action, the name, description and place of residence of the plaintiff, and the relief claimed, and the plaint must contain a statement that the notice was so delivered or left.

3. On whom is the notice served in a suit against a State Government? On a Secretary to that Government, or on the Collector of the district.

4. Can a suit against the Government ever be filed without notice? Yes, under section 80(2), where urgent or immediate relief is sought, with the leave of the Court. But the Court may grant no relief, interim or otherwise, until the Government or the public officer has had a reasonable opportunity of showing cause, and if satisfied after hearing the parties that no urgent or immediate relief need be granted, the Court shall return the plaint for presentation after complying with sub-section (1).

5. When can a decree against the Government be executed? Not until the decree has remained unsatisfied for three months computed from the date of the decree, under section 82.

6. Does section 80 protect a public officer for every act? No. It applies to an act purporting to be done by him in his official capacity. An act done outside any colour of office is not protected, and no notice is required to sue him personally for it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in143

Chapter Twenty-Six

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

Syllabus topic 2.8, "Special suits, Orders XXVII to XXXIV"

In one line

Some people cannot sue or be sued in the ordinary way, either because the law does not treat them as competent, or because they are not a natural person at all, and Orders XXVIII to XXXII say how each of them appears in court.

The four situations, and the idea behind each

A minor or a person of unsound mind cannot conduct litigation, so the Code supplies a human being to do it for him and then supervises that person closely. Order XXXII.

A corporation is a person in law but not in fact, so the Code says who may sign for it and on whom process may be served. Order XXIX.

A firm is not a legal person at all, and the Code allows the convenience of suing in the firm name while preserving the reality that the partners are the parties. Order XXX.

A trustee, executor or administrator represents others, so the Code allows him to sue and be sued without joining the beneficiaries. Order XXXI.

Order XXXII: minors and persons of unsound mind

Rule 1: every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his name by a person who shall be called the next friend of the minor. The Explanation provides that "minor" means a person who has not attained majority within the meaning of section 3 of the Indian Majority Act 1875.

So a minor plaintiff sues in his own name, and the next friend is the person who conducts the suit. The minor is the party; the next friend is not.

Rule 2(1): where a suit is instituted by or on behalf of a minor without a next friend, the defendant may apply to have the plaint taken off the file, with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented. Rule 2(2) requires notice of that application to be given to that person and the Court to hear his objections.

Note where the costs fall. Not on the minor, who did nothing, but on the adult who put the plaint in.

Rule 2A allows the Court, at any stage, to order the next friend to furnish security for the defendant's costs.

Rule 3: where the defendant is a minor, the Court, on being satisfied of the fact of his minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for that minor. So the terminology divides cleanly: a minor plaintiff sues by a next friend; a minor defendant defends by a guardian for the suit, appointed by the Court.

Rule 3A is a protection against technical challenges: a decree against a minor shall not be set aside merely on the ground that the next friend or guardian for the suit had an interest adverse to that of the minor, unless prejudice has been caused to the minor's interests by reason of that interest.

munotes.in144

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

Rule 4 governs who may act: any person who is of sound mind and has attained majority may act as next friend or be appointed guardian for the suit, provided his interest is not adverse to that of the minor and he is not, in the case of a next friend, a defendant, or in the case of a guardian, a plaintiff. No person shall be appointed guardian for the suit without his consent in writing.

Rule 6: a next friend or guardian shall not, without the leave of the Court, receive any money or other movable property on behalf of the minor by way of compromise or by way of satisfaction of a decree.

Rule 7, and this is the one most often asked: no next friend or guardian for the suit shall, without the leave of the Court expressly recorded in the proceedings, enter into any agreement or compromise on behalf of a minor with reference to the suit, unless the leave is so recorded. Any such agreement or compromise entered into without the leave of the Court shall be voidable against all parties other than the minor.

Rule 12 deals with what happens when the minor attains majority: he may elect to proceed with the suit, in which case he applies for an order discharging the next friend and for leave to proceed in his own name; or he may apply to have the suit dismissed on repayment of the costs incurred by the defendant, or paid by his next friend.

Rule 15 applies the whole of Rules 1 to 14, so far as may be, to persons of unsound mind, and to persons who, though not so adjudged, are found by the Court on inquiry to be incapable by reason of any mental infirmity of protecting their interests when suing or being sued.

Order XXIX: corporations

Rule 1: in suits by or against a corporation, any pleading may be signed and verified on behalf of the corporation by the secretary, or by any director or other principal officer of the corporation who is able to depose to the facts of the case.

Rule 2 deals with service: the summons may be served on the secretary, or on any director or other principal officer of the corporation, or by leaving it or sending it by post at the registered office, or, where there is no registered office, at the place where the corporation carries on business.

munotes.in145

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

Rule 3 allows the Court, where it appears that any officer of the corporation is able to answer material questions relating to the suit, to require that officer to appear in person.

Order XXX: partners and firms

Rule 1(1): any two or more persons claiming or being liable as partners and carrying on business in India may sue or be sued in the name of the firm, if any, of which they were partners at the time of the accruing of the cause of action. Any party may apply for a statement of the names and addresses of the persons who were partners at that time, to be furnished and verified as the Court directs.

That last provision is important. Suing in the firm name is a convenience of nomenclature, not a recognition that the firm is a person. The partners are still the parties, and any party may compel their names to be disclosed.

Rule 1(2): where persons sue or are sued in the firm name, it suffices for any pleading required to be signed or verified by the plaintiff or defendant to be signed or verified by any one of those persons.

Rule 3 provides for service on any one or more of the partners, or at the principal place of business on any person having control or management there.

Rule 4 covers the death of a partner: where two or more persons may sue or be sued in the firm name and any of them dies before the institution of the suit or before a decree, it shall not be necessary to join the legal representative of the deceased as a party.

Rule 10 extends the Order to a person carrying on business in a name or style other than his own, who may be sued in that name or style as if it were a firm name.

Order XXVIII and Order XXXI

Order XXVIII deals with suits by or against military or naval men or airmen. Where such a person, being a party to a suit, cannot obtain leave of absence to prosecute or defend it in person, he may authorise any person to sue or defend in his stead, by a written authority signed by him. The Court may also order that the authorised person be joined.

Order XXXI deals with trustees, executors and administrators. Rule 1 provides that in all suits concerning property vested in a trustee, executor or administrator, where the contention is between the persons beneficially interested in that property and a third person, the trustee, executor or administrator shall represent the persons so interested, and it shall not ordinarily be necessary to make them parties. But the Court may, if it thinks fit, order them or any of them to be made parties.

munotes.in146

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

A worked example

Rohan, aged sixteen, is knocked down by a delivery van owned by a partnership trading as "Sagar Traders". His mother wants to sue for damages, and the firm has three partners, one of whom has since died.

How is the suit instituted? In Rohan's own name, by his mother as his next friend, under Order XXXII Rule 1.

If it were filed without a next friend? The defendant could apply under Rule 2 to have the plaint taken off the file, and the costs would fall on the pleader or other person who presented it, not on Rohan.

Whom does he sue? He may sue in the firm name, "Sagar Traders", under Order XXX Rule 1(1), because the partners are liable as partners and were partners at the time the cause of action accrued. The firm may be required to furnish a statement of the partners' names and addresses.

The partner who died before the suit. Order XXX Rule 4: it is not necessary to join his legal representative.

Service on the firm. Under Rule 3, on any one or more of the partners, or at the principal place of business on a person having control or management there.

The firm wants to settle for a small sum. Order XXXII Rule 7 applies: the next friend cannot compromise on the minor's behalf without the leave of the Court expressly recorded in the proceedings, and a compromise entered into without that leave is voidable against every party except the minor. Under Rule 6 she also cannot receive the money without leave.

Rohan turns eighteen during the suit. Rule 12: he may elect to proceed, applying for an order discharging his next friend and for leave to proceed in his own name, or he may apply to have the suit dismissed on repayment of the defendant's costs.

The defendant later says the next friend had an interest adverse to Rohan's. Rule 3A: a decree against a minor is not to be set aside merely on that ground, unless prejudice has been caused to his interests by reason of it.

Change the defendant. Suppose the van belonged to a company instead. Order XXIX applies: pleadings signed and verified by the secretary, a director or other principal officer able to depose to the facts, and service on such an officer or at the registered office.

What it does not mean

A next friend is not the plaintiff. The suit is instituted in the minor's own name; the next friend conducts it.

munotes.in147

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

A next friend and a guardian for the suit are not the same. The first acts for a minor plaintiff; the second is appointed by the Court for a minor defendant.

A firm is not a legal person. Order XXX allows suit in the firm name as a convenience, and the partners' names may be compelled.

A compromise for a minor is not effective merely because it is sensible. Rule 7 requires the leave of the Court expressly recorded, and without it the compromise is voidable against everyone except the minor.

An adverse interest does not by itself upset a decree against a minor. Rule 3A requires prejudice.

Aliens, foreign States and foreign Rulers: sections 83 to 87A

The Code has a short block on parties from outside India, and it is the natural neighbour of everything above.

Section 83, when aliens may sue: alien friends, and alien enemies residing in India with the permission of the Central Government, may sue in any competent Court as if they were citizens of India. Alien enemies residing in India without such permission, or residing in a foreign country, shall not sue.

Section 84, when foreign States may sue: a foreign State may sue in any competent Court, provided the object of the suit is to enforce a private right vested in the Ruler of that State or in any of its officers in his public capacity.

Section 85 allows the Government to specially appoint persons to prosecute or defend on behalf of a foreign Ruler.

Section 86, suits against foreign Rulers, Ambassadors and Envoys: no foreign State may be sued in any competent Court except with the consent of the Central Government, certified in writing by a Secretary to that Government. The proviso: a person may sue as a tenant of immovable property without that consent.

Section 87: the Ruler of a foreign State sues and is sued in the name of his State, unless in giving consent under section 86 the Central Government directs that he be sued in the name of an agent or otherwise. Section 87A defines "foreign State" as a State outside India recognised by the Central Government, and "Ruler" as the person recognised by that Government as its head.

The thread through all six is the same: access to the Indian courts by or against a foreign sovereign is controlled by the Central Government's recognition and consent, and the one thing a private person may always do without consent is sue as a tenant.

munotes.in148

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

Consent by a person under disability: section 147

Section 147: in all suits to which a person under disability is a party, any consent or agreement as to any proceeding shall, if given or made with the express leave of the Court by the next friend or guardian for the suit, have the same force and effect as if that person were under no disability and had given the consent himself.

So a minor's next friend can compromise a step in the proceeding, but only with the Court's express leave. Read it with Order XXXII Rule 7 above, which imposes the same requirement on an agreement or compromise on the minor's behalf.

Quick revision## Quick revision

Order XXXII, minors: a minor sues in his own name by a next friend, Rule 1; a plaint filed without one may be taken off the file with costs against the person who presented it, Rule 2; the Court appoints a guardian for the suit for a minor defendant, Rule 3; a decree is not set aside for an adverse interest unless prejudice is caused, Rule 3A; no money received and no compromise without the leave of the Court expressly recorded, and a compromise without leave is voidable against all but the minor, Rules 6 and 7; on majority he may elect to proceed or have the suit dismissed on repaying costs, Rule 12; the Order applies to persons of unsound mind and those incapable of protecting their interests, Rule 15.

Order XXIX, corporations: pleadings signed and verified by the secretary, a director or other principal officer able to depose; service on such an officer or at the registered office; an officer may be required to appear in person.

Order XXX, firms: partners may sue or be sued in the firm name, being partners at the time the cause of action accrued; the names and addresses of the partners may be required; any one partner may sign or verify; service on any partner or at the principal place of business; no need to join the legal representative of a partner who died before the suit or before decree; extended to a person trading in a name other than his own.

Order XXVIII: a soldier, sailor or airman unable to obtain leave of absence may authorise another in writing to sue or defend for him.

Order XXXI: a trustee, executor or administrator represents the beneficiaries, who need not ordinarily be joined, though the Court may order otherwise.

Test yourself

1. How is a suit by a minor instituted? In the minor's own name, by a person called the next friend of the minor, under Order XXXII Rule 1.

munotes.in149

Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others

2. What happens if a suit is filed for a minor without a next friend? The defendant may apply to have the plaint taken off the file, with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented, after notice to that person and hearing his objections: Order XXXII Rule 2.

3. What is the difference between a next friend and a guardian for the suit? A next friend conducts a suit for a minor plaintiff and needs no appointment by the Court. A guardian for the suit is appointed by the Court for a minor defendant, on the Court being satisfied of the fact of his minority, and no one may be appointed without his consent in writing.

4. Can a next friend compromise a minor's suit? Not without the leave of the Court expressly recorded in the proceedings, under Order XXXII Rule 7. Any agreement or compromise entered into without that leave is voidable against all parties other than the minor.

5. Can partners be sued in the name of their firm? Yes. Under Order XXX Rule 1, two or more persons claiming or being liable as partners and carrying on business in India may sue or be sued in the name of the firm of which they were partners at the time the cause of action accrued, and any party may require a statement of the names and addresses of those partners.

6. A partner dies before the suit is filed. Must his legal representative be joined? No. Order XXX Rule 4 provides that where persons may sue or be sued in the firm name and any of them dies before the institution of the suit or before a decree, it is not necessary to join the legal representative of the deceased as a party.

7. Who signs and verifies pleadings for a corporation? The secretary, or any director or other principal officer of the corporation who is able to depose to the facts of the case: Order XXIX Rule 1.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Suits by Indigent Persons

Syllabus topic 2.8, "Special suits, Orders XXVII to XXXIV"

In one line

A person too poor to pay the court fee may sue without paying it, if the court is satisfied he is indigent and that his case is not one of the seven kinds the Code shuts out.

Why the Code provides for this

Court fees are charged as a proportion of the claim, so the bigger the wrong done to you the more it costs to complain about it. For a person with nothing, that turns the court into a place he cannot enter, and a right that cannot be enforced is not much of a right.

Order XXXIII is the Code's answer. It does not give the indigent person a better case; it removes the fee as a barrier to bringing the case he has. Notice how carefully it is fenced: an inquiry into means, a list of grounds for rejection, notice to the Government and to the opposite party, and provisions for recovering the fee at the end. The Code is generous about access and careful about abuse.

Who is an indigent person

The Explanation to Rule 1 defines it. A person is an indigent person if:

(a) he is not possessed of sufficient means, other than property exempt from attachment in execution of a decree and the subject matter of the suit, to enable him to pay the fee prescribed by law for the plaint in that suit; or

(b) where no such fee is prescribed, if he is not entitled to property worth one thousand rupees, again excluding property exempt from attachment and the subject matter of the suit.

Two exclusions run through both limbs and they are worth stating in any answer: property exempt from attachment is not counted, and the subject matter of the suit is not counted. It would be absurd to tell a man he can afford the fee because of the very property he is suing to recover.

Any property acquired after the presentation of the application and before its decision is taken into account in deciding the question.

The procedure

Rule 2: the application must contain the particulars required in a plaint, together with a schedule of any movable or immovable property belonging to the applicant with its estimated value, and it must be signed and verified as a pleading.

Rule 3: the application shall ordinarily be presented by the applicant in person, unless he is exempt from appearing in court, in which case it may be presented by an authorised agent.

Rule 1A: the inquiry into the means of an indigent person shall, in the first instance, be made by the chief ministerial officer of the Court, unless the Court otherwise directs, and the Court may adopt his report or make its own inquiry.

munotes.in151

Suits by Indigent Persons

Rule 6: where the Court sees no reason to reject the application on any of the Rule 5 grounds, it fixes a day for receiving evidence of the applicant's indigency or in disproof of it, giving at least ten days' notice to the opposite party and to the Government Pleader.

Rule 7: on that day the Court examines the witnesses, hears the argument, and then either allows or refuses to allow the applicant to sue as an indigent person.

Rule 8: where the application is granted, it is numbered and registered and shall be deemed the plaint in the suit, and the suit proceeds in the ordinary manner, except that the plaintiff pays no court fee or fees for service of process.

The seven grounds of rejection: Rule 5

This is the list an essay must contain. The Court shall reject an application where:

(a) it is not framed and presented in the manner prescribed by Rules 2 and 3 (b) the applicant is not an indigent person (c) he has, within two months next before presenting the application, disposed of any property fraudulently or in order to be able to apply as an indigent person (d) his allegations do not show a cause of action (e) he has entered into an agreement with reference to the subject matter of the proposed suit under which another person has obtained an interest in it (f) the allegations in the application show that the suit would be barred by any law for the time being in force (g) any other person has entered into an agreement with him to finance the litigation

The proviso to clause (c) softens it: no application shall be rejected if, even after taking into account the value of the property disposed of, the applicant would still be entitled to sue as an indigent person. So the ground bites only where the disposal actually made the difference.

Note the shape of the list. Clauses (a) and (b) are about the application and the applicant. Clauses (d) and (f) are about the merits, and they mirror Order VII Rule 11(a) and (d): no cause of action, or barred by law. Clauses (c), (e) and (g) are all anti-abuse provisions, aimed at a person who has manufactured his poverty, sold an interest in the claim, or found a backer.

What happens to the fee in the end

The Code does not forgive the fee; it postpones it and then recovers it where it can.

Rule 10: where the indigent person succeeds, the Court shall calculate the amount of court fees which would have been paid had he not been permitted to sue as an indigent person, and that amount shall be recoverable by the State Government from any party ordered by the decree to pay it, and shall be a first charge on the subject matter of the suit.

munotes.in152

Suits by Indigent Persons

Rule 11: where he fails, or is dispaupered, or the suit is withdrawn or dismissed in the circumstances the rule specifies, the Court shall order him, or any co-plaintiff, to pay the court fees which would have been paid had he not been permitted to sue as an indigent person.

Rule 11A extends that to cases where the suit abates by reason of the death of the plaintiff.

Rule 9 allows the Court, on the application of the defendant or the Government Pleader and after notice, to dispauper the plaintiff, that is, withdraw the permission, where he is guilty of vexatious or improper conduct in the course of the suit, or where his means are such that he ought not to continue to sue as an indigent person, or where he has entered into an agreement under which another person has obtained an interest in the subject matter.

Rule 9A is the access-to-justice provision: where a person is allowed to sue as an indigent person, the Court shall, where the circumstances so require, assign a pleader to him, if he is not represented by one.

Rule 15 provides that an order refusing permission to sue as an indigent person bars a fresh application of the same nature in respect of the same right to sue; but the applicant may still institute a suit in the ordinary manner, on paying the court fees.

Rule 15A and Rule 17 extend the provisions of the Order, so far as may be, to defence by an indigent person and to a person allowed to appeal as an indigent person.

A worked example

Hema's landlord has locked her out of her home. Her claim is worth about Rs. 8,00,000 and the court fee on it is far beyond her. Her only assets are her household utensils and clothing.

Can she apply? Her utensils and clothing are the kind of property exempt from attachment in execution, and the house is the subject matter of the suit. Both are excluded, so on the Explanation to Rule 1 she is not possessed of sufficient means to pay the fee, and she is an indigent person.

What does she file? An application containing the particulars required in a plaint, with a schedule of her property and its estimated value, signed and verified, presented in person under Rule 3.

munotes.in153

Suits by Indigent Persons

What happens next? The chief ministerial officer inquires into her means under Rule 1A. If the Court sees no ground for rejection, it fixes a day under Rule 6 and gives at least ten days' notice to the landlord and to the Government Pleader, so both can test the claim of indigency.

The application is granted. Under Rule 8 it is numbered and registered and is deemed the plaint, and the suit proceeds without court fee or process fees. Under Rule 9A the Court may assign her a pleader.

Change one fact. Suppose she transferred her gold to her sister six weeks before applying, in order to qualify. Rule 5(c) applies, since that is within two months and was done to enable her to apply. But by the proviso, if she would still be indigent even counting the gold, the application is not rejected.

Change another. Suppose she agreed with a financier that he would fund the case for a share of the recovery. Rule 5(g) requires rejection, and if the agreement came to light later, Rule 9 allows her to be dispaupered.

She wins. Rule 10: the court fees she would have paid are recoverable by the State Government from the party ordered by the decree to pay them, and they are a first charge on the subject matter.

She loses instead. Rule 11: the Court orders her to pay the court fees she would have paid had she not been permitted to sue as an indigent person.

Her application is refused at the outset. Rule 15 bars a fresh application of the same nature on the same right to sue, but she may still bring an ordinary suit if she can find the fee.

What it does not mean

It is not a waiver of the court fee. The fee is postponed and recovered under Rule 10 or Rule 11 at the end.

It is not decided on the applicant's word. Rule 1A requires an inquiry into means, and Rule 6 requires notice to the opposite party and the Government Pleader.

The subject matter of the suit is not counted in deciding indigency, nor is property exempt from attachment.

Permission is not irrevocable. Rule 9 allows dispaupering for vexatious conduct, improved means, or an agreement giving another an interest in the subject matter.

A refusal does not end the claim. Rule 15 bars a fresh application, not an ordinary suit on payment of the fee.

Quick revision

Indigent person, Explanation to Rule 1: not possessed of sufficient means to pay the prescribed court fee, or, where no fee is prescribed, not entitled to property worth one thousand rupees; in both cases excluding property exempt from attachment and the subject matter of the suit. Property acquired after the application and before its decision counts.

munotes.in154

Suits by Indigent Persons

Application: particulars of a plaint plus a schedule of property, signed and verified, Rule 2; presented in person, Rule 3; means inquired into by the chief ministerial officer, Rule 1A; day fixed with ten days' notice to the opposite party and the Government Pleader, Rule 6; allowed or refused after evidence, Rule 7; if allowed, numbered and registered and deemed the plaint, and no court fee or process fee, Rule 8.

Seven grounds of rejection, Rule 5: not framed and presented as prescribed; not an indigent person; property disposed of fraudulently or to qualify within two months, subject to the proviso; no cause of action; an agreement giving another an interest in the subject matter; the suit barred by any law on the applicant's own allegations; and an agreement by another to finance the litigation.

Afterwards: fee recoverable by the State Government and a first charge on the subject matter where he succeeds, Rule 10; payable by him where he fails, Rule 11; dispaupering under Rule 9; a pleader assigned under Rule 9A; a refusal bars a fresh application but not an ordinary suit, Rule 15; extended to defence and to appeals, Rules 15A and 17.

Test yourself

1. Who is an indigent person? A person who is not possessed of sufficient means, other than property exempt from attachment in execution of a decree and the subject matter of the suit, to pay the fee prescribed by law for the plaint in that suit; or, where no such fee is prescribed, one who is not entitled to property worth one thousand rupees, again excluding exempt property and the subject matter of the suit.

2. What must the application contain? The particulars required in a plaint, together with a schedule of any movable or immovable property belonging to the applicant with its estimated value, and it must be signed and verified in the manner prescribed for pleadings. It must ordinarily be presented by the applicant in person.

3. State the grounds on which the Court shall reject the application. Where it is not framed and presented as prescribed by Rules 2 and 3; where the applicant is not an indigent person; where within two months before the application he has disposed of property fraudulently or in order to qualify, unless he would still be indigent even counting it; where his allegations show no cause of action; where he has agreed that another shall have an interest in the subject matter; where his own allegations show the suit would be barred by any law in force; and where another person has agreed with him to finance the litigation.

munotes.in155

Suits by Indigent Persons

4. What happens if the indigent person succeeds in the suit? Under Rule 10 the Court calculates the court fees which would have been paid had he not been permitted to sue as an indigent person, and that amount is recoverable by the State Government from any party ordered by the decree to pay it, and is a first charge on the subject matter of the suit.

5. Can permission once granted be withdrawn? Yes. Under Rule 9 the Court may, on the application of the defendant or the Government Pleader and after notice, dispauper the plaintiff where he is guilty of vexatious or improper conduct in the course of the suit, or where his means are such that he ought not to continue to sue as an indigent person, or where he has entered into an agreement under which another has obtained an interest in the subject matter.

6. Is an indigent person entitled to a lawyer? Under Rule 9A, where a person is allowed to sue as an indigent person and is not represented by a pleader, the Court shall, where the circumstances so require, assign a pleader to him.

7. If the application is refused, can he apply again? Not by a fresh application of the same nature in respect of the same right to sue, which Rule 15 bars. He may however institute a suit in the ordinary manner, on payment of the court fees.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in156

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

Syllabus topic 2.8, "Special suits, Orders XXVII to XXXIV"

In one line

A mortgage suit is decided in two stages: a preliminary decree that works out how much is owed and gives a period to pay, and a final decree that says what happens if it is not paid.

Order XXXIV is where the preliminary decree really lives. If you understand the two-stage structure here, the Explanation to section 2(2) stops being an abstraction.

Why the Code proceeds in two stages

A mortgage dispute is not really about who is right. It is usually common ground that money was lent and that land was given as security. What is in dispute is how much is outstanding today, and that cannot be known until an account is taken of principal, interest, costs and expenses.

So the Code does the accounting first, then gives the party a genuine opportunity to pay, and only if he does not pay does it move to the consequence. The preliminary decree does the first two things; the final decree does the third.

That structure also explains why the periods are generous. The whole point of a redemption period is that a person should not lose land over a debt he could have paid.

The three kinds of mortgage suit

SuitBrought byWhat the plaintiff wants
ForeclosureThe mortgageeTo end the mortgagor's right to redeem, so the property becomes his
SaleThe mortgageeTo have the property sold and be paid out of the proceeds
RedemptionThe mortgagorTo pay off the debt and get his property back

Two are the lender's remedies and one is the borrower's. The procedure in each is a mirror of the others, which is why Rules 4 and 7 are drafted by reference back to Rule 2.

Rule 1 requires that all persons having an interest either in the mortgage security or in the right of redemption shall be joined as parties to any suit relating to the mortgage, subject to the exceptions the rule states.

Section 16(c) places such a suit where the property is situate: a suit for foreclosure, sale or redemption in the case of a mortgage of or charge upon immovable property is instituted in the Court within whose local limits the property lies. See [Place of Suing].

The preliminary decree in a foreclosure suit: Rule 2

Rule 2(1): in a suit for foreclosure, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree:

(a) ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the plaintiff at the date of the decree for (i) principal and interest on the mortgage, (ii) the costs of the suit awarded to him, and (iii) other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by him up to that date in respect of his mortgage security, with interest on them; or

munotes.in157

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

(b) declaring the amount so due at that date; and

(c) directing that if the defendant pays into Court the amount so found or declared due on or before such date as the Court may fix, within six months from the date on which the Court confirms and countersigns the account, or from the date the amount is declared, and thereafter pays such further sums as are adjudged due for subsequent costs, charges and expenses under Rule 10 with subsequent interest under Rule 11, the plaintiff shall deliver up all documents relating to the mortgaged property and, where necessary, retransfer the property and put the defendant in possession.

The important figure is six months, and the important structure is the alternative between taking an account under clause (a) and simply declaring the amount under clause (b).

Rule 3 then provides for the final decree in a foreclosure suit. Where the payment is made, the Court passes a final decree ordering the plaintiff to deliver up the documents and, if necessary, retransfer and deliver possession. Where the payment is not made, the plaintiff may apply for a final decree debarring the defendant from all right to redeem the property.

Sale: Rules 4, 5 and 6

Rule 4(1): in a suit for sale, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree to the effect mentioned in clauses (a), (b) and (c)(i) of Rule 2(1), and further directing that, in default of payment, the plaintiff shall be entitled to apply for a final decree directing that the mortgaged property or a sufficient part of it be sold, and the proceeds, after deducting the expenses of the sale, be paid into Court and applied in payment of what was found due, together with subsequent costs, charges, expenses and interest, the balance, if any, being paid to the defendant or other persons entitled.

Rule 4(2): the Court may, on good cause shown and on terms, from time to time and at any time before a final decree for sale is passed, extend the time fixed for payment.

Rule 4(3) allows the Court in a foreclosure suit, in the case of an anomalous mortgage and certain other cases, to decree sale instead.

Rule 5 governs what happens where payment is made before the sale is confirmed, and Rule 6 provides for the recovery of the balance where the net proceeds of the sale are insufficient: the plaintiff may, if the balance is legally recoverable otherwise than out of the property sold, apply for a personal decree against the defendant for that balance.

munotes.in158

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

Rule 6 is the practical answer to the exam question "what if the property does not fetch enough".

Redemption: Rules 7 and 8

Rule 7(1) is the mirror of Rule 2. In a suit for redemption, if the plaintiff succeeds, the Court shall pass a preliminary decree ordering that an account be taken of what was due to the defendant at the date of the decree for principal and interest, costs of suit awarded to him, and other proper costs, charges and expenses with interest; or declaring the amount so due; and directing that if the plaintiff pays into Court that amount, on or before such date as the Court may fix within six months, together with subsequent sums under Rules 10 and 11, the defendant shall deliver up the documents and, where necessary, retransfer the property and put the plaintiff in possession.

Rule 8 provides for the final decree in a redemption suit: where payment is made, the Court passes a final decree ordering the defendant to deliver up the documents and, where appropriate, to retransfer and deliver possession. Where payment is not made, the consequences depend on the nature of the mortgage: the Court may pass a final decree for foreclosure or direct a sale, according to the case.

Rules 10 and 11 run through all three. Rule 10 provides for the costs, charges and expenses subsequent to the preliminary decree to be added on, and Rule 11 governs the interest payable, on principal and on those subsequent sums.

Rule 14 is a separate and important prohibition: where a mortgagee has obtained a decree for the payment of money in satisfaction of a claim arising under the mortgage, he shall not be entitled to bring the mortgaged property to sale otherwise than by instituting a suit for sale in enforcement of the mortgage. In other words, a money decree does not let him short-circuit Order XXXIV.

A worked example

Sameer mortgages a plot in Panvel to Tanya for Rs. 20,00,000. He does not repay. Tanya sues for sale.

Where is the suit filed? Under section 16(c), in the Court within whose local limits the property is situate, that is Panvel.

Who must be joined? Under Rule 1, all persons having an interest in the mortgage security or in the right of redemption, so any subsequent mortgagee or purchaser of the equity.

What is the preliminary decree? Under Rule 4(1), the Court orders an account of what is due to Tanya for principal and interest, her costs of the suit, and her other proper costs and charges with interest; or declares that amount. It then fixes a date, within six months of the account being confirmed or the amount declared, by which Sameer may pay. And it directs that in default Tanya may apply for a final decree for sale.

munotes.in159

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

Sameer needs longer. Rule 4(2): the Court may, on good cause and on terms, extend the time at any time before the final decree for sale is passed. After that decree, it cannot.

He does not pay. Tanya applies for a final decree directing that the property, or a sufficient part of it, be sold, the proceeds after the expenses of sale being paid into Court and applied to what was found due with subsequent costs and interest, and any balance paid to Sameer.

The plot fetches only Rs. 16,00,000. Rule 6: Tanya may apply for a personal decree against Sameer for the shortfall, provided the balance is legally recoverable otherwise than out of the property sold.

Change the facts. Suppose Sameer sues Tanya for redemption. Rule 7 mirrors the process: the account is of what is due to Tanya, and it is Sameer who must pay into Court within the period fixed, not exceeding six months, whereupon Tanya delivers up the documents and, where necessary, retransfers and gives possession. If he fails to pay, Rule 8 allows a final decree for foreclosure or a direction for sale, according to the nature of the mortgage.

And another. Suppose Tanya had obtained an ordinary money decree against Sameer on the debt and wanted to attach and sell the mortgaged plot in execution of it. Rule 14 forbids it: she cannot bring the mortgaged property to sale otherwise than by instituting a suit for sale to enforce the mortgage.

What it does not mean

A mortgage suit is not decided in one decree. The preliminary decree settles the amount and fixes a period; the final decree gives effect to what follows.

Six months is not the period from the decree. It runs from the date the Court confirms and countersigns the account, or from the date the amount is declared in Court.

The time cannot be extended after the final decree for sale. Rule 4(2) allows extension only before it is passed.

A shortfall is not automatically lost. Rule 6 permits a personal decree for the balance where it is legally recoverable otherwise than out of the property sold.

A money decree does not let a mortgagee sell the property. Rule 14 requires a suit for sale.

Quick revision

Three suits: foreclosure and sale by the mortgagee, redemption by the mortgagor. All persons interested in the security or the right of redemption are joined, Rule 1. The suit goes where the property is situate, section 16(c).

munotes.in160

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

Preliminary decree, Rules 2, 4 and 7: an account taken of principal, interest, costs of suit, and other proper costs, charges and expenses with interest; or the amount declared; and a date fixed for payment, within six months of the account being confirmed or the amount declared, plus subsequent sums under Rules 10 and 11.

Final decree: on payment, documents delivered up and, where necessary, retransfer and possession. On default, foreclosure debars the right to redeem, Rule 3; sale directs the property to be sold, the proceeds applied, and the balance paid to the defendant, Rule 4; redemption may end in foreclosure or sale according to the mortgage, Rule 8.

Rule 4(2): time may be extended on good cause before the final decree for sale. Rule 6: a personal decree for any balance legally recoverable otherwise than out of the property sold. Rule 14: a mortgagee with a money decree may not bring the mortgaged property to sale except by a suit for sale.

Test yourself

1. Name the three kinds of mortgage suit and who brings each. Foreclosure and sale, both brought by the mortgagee, and redemption, brought by the mortgagor.

2. What does the preliminary decree in a suit for sale contain? An order that an account be taken of what is due to the plaintiff for principal and interest, the costs of the suit awarded to him, and other costs, charges and expenses properly incurred with interest, or a declaration of that amount; a direction fixing a date for payment within six months of the account being confirmed and countersigned or the amount declared; and a direction that in default the plaintiff may apply for a final decree for the sale of the mortgaged property or a sufficient part of it.

3. From what date does the six-month period run? From the date on which the Court confirms and countersigns the account taken, or from the date on which the amount is declared in Court, as the case may be.

4. Can the time for payment be extended? Yes. Under Order XXXIV Rule 4(2) the Court may, on good cause shown and on terms it fixes, extend the time from time to time at any time before a final decree for sale is passed.

5. The sale proceeds are insufficient to satisfy the decree. What can the mortgagee do? Under Rule 6 he may apply for a personal decree against the defendant for the balance, if that balance is legally recoverable from him otherwise than out of the property sold.

6. A mortgagee holds an ordinary money decree. May he attach and sell the mortgaged property in execution of it? No. Under Order XXXIV Rule 14, where a mortgagee has obtained a decree for payment of money in satisfaction of a claim arising under the mortgage, he is not entitled to bring the mortgaged property to sale otherwise than by instituting a suit for sale in enforcement of the mortgage.

munotes.in161

Suits Relating to Mortgages of Immovable Property

7. What happens in a redemption suit if the mortgagor does not pay within the period fixed? Under Rule 8 the Court may pass a final decree for foreclosure, or direct a sale of the mortgaged property, according to the nature of the mortgage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in162

Module III

Execution and other procedures (Orders XXI)

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-Nine

Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Meaning of execution"

In one line

Execution is the process by which the winner actually gets what the decree gave him, and this chapter answers the first two questions: what execution is, and which court does it.

Why execution is a separate stage at all

A decree is a piece of paper. It declares that the plaintiff is entitled to possession, or to Rs. 5,00,000, but it does not by itself move anybody out of a house or take money out of an account. The trial establishes the right; execution enforces it.

That separation is deliberate and it matters practically. The suit may have taken five years; the judgment-debtor may have moved to another State, or sold his property, or have nothing left. Execution is a fresh set of problems, and the Code gives it its own machinery, in sections 36 to 74 and in Order XXI, which is the longest Order in the Code.

Notice what that means for this Module. The syllabus expresses Module III in terms of Order XXI, but the powers exercised under it come from the sections, and none of sections 36 to 74 appears in any printed range of the syllabus. They are examined all the same.

The vocabulary

Two definitions from section 2 govern the whole of this Module, and they are set out in [Definitions].

Decree-holder, section 2(3): any person in whose favour a decree has been passed or an order capable of execution has been made.

Judgment-debtor, section 2(10): any person against whom a decree has been passed or such an order made.

Note that neither is confined to a plaintiff or a defendant. A defendant who wins his counterclaim is a decree-holder.

Section 36 then extends the whole machinery: the provisions of the Code relating to the execution of decrees, including provisions relating to payment under a decree, shall so far as applicable be deemed to apply to the execution of orders, including payment under an order. So an executable order is enforced exactly as a decree is.

Which court may execute: section 38

Section 38: a decree may be executed either by the Court which passed it, or by the Court to which it is sent for execution.

Two courts, and no more. Everything else in this part of the Code is about how a decree gets from the first to the second, which is [Transfer of a Decree for Execution].

"The Court which passed a decree": section 37

This is the question MU asked, and the answer is not the obvious one, because the expression is extended by the section.

Section 37: the expression "the Court which passed a decree", or words to that effect, shall in relation to the execution of decrees, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, be deemed to include:

munotes.in163

Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes

(a) where the decree to be executed has been passed in the exercise of appellate jurisdiction, the Court of first instance; and

(b) where the Court of first instance has ceased to exist, or has ceased to have jurisdiction to execute it, the Court which, if the suit in which the decree was passed were instituted at the time of making the application for execution, would have jurisdiction to try that suit.

Take the two limbs separately, because each answers a real problem.

Limb (a) stops appellate decrees becoming unenforceable in practice. When the High Court allows an appeal and passes a decree, that decree is not executed by the High Court. The trial court executes it. Without this deeming provision a successful appellant would have to go back to a court that never passed the decree and had no power over it.

Limb (b) deals with courts that are abolished or reorganised, which happens whenever districts are redrawn. The decree does not die with the court. The court which would today have jurisdiction to try that suit takes over.

The Explanation to the section adds that the Court of first instance does not cease to have jurisdiction to execute a decree merely because, after the institution of the suit, the local limits of its jurisdiction have been altered and the subject matter has fallen within the limits of another Court.

So the safe two-sentence answer is: the expression means the court that actually passed the decree, and is deemed also to include the court of first instance where the decree was passed in appeal, and the court which would now have jurisdiction to try the suit where the court of first instance has ceased to exist or to have jurisdiction.

How execution is set in motion: Order XXI Rules 10 to 11A

Rule 10: where the holder of a decree desires to execute it, he shall apply to the Court which passed the decree, or, where the decree has been sent to another Court, to that Court or to the proper officer of it.

Rule 11(1) allows an oral application in one narrow case: where a decree is for the payment of money, the Court may, on the oral application of the decree-holder at the time of the passing of the decree, order immediate execution by the arrest of the judgment-debtor, before the preparation of a warrant, if he is within the precincts of the Court.

Rule 11(2) is the general rule: in all other cases the application shall be in writing, signed and verified, and shall contain in a tabular form the particulars the rule lists, which include the number of the suit, the names of the parties, the date of the decree, whether any appeal has been preferred, whether any payment or adjustment has been made between the parties subsequent to the decree, whether any previous applications for execution have been made and their dates and results, the amount with interest or other relief granted, the name of the person against whom execution is sought, and the mode in which the assistance of the Court is required.

munotes.in164

Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes

Rule 11A requires that where an application is for the arrest of the judgment-debtor, it shall state, or be accompanied by an affidavit stating, the grounds on which arrest is applied for.

Rule 17 governs the procedure on receiving the application: the Court shall ascertain whether the requirements of Rules 11 to 14 have been complied with, and if they have not, may reject the application or allow the defect to be remedied then and there or within a time fixed. Where the defect is remedied, the application is deemed to have been an application in accordance with law and presented on the date when it was first presented.

That last sentence matters for limitation, and it is the sort of detail an examiner likes.

A worked example

Uday obtains a decree for Rs. 6,00,000 against Vandana from the Civil Judge at Kalyan. Vandana appeals to the District Court, which dismisses the appeal and passes its own decree.

Which court executes? Under section 37(a), "the Court which passed the decree" is deemed to include the Court of first instance, so the decree is executed by the Civil Judge at Kalyan, not by the District Court.

Suppose the Kalyan court has since been abolished in a reorganisation. Section 37(b): the court which, if the suit were instituted today, would have jurisdiction to try it, executes the decree.

Suppose instead the local limits have merely been redrawn and the property now falls in another court's area. The Explanation applies: the Court of first instance does not cease to have jurisdiction merely because of that alteration.

How does Uday start? By a written application under Order XXI Rule 11(2), signed and verified, setting out in tabular form the suit number, the parties, the date of the decree, whether an appeal was preferred, any payment or adjustment since the decree, any previous execution applications and their results, the amount with interest, the person against whom execution is sought, and the mode of assistance required.

He wants Vandana arrested. Then Rule 11A applies as well: the application must state, or be accompanied by an affidavit stating, the grounds on which arrest is applied for.

munotes.in165

Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes

His application omits the previous execution applications. Rule 17: the Court may reject it, or allow the defect to be remedied. If it is remedied, the application is treated as having been presented on the date it was first presented, which may save it on limitation.

Change the facts. Suppose Uday had obtained not a decree but an order capable of execution. Section 36 applies the same machinery, so nothing changes.

What it does not mean

Execution is not part of the trial. It is a separate stage with its own machinery, and its own court.

The appellate court does not execute its own decree. Section 37(a) sends it to the court of first instance.

A decree does not die with the court that passed it. Section 37(b) supplies the successor.

A redrawing of local limits does not oust the trial court. The Explanation says so expressly.

An oral application is not generally allowed. Only in the narrow case in Rule 11(1), for a money decree, at the moment the decree is passed, where the judgment-debtor is in the precincts of the Court.

A defective application is not necessarily dead. Rule 17 allows the defect to be remedied, and the application then relates back to its original presentation.

Quick revision

Execution is the enforcement of a decree, governed by sections 36 to 74 and Order XXI.

Section 36: the execution provisions apply to orders as well as decrees.

Section 38: a decree may be executed by the Court which passed it, or by the Court to which it is sent.

Section 37: "the Court which passed a decree" is deemed to include (a) the Court of first instance where the decree was passed in appellate jurisdiction, and (b) where that court has ceased to exist or to have jurisdiction, the Court which would now have jurisdiction to try the suit. Explanation: a mere alteration of local limits after the institution of the suit does not oust the court of first instance.

Order XXI Rule 10: apply to the court which passed the decree, or the court to which it was sent. Rule 11(1): oral application only for a money decree, at the passing of the decree, for arrest, where the judgment-debtor is in the precincts. Rule 11(2): otherwise a written, signed and verified application in tabular form, with the particulars listed. Rule 11A: grounds for arrest to be stated or affidavited. Rule 17: defects may be remedied, and the application then relates back to the date of first presentation.

munotes.in166

Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes

Test yourself

1. What is meant by execution? Execution is the process by which a decree-holder compels the judgment-debtor to carry out the mandate of the decree, so that the decree-holder obtains the relief awarded to him. It is governed by sections 36 to 74 of the Code and by Order XXI.

2. What is meant by "the Court which passed a decree"? The court that actually passed it, and by section 37 it is deemed also to include the Court of first instance where the decree was passed in the exercise of appellate jurisdiction, and, where the Court of first instance has ceased to exist or to have jurisdiction to execute the decree, the Court which would have jurisdiction to try the suit if it were instituted at the time of the application for execution.

3. Which courts may execute a decree? Under section 38, the Court which passed it and the Court to which it is sent for execution.

4. Does a change in the local limits of a court's jurisdiction stop it executing its own decree? No. The Explanation to section 37 provides that the Court of first instance does not cease to have jurisdiction to execute a decree merely because, after the institution of the suit, the local limits of its jurisdiction have been altered and the subject matter has fallen within the limits of another court.

5. How is an application for execution made? In writing, signed and verified, in a tabular form containing the particulars listed in Order XXI Rule 11(2). An oral application is allowed only under Rule 11(1), where the decree is for the payment of money and the decree-holder applies at the time of the passing of the decree for the immediate arrest of the judgment-debtor, who is within the precincts of the court.

6. What happens if the execution application is defective? Under Order XXI Rule 17 the Court may reject it, or allow the defect to be remedied then and there or within a time fixed. Where the defect is remedied, the application is deemed to have been made in accordance with law and to have been presented on the date when it was first presented.

7. Do the execution provisions apply to orders? Yes. Section 36 provides that the provisions of the Code relating to the execution of decrees, including provisions relating to payment under a decree, apply so far as applicable to the execution of orders.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in167

Chapter Thirty

Transfer of a Decree for Execution

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Meaning of execution"

In one line

A decree is passed where the suit was tried, and the judgment-debtor's property or person is often somewhere else, so sections 39 to 46 let the decree travel.

Why the Code allows it

Section 38 gives only two possibilities: the court that passed the decree, or the court to which it is sent. If a decree could never be sent, a decree-holder would be helpless the moment the judgment-debtor moved district, and a defendant could defeat any decree by keeping his property elsewhere.

But transfer is not automatic either, because sending a decree to another court takes it away from the court that knows the case. So section 39 lists the grounds, and the Code adds safeguards at both ends: certified copies, certificates of what remains unsatisfied, and a bar on transferring beyond the Code's reach.

When a decree may be sent: section 39

Section 39(1): the Court which passed a decree may, on the application of the decree-holder, send it for execution to another Court of competent jurisdiction:

(a) if the person against whom the decree was passed actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain, within the local limits of that other Court; or (b) if that person has not property within the local limits of the Court which passed the decree sufficient to satisfy it, and has property within the limits of that other Court; or (c) if the decree directs the sale or delivery of immovable property situate outside the local limits of the Court which passed it; or (d) if the Court which passed the decree considers, for any other reason which it shall record in writing, that the decree should be executed by that other Court.

Section 39(2): the Court which passed the decree may of its own motion send it for execution to any subordinate Court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 39(3) defines competence for this purpose: a Court is deemed to be of competent jurisdiction if, at the time of making the application for transfer, it would have jurisdiction to try the suit in which the decree was passed.

Section 39(4) is the limit that matters most: nothing in the section authorises the Court which passed the decree to execute it against a person or property outside the local limits of its own jurisdiction.

So the grounds are four, the court may also act on its own motion but only downwards to a subordinate court, and competence is judged as at the date of the transfer application.

The mechanics: sections 41 to 46 and Order XXI Rules 4 to 9

Order XXI Rule 6: where a decree is sent to another Court, the Court which passed it shall send a copy of the decree, a certificate stating that satisfaction of the decree has not been obtained by execution within its own jurisdiction, or, where it has been executed in part, the extent to which satisfaction has been obtained and what part remains unsatisfied, and a copy of any order for the execution of the decree or, if no such order has been made, a certificate to that effect.

munotes.in168

Transfer of a Decree for Execution

That certificate is the safeguard against double recovery. The receiving court is told exactly how much is left.

Order XXI Rule 8: where a decree sent for execution has been executed, or where execution has been stayed, the Court executing it shall certify the fact to the Court which passed the decree.

Section 41 puts the same duty in the sections: the Court to which a decree is sent shall certify to the Court which passed it the fact of execution, or, where it fails to execute, the circumstances attending the failure.

Section 42(1): the Court executing a decree sent to it shall have the same powers in executing it as if it had been passed by itself, and all persons disobeying or obstructing shall be punishable by it in the same way. Its order in executing the decree is subject to the same rules in respect of appeal as if it had passed the decree itself.

Section 42(2) spells out four powers the transferee court has, including the power to send the decree for execution to another Court under section 39, to execute it against the legal representative of the deceased judgment-debtor under section 50, to order attachment of a decree, and to enforce any order as to costs.

Section 42(3) is the corresponding limit: the transferee court shall not have the power to order execution at the instance of a transferee of the decree, nor certain powers reserved to the court which passed it.

Section 43 deals with decrees passed by Civil Courts in places to which the Code does not extend, and section 44 with decrees of Revenue Courts in such places.

Section 44A is the foreign decree provision: a certified copy of a decree of a superior court of a reciprocating territory may be filed in a District Court and executed as if it had been passed by that District Court, and the executing court must refuse execution if the decree falls within any of the exceptions in section 13(a) to (f). Its substance and its limits, including the exclusion of taxes, fines and arbitration awards, are dealt with in [Foreign Judgments].

Section 45 allows a decree to be sent for execution to a Court outside India established by the Central Government, where the State Government has by notification declared that section applicable.

munotes.in169

Transfer of a Decree for Execution

Section 46, precepts. This is the one students overlook and examiners like. The Court which passed a decree may, on the application of the decree-holder, issue a precept to any other Court which would be competent to execute it, requiring that Court to attach any property belonging to the judgment-debtor and specified in the precept. The proviso limits it: no attachment under a precept shall continue for more than two months, unless the period is extended by an order of the Court which passed the decree, or unless before its determination the attachment has been withdrawn.

A precept is therefore a holding device. It freezes property in another district while the decree-holder gets the decree itself transferred, and it lasts two months.

Section 39 against section 46

Transfer, section 39Precept, section 46
What is sentThe decree, for executionA direction to attach, not the decree
What the other court doesExecutes the decree fullyAttaches the specified property only
DurationUntil execution is completeTwo months, unless extended
PurposeTo realise the decree elsewhereTo prevent the property being disposed of meanwhile

A worked example

Aisha obtains a money decree in Thane against Bharat, who lives in Thane but owns a warehouse in Solapur and a bank account in Pune.

Can the Thane court attach the Solapur warehouse itself? No. Section 39(4): nothing authorises the court which passed the decree to execute it against property outside its own local limits.

What does she do? She applies under section 39(1)(b), because Bharat has no property within Thane sufficient to satisfy the decree and has property in Solapur. The Thane court may send the decree to the Solapur court, which must be of competent jurisdiction, judged under section 39(3) by whether it could try that suit today.

What travels with the decree? Under Order XXI Rule 6, a copy of the decree, a certificate of non-satisfaction or of the extent of part satisfaction, and a copy of any execution order or a certificate that none was made.

What can the Solapur court do? Under section 42(1), everything the Thane court could have done, as if it had passed the decree itself, and its orders are appealable on the same footing.

Bharat is about to sell the Pune bank balance while the transfer is being arranged. Aisha applies under section 46 for a precept to the Pune court to attach it. That attachment lasts two months unless extended by the Thane court.

The Solapur court executes in part. Under section 41 and Order XXI Rule 8 it must certify the fact of execution back to Thane, so the record of what remains outstanding stays accurate.

munotes.in170

Transfer of a Decree for Execution

Change the facts. Suppose the decree is a money decree of a superior court in Singapore. Aisha does not need section 39 at all: section 44A lets her file a certified copy in a District Court here, and it is executed as if that court had passed it, subject to the section 13 exceptions.

What it does not mean

Transfer is not the court's to order at large. Under section 39(1) it is on the application of the decree-holder; only under sub-section (2), and only to a subordinate court, may it act of its own motion.

A court cannot execute outside its own limits. Section 39(4).

Competence is not judged as at the date of the suit. Section 39(3) fixes it at the time of the transfer application.

A precept is not a transfer. It attaches specified property, for two months, and no more.

The transferee court is not a lesser court. Section 42(1) gives it the same powers as if it had passed the decree, subject to the exceptions in sub-section (3).

Two short sections that complete the Part: sections 40 and 49

Section 40, transfer to another State: where a decree is sent for execution in another State, it shall be sent to such Court and executed in such manner as may be prescribed by rules in force in that State. So the receiving State's own rules govern, not ours.

Section 49, transferee: every transferee of a decree holds it subject to the equities, if any, which the judgment-debtor might have enforced against the original decree-holder. A decree can be assigned, but it is assigned with its defences attached; the transferee is in no better position than the person he bought from.

Quick revision## Quick revision

Section 38: executed by the court which passed it, or the court to which it is sent.

Section 39(1), on the decree-holder's application, four grounds: (a) the judgment-debtor resides, carries on business or works for gain there; (b) he has insufficient property here and property there; (c) the decree directs sale or delivery of immovable property situate there; (d) any other reason recorded in writing. 39(2): of its own motion, to a subordinate court. 39(3): competence judged at the time of the transfer application. 39(4): no execution against person or property outside the court's own limits.

Order XXI Rule 6: send a copy of the decree, a certificate of non-satisfaction or part satisfaction, and a copy of any execution order. Rule 8 and section 41: the transferee court certifies back execution, stay, or the circumstances of failure.

munotes.in171

Transfer of a Decree for Execution

Section 42: the transferee court has the same powers as if it had passed the decree, with the exceptions in sub-section (3).

Section 44A: a money decree of a superior court of a reciprocating territory, filed in a District Court, executed as its own, subject to section 13.

Section 46, precept: a direction to another competent court to attach specified property, lasting two months unless extended.

Test yourself

1. On what grounds may a decree be sent to another court for execution? Where the judgment-debtor actually and voluntarily resides, carries on business or personally works for gain within the limits of that court; where he has no property within the limits of the court which passed the decree sufficient to satisfy it but has property within the limits of that other court; where the decree directs the sale or delivery of immovable property situate outside the limits of the court which passed it; or for any other reason which the court which passed the decree records in writing.

2. May the court which passed the decree transfer it without an application? Only to a subordinate court. Section 39(2) allows it to send the decree of its own motion to any subordinate court of competent jurisdiction; a transfer under sub-section (1) is on the application of the decree-holder.

3. When is a court "of competent jurisdiction" for this purpose? Under section 39(3), if at the time of making the application for the transfer it would have jurisdiction to try the suit in which the decree was passed.

4. What must accompany a decree sent for execution? Under Order XXI Rule 6, a copy of the decree, a certificate stating that satisfaction has not been obtained by execution within the jurisdiction of the court which passed it, or the extent to which satisfaction has been obtained and what remains unsatisfied, and a copy of any order for execution or a certificate that none has been made.

5. What powers has the court to which a decree is sent? Under section 42(1) the same powers in executing the decree as if it had been passed by itself, with its orders subject to the same rules as to appeal, subject to the exceptions in section 42(3), which include the power to order execution at the instance of a transferee of the decree.

6. What is a precept, and how long does it last? Under section 46, a precept is an order issued by the court which passed the decree, on the decree-holder's application, to another court competent to execute it, requiring that court to attach property of the judgment-debtor specified in the precept. Such an attachment shall not continue for more than two months unless the period is extended by the court which passed the decree, or unless it is withdrawn before then.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in172

Chapter Thirty-One

Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Meaning of execution"

In one line

Every dispute about executing, discharging or satisfying a decree is decided by the executing court itself, and not by a separate suit.

Why the Code forbids a separate suit

Without section 47 a judgment-debtor could answer every step of execution with a fresh suit. Attachment could be met with a suit for a declaration that the decree was satisfied; a sale could be met with a suit about who was entitled to the property. Each new suit would take years, and a decree would become a licence to litigate rather than a way of ending litigation.

So the Code concentrates all of it in one place: the court that is executing. That court is already seised of the matter, it has the record, and it can decide the point in the execution proceeding itself.

The provision is therefore a bar on one thing and a grant of jurisdiction over the same thing. It is worth saying both halves in an answer.

The provision

Section 47(1): all questions arising between the parties to the suit in which the decree was passed, or their representatives, and relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree, shall be determined by the Court executing the decree and not by a separate suit.

Section 47(3): where a question arises as to whether any person is or is not the representative of a party, that question shall, for the purposes of the section, be determined by the Court.

Explanation I: for the purposes of the section, a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed, and a defendant against whom a suit has been dismissed, are parties to the suit.

Explanation II: (a) a purchaser of property at a sale in execution of a decree shall be deemed to be a party to the suit in which the decree was passed; and (b) all questions relating to the delivery of possession of that property to that purchaser or his representative shall be deemed to be questions relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree.

Note: Explanation II has been omitted in Uttar Pradesh by a State amendment. It is in force here, and it is the one that brings the auction purchaser inside the section.

The three conditions

For section 47 to apply, all three must be satisfied, and an answer that gives fewer than three is incomplete.

One, the question must arise between the PARTIES to the suit, or their representatives. A stranger to the suit is outside the section entirely. If a third party claims the attached property belongs to him, that is not a section 47 question; it is a claim under Order XXI Rule 58.

munotes.in173

Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court

Two, the question must relate to the EXECUTION, DISCHARGE OR SATISFACTION of the decree. Those three words cover a wide field: whether the decree has been paid, whether it is capable of execution, whether it is barred by limitation, whether the property attached is covered by it, whether possession has been delivered.

Three, the question must arise in relation to a DECREE, meaning something the Code treats as executable, which by section 36 includes an executable order.

Who counts as a party

The section is generous, and the two Explanations are the reason.

Explanation I answers a puzzle. If a suit was dismissed, is the losing plaintiff still a "party to the suit" for a question about executing the costs decree against him? The Explanation says yes, both a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed and a defendant against whom a suit has been dismissed are parties.

Explanation II answers a much more practical one. A stranger buys the property at the court auction. He is not a party to the original suit at all. When he cannot get possession, must he file a fresh suit? The Explanation deems him a party, and deems all questions about delivery of possession to him to be questions relating to execution. So he goes back to the executing court, which is quick, instead of starting a suit, which is not.

Section 47(3) completes the picture: where it is disputed whether a person is a representative of a party at all, that dispute is itself decided by the executing court.

What the executing court cannot do

This is the limit that every answer should state, and it follows from the words of the section rather than from any separate rule.

The executing court decides questions relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree. It does not sit in appeal over the decree. It cannot hold that the decree is wrong on the merits, or that the trial court misread the evidence, or that a different relief should have been granted. The remedies for a wrong decree are appeal, review and revision, dealt with in [Reference, Review and Revision] and the appeal chapters.

The one recognised qualification is the nullity principle: a decree passed by a court with no inherent jurisdiction over the subject matter is a nullity, and its invalidity can be set up whenever it is relied on, including in execution. That principle is stated in Kiran Singh, which is discussed with its limits in [Objections to Jurisdiction]. So an executing court may refuse to execute a decree that is a nullity, but it may not refuse to execute a decree that is merely wrong.

munotes.in174

Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court

Res judicata in execution

Explanation VII to section 11 applies the doctrine of res judicata to execution proceedings: a question decided at one stage of executing a decree cannot be reopened at a later stage of executing that same decree. That Explanation was inserted by the 1976 amendment, and it is set out in [Res Judicata].

Read with section 47 the position is coherent. Section 47 says all execution questions belong to the executing court; Explanation VII says once that court has decided one, it stays decided.

A worked example

Wasim obtains a money decree against Xavier. In execution, Xavier's flat is attached and sold at auction to Yusuf, a stranger.

Xavier says he paid the decree amount before the attachment. That is a question of satisfaction of the decree between the parties. Section 47: it is decided by the executing court, and Xavier cannot bring a separate suit for a declaration that the decree is satisfied.

Xavier says the decree is barred by limitation. A question relating to execution, again for the executing court.

Xavier says the trial judge wrongly believed Wasim's witness. That is not a section 47 question at all. The executing court cannot go behind the decree. His remedies lay in appeal or review, in time.

Xavier says the suit was tried by a court that had no jurisdiction over the subject matter at all. Different again: an inherent want of jurisdiction makes the decree a nullity, and that may be set up even in execution.

Yusuf, the auction purchaser, cannot get possession. He is a stranger to the suit, but Explanation II deems him a party and deems questions about delivery of possession to him to be execution questions. He applies in the executing court; he does not file a suit.

Zoya, Xavier's sister, says the flat was hers all along. She is a stranger, and her objection does not relate to a question between the parties. Section 47 does not apply. Her route is a claim or objection to the attachment under Order XXI Rule 58.

A question arises whether Xavier's son is his legal representative for the purposes of execution. Section 47(3): the executing court decides that too.

The executing court decides against Xavier on the payment question, and later in the same execution he raises it again. Explanation VII to section 11 bars him: res judicata applies between stages of the same execution.

What it does not mean

Section 47 does not let the executing court re-try the suit. It cannot go behind the decree.

It does not cover strangers. A third party claiming the attached property proceeds under Order XXI Rule 58, not under section 47.

munotes.in175

Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court

"Discharge or satisfaction" is not limited to payment. It covers any question about whether the decree has been carried out or is capable of being carried out.

An auction purchaser is not shut out because he was not a party. Explanation II deems him one for questions about delivery of possession.

A dismissed plaintiff is still a party. Explanation I says so.

Quick revision

Section 47(1): all questions between the parties or their representatives relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree are determined by the executing court and not by a separate suit.

Three conditions: between the parties or their representatives; relating to execution, discharge or satisfaction; in relation to a decree, which by section 36 includes an executable order.

Section 47(3): whether a person is a representative of a party is itself decided by that court.

Explanation I: a plaintiff whose suit was dismissed, and a defendant against whom a suit was dismissed, are parties.

Explanation II: an auction purchaser is deemed a party, and questions about delivery of possession to him are execution questions. Omitted in Uttar Pradesh.

Limits: the executing court cannot go behind the decree, except that a decree passed without inherent jurisdiction is a nullity and may be resisted even in execution. A stranger's claim to attached property goes under Order XXI Rule 58.

Explanation VII to section 11 applies res judicata to execution proceedings.

Test yourself

1. What does section 47 provide? That all questions arising between the parties to the suit in which the decree was passed, or their representatives, and relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree, shall be determined by the Court executing the decree and not by a separate suit.

2. State the conditions for the application of section 47. The question must arise between the parties to the suit or their representatives; it must relate to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree; and it must arise in relation to a decree, which by section 36 includes an order capable of execution.

3. Can the executing court hold that the decree is wrong? No. It cannot go behind the decree, and a party's remedy against a wrong decree is appeal, review or revision. The one qualification is that a decree passed by a court with no inherent jurisdiction over the subject matter is a nullity and may be resisted even in execution.

4. A stranger claims the attached property is his. Is that a section 47 question? No. Section 47 covers questions between the parties to the suit or their representatives. A stranger's claim to attached property is made by way of a claim or objection under Order XXI Rule 58.

munotes.in176

Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court

5. An auction purchaser cannot obtain possession. Must he file a suit? No. Explanation II to section 47 deems a purchaser of property at a sale in execution to be a party to the suit, and deems all questions relating to the delivery of possession of that property to him or his representative to be questions relating to the execution, discharge or satisfaction of the decree. He therefore applies to the executing court.

6. Is a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed a party for the purposes of section 47? Yes. Explanation I provides that a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed and a defendant against whom a suit has been dismissed are parties to the suit for the purposes of the section.

7. Can a question decided in execution be reopened later in the same execution? No. Explanation VII to section 11 applies the principle of res judicata to proceedings for the execution of a decree, so a question heard and finally decided at one stage cannot be reagitated at a later stage of that execution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in177

Chapter Thirty-Two

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Mode of execution and stay of execution (Order XXI)"

In one line

Section 51 lists the five ways a decree can be enforced, and the proviso to it is the reason a person is very rarely sent to prison for a debt.

Why the Code lists the modes

A decree can be for many things: money, possession of land, delivery of goods, an injunction, specific performance. Each needs a different instrument. So the Code sets out a menu and leaves the choice, in the first instance, to the decree-holder, who applies for the mode he wants under Order XXI Rule 11(2).

But the Code does not leave the choice entirely to him. Imprisonment is on the menu, and the Code hedges it with conditions so severe that it becomes the exception. That is deliberate: a civil decree is about recovering money, not punishing poverty.

The five modes: section 51

Section 51: subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may, on the application of the decree-holder, order execution of the decree:

(a) by delivery of any property specifically decreed (b) by attachment and sale, or by the sale without attachment, of any property (c) by arrest and detention in prison for such period not exceeding the period specified in section 58, where arrest and detention is permissible under that section (d) by appointing a receiver (e) in such other manner as the nature of the relief granted may require

Clause (e) is the residuary provision, and it is what allows the Code to cope with decrees the draftsman did not anticipate. Clause (d) connects this chapter to [Appointment of Receivers], Order XL.

The proviso: when a judgment-debtor may be imprisoned

This is the most examined part of section 51 and the answer must reproduce its structure.

Where the decree is for the payment of money, execution by detention in prison shall not be ordered unless, after giving the judgment-debtor an opportunity of showing cause why he should not be committed to prison, the Court, for reasons recorded in writing, is satisfied of one of three things:

(a) that the judgment-debtor, with the object or effect of obstructing or delaying the execution of the decree, (i) is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, or (ii) has, after the institution of the suit, dishonestly transferred, concealed or removed any part of his property, or committed any other act of bad faith in relation to his property; or

(b) that the judgment-debtor has, or has had since the date of the decree, the means to pay the amount of the decree or some substantial part of it, and refuses or neglects, or has refused or neglected, to pay it; or

munotes.in178

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

(c) that the decree is for a sum for which the judgment-debtor was bound in a fiduciary capacity to account.

The Explanation provides that in calculating the means of the judgment-debtor for clause (b), there shall be left out of account any property which is by section 60 exempt from attachment in execution of the decree.

Three things follow, and each is worth a sentence in an answer.

Imprisonment requires a hearing. The judgment-debtor must be given an opportunity of showing cause first.

It requires reasons in writing. Not a bare order.

It requires dishonesty, means, or a fiduciary duty. Poverty alone is never enough. Clause (b) is the common ground in practice, and the Explanation makes clear that exempt property does not count as means, so a man cannot be imprisoned because he owns the tools of his trade.

Some particular decrees: Order XXI Rules 30 to 35

Rule 30: a decree for the payment of money may be executed by the detention in civil prison of the judgment-debtor, or by the attachment and sale of his property, or by both.

Rule 31: a decree for the specific movable property, or for a share in it, may be executed by the seizure and delivery of the property, or by the detention of the judgment-debtor, or by the attachment of his property, or by both detention and attachment.

Rule 32 deals with a decree for specific performance, for restitution of conjugal rights, or for an injunction. Where the party against whom it was passed has had an opportunity of obeying and wilfully failed to obey it, the decree may be enforced, in the case of a decree for restitution of conjugal rights by attachment of his property, and in other cases by his detention in civil prison, or by attachment of his property, or by both.

Rule 33 gives the Court a discretion in decrees for restitution of conjugal rights, including the power to order a periodical payment instead.

Rule 34 provides the machinery where the decree is for the execution of a document or the endorsement of a negotiable instrument and the judgment-debtor neglects to comply: the decree-holder may prepare a draft, the Court settles it, and the document is executed by a person nominated by the Court, whereupon it has the same effect as if executed by the judgment-debtor.

Rule 35 deals with a decree for immovable property: possession is delivered to the decree-holder, and if necessary by removing any person bound by the decree who refuses to vacate. Where the person in occupation is not bound by the decree and resists, the decree-holder's remedy is Order XXI Rule 97, which has its own chapter: see [Resistance to Delivery of Possession].

munotes.in179

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

Execution against a legal representative: section 50

The judgment-debtor may die before the decree is satisfied, and MU has asked twice how far his representatives are then liable.

Section 50(1): where a judgment-debtor dies before the decree has been fully satisfied, the holder of the decree may apply to the Court which passed it to execute the same against the legal representative of the deceased.

Section 50(2), and this is the answer to the question as it is usually put: where the decree is executed against such legal representative, he shall be liable ONLY TO THE EXTENT OF THE PROPERTY OF THE DECEASED WHICH HAS COME TO HIS HANDS AND HAS NOT BEEN DULY DISPOSED OF; and for the purpose of ascertaining that liability, the Court executing the decree may, of its own motion or on the application of the decree-holder, compel the legal representative to produce such accounts as it thinks fit.

So the liability is representative and not personal. The representative is not made a debtor; he answers only for what of the estate reached him and remains undisposed of, and the accounts machinery exists to find out how much that is. Section 52 carries the same idea into a decree passed against a party as legal representative, and section 53 deals with ancestral property in the hands of a son or other descendant.

The definition of legal representative in section 2(11) matters here, because it includes a person who intermeddles with the estate: see [Definitions]. And for the reverse case, the death of a party while the suit is still pending, see [Death, Marriage and Insolvency of Parties].

Stay of execution: Order XXI Rules 26 to 29

Rule 26(1): the Court to which a decree has been sent for execution shall, upon sufficient cause being shown, stay the execution for a reasonable time to enable the judgment-debtor to apply to the Court which passed the decree, or to any appellate court, for an order to stay execution or for any other order relating to the decree or execution which might have been made by that court if execution had been issued by it.

Rule 26(2): where the property has already been seized, the Court may order restitution pending the result of the application.

Rule 26(3): before making an order to stay execution, or for restitution, the Court shall require security from the judgment-debtor, or proof that he has given security to the satisfaction of the court which passed the decree, or that there is sufficient cause for not requiring security.

munotes.in180

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

Rule 27: no order of restitution defeats or prejudices any rights or interests acquired in the property before the making of that order.

Rule 28: any order of the Court by which the decree was passed, or of an appellate court, in relation to the execution, shall be binding upon the Court to which the decree was sent.

Rule 29 is the one worth remembering, because it comes up constantly in practice. Where a suit is pending in any Court against the holder of a decree of that Court, or of a Court subordinate to it, on the part of the person against whom the decree was passed, the Court may, on such terms as to security or otherwise as it thinks fit, stay execution of the decree until the pending suit has been decided.

That is the answer to a judgment-debtor who has a cross-claim: he does not get to ignore the decree, but the Court may hold execution while his own suit is tried, ordinarily on his giving security.

Rule 24 governs the process for execution, and provides that every such process shall bear the date on which it is issued and be signed and sealed, and shall be delivered to the proper officer to be executed.

A worked example

Chirag holds a money decree for Rs. 4,00,000 against Deepa.

What modes are open to him? Under section 51 and Order XXI Rule 30, attachment and sale of her property, or her detention in civil prison, or both.

He applies for her arrest. The proviso to section 51 bites. The Court must first give Deepa an opportunity of showing cause, and may order detention only if satisfied, for reasons recorded in writing, that she is likely to abscond or has dishonestly disposed of property to obstruct execution, or that she has or has had the means since the decree and refuses or neglects to pay, or that the sum is one she was bound in a fiduciary capacity to account for.

Deepa owns only her cooking vessels, her bedding and the tools of her trade. The Explanation to the proviso: property exempt under section 60 is left out of account in calculating her means. She cannot be imprisoned for having them.

She has a suit pending against Chirag for a larger sum. Order XXI Rule 29: the Court in which that suit is pending may stay execution of Chirag's decree until it is decided, on such terms as to security as it thinks fit.

The decree has been sent to another court and she wants to apply to the court that passed it. Rule 26: the transferee court shall, on sufficient cause, stay execution for a reasonable time to let her apply, but under Rule 26(3) it must require security, or proof of security given, or find sufficient cause for not requiring it.

munotes.in181

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

Change the decree. Suppose it were a decree ordering Deepa to execute a conveyance and she refuses. Rule 34: the decree-holder prepares a draft, the Court settles it, and the document is executed by a person nominated by the Court, with the same effect as if she had executed it.

Or a decree for an injunction which she wilfully disobeys. Rule 32: enforceable by her detention in civil prison, or attachment of her property, or both.

What it does not mean

Imprisonment is not a normal mode for a money decree. The proviso to section 51 requires notice, recorded reasons, and dishonesty, means or a fiduciary obligation.

Owning exempt property is not "means". The Explanation excludes section 60 property from the calculation.

Stay is not automatic on a cross-suit. Rule 29 is a discretion, ordinarily exercised on terms as to security.

A transferee court cannot stay indefinitely. Rule 26 allows a stay for a reasonable time to enable an application to the court which passed the decree.

Release from prison does not discharge the debt. That is section 58(2), dealt with in [Arrest and Detention in Execution].

Quick revision

Section 51, five modes: (a) delivery of property specifically decreed; (b) attachment and sale, or sale without attachment; (c) arrest and detention; (d) appointing a receiver; (e) such other manner as the relief requires.

Section 50: a decree-holder may apply to execute against the legal representative of a judgment-debtor who dies before satisfaction; the representative is liable only to the extent of the property of the deceased which has come to his hands and has not been duly disposed of, and the Court may compel him to produce accounts to ascertain it.

Proviso: no detention on a money decree without an opportunity to show cause and reasons recorded, and unless satisfied that (a) he is likely to abscond, or has dishonestly transferred, concealed or removed property after the institution of the suit, with the object or effect of obstructing execution; or (b) he has or has had the means since the decree and refuses or neglects to pay; or (c) the sum is one he was bound in a fiduciary capacity to account for. Explanation: property exempt under section 60 is left out of the calculation of means.

Particular decrees: money, Rule 30; specific movable property, Rule 31; specific performance, restitution of conjugal rights and injunction, Rule 32; execution of a document by a court nominee, Rule 34; immovable property, by delivery and removal, Rule 35.

munotes.in182

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

Stay: Rule 26, the transferee court stays for a reasonable time on sufficient cause, and requires security under Rule 26(3); Rule 28, orders of the court which passed the decree bind the transferee court; Rule 29, execution may be stayed where the judgment-debtor has a suit pending against the decree-holder, on terms as to security.

Test yourself

1. In what modes may a decree be executed? Under section 51, by delivery of any property specifically decreed; by attachment and sale, or sale without attachment, of any property; by arrest and detention in prison for a period not exceeding that specified in section 58 where such detention is permissible; by appointing a receiver; or in such other manner as the nature of the relief granted may require.

2. When may a judgment-debtor be detained in prison under a money decree? Only after he has been given an opportunity of showing cause and where the Court, for reasons recorded in writing, is satisfied that with the object or effect of obstructing or delaying execution he is likely to abscond or has dishonestly transferred, concealed or removed property since the institution of the suit; or that he has, or has had since the date of the decree, the means to pay the decree or a substantial part of it and refuses or neglects to pay; or that the decree is for a sum he was bound in a fiduciary capacity to account for.

3. Does property exempt from attachment count as "means"? No. The Explanation to the proviso to section 51 provides that in calculating the means of the judgment-debtor, property which is exempt from attachment under section 60 is left out of account.

4. How is a decree for the execution of a document enforced if the judgment-debtor refuses? Under Order XXI Rule 34 the decree-holder prepares a draft, the Court settles it after hearing objections, and the document is executed by a person nominated by the Court, whereupon it takes effect as if it had been executed by the judgment-debtor.

5. A judgment-debtor has a suit pending against the decree-holder. Can execution be stayed? Yes. Under Order XXI Rule 29, where a suit is pending in any court by the judgment-debtor against the holder of a decree of that court or of a court subordinate to it, that court may, on such terms as to security or otherwise as it thinks fit, stay execution of the decree until the pending suit is decided.

6. On what condition will a transferee court stay execution? Under Order XXI Rule 26 it stays for a reasonable time on sufficient cause being shown, to enable the judgment-debtor to apply to the court which passed the decree or to an appellate court; and by Rule 26(3) it shall first require security from him, or proof of security already given, or be satisfied that there is sufficient cause for not requiring security.

munotes.in183

Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution

7. A judgment-debtor dies before the decree is satisfied. Can it still be executed, and how far is his representative liable? Yes. Under section 50(1) the decree-holder may apply to the Court which passed the decree to execute it against the legal representative of the deceased. By section 50(2) that representative is liable only to the extent of the property of the deceased which has come to his hands and has not been duly disposed of, and for ascertaining that liability the executing Court may, of its own motion or on the decree-holder's application, compel him to produce such accounts as it thinks fit.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in184

Chapter Thirty-Three

Arrest and Detention in Execution

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Arrest, detention and attachment (Order XXI and XXXVIII)"

In one line

A judgment-debtor may be arrested and held in the civil prison, but the Code protects when the arrest may be made, whose door may be opened, who may not be arrested at all, and how long the detention may last.

Why the Code hedges it so heavily

Detention in execution is not punishment. The judgment-debtor has committed no offence. He is being held to make him pay, and that is only defensible where he actually can pay and will not. Everything in this chapter follows from that.

Notice the structure. The conditions for ordering detention are in the proviso to section 51 and are strict. The manner of arrest is in section 55 and is hedged with three provisos. Who is exempt is sections 56 and 135. The duration is section 58, and it is short. And section 58(2) makes clear that release does not wipe out the debt, so detention is a lever, not a settlement.

How the arrest is made: section 55

Section 55(1): a judgment-debtor may be arrested in execution of a decree at any hour and on any day, and shall as soon as practicable be brought before the Court, and his detention may be in the civil prison of the district in which the Court ordering detention is situate, or, where that prison does not afford suitable accommodation, in any other place the State Government appoints.

Then come three provisos, and they are a favourite of examiners because they are concrete.

First proviso: for the purpose of making an arrest, no dwelling-house shall be entered after sunset and before sunrise.

Second proviso: no outer door of a dwelling-house shall be broken open unless the dwelling-house is in the occupancy of the judgment-debtor and he refuses or in any way prevents access to it. But where the officer has duly gained access, he may break open the door of any inner room in which he has reason to believe the judgment-debtor is to be found.

Third proviso: if a room is in the actual occupancy of a woman who is not the judgment-debtor and who according to the customs of the country does not appear in public, the officer shall give notice to her that she is at liberty to withdraw, and, after allowing reasonable time and facility for her to withdraw, may enter that room for the purpose of making the arrest.

Section 55(3) provides that where the judgment-debtor pays the amount of the decree and the costs of the arrest to the officer arresting him, that officer shall at once release him.

Section 55(4) allows the Court to release a judgment-debtor who is arrested in execution of a decree for the payment of money, on his furnishing security or on such terms as the Court thinks fit, where he applies to be declared an insolvent.

munotes.in185

Arrest and Detention in Execution

Who may not be arrested

Section 56: notwithstanding anything in this Part, the Court shall not order the arrest or detention in the civil prison of a woman in execution of a decree for the payment of money.

That is absolute for a money decree, and it is a two-mark answer on its own.

Section 135 protects certain persons from arrest under civil process: Judges, Magistrates and other judicial officers, and the parties, their pleaders and witnesses, while going to, remaining at, or returning from the Court. Section 135A protects members of legislatures during a session and for the periods the section specifies.

Order XXI Rule 40 adds a further protection at the hearing stage: where the judgment-debtor appears in obedience to a notice to show cause, or is brought before the Court after arrest, the Court shall hear the decree-holder and take all evidence, and shall then either make an order for his detention, or, if satisfied that he is unable to pay, reject the application, and the Court may in an appropriate case release him pending the conclusion of the inquiry.

How long: section 58

Section 58(1): every person detained in the civil prison in execution of a decree shall be so detained:

(a) where the decree is for the payment of a sum of money exceeding five thousand rupees, for a period not exceeding three months; and (b) where the decree is for the payment of a sum exceeding two thousand rupees but not exceeding five thousand rupees, for a period not exceeding six weeks.

Section 58(1A): for the removal of doubts it is declared that no order for detention shall be made where the total amount of the decree does not exceed two thousand rupees.

So there are three bands, and the smallest carries no detention at all. Learn the figures: over Rs. 5,000, three months; over Rs. 2,000 up to Rs. 5,000, six weeks; up to Rs. 2,000, none.

The first proviso to section 58(1) requires release before the expiry of the period in four cases:

(i) on the amount mentioned in the warrant being paid to the officer in charge of the civil prison (ii) on the decree being otherwise fully satisfied (iii) on the request of the person on whose application he was detained (iv) on the omission by that person to pay subsistence allowance

The second proviso adds that release under clause (ii) or clause (iii) requires an order of the Court.

munotes.in186

Arrest and Detention in Execution

Section 58(2), and this is the rule that decides most exam problems: a judgment-debtor released from detention shall not merely by reason of his release be discharged from his debt, but he shall not be liable to be re-arrested under the decree in execution of which he was detained.

So detention is spent once. The debt survives, and the decree-holder may still attach and sell property; but that judgment-debtor cannot be imprisoned again on that decree.

Section 57 empowers the State Government to fix scales of monthly allowances payable for the subsistence of judgment-debtors, and section 59 provides for release on the ground of serious illness.

The procedure before arrest: Order XXI Rules 37 to 40

Rule 11A requires an application for arrest to state, or be accompanied by an affidavit stating, the grounds on which arrest is applied for.

Rule 37(1): notwithstanding anything in these rules, where an application is for the execution of a decree for the payment of money by the arrest and detention of the judgment-debtor, the Court shall, instead of issuing a warrant for his arrest, issue a notice calling upon him to appear and show cause why he should not be committed to the civil prison.

The proviso to Rule 37(1) allows the Court to issue a warrant at once, instead of a notice, if it is satisfied by affidavit or otherwise that the judgment-debtor is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of its jurisdiction with the object of delaying execution.

Rule 37(2): where the judgment-debtor fails to appear in obedience to the notice, the Court may issue a warrant for his arrest.

Rule 38 provides that every warrant shall direct the officer to bring the judgment-debtor before the Court with all convenient speed, unless the decretal amount and costs are paid.

Rule 39 requires subsistence allowance to be deposited: no judgment-debtor shall be arrested unless the decree-holder pays into court such sum as the Judge thinks sufficient for his subsistence from his arrest until he can be brought before the Court, and thereafter monthly. Sums so disbursed are added to the costs of the decree, but the judgment-debtor is not detained for failure to pay them.

So the sequence is: notice first as the rule, warrant only where he is likely to abscond, subsistence money deposited before arrest, and an inquiry under Rule 40 before any order of detention.

A worked example

Esha holds a decree for Rs. 60,000 against Farhan and applies for his arrest.

What happens first? Order XXI Rule 37(1): the Court issues a notice to show cause, not a warrant, unless satisfied that he is likely to abscond, in which case the proviso allows a warrant at once. Her application must state the grounds for arrest under Rule 11A.

munotes.in187

Arrest and Detention in Execution

Before he is arrested, Esha must deposit subsistence allowance under Rule 39.

At the hearing the Court hears her, takes evidence, and under Rule 40 either orders detention or, if satisfied Farhan is unable to pay, rejects the application. It may order detention only on the section 51 proviso grounds, for reasons recorded.

The arrest itself. Section 55: any hour, any day, but no dwelling-house entered between sunset and sunrise; his outer door broken only if he occupies the house and refuses access; and where an inner room is occupied by a woman who does not appear in public, notice and a reasonable opportunity to withdraw first.

Farhan pays the decree and the costs of arrest to the arresting officer. Section 55(3): the officer shall at once release him.

He does not pay and is detained. The decree exceeds Rs. 5,000, so under section 58(1)(a) detention may not exceed three months.

Esha stops paying subsistence allowance. Clause (iv) of the first proviso to section 58(1): he must be released.

He is released after three months without paying. Section 58(2): he is not discharged from the debt, so Esha may still attach and sell his property, but he cannot be re-arrested under that decree.

Change the judgment-debtor. Suppose the decree were against Farhan's wife instead. Section 56: the Court shall not order the arrest or detention of a woman in execution of a decree for the payment of money.

Change the sum. Suppose the decree were for Rs. 1,800. Section 58(1A): no order for detention may be made at all.

What it does not mean

Arrest is not the first step. Order XXI Rule 37 requires a notice to show cause, unless the judgment-debtor is likely to abscond.

Detention is not punishment. It is a means of enforcing payment, which is why inability to pay defeats it under Rule 40.

A dwelling-house is not open at any hour. The first proviso to section 55 forbids entry between sunset and sunrise.

Release does not discharge the debt. Section 58(2). But it does bar re-arrest on the same decree.

A woman cannot be detained for a money decree at all. Section 56.

Arrest that is not in execution: sections 134 and 136

Section 134: the provisions of sections 55, 57 and 59 apply, so far as may be, to all persons arrested under this Code. So the manner of arrest, the subsistence allowance and release on illness reach an arrest before judgment under Order XXXVIII as well as one in execution.

munotes.in188

Arrest and Detention in Execution

Section 136: where an application is made for a person to be arrested, or property to be attached, under a provision not relating to the execution of decrees, and that person resides or that property is situated outside the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, the Court may send the order to a District Court within whose limits he resides or it is situated, and that Court then proceeds as if the application had been made to it. This is the machinery behind an attachment before judgment reaching property in another district. See [Attachment before Judgment].

Quick revision## Quick revision

Section 55: arrest at any hour on any day, brought before the Court as soon as practicable. No dwelling-house entered between sunset and sunrise; no outer door broken unless the judgment-debtor occupies it and refuses access, though inner rooms may be broken into once access is gained; a room occupied by a woman who does not appear in public requires notice and reasonable time to withdraw. Payment of the decree and costs of arrest to the officer means immediate release, section 55(3).

Section 56: no arrest or detention of a woman in execution of a money decree. Sections 135 and 135A: judicial officers, parties, pleaders and witnesses going to, at or returning from Court, and legislators during a session, are protected from arrest under civil process.

Section 58: over Rs. 5,000, up to three months; over Rs. 2,000 and up to Rs. 5,000, up to six weeks; not exceeding Rs. 2,000, no detention at all. Earlier release on payment into the prison, full satisfaction, the decree-holder's request, or failure to pay subsistence allowance; the middle two need a Court order. Section 58(2): release does not discharge the debt, but he may not be re-arrested on that decree.

Order XXI: grounds stated for arrest, Rule 11A; notice to show cause first, warrant only where he is likely to abscond, Rule 37; subsistence allowance deposited before arrest, added to costs but never a ground of detention, Rule 39; inquiry, and rejection if he is unable to pay, Rule 40.

Test yourself

1. At what times may a judgment-debtor be arrested? At any hour and on any day, under section 55(1), but the first proviso forbids entering a dwelling-house for the purpose of an arrest after sunset and before sunrise.

2. May the arresting officer break open a door? Not the outer door of a dwelling-house, unless the house is in the occupancy of the judgment-debtor and he refuses or prevents access. Once access has been duly gained, the officer may break open the door of any inner room in which he has reason to believe the judgment-debtor is to be found. Where a room is in the actual occupancy of a woman who by custom does not appear in public, he must first give her notice and a reasonable opportunity to withdraw.

munotes.in189

Arrest and Detention in Execution

3. Can a woman be arrested in execution of a decree? Not in execution of a decree for the payment of money. Section 56 provides that the Court shall not order the arrest or detention in the civil prison of a woman in execution of such a decree.

4. For how long may a judgment-debtor be detained? Where the decree is for a sum exceeding five thousand rupees, for not more than three months; where it exceeds two thousand rupees but not five thousand, for not more than six weeks; and where the total amount of the decree does not exceed two thousand rupees, no order of detention may be made at all: section 58.

5. Does release from detention discharge the debt? No. Section 58(2) provides that a judgment-debtor released from detention is not merely by reason of his release discharged from his debt, though he is not liable to be re-arrested under the decree in execution of which he was detained.

6. Is a warrant issued straight away on an application for arrest? No. Order XXI Rule 37(1) requires the Court to issue a notice calling on the judgment-debtor to show cause why he should not be committed to prison. Only where the Court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise, that he is likely to abscond or leave the local limits of its jurisdiction with the object of delaying execution may it issue a warrant at once.

7. Who pays for the judgment-debtor's subsistence in prison? The decree-holder, under Order XXI Rule 39, who must deposit a sufficient sum before the arrest and monthly thereafter. Those sums are added to the costs of the decree, but the judgment-debtor is not to be detained for failure to pay them, and under section 58 he must be released if the decree-holder omits to pay the allowance.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in190

Chapter Thirty-Four

Attachment of Property

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Arrest, detention and attachment (Order XXI and XXXVIII)"

In one line

Attachment is the act by which a court takes hold of a judgment-debtor's property so that it cannot be disposed of, and section 60 says what may be attached and, in a long list of exemptions, what may not.

Why attachment comes before sale

Attachment does not transfer anything to the decree-holder. It freezes. Its function is to preserve the property until it can be sold and to stop the judgment-debtor defeating the decree by selling first.

That is why section 64 is the operative sanction, and why the list of exemptions in section 60 is so long and so specific: freezing a man's property is easy to do and hard to undo, so the Code protects the things he cannot live or work without.

What may be attached: section 60(1)

Section 60(1): the following property is liable to attachment and sale in execution of a decree: lands, houses or other buildings, goods, money, bank notes, cheques, bills of exchange, hundis, promissory notes, Government securities, bonds or other securities for money, debts, shares in a corporation and, save as thereinafter mentioned, all other saleable property, movable or immovable, belonging to the judgment-debtor, or over which, or the profits of which, he has a disposing power which he may exercise for his own benefit, whether held in his own name or by another person in trust for him or on his behalf.

Two ideas do the work. The property must be saleable, and the judgment-debtor must either own it or have a disposing power over it exercisable for his own benefit. The final words defeat the obvious trick: property held by somebody else in trust for him, or on his behalf, is still attachable.

What may not be attached: the proviso to section 60(1)

The proviso is a list, and an examiner asking "what property is exempt from attachment" wants the list. These are the principal items:

(a) the necessary wearing apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding of the judgment-debtor, his wife and children, and such personal ornaments as by religious usage cannot be parted with by any woman (b) tools of artisans, and where the judgment-debtor is an agriculturist, his implements of husbandry and such cattle and seed grain as the Court thinks necessary to enable him to earn his livelihood (c) houses and other buildings, with their materials, sites and appurtenant land, belonging to an agriculturist, a labourer or a domestic servant and occupied by him (d) books of account (e) a mere right to sue for damages (f) any right of personal service (g) stipends and gratuities allowed to pensioners of the Government, a local authority or any other employer, and political pensions (h) the wages of labourers and domestic servants, whether payable in money or in kind (i) salary to the extent of the first one thousand rupees and two thirds of the remainder, in execution of any decree other than a decree for maintenance

munotes.in191

Attachment of Property

The rest of the proviso continues in the same vein, exempting among other things compulsory deposits and provident funds to which the Provident Funds Act applies, an expectancy of succession, a right to future maintenance, and an interest in property which the judgment-debtor cannot alienate.

Notice the pattern, because it makes the list memorable: the exemptions protect the necessities of life (a), the means of earning a living (b), (c), (h), (i), rights that are personal and not really property (e), (f), and provision for the future in the pension and provident fund entries.

Section 60(2) makes clear that nothing in the proviso shall be deemed to exempt houses and other buildings belonging to persons other than those mentioned in clause (c).

Section 61 allows the State Government to exempt from attachment such portion of agricultural produce as it thinks necessary for the next season's cultivation and for the support of the agriculturist and his family. Section 62 restricts the seizure of property in a dwelling-house: no outer door may be broken open unless it is in the occupancy of the judgment-debtor and he refuses access, and a room occupied by a woman who by custom does not appear in public must be given notice and time to withdraw, in the same terms as section 55.

The effect of attachment: section 64

Section 64(1): where an attachment has been made, any private transfer or delivery of the property attached, or of any interest in it, and any payment to the judgment-debtor of any debt, dividend or other monies contrary to the attachment, shall be VOID as against all claims enforceable under the attachment.

Section 64(2) is the qualification added by amendment: nothing in the section applies to a private transfer or delivery made in pursuance of a contract for such transfer or delivery entered into and REGISTERED BEFORE the attachment.

The Explanation provides that claims enforceable under an attachment include claims for the rateable distribution of assets under section 73.

Read those three together and the position is exact. A sale after attachment is not a nullity for all purposes; it is void as against the claims enforceable under the attachment. As between the judgment-debtor and his buyer it may stand; it simply cannot defeat the decree-holder. And a buyer under a registered contract predating the attachment is protected.

Section 63 deals with property attached in execution of decrees of several courts: where property is attached in execution of decrees of more than one court, the court which shall receive or realise it and determine any claim is the court of highest grade, or where the courts are of the same grade, the court under whose decree the property was first attached.

munotes.in192

Attachment of Property

How different kinds of property are attached: Order XXI

The mode of attachment depends on what is being attached, and Order XXI provides for each.

Rule 41 allows the Court, on the decree-holder's application, to require the judgment-debtor to be orally examined as to his property, or to require him to file an affidavit stating his assets, which is how a decree-holder finds out what there is to attach.

Rule 43: movable property in the possession of the judgment-debtor is attached by actual seizure.

Rule 46: a debt, share or other movable property not in the judgment-debtor's possession is attached by a written order prohibiting the creditor from recovering the debt, the debtor from paying it, the person in possession from giving it over, and so on. That prohibitory order freezes the debt; Rules 46A to 46-I, next, are how the decree-holder actually gets the money.

Rule 54: immovable property is attached by an order prohibiting the judgment-debtor from transferring or charging it and all persons from taking any benefit from such a transfer or charge, and the order is proclaimed at some place on or adjacent to the property by beat of drum or other customary mode, and a copy affixed on a conspicuous part of the property and of the court-house.

Rule 57: where any property has been attached in execution of a decree and the Court dismisses the application for execution, it shall direct whether the attachment shall continue or cease, and shall record reasons.

Garnishee proceedings: Order XXI Rules 46A to 46-I

MU has asked "What is a garnishee notice?" or "Who is a garnishee?" in at least four papers, so this deserves its own treatment rather than a passing mention.

A garnishee is a person who owes money to the judgment-debtor. The decree-holder cannot sue him, because the debt is not owed to the decree-holder. What these rules do is let the Court order that third person to pay into Court instead of paying the judgment-debtor.

Take the standard example. Fatima holds a money decree against Ganesh. Ganesh has nothing to seize, but Harish owes Ganesh three lakhs. Harish is the garnishee.

Rule 46A(1), the notice: the Court may, in the case of a debt other than a debt secured by a mortgage or a charge which has been attached under Rule 46, upon the application of the attaching creditor, issue notice to the garnishee liable to pay that debt, calling upon him either to pay into Court the debt due from him to the judgment-debtor, or so much of it as will satisfy the decree and the costs of execution, or to appear and show cause why he should not do so.

munotes.in193

Attachment of Property

Rule 46A(2): the application shall be made on affidavit verifying the facts alleged and stating that in the belief of the deponent the garnishee is indebted to the judgment-debtor.

Rule 46A(3): where the garnishee pays the amount into Court, the Court may direct that it be paid to the decree-holder towards satisfaction of the decree and costs.

Two conditions are built into sub-rule (1) and both are examinable: the debt must already have been attached under Rule 46, and a secured debt, one secured by a mortgage or charge, is outside the procedure.

Rule 46B, if he ignores the notice: where the garnishee does not forthwith pay into Court and does not appear and show cause, the Court may order him to comply with the notice, and on that order execution may issue as though the order were a decree against him.

That is the sanction, and it is severe: the garnishee who ignores the notice ends up with an order enforceable against him personally as a decree.

Rule 46C, if he disputes the debt: where the garnishee disputes liability, the Court may order that any issue or question necessary for the determination of liability be tried as if it were an issue in a suit, and make such order as it deems fit on that determination. The proviso: where the sum is beyond the pecuniary jurisdiction of the Court, it shall send the execution case to the Court of the District Judge to which it is subordinate, which then deals with it as if the case had been originally instituted there.

Rules 46D and 46E, if somebody else claims the debt: where it is suggested or appears probable that the debt belongs to a third person, or that a third person has a lien, charge or other interest in it, the Court may order that person to appear and state and prove his claim; and after hearing him, or where he does not appear, the Court may make such order as is provided above or such other order on such terms as it thinks fit with respect to his lien, charge or interest.

Rule 46F, the garnishee's protection: payment made by the garnishee on notice under Rule 46A, or under any such order, is a valid discharge to him as against the judgment-debtor and any other person ordered to appear, although the decree in execution of which the application was made, or the order passed on it, may afterwards be set aside or reversed.

munotes.in194

Attachment of Property

Rule 46F is what makes the procedure workable. Without it no garnishee would dare pay, because he would risk paying twice.

Rule 46G: the costs of a Rule 46A application and of any proceeding arising from it are in the discretion of the Court. Rule 46H: an order under Rule 46B, Rule 46C or Rule 46E is appealable as a decree. Rule 46-I: Rules 46A to 46H apply, so far as may be, to negotiable instruments attached under Rule 51 as they apply to debts.

Claims by strangers: Order XXI Rules 58 to 63

This is where the chapter meets [Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court]. Section 47 covers questions between the parties. A stranger who says the attached property is his proceeds here instead.

Rule 58(1): where any claim is preferred to, or any objection is made to the attachment of, any property attached in execution of a decree on the ground that the property is not liable to attachment, the Court shall proceed to adjudicate upon the claim or objection in accordance with these rules. Two provisos limit it: no such claim or objection shall be entertained where, before the claim is preferred or the objection made, the property has already been sold; or where the Court considers the claim or objection designedly or unnecessarily delayed.

Rule 58(2): all questions, including questions relating to right, title or interest in the property attached, arising between the parties to such a proceeding or their representatives and relevant to the adjudication of the claim or objection, shall be determined by the Court dealing with the claim or objection, and not by a separate suit.

Rule 58(3): on determining those questions the Court shall, in accordance with the determination and subject to the following rules, either allow the claim or objection and release the property from attachment, or disallow it, wholly or to such extent as it thinks fit.

Rule 58(4), and this is the crucial one: where any claim or objection has been adjudicated upon under this rule, the order made thereon shall have the same force and be subject to the same conditions as to appeal or otherwise as if it were a decree.

Rule 58(5) preserves a suit where the claim or objection was not entertained under one of the provisos to sub-rule (1).

munotes.in195

Attachment of Property

So the structure mirrors section 47. All questions in one place, no separate suit, and the resulting order treated as a decree so that an appeal lies.

Rules 59 to 61 deal with the mechanics, and Rule 62 with the sale of the property notwithstanding a claim.

A worked example

Ganesh holds a money decree against Harish, a tailor.

What can he attach? Under section 60(1), Harish's land, house, goods, bank balance, debts owed to him, and his shares. Also property held by another in trust for Harish or on his behalf.

What is protected? His and his family's necessary wearing apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding; his wife's personal ornaments which by religious usage she cannot part with; his sewing machines as the tools of an artisan under clause (b); his books of account; and his salary to the extent of the first one thousand rupees and two thirds of the remainder, unless the decree is for maintenance.

How is each attached? The goods in his shop, by actual seizure, Rule 43. His bank balance and the debts owed to him, by a written prohibitory order, Rule 46. His house, by an order prohibiting transfer, proclaimed on the property by beat of drum and affixed on the property and the court-house, Rule 54.

Harish sells the house to Indu the day after the attachment. Section 64(1): the transfer is void as against the claims enforceable under the attachment. It does not help him.

Indu says she had a registered contract to buy it from before the attachment. Section 64(2) protects her: the section does not apply to a transfer made in pursuance of a contract for transfer entered into and registered before the attachment.

Harish's brother says the shop goods were always his. He is a stranger to the suit, so section 47 does not apply. His route is a claim or objection under Order XXI Rule 58, and the Court will determine all questions of right, title and interest in the attachment proceeding, not by a separate suit. Its order has the force of a decree, so he can appeal it.

He raises the claim only after the goods have been sold. The first proviso to Rule 58(1): the claim shall not be entertained. But by Rule 58(5), since it was not entertained, his remedy by suit is preserved.

Ganesh does not know what Harish owns. Rule 41: he may apply to have Harish orally examined as to his property, or require him to file an affidavit of assets.

What it does not mean

Attachment does not transfer the property. It prohibits dealings; the transfer happens at the sale.

munotes.in196

Attachment of Property

A post-attachment sale is not void for all purposes. Section 64 makes it void as against the claims enforceable under the attachment.

A pre-existing contract is not defeated where it was entered into and registered before the attachment.

Exempt property is not attachable by consent or waiver of the exemptions, which the Code treats as protections rather than privileges.

A stranger's claim is not a section 47 question. It goes under Order XXI Rule 58, and the resulting order carries the force of a decree.

Quick revision

Section 60(1): land, houses, goods, money, negotiable instruments, securities, debts, shares, and all other saleable property belonging to the judgment-debtor or over which he has a disposing power for his own benefit, including property held by another in trust for him or on his behalf.

Exempt, by the proviso: necessary wearing apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding, and religious personal ornaments; tools of artisans and an agriculturist's implements, cattle and seed grain; the house of an agriculturist, labourer or domestic servant occupied by him; books of account; a mere right to sue for damages; a right of personal service; pensions and gratuities; wages of labourers and domestic servants; and salary to the extent of the first Rs. 1,000 and two thirds of the remainder, except under a maintenance decree.

Section 64: a private transfer after attachment is void as against the claims enforceable under the attachment; but not where made under a contract entered into and registered before the attachment. Claims enforceable include rateable distribution.

Modes: examination of the judgment-debtor as to assets, Rule 41; movables in his possession by seizure, Rule 43; debts and movables not in his possession by a prohibitory order, Rule 46; immovable property by a prohibitory order, proclaimed and affixed, Rule 54.

Garnishee, Rules 46A to 46-I: a garnishee is a person who owes money to the judgment-debtor. On the attaching creditor's application on affidavit, and only where the debt has been attached under Rule 46 and is not secured by a mortgage or charge, the Court issues a notice calling on him to pay into Court or show cause, Rule 46A. If he neither pays nor appears, an order is made against him and execution issues as though it were a decree against him, Rule 46B. If he disputes liability the question is tried as an issue in a suit, and beyond the Court's pecuniary jurisdiction the case goes to the District Judge, Rule 46C. A third person claiming the debt is heard, Rules 46D and 46E. Payment by the garnishee is a valid discharge even if the decree is later set aside, Rule 46F. Orders under Rules 46B, 46C and 46E are appealable as decrees, Rule 46H, and the rules extend to negotiable instruments, Rule 46-I.

munotes.in197

Attachment of Property

Order XXI Rule 58: a stranger's claim or objection is adjudicated in the execution proceeding, all questions of right, title and interest decided there and not by a separate suit; not entertained if the property is already sold or the claim was designedly delayed; the order has the force of a decree; and where it was not entertained, a suit survives.

Test yourself

1. What property is liable to attachment? Under section 60(1), lands, houses and other buildings, goods, money, bank notes, cheques, bills of exchange, hundis, promissory notes, Government securities, bonds, debts, shares in a corporation, and all other saleable property, movable or immovable, belonging to the judgment-debtor or over which he has a disposing power exercisable for his own benefit, whether held in his own name or by another in trust for him or on his behalf.

2. Name six kinds of property exempt from attachment. Necessary wearing apparel, cooking vessels, beds and bedding of the judgment-debtor and his family, and religious personal ornaments of a woman; tools of artisans and an agriculturist's implements of husbandry, cattle and seed grain; the house of an agriculturist, labourer or domestic servant occupied by him; books of account; a mere right to sue for damages; a right of personal service; pensions, gratuities and political pensions; the wages of labourers and domestic servants; and salary to the extent of the first one thousand rupees and two thirds of the remainder, except under a decree for maintenance.

3. What is the effect of attachment on a subsequent private sale? Under section 64(1) any private transfer or delivery of the attached property, or any payment to the judgment-debtor contrary to the attachment, is void as against all claims enforceable under the attachment. By section 64(2) this does not apply to a transfer made in pursuance of a contract for transfer entered into and registered before the attachment.

4. How is immovable property attached? Under Order XXI Rule 54, by an order prohibiting the judgment-debtor from transferring or charging the property and all persons from taking any benefit from such transfer or charge, the order being proclaimed at or adjacent to the property by beat of drum or other customary mode and a copy affixed on a conspicuous part of the property and of the court-house.

5. A stranger says the attached property is his. What is his remedy? A claim or objection under Order XXI Rule 58, which the executing court adjudicates, determining all questions of right, title and interest between the parties to that proceeding and not by a separate suit. The order made has the same force and is subject to the same conditions as to appeal as if it were a decree.

munotes.in198

Attachment of Property

6. When will such a claim not be entertained? Where, before the claim was preferred or the objection made, the property attached had already been sold, or where the Court considers that the claim or objection was designedly or unnecessarily delayed. In those cases, by Rule 58(5), the party's remedy by suit is preserved.

7. What is a garnishee, and what is a garnishee notice? A garnishee is a person who owes a debt to the judgment-debtor. Under Order XXI Rule 46A, where such a debt, not being one secured by a mortgage or charge, has been attached under Rule 46, the Court may on the attaching creditor's application, made on affidavit verifying the facts and stating the deponent's belief that the garnishee is indebted to the judgment-debtor, issue notice to the garnishee calling upon him either to pay into Court the debt due from him to the judgment-debtor, or so much of it as will satisfy the decree and the costs of execution, or to appear and show cause why he should not do so.

8. What follows if the garnishee neither pays nor appears? Under Rule 46B the Court may order him to comply with the terms of the notice, and on that order execution may issue as though the order were a decree against him. If instead he disputes liability, Rule 46C allows the Court to order the issue to be tried as if it were an issue in a suit, and where the sum exceeds its pecuniary jurisdiction the execution case goes to the Court of the District Judge. A payment made by the garnishee is, by Rule 46F, a valid discharge as against the judgment-debtor even if the decree or order is afterwards set aside or reversed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in199

Chapter Thirty-Five

Sale in Execution

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Mode of execution and stay of execution (Order XXI)"

In one line

Sale is the step that turns attached property into money, and the Code surrounds it with three protections: an accurate proclamation before it, three routes to set it aside after it, and a rule that title passes only when the sale becomes absolute.

Why the Code is so careful about it

An execution sale is a forced sale. The owner does not want to sell, he has no say in the terms, and a badly conducted auction can strip him of a house worth crores for a fraction of its value while leaving most of the decree unpaid. Nobody gains from that except a bargain hunter.

So the Code tries to secure a fair price: full disclosure to bidders so they can value the property, a proper auction, a deposit to keep out frivolous bidders, and a window in which the sale can be undone. And it deliberately delays the passing of title, so that the property can still be released if the judgment-debtor finds the money.

The order for sale, and how it is conducted

Rule 64: any Court executing a decree may order that any property attached by it and liable to sale, or such portion of it as may be necessary to satisfy the decree, shall be sold, and that the proceeds, or a sufficient portion of them, be paid to the party entitled under the decree.

The words "such portion as may be necessary" matter. The court is not to sell more than the decree requires.

Rule 65: save as otherwise prescribed, every sale in execution shall be conducted by an officer of the Court or by such other person as the Court may appoint, and shall be made by public auction in the manner prescribed.

The proclamation of sale: Rule 66

This is the most examined rule in the chapter, because it is where most sales go wrong.

Rule 66(1): where property is ordered to be sold by public auction, the Court shall cause a proclamation of the intended sale to be made in the language of the Court.

Rule 66(2): the proclamation shall be drawn up after notice to the decree-holder and the judgment-debtor, and shall state the time and place of sale, and specify as fairly and accurately as possible:

(a) the property to be sold, or where a part would be sufficient to satisfy the decree, that part (b) the revenue assessed on the estate, where the property is an interest in an estate paying revenue to the Government (c) any incumbrance to which the property is liable (d) the amount for the recovery of which the sale is ordered (e) every other thing which the Court considers material for a purchaser to know in order to judge of the nature and value of the property

munotes.in200

Sale in Execution

Clause (e) is the sweep-up and it states the purpose of the whole rule: a bidder must be able to judge the nature and value of what he is buying.

The second proviso settles a point that comes up constantly: nothing in the rule requires the Court to enter its own estimate of the value of the property, but the proclamation shall include the estimate, if any, given by either or both of the parties. So the court does not value the property; it records what the parties say it is worth.

Rule 67 provides for the mode of making the proclamation, and Rule 68 for the time of sale: no sale shall take place until after the expiration of at least fifteen days in the case of immovable property, and seven days in the case of movable property, calculated from the date on which the copy of the proclamation was affixed on the court-house.

Rule 69 allows the Court to adjourn a sale, and provides that where a sale is adjourned for more than thirty days, a fresh proclamation shall be made unless the judgment-debtor consents to waive it.

Deposit and payment by the purchaser: Rules 84 to 86

Rule 84(1): on every sale of immovable property, the person declared to be the purchaser shall immediately deposit twenty-five per cent of the amount of his purchase money to the officer conducting the sale, and in default of such deposit the property shall forthwith be resold.

Rule 85: the full amount of purchase money shall be paid by the purchaser on or before the fifteenth day from the sale of the property.

Rule 86: on default of that payment, the deposit may, after defraying the expenses of the sale, be forfeited to the Government, and the property resold, and the defaulting purchaser forfeits all claim to the property or to any part of the sum for which it may subsequently be sold.

So the two figures to hold are twenty-five per cent immediately and the balance within fifteen days.

Rules 72 and 73 restrict who may bid. Rule 72(1): no holder of a decree in execution of which property is sold shall, without the express permission of the Court, bid for or purchase the property. Rule 73: no officer or other person having any duty to perform in connection with any sale shall, directly or indirectly, bid for, acquire or attempt to acquire any interest in the property sold.

munotes.in201

Sale in Execution

Setting the sale aside: Rules 89, 90 and 91

There are exactly three routes, and an answer should name all three and say who may use each.

Rule 89, deposit. Where immovable property has been sold, any person claiming an interest in the property sold at the time of the sale, or at the time of making the application, or acting for or in the interest of such a person, may apply to have the sale set aside on depositing in Court:

(a) for payment to the purchaser, a sum equal to five per cent of the purchase money; and (b) for payment to the decree-holder, the amount specified in the proclamation of sale as that for the recovery of which the sale was ordered, less any amount received by the decree-holder since the proclamation.

Rule 89(2): a person who applies under Rule 90 to set aside the sale of his immovable property shall not, unless he withdraws that application, be entitled to make or prosecute an application under Rule 89. He must choose.

Rule 89(3): nothing in the rule relieves the judgment-debtor from liability for costs and interest not covered by the proclamation.

Rule 90, irregularity or fraud. Where immovable property has been sold, the decree-holder, or the purchaser, or any other person entitled to share in a rateable distribution of assets, or whose interests are affected by the sale, may apply to set the sale aside on the ground of a material irregularity or fraud in publishing or conducting it.

Rule 90(2), and this is the condition that decides these applications: no sale shall be set aside on that ground unless, upon the facts proved, the Court is satisfied that the applicant has sustained SUBSTANTIAL INJURY by reason of the irregularity or fraud.

Rule 90(3): no application shall be entertained on any ground which the applicant could have taken on or before the date on which the proclamation was drawn up. A party who sat through the proclamation stage cannot complain about it afterwards.

Rule 91, no saleable interest. The purchaser may apply to set the sale aside on the ground that the judgment-debtor had no saleable interest in the property.

Notice how the three fit together. Rule 89 is the judgment-debtor's route and needs money, not a complaint. Rule 90 is the complaint route and needs substantial injury. Rule 91 belongs to the disappointed purchaser.

When the sale becomes absolute: Rule 92

Rule 92(1): where no application is made under Rule 89, Rule 90 or Rule 91, or where such an application is made and disallowed, the Court shall make an order confirming the sale, and thereupon the sale shall become absolute.

munotes.in202

Sale in Execution

The proviso protects a pending stranger's claim: where property is sold pending the final disposal of any claim to, or objection to the attachment of, that property, the Court shall not confirm the sale until the final disposal of that claim or objection. That ties back to Order XXI Rule 58, in [Attachment of Property].

Rule 92(2): where such an application is made and allowed, and in the case of a Rule 89 application the deposit is made within sixty days from the date of sale, the Court shall make an order setting aside the sale. The rule also allows a deficiency in the Rule 89 deposit caused by a clerical or arithmetical mistake to be made good within a time fixed by the Court. No order shall be made unless notice of the application has been given to all persons affected.

So the two periods in Rule 89 and Rule 92 must be kept apart: the five per cent and the decree amount are what is deposited, and sixty days from the date of sale is when.

Rule 94: where a sale of immovable property has become absolute, the Court shall grant a certificate specifying the property sold and the name of the purchaser, and that certificate shall bear the date of the day on which the sale became absolute.

Rule 95: where the property sold is in the occupancy of the judgment-debtor, or of some person on his behalf, and a certificate has been granted, the Court shall, on the purchaser's application, put him in possession.

Section 65 states the effect: where immovable property is sold in execution and the sale has become absolute, the property shall be deemed to have vested in the purchaser from the time when the property is sold, and not from the time when the sale becomes absolute.

That relation back is worth noticing. Title passes only on confirmation, but once it passes it is treated as having vested from the date of the sale.

Rateable distribution: section 73

Section 73(1): where assets are held by a Court and more persons than one have, before the receipt of such assets, made application to the Court for the execution of decrees for the payment of money passed against the same judgment-debtor and have not obtained satisfaction, the assets, after deducting the costs of realisation, shall be rateably distributed among all those persons.

The three conditions worth stating are that the applications must be for money decrees, against the same judgment-debtor, and made before the receipt of the assets. A creditor who applies after the money is in gets nothing under this section.

munotes.in203

Sale in Execution

A worked example

A money decree against Zara is executed and her flat is attached and put up for sale.

What must the proclamation say? Under Rule 66 it is drawn up after notice to both sides, in the language of the Court, and states the time and place and, as fairly and accurately as possible, the property, the revenue if any, any incumbrance, the amount for which the sale is ordered, and anything else material for a purchaser to judge the nature and value. The Court need not give its own valuation but must include the parties' estimates if any are given.

When can the sale happen? Not until fifteen days after the copy of the proclamation was affixed on the court-house, that being immovable property.

The auction is held. Under Rule 84 the successful bidder must immediately deposit twenty-five per cent, failing which the property is resold at once, and under Rule 85 must pay the balance within fifteen days, failing which the deposit is forfeited and the property resold under Rule 86.

Zara finds the money after the auction. Rule 89: she may apply to set the sale aside on depositing five per cent of the purchase money for the purchaser and the amount specified in the proclamation for the decree-holder, less anything he has received since. Under Rule 92(2) the deposit must be made within sixty days of the date of sale.

She instead says the proclamation understated the property. That is Rule 90, material irregularity in publishing the sale. But under Rule 90(2) the sale will not be set aside unless she proves she sustained substantial injury by it, and under Rule 90(3) not at all if it was a ground she could have taken before the proclamation was drawn up.

She tries both routes at once. Rule 89(2): having applied under Rule 90, she cannot make or prosecute a Rule 89 application unless she withdraws the Rule 90 one.

Nobody applies. Rule 92(1): the Court confirms the sale and it becomes absolute. Under Rule 94 the purchaser gets a certificate bearing the date the sale became absolute, and under section 65 the property is deemed to have vested in him from the date of the sale.

The purchaser cannot get in. Rule 95: on his application the Court shall put him in possession, and if he is obstructed, Explanation II to section 47 keeps the dispute in the executing court. See [Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court].

A stranger's claim to the flat was pending when it was sold. The proviso to Rule 92(1): the Court shall not confirm the sale until that claim is finally disposed of.

munotes.in204

Sale in Execution

Three other creditors hold money decrees against Zara. Section 73: if they applied for execution before the sale proceeds were received and remain unsatisfied, the assets are rateably distributed among them after deducting the costs of realisation.

What it does not mean

The court does not value the property. Rule 66's second proviso requires only the parties' estimates, if given.

A sale does not pass title on the fall of the hammer. Title passes when the sale becomes absolute under Rule 92, though section 65 then relates the vesting back to the date of sale.

An irregularity alone does not set a sale aside. Rule 90(2) requires substantial injury, and Rule 90(3) bars grounds available before the proclamation.

The judgment-debtor cannot run both routes. Rule 89(2) makes him choose between the deposit route and the irregularity route.

A decree-holder cannot simply bid. Rule 72 requires the express permission of the Court, and Rule 73 bars anyone with a duty in connection with the sale.

The State's rule-making power over land sales: section 67

Section 67 empowers the State Government to make rules, consistent with the Code, as to the sale of land in execution of decrees, in particular as to the manner in which and the officers by whom such sales are to be conducted. So the Order XXI machinery above can be supplemented locally, and a practitioner checks the State rules alongside it.

Quick revision

Rule 64: sell the attached property, or so much as is necessary to satisfy the decree. Rule 65: by an officer of the Court or a person appointed, by public auction.

Rule 66, proclamation: after notice to both parties, in the Court's language, stating time and place and, as fairly and accurately as possible, the property, the revenue, any incumbrance, the amount to be recovered, and everything material for a purchaser to judge the nature and value. The Court need not give its own estimate but must include the parties' estimates.

Rule 68: not before fifteen days for immovable, seven days for movable, from affixing the proclamation. Rule 69: an adjournment beyond thirty days needs a fresh proclamation unless waived.

Rules 84 to 86: twenty-five per cent immediately or immediate resale; balance within fifteen days or forfeiture and resale. Rules 72 and 73: the decree-holder needs the Court's express permission to bid; officers connected with the sale may not bid at all.

Setting aside, three routes: Rule 89, by any person interested, on depositing five per cent for the purchaser and the proclamation amount for the decree-holder, within sixty days of the sale (Rule 92(2)); Rule 90, for material irregularity or fraud in publishing or conducting the sale, but only on proof of substantial injury, and not on a ground available before the proclamation; Rule 91, by the purchaser, that the judgment-debtor had no saleable interest. A Rule 90 applicant cannot also run Rule 89 without withdrawing.

munotes.in205

Sale in Execution

Rule 92: confirmation makes the sale absolute, but not while a stranger's claim is pending. Rule 94: certificate dated as of the day the sale became absolute. Rule 95: the purchaser is put in possession. Section 65: the property is deemed to have vested from the date of sale.

Section 73: assets are rateably distributed among holders of money decrees against the same judgment-debtor who applied before the assets were received.

Test yourself

1. What must a proclamation of sale contain? It is drawn up after notice to the decree-holder and the judgment-debtor, in the language of the Court, and states the time and place of sale and specifies as fairly and accurately as possible the property to be sold, the revenue assessed where the property is an interest in an estate paying revenue to the Government, any incumbrance to which the property is liable, the amount for the recovery of which the sale is ordered, and every other thing which the Court considers material for a purchaser to know in order to judge of the nature and value of the property.

2. Must the Court state its own estimate of the value? No. The second proviso to Order XXI Rule 66 provides that nothing in the rule requires the Court to enter its own estimate of the value, but the proclamation shall include the estimate, if any, given by either or both of the parties.

3. What must the purchaser deposit, and when must he pay the rest? Twenty-five per cent of the purchase money immediately, on being declared the purchaser, failing which the property is forthwith resold; and the full amount of the purchase money on or before the fifteenth day from the date of sale, failing which the deposit may be forfeited and the property resold, the defaulting purchaser forfeiting all claim to it.

4. On what grounds may an execution sale of immovable property be set aside? On deposit under Rule 89, by a person claiming an interest in the property, of five per cent of the purchase money for the purchaser and the amount specified in the proclamation for the decree-holder; on the ground of material irregularity or fraud in publishing or conducting the sale under Rule 90; and by the purchaser under Rule 91 on the ground that the judgment-debtor had no saleable interest.

munotes.in206

Sale in Execution

5. Is an irregularity by itself enough to set aside a sale? No. Rule 90(2) requires the Court to be satisfied on the facts proved that the applicant has sustained substantial injury by reason of the irregularity or fraud, and Rule 90(3) bars any ground which the applicant could have taken on or before the date the proclamation was drawn up.

6. When does the sale become absolute, and when does title pass? Where no application under Rules 89, 90 or 91 is made, or such an application is made and disallowed, the Court confirms the sale and it becomes absolute under Rule 92(1). By section 65 the property is then deemed to have vested in the purchaser from the time when the property was sold, and not from the time when the sale became absolute.

7. What is rateable distribution? Under section 73, where assets are held by a Court and more persons than one have, before the receipt of those assets, applied to it for execution of money decrees against the same judgment-debtor and have not obtained satisfaction, the assets are, after deducting the costs of realisation, rateably distributed among all of them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in207

Chapter Thirty-Six

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

Syllabus topic none. Added by the past-paper pass.

In one line

A decree-holder who is physically blocked when he goes to take possession does not have to file a fresh suit: Rule 97 lets him complain to the executing court, and Rule 101 requires that court to decide every question, including title.

The problem the rules solve

A decree for possession is worth nothing if the bailiff arrives and finds somebody standing in the doorway saying "the decree is not against me". Before 1976 the decree-holder's remedy in a contested case was often a separate suit, which meant starting again after already winning.

The Code now handles it inside the execution proceeding. Two situations are covered, and they are mirror images:

Rule 97, the decree-holder is resisted or obstructed and complains. Rule 99, a stranger has been dispossessed by the decree-holder and complains.

Both then run through the same machinery: Rule 101 for what is decided, Rules 98 and 100 for the order, and Rule 103 for the status of that order.

Resistance: Rule 97

Rule 97(1): where the holder of a decree for the possession of immovable property, or the purchaser of any such property sold in execution of a decree, is resisted or obstructed by any person in obtaining possession of the property, he may make an application to the Court complaining of such resistance or obstruction.

Rule 97(2): where any such application is made, the Court shall proceed to adjudicate upon the application in accordance with the provisions contained in this set of rules.

Two things to note. The remedy belongs to the auction purchaser as well as the decree-holder. And sub-rule (2) is mandatory: the Court shall adjudicate. It cannot send the applicant away to file a suit.

Dispossession of a stranger: Rule 99

Rule 99(1): where any person other than the judgment-debtor is dispossessed of immovable property by the holder of a decree for possession, or, where the property has been sold in execution, by the purchaser, he may make an application to the Court complaining of such dispossession.

Rule 99(2): the Court shall proceed to adjudicate upon the application.

So the rules cut both ways. Rule 97 protects the decree-holder against obstruction; Rule 99 protects a stranger who has been thrown out under a decree that was never against him.

What the court decides: Rule 101

This is the rule that changed the law, and it should be quoted.

Rule 101: all questions (including questions relating to right, title or interest in the property) arising between the parties to a proceeding on an application under rule 97 or rule 99, or their representatives, and relevant to the adjudication of the application, shall be determined by the Court dealing with the application AND NOT BY A SEPARATE SUIT; and for that purpose the Court shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other law for the time being in force, be deemed to have jurisdiction to decide such questions.

munotes.in208

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

Three consequences follow, and each is worth a sentence in an answer.

Questions of title are decided in execution. The executing court would normally have no business going behind the decree, as [Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court] explains for section 47. Rule 101 is an express exception.

No separate suit. The rule says so in terms.

Jurisdiction is conferred by deeming. A court that would otherwise lack pecuniary or subject-matter competence to try a title dispute is deemed to have it for this purpose.

The orders: Rules 98 and 100

Rule 98(1): upon determining the questions referred to in Rule 101, the Court shall, subject to sub-rule (2), either allow the application and direct that the applicant be put into possession, or dismiss the application, or pass such other order as in the circumstances it may deem fit.

Rule 98(2) is the sanction. Where the Court is satisfied that the resistance or obstruction was occasioned without any just cause by:

  • the judgment-debtor, or
  • some other person at his instigation or on his behalf, or
  • any transferee, where the transfer was made during the pendency of the suit or the execution proceeding,

it shall direct that the applicant be put into possession; and where the applicant is still resisted or obstructed, the Court may, at his instance, order the judgment-debtor, or any person acting at his instigation or on his behalf, to be detained in the civil prison for a term which may extend to thirty days.

Rule 100 is the corresponding provision on a Rule 99 application: on determining the Rule 101 questions the Court shall allow the application and direct that the applicant be put back into possession, or dismiss it, or pass such other order as it deems fit.

The transferee pendente lite: Rule 102

Rule 102: nothing in Rules 98 and 100 shall apply to resistance or obstruction in execution of a decree for possession of immovable property by a person to whom the judgment-debtor has transferred the property after the institution of the suit in which the decree was passed, or to the dispossession of any such person.

The Explanation: in this rule, "transfer" includes a transfer by operation of law.

This is the doctrine of lis pendens doing its work in execution. A person who bought from the judgment-debtor after the suit began takes subject to the result, so he gets no protection from these rules. Note that Rule 98(2) already names such a transferee as someone whose obstruction is without just cause.

munotes.in209

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

The status of the order: Rules 103, 104 and 106

Rule 103: where an application has been adjudicated upon under Rule 98 or Rule 100, the order made shall have the same force, and be subject to the same conditions as to an appeal or otherwise, as if it were a decree.

That single rule is what makes the procedure a real substitute for a suit. The order is treated as a decree, so it is appealable as a decree and it binds like one.

Rule 104: every order under Rule 101 or Rule 103 is subject to the result of any suit that may be pending on the date of commencement of the proceeding in which the order is made, if in that suit the party against whom the order was made has sought to establish a right to the present possession of the property.

Rule 106 allows an applicant or opponent against whom an order is made ex parte under these rules to apply to set it aside, in the terms and within the time the rule provides.

The limitation periods

The Schedule to the Limitation Act supplies three Articles that belong to this chapter, and they are easy marks in a problem question. See [The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation].

ArticleApplicationPeriodRuns from
128For possession by one dispossessed of immovable property and disputing the right of the decree-holder or purchaser at an execution saleThirty daysThe date of the dispossession
129For possession after removing resistance or obstruction to delivery of possession of immovable property decreed or sold in executionThirty daysThe date of the resistance or obstruction
134For delivery of possession by a purchaser of immovable property at a sale in executionOne yearWhen the sale becomes absolute

Thirty days is short. A decree-holder who is turned away at the door and does nothing for two months has a limitation problem before he has a possession problem.

A worked example

Bhavesh holds a decree for possession of a flat against Chetan. He goes with the bailiff and finds Deepak in occupation, who refuses to move, saying the decree is not against him.

What does Bhavesh do? Rule 97(1): he applies to the executing court complaining of the resistance or obstruction. He does not file a fresh suit.

Must the court entertain it? Yes. Rule 97(2): the Court shall proceed to adjudicate upon the application.

Deepak says he owns the flat. Rule 101: all questions, including questions of right, title or interest, arising between the parties and relevant to the adjudication shall be determined by that Court and not by a separate suit, and the Court is deemed to have jurisdiction to decide them.

munotes.in210

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

By when must Bhavesh apply? Article 129 of the Schedule: thirty days from the date of the resistance or obstruction.

The court finds Deepak was put there by Chetan to keep Bhavesh out. Rule 98(2): the resistance was without just cause by a person acting on the judgment-debtor's behalf, so the Court shall direct that Bhavesh be put into possession; and if he is still obstructed, the Court may order Chetan, or the person acting on his behalf, to be detained in the civil prison for up to thirty days.

Deepak bought the flat from Chetan after Bhavesh filed the suit. Rule 102: Rules 98 and 100 do not apply to a transferee pendente lite, and the Explanation extends "transfer" to a transfer by operation of law.

Deepak wants to appeal. Rule 103: an order adjudicated under Rule 98 or Rule 100 has the same force and is subject to the same conditions as to appeal as if it were a decree.

Turn the facts round. Suppose Deepak was a genuine stranger with his own tenancy, and the bailiff threw him out anyway. Rule 99: he applies complaining of the dispossession; Rule 101 governs what is decided; Rule 100 allows the Court to put him back into possession; and Article 128 gives him thirty days from the date of the dispossession.

Deepak's own suit for a declaration of title was already pending when Bhavesh applied. Rule 104: the order is subject to the result of that suit.

The order against Deepak was passed ex parte. Rule 106 lets him apply to have it set aside.

What it does not mean

The decree-holder is not sent away to file a suit. Rules 97(2) and 101 keep it in execution.

Rule 101 is not confined to procedural questions. It expressly includes right, title or interest.

Rule 97 is not for the decree-holder alone. An auction purchaser may use it.

Detention is not automatic. Rule 98(2) requires resistance without just cause by the judgment-debtor or someone on his behalf, and a continuing obstruction.

A transferee pendente lite gets no protection. Rule 102.

The order is not a mere execution order. Rule 103 gives it the force of a decree.

Quick revision

Rule 97: a decree-holder or auction purchaser resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession applies to the executing court, which shall adjudicate. Rule 99: a person other than the judgment-debtor who has been dispossessed applies, and the Court shall adjudicate. Rule 101: all questions, including right, title and interest, are decided by that Court and not by a separate suit, the Court being deemed to have jurisdiction. Rule 98: order allowing or dismissing the application; and where the obstruction was without just cause by the judgment-debtor, someone on his behalf, or a transferee pendente lite, the applicant shall be put in possession and the obstructor may be detained in the civil prison up to thirty days. Rule 100: the corresponding order on a Rule 99 application, putting the applicant back into possession. Rule 102: Rules 98 and 100 do not apply to a transferee pendente lite; "transfer" includes transfer by operation of law. Rule 103: the order has the force of a decree. Rule 104: subject to a pending suit. Rule 106: an ex parte order may be set aside. Limitation: Article 129, thirty days from the resistance; Article 128, thirty days from the dispossession; Article 134, one year from when the sale becomes absolute.

munotes.in211

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

Test yourself

1. A decree-holder is obstructed when taking possession. What is his remedy? Under Order XXI Rule 97(1) he may apply to the executing court complaining of the resistance or obstruction, and by Rule 97(2) the Court shall proceed to adjudicate upon the application. The same remedy is available to a purchaser of the property at a sale in execution.

2. Can the executing court decide a question of title in such a proceeding? Yes. Order XXI Rule 101 provides that all questions, including questions relating to right, title or interest in the property, arising between the parties to a proceeding under Rule 97 or Rule 99 and relevant to the adjudication, shall be determined by the Court dealing with the application and not by a separate suit, and that the Court shall be deemed to have jurisdiction to decide them notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law.

3. What order may the court pass where the obstruction was without just cause? Under Rule 98(2), where the resistance or obstruction was occasioned without just cause by the judgment-debtor, by a person at his instigation or on his behalf, or by a transferee during the pendency of the suit or execution proceeding, the Court shall direct that the applicant be put into possession; and where he is still resisted, the Court may order the judgment-debtor or the person acting on his behalf to be detained in the civil prison for a term which may extend to thirty days.

munotes.in212

Resistance to Delivery of Possession

4. What is the remedy of a stranger dispossessed under such a decree? Under Rule 99 he may apply complaining of the dispossession, the Court shall adjudicate upon it, the questions are determined under Rule 101, and under Rule 100 the Court may allow the application and direct that he be put back into possession.

5. Does a person who bought from the judgment-debtor during the suit get the benefit of these rules? No. Rule 102 provides that nothing in Rules 98 and 100 applies to resistance or obstruction by a person to whom the judgment-debtor transferred the property after the institution of the suit in which the decree was passed, or to the dispossession of such a person. The Explanation adds that "transfer" includes a transfer by operation of law.

6. What is the status of the order made on such an application? Under Rule 103 an order adjudicated upon under Rule 98 or Rule 100 has the same force, and is subject to the same conditions as to an appeal or otherwise, as if it were a decree. It is subject under Rule 104 to the result of any suit pending when the proceeding commenced in which the party against whom it was made sought to establish a right to present possession.

7. What is the period of limitation for these applications? Thirty days under Article 129 of the Schedule for possession after removing resistance or obstruction, running from the date of the resistance or obstruction; and thirty days under Article 128 for possession by one dispossessed, running from the date of the dispossession. Article 134 gives a purchaser at an execution sale one year for delivery of possession, from when the sale becomes absolute.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in213

Chapter Thirty-Seven

Attachment before Judgment

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Arrest, detention and attachment (Order XXI and XXXVIII)"

In one line

Order XXXVIII lets a court freeze a defendant's property, or hold him to security, before any decree has been passed, where he is about to make himself judgment-proof.

Why the Code allows something so drastic

A suit takes years. A defendant who can see the result coming has every incentive to sell everything and leave. If the court could act only after the decree, the decree would frequently be worthless, and the more obviously guilty the defendant, the more time he would have to arrange it.

But the plaintiff has proved nothing yet. An attachment before judgment can ruin a defendant who turns out to owe nothing at all. So the Code makes the power available only on a narrow and specific finding about the defendant's conduct and intention, and it hedges it with security, compensation and time limits.

Section 94 is the enabling section: it provides that in order to prevent the ends of justice from being defeated, the Court may, if so prescribed, (a) issue a warrant to arrest the defendant and bring him before the Court to show cause why he should not give security for his appearance, and if he fails to comply, commit him to civil prison; and (b) direct the defendant to furnish security to produce any property belonging to him and to place it at the disposal of the Court, or order the attachment of any property.

Arrest before judgment: Rules 1 to 4

Rule 1: where at any stage of a suit, other than a suit of the nature referred to in section 16 clauses (a) to (d), the Court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise:

(a) that the defendant, with intent to delay the plaintiff, or to avoid any process of the Court, or to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him, (i) has absconded or left the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, or (ii) is about to abscond or leave them, or (iii) has disposed of or removed from those limits his property or any part of it; or

(b) that the defendant is about to leave India in circumstances affording reasonable probability that the plaintiff will thereby be obstructed or delayed in the execution of any decree that may be passed against him,

the Court may issue a warrant to arrest the defendant and bring him before the Court to show cause why he should not furnish security for his appearance.

The proviso is a practical safeguard: the defendant shall not be arrested if he pays to the officer entrusted with the execution of the warrant any sum specified in the warrant as sufficient to satisfy the plaintiff's claim.

munotes.in214

Attachment before Judgment

Note the exclusion at the start. Suits of the nature referred to in section 16(a) to (d), that is suits for the recovery, partition, foreclosure, sale or redemption of, or the determination of rights in, immovable property, are outside Rule 1. The reason is obvious once seen: the subject matter is land, which cannot be spirited away.

Rule 2 provides that where the defendant fails to show cause, the Court shall order him to furnish security for his appearance. Rule 4 provides for his detention in civil prison where he fails to furnish that security, but not exceeding six months, or six weeks where the suit is for a sum not exceeding fifty rupees, and he shall be released on the suit being disposed of or on his furnishing the security.

Attachment before judgment: Rules 5 to 13

Rule 5(1): where, at any stage of a suit, the Court is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise, that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him,

(a) is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property, or (b) is about to remove the whole or any part of his property from the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court,

the Court may direct the defendant, within a time fixed, either to furnish security, in such sum as may be specified, to produce and place at the disposal of the Court, when required, the said property or the value of it or such portion as may be sufficient to satisfy the decree, or to appear and show cause why he should not furnish security.

Rule 5(2): the plaintiff shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, specify the property required to be attached and the estimated value of it.

Rule 5(3): the Court may also in the order direct the conditional attachment of the whole or any portion of the property so specified.

Rule 5(4), and this is the one that decides appeals: an attachment made without complying with the provisions of sub-rule (1) of this rule shall be void.

Rule 6(1): where the defendant fails to show cause why he should not furnish security, or fails to furnish the security required, within the time fixed, the Court may order that the property specified, or such portion as appears sufficient to satisfy any decree, be attached.

Rule 6(2): where he shows cause or furnishes the required security, and the property has been attached, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn, or make such other order as it thinks fit.

munotes.in215

Attachment before Judgment

Rule 7: the attachment shall be made in the manner provided for the attachment of property in execution of a decree, which is Order XXI. So section 60's exemptions apply here too.

Rule 8: where any claim is preferred to property attached before judgment, it shall be adjudicated upon in the manner provided for claims to property attached in execution, which is Order XXI Rule 58.

Rule 9 is the withdrawal provision: where an order is made for attachment before judgment, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn when the defendant furnishes the security required, together with security for the costs of the attachment, or when the suit is dismissed.

Rule 10, and this is the sentence to memorise: attachment before judgment shall not affect the rights, existing prior to the attachment, of persons not parties to the suit, nor bar any person holding a decree against the defendant from applying for the sale of the property under attachment in execution of such decree.

Rule 11: where property is under attachment by virtue of these rules and a decree is subsequently passed in favour of the plaintiff, it shall not be necessary on an application for execution of that decree to apply for a re-attachment of the property.

Rule 11A applies certain provisions of Order XXI, including those as to attachment and as to claims, to attachment before judgment.

Rule 12 is the limit on what may be attached: nothing in this Order shall be deemed to authorise the plaintiff to apply for the attachment of any agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist, or to empower the Court to order the attachment or production of such produce.

Rule 13 provides that where an order is made for attachment before judgment, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn when the defendant furnishes the security or when the suit is dismissed, in the terms already set out in Rule 9.

The two conditions, and why students lose marks on them

Rule 5 requires two things, and an answer that gives one is half an answer.

One, the intention: to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed. Not merely that the defendant is selling property. A trader selling stock in the ordinary course of his business is not caught, however worried the plaintiff may be.

Two, the act: about to dispose of, or about to remove from the jurisdiction, the whole or part of his property.

Both must be shown, by affidavit or otherwise, and Rule 5(4) makes an attachment ordered without complying with sub-rule (1) void, which is a strong sanction and a favourite examination point.

munotes.in216

Attachment before Judgment

A worked example

Jaya sues Kunal for Rs. 15,00,000. Half way through the suit she learns he has listed his only flat for sale and has told a neighbour he intends to move to Dubai.

Can she have the flat attached? She applies under Order XXXVIII Rule 5, supported by affidavit, showing both that he is about to dispose of the property and that he intends to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed. She must specify the property and its estimated value under Rule 5(2).

What does the Court do? It may direct Kunal, within a fixed time, to furnish security to produce the property or its value, or to appear and show cause why he should not. It may also order conditional attachment under Rule 5(3).

Kunal furnishes the security. Rule 6(2) and Rule 9: the Court orders the attachment withdrawn.

He does neither. Rule 6(1): the Court may order the property attached, in the manner provided for attachment in execution, Rule 7.

Jaya obtains an attachment without any affidavit and without the Court considering his intention. Rule 5(4): the attachment is void.

Kunal's sister says the flat is hers. Rule 8: her claim is adjudicated in the manner provided for claims to property attached in execution, that is under Order XXI Rule 58.

A bank holds a mortgage on the flat created before the attachment. Rule 10: attachment before judgment does not affect the rights, existing prior to the attachment, of persons not parties to the suit, so the bank's mortgage stands. Nor does it bar another decree-holder from applying to sell the property in execution of his decree.

Jaya wins. Rule 11: she need not apply for a re-attachment; the existing attachment carries into execution.

The suit is dismissed instead. Rule 9: the attachment is withdrawn.

Change the property. Suppose Kunal is a farmer and the property is his standing crop. Rule 12: the Order does not authorise attachment of agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist.

Change the suit. Suppose Jaya's suit had been for possession of the flat itself. Rule 1 would not apply to arrest before judgment at all, because such a suit is of the nature referred to in section 16(a) to (d).

What it does not mean

It is not an execution. No decree exists yet, and the plaintiff gets nothing; the property is merely frozen.

Selling property is not by itself a ground. The intent to obstruct or delay execution must also be shown.

It does not defeat prior rights of strangers. Rule 10 preserves them.

munotes.in217

Attachment before Judgment

It does not reach an agriculturist's produce. Rule 12.

It does not survive a dismissal. Rule 9 requires withdrawal when the suit is dismissed or security is furnished.

A defective attachment is not merely irregular. Rule 5(4) makes it void.

Quick revision

Section 94(b) enables it; Order XXXVIII Rules 5 to 13 contain it.

Rule 5: on being satisfied by affidavit or otherwise that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed, is about to dispose of or about to remove from the jurisdiction his property, the Court may direct him to furnish security or show cause, and may order conditional attachment. The plaintiff must specify the property and its value. An attachment made without complying with sub-rule (1) is VOID.

Rule 6: on failure to show cause or furnish security, attachment; on showing cause or furnishing security, withdrawal. Rule 7: attachment made as in execution, so section 60 exemptions apply. Rule 8: a stranger's claim adjudicated as under Order XXI Rule 58. Rule 9: withdrawn on security being furnished, or on the suit being dismissed. Rule 10: does not affect prior rights of strangers, nor bar another decree-holder from selling in execution. Rule 11: no re-attachment needed after a decree. Rule 12: no attachment of agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist.

Rules 1 to 4, arrest before judgment: on intent to delay, avoid process, or obstruct execution, where the defendant has absconded, is about to abscond, or has disposed of or removed property, or is about to leave India; not in suits of the nature of section 16(a) to (d); no arrest if he pays the sum specified in the warrant; detention for failure to furnish security not exceeding six months.

Test yourself

1. When may the Court order attachment before judgment? Where at any stage of a suit it is satisfied, by affidavit or otherwise, that the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him, is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property, or is about to remove it wholly or in part from the local limits of the jurisdiction of the Court: Order XXXVIII Rule 5.

2. What are the two elements that must be established? The act, that the defendant is about to dispose of or remove his property; and the intention, that he does so with intent to obstruct or delay the execution of any decree that may be passed against him. Both must be shown, by affidavit or otherwise.

3. What is the effect of an attachment made without complying with Rule 5(1)? It is void: Order XXXVIII Rule 5(4).

munotes.in218

Attachment before Judgment

4. Does attachment before judgment affect the rights of strangers? No. Order XXXVIII Rule 10 provides that such an attachment shall not affect the rights, existing prior to the attachment, of persons not parties to the suit, nor bar any person holding a decree against the defendant from applying for the sale of the property under attachment in execution of that decree.

5. When must the attachment be withdrawn? Under Order XXXVIII Rule 9, when the defendant furnishes the security required together with security for the costs of the attachment, or when the suit is dismissed.

6. Must the property be attached again after a decree is obtained? No. Order XXXVIII Rule 11 provides that where property is under attachment before judgment and a decree is subsequently passed in favour of the plaintiff, it is not necessary on an application for execution to apply for a re-attachment of the property.

7. Can an agriculturist's produce be attached before judgment? No. Order XXXVIII Rule 12 provides that nothing in the Order authorises the plaintiff to apply for the attachment of any agricultural produce in the possession of an agriculturist, or empowers the Court to order its attachment or production.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in219

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

Syllabus topic 3.4, "Incidental proceeding, Payment into court, security costs and commissions (Orders XXIV, XXV and XXVI)"

In one line

Two short Orders, each protecting one side against the other's use of the litigation itself as a weapon: Order XXIV lets a defendant stop the interest clock by paying the money in, and Order XXV lets a defendant demand security from a plaintiff who may not be around to pay costs.

Order XXIV: payment into court

Why it exists

Suppose a defendant accepts he owes Rs. 1,00,000 and offers it, but the plaintiff insists on Rs. 5,00,000 and sues. The suit runs three years. If nothing could be done, the defendant would pay interest for three years on money he was willing to hand over on day one, and would pay the costs of a trial he never wanted.

Order XXIV lets him take that away. He deposits what he says is due, and from the moment the plaintiff has notice of the deposit, interest stops running on that sum. If the court later finds the deposit was enough, the plaintiff pays the costs of the litigation he insisted on.

The four rules

Rule 1: the defendant in any suit to recover a debt or damages may, at any stage of the suit, deposit in Court such sum of money as he considers a satisfaction in full of the claim.

Rule 2: notice of the deposit shall be given through the Court by the defendant to the plaintiff, and the amount shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be paid to the plaintiff on his application.

Rule 3, and this is the operative sanction: no interest shall be allowed to the plaintiff on any sum deposited by the defendant from the date of the receipt of such notice, whether the sum deposited is in full of the claim or falls short of it.

Read Rule 3 carefully. The interest stops even if the deposit turns out to be too small. It stops on the sum deposited, from the date the plaintiff receives notice.

Rule 4(1), where the plaintiff accepts it as part satisfaction: he may prosecute his suit for the balance; and if the Court decides that the deposit was a full satisfaction of the claim, the plaintiff shall pay the costs of the suit incurred after the deposit, and also the costs incurred before it so far as they were caused by the excess in his claim.

That is the sting. A plaintiff who refuses a sufficient deposit and presses on pays for the rest of the case himself, and may pay for part of the earlier costs too, to the extent his own inflated claim caused them.

Rule 4(2), where he accepts it as full satisfaction: he shall present a statement to that effect, which is filed, and the Court shall pronounce judgment accordingly; and in directing by whom the costs of each party are to be paid, the Court shall consider which of the parties is most to blame for the litigation.

munotes.in220

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

The words "most to blame for the litigation" are worth quoting. Costs here do not simply follow the event; the court asks whose conduct made the suit necessary.

The Code's own illustration

Rule 4 carries illustrations, and the first states the principle. A owes B Rs. 100. B sues A for the amount, having made no demand for payment and having no reason to believe that the delay caused any loss. The illustration then works through who should bear the costs of a suit the plaintiff need not have brought.

Order XXV: security for costs

Why it exists

A defendant who wins is entitled to his costs. That entitlement is worth nothing if the plaintiff is beyond reach when the bill arrives. A person with no property in India can sue at no real risk: if he wins he collects, and if he loses he simply goes home.

Order XXV closes that gap, and it does so without shutting anybody out of court: the plaintiff is not barred from suing, he is required to put up security first.

When security may be required: Rule 1

Rule 1(1): at any stage of a suit, the Court may, either of its own motion or on the application of any defendant, order the plaintiff, for reasons to be recorded, to give within the time fixed by it security for the payment of all costs incurred and likely to be incurred by any defendant.

The proviso makes it mandatory in one case: such an order shall be made in all cases in which it appears to the Court that a sole plaintiff is, or where there are more plaintiffs than one that all the plaintiffs are, residing out of India, and that the plaintiff does not possess, or no one of the plaintiffs possesses, any sufficient immovable property within India other than the property in suit.

So there are two levels. A general discretion in sub-rule (1), exercisable at any stage, on the court's own motion or on application, for reasons recorded. And a mandatory case in the proviso, where every plaintiff resides out of India and none has sufficient immovable property here apart from the property in suit.

Note the words "other than the property in suit". Property that is itself the subject of the litigation does not count as security, for the obvious reason that the plaintiff may lose it.

munotes.in221

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

Rule 1(2) extends the proviso: whoever leaves India under such circumstances as to afford reasonable probability that he will not be forthcoming whenever he may be called upon to pay costs shall be DEEMED to be residing out of India within the meaning of the proviso.

That deeming provision catches the plaintiff who leaves after filing.

Failure to furnish it: Rule 2

Rule 2(1): in the event of the security not being furnished within the time fixed, the Court shall make an order dismissing the suit, unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs are permitted to withdraw from it.

Rule 2(2): where a suit is so dismissed, the plaintiff may apply to set the dismissal aside, and if it is proved to the Court's satisfaction that he was prevented by sufficient cause from furnishing the security within the time allowed, the Court shall set aside the dismissal upon such terms as to security, costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, and shall appoint a day for proceeding with the suit.

Rule 2(3): the dismissal shall not be set aside unless notice of the application has been served on the defendant.

The shape is by now familiar from Order IX and Order XXII: a default, a dismissal, and an application to set it aside on sufficient cause, with notice to the other side. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

A worked example

Aditya sues Bela for Rs. 6,00,000 as damages. Bela accepts she owes Rs. 2,00,000 and no more.

What can she do? Under Order XXIV Rule 1 she may, at any stage, deposit Rs. 2,00,000 in Court as what she considers satisfaction in full, and under Rule 2 notice is given to Aditya through the Court, and the money is paid out to him on his application unless the Court directs otherwise.

What does the deposit achieve immediately? Rule 3: no interest runs in Aditya's favour on that sum from the date he receives the notice, and that is so even if the deposit later proves insufficient.

Aditya takes the money and continues for the balance. Rule 4(1) permits it. But if the Court eventually decides that Rs. 2,00,000 was full satisfaction, Aditya must pay the costs of the suit incurred after the deposit, and the earlier costs too so far as they were caused by the excess in his claim.

Aditya accepts it as full satisfaction instead. Rule 4(2): he files a statement, the Court pronounces judgment accordingly, and in deciding costs asks which party is most to blame for the litigation.

Now change the parties. Suppose Aditya lives in Canada and owns nothing in India except the very property in dispute. Bela applies under Order XXV Rule 1. This is not a matter of discretion: the proviso makes the order mandatory, because the sole plaintiff resides out of India and has no sufficient immovable property here other than the property in suit.

munotes.in222

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

Aditya was living in Mumbai when he filed, and moved abroad afterwards. Rule 1(2): if he left India in circumstances affording a reasonable probability that he will not be forthcoming when called on to pay costs, he is deemed to be residing out of India, and the proviso applies.

He does not furnish the security in time. Rule 2(1): the Court shall dismiss the suit, unless he is permitted to withdraw.

He then applies to have that dismissal set aside. Rule 2(2): the Court shall set it aside if he proves he was prevented by sufficient cause, on such terms as to security and costs as it thinks fit; and by Rule 2(3) not without notice to Bela.

What it does not mean

A deposit under Order XXIV is not an admission of the whole claim. It is what the defendant considers satisfaction in full, and the plaintiff may take it and sue for the balance.

Interest does not continue merely because the deposit was too small. Rule 3 stops interest on the sum deposited from the date of notice, whether or not it covers the claim.

Security for costs is not a bar to suing. The plaintiff is required to secure the defendant's costs, not prevented from bringing the suit.

Property in suit does not count as security. The proviso to Rule 1 excludes it expressly.

A dismissal for want of security is not final. Rule 2(2) allows it to be set aside on sufficient cause, with notice to the defendant.

Enforcing the surety's liability: section 145

Section 145: where a person has furnished security or given a guarantee for the performance of a decree or any part of it, for the restitution of property taken in execution, or for the payment of money or the fulfilment of a condition imposed under an order of the Court, the decree or order may be executed against him in the manner provided for the execution of decrees:

(i) where he has rendered himself personally liable, against him to that extent (ii) where he has furnished property as security, by sale of that property to the extent of the security (iii) where the case falls under both, to the extent specified in both

And the sting in the tail: such a person shall be deemed to be a party within the meaning of section 47. So his objections are decided by the executing court and not by a separate suit. See [Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court].

munotes.in223

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

Quick revision## Quick revision

Order XXIV: the defendant in a suit to recover a debt or damages may at any stage deposit what he considers satisfaction in full, Rule 1; notice through the Court, and payment out to the plaintiff on application, Rule 2; no interest to the plaintiff on the sum deposited from the date he receives notice, whether or not the deposit is enough, Rule 3; if he takes it as part satisfaction he may sue for the balance, but if the Court finds it was full satisfaction he pays the costs after the deposit and the earlier costs caused by the excess in his claim, Rule 4(1); if he takes it as full satisfaction, judgment follows and costs are decided by asking who is most to blame for the litigation, Rule 4(2).

Order XXV: security for costs may be ordered at any stage, on the Court's own motion or on a defendant's application, for reasons recorded, Rule 1(1); and shall be ordered where every plaintiff resides out of India and none has sufficient immovable property in India other than the property in suit; a person who leaves India so as to make it reasonably probable he will not be forthcoming to pay costs is deemed to reside out of India, Rule 1(2). Failure to furnish it means dismissal, unless withdrawal is permitted, Rule 2(1); which may be set aside on sufficient cause, on terms, Rule 2(2), and only after notice to the defendant, Rule 2(3).

Test yourself

1. What may a defendant do under Order XXIV, and when? In any suit to recover a debt or damages he may, at any stage of the suit, deposit in Court such sum of money as he considers a satisfaction in full of the claim, notice of the deposit being given to the plaintiff through the Court.

2. What is the effect of such a deposit on interest? Under Order XXIV Rule 3 no interest is allowed to the plaintiff on any sum deposited from the date of receipt of the notice, whether the sum deposited is in full of the claim or falls short of it.

3. The plaintiff takes the deposit as part satisfaction and loses on the balance. Who pays the costs? Under Rule 4(1), where the Court decides that the deposit was a full satisfaction of the claim, the plaintiff pays the costs of the suit incurred after the deposit, and also the costs incurred before it so far as they were caused by the excess in his claim.

munotes.in224

Payment into Court and Security for Costs

4. When must the Court order security for costs? Under the proviso to Order XXV Rule 1(1), in all cases where it appears that a sole plaintiff is, or where there are several that all of them are, residing out of India, and that no such plaintiff possesses any sufficient immovable property within India other than the property in suit.

5. Does the property in dispute count as security? No. The proviso excludes the property in suit, so a plaintiff whose only Indian property is the subject matter of the litigation is treated as having none for this purpose.

6. What happens if security is not furnished? Under Order XXV Rule 2(1) the Court shall make an order dismissing the suit, unless the plaintiff is permitted to withdraw from it. Under Rule 2(2) the plaintiff may apply to set the dismissal aside, and the Court shall do so if satisfied he was prevented by sufficient cause from furnishing the security in time, on such terms as to security or costs as it thinks fit, and by Rule 2(3) only after notice to the defendant.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in225

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Commissions

Syllabus topic 3.4, "Incidental proceeding, Payment into court, security costs and commissions (Orders XXIV, XXV and XXVI)"

In one line

A commission is a court's delegation of a particular task to somebody else, called a Commissioner, who does it and reports back, because the task cannot conveniently be done in the courtroom.

Why the Code allows it

Some things a court needs simply cannot happen in front of the judge. A witness may be too ill to attend, or live a thousand miles away. The dispute may turn on the state of a wall that has to be looked at. Accounts may run to years of entries that no judge can add up from the bench. Property may have to be divided on the ground with measuring tape.

None of that is adjudication. It is fact-gathering and mechanical work, and the Code lets the court send somebody to do it and bring back the material. The judge still decides; the Commissioner only supplies what the judge cannot conveniently obtain himself.

The seven purposes: section 75

Section 75: subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the Court may issue a commission:

(a) to examine any person (b) to make a local investigation (c) to examine or adjust accounts (d) to make a partition (e) to hold a scientific, technical or expert investigation (f) to conduct the sale of property which is subject to speedy and natural decay and which is in the custody of the Court pending the determination of the suit (g) to perform any ministerial act

The first four were in the Code as enacted; clauses (e), (f) and (g) were added by the 1976 amendment. That is worth knowing, because a question asking for "the purposes for which a commission may be issued" wants all seven, and the older ones alone will read as an incomplete answer.

Commission to examine a witness: Rules 1 to 8

Rule 1: any Court may in any suit issue a commission for the examination on interrogatories or otherwise of any person resident within the local limits of its jurisdiction who is exempted under this Code from attending the Court, or who is from sickness or infirmity unable to attend it.

The proviso: a commission for examination on interrogatories shall not be issued unless the Court, for reasons to be recorded, thinks it necessary to do so.

The Explanation is a practical shortcut worth remembering: the Court may accept a certificate purporting to be signed by a registered medical practitioner as evidence of the sickness or infirmity of any person, without calling the medical practitioner as a witness.

Rule 2: an order for the issue of such a commission may be made by the Court of its own motion or on the application of any party or of the witness.

munotes.in226

Commissions

Rule 4 covers persons resident beyond the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction, those about to leave those limits before the date of examination, and public officers who cannot in the public interest attend.

Rule 4A, added in 1999, is broad: notwithstanding anything in these rules, any Court may, in the interest of justice or for the expeditious disposal of the case or for any other reason, issue a commission in any suit for the examination, on interrogatories or otherwise, of any person resident within the local limits of its jurisdiction, and the evidence so recorded shall be read in evidence.

Rule 8 governs when the evidence taken on commission may be read: it may be read in evidence if the person who gave it is beyond the jurisdiction of the Court, or dead, or unable from sickness or infirmity to attend, or exempted, or is a public officer whose attendance the Court considers cannot in the public interest be had; and it may be read in any event with the consent of the party against whom it is offered.

Local investigation: Rule 9

Rule 9: in any suit in which the Court deems a local investigation to be requisite or proper for the purpose of elucidating any matter in dispute, or of ascertaining the market value of any property, or the amount of any mesne profits or damages or annual net profits, the Court may issue a commission to a person it thinks fit, directing him to make the investigation and to report to the Court.

Rule 10(1): the Commissioner shall, after such local inspection as he deems necessary and after reducing to writing the evidence taken by him, return the evidence, together with his report in writing signed by him, to the Court.

Rule 10(2), and this is the sentence that matters most in practice: the report of the Commissioner and the evidence taken by him shall be evidence in the suit and shall form part of the record; but the Court, or with its permission any of the parties, may examine the Commissioner personally in open Court touching any of the matters referred to him, or mentioned in his report, or as to his report, or as to the manner in which he has made the investigation.

Rule 10(3): where the Court is for any reason dissatisfied with the proceedings of the Commissioner, it may direct such further inquiry as it thinks fit.

Note carefully what Rule 10(2) does and does not do. The report is evidence, so it does not have to be proved afresh. But it is not conclusive: the Commissioner may be cross-examined on it, and under Rule 10(3) the Court may order the whole thing done again.

munotes.in227

Commissions

Rule 10A allows a Court, where a question arising in a suit involves any scientific investigation which cannot in its opinion be conveniently conducted before the Court, to issue a commission to a person it thinks fit, directing him to inquire and report.

Rule 10B provides similarly for the performance of any ministerial act.

Accounts, partition and sale: Rules 11 to 18

Rule 11: in any suit in which an examination or adjustment of accounts is necessary, the Court may issue a commission to a person it thinks fit directing him to make the examination or adjustment.

Rule 12(1): the Court shall furnish the Commissioner with such part of the proceedings and such instructions as appear necessary, and the instructions shall distinguish between matters on which he is merely to transmit the proceedings, and those on which he is to report his own opinion.

Rule 12(2): the proceedings and report of the Commissioner shall be evidence in the suit, but the Court may, for reasons recorded, direct a further inquiry.

Rule 13: where a preliminary decree for partition of immovable property has been passed, the Court may, in any case not provided for by section 54, issue a commission to a person it thinks fit to make the partition or separation according to the rights declared in the decree.

Rule 14 sets out what the Commissioner in a partition does: after such inquiry as is necessary, he shall divide the property into as many shares as directed, allot the shares, and may, where necessary, award sums to be paid for the purpose of equalising the value of the shares. He then prepares and signs a report, or where there is more than one Commissioner and they differ, separate reports. The Court, after hearing objections, confirms, varies or sets aside the report, and where it confirms or varies it, passes a decree in accordance with it.

Rule 16A allows the Commissioner to examine parties and witnesses, and to require the production of documents.

Rule 18 deals with the sale of movable property which is subject to speedy and natural decay, corresponding to section 75(f).

Commissions to and from other courts, and abroad

Section 76: a commission for the examination of a person may be issued to any Court, not being a High Court, situate in a State other than the State in which the Court of issue is situate and having jurisdiction in the place where the person resides.

munotes.in228

Commissions

Section 77: in lieu of issuing a commission, the Court may issue a letter of request to examine a witness residing at any place not within India.

Section 78 deals with commissions issued by foreign Courts: subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, the provisions as to the execution and return of commissions for the examination of witnesses shall apply to commissions issued by or at the instance of certain courts situate outside India.

Rules 19 to 22 contain the machinery for commissions issued at the instance of foreign tribunals.

Who pays, and general points

Rule 15: before issuing any commission, the Court may order such sum as it thinks reasonable for the expenses of the commission to be paid into Court by the party at whose instance or for whose benefit it is issued.

Rule 16: the Commissioner may, unless otherwise directed by the order of appointment, examine the parties themselves and any witness whom they or any of them may produce, and any other person whom he thinks proper to call upon to give evidence; require the production of any documents; and at any reasonable time enter upon or into any land or building mentioned in the order.

Rule 17 applies the provisions of the Code relating to the summoning, attendance and examination of witnesses, and to the remuneration of and penalties on witnesses, to persons required to give evidence or produce documents before the Commissioner.

A worked example

Qamar sues Rehana over the boundary between their plots, claiming she has encroached by two feet and asking for mesne profits.

The dispute turns on where the boundary actually runs. No amount of oral evidence in court settles that. Under Rule 9 the Court may issue a commission for a local investigation, directing a Commissioner to inspect the site and report, and the same rule allows a commission to ascertain the mesne profits.

Who pays for it? Under Rule 15, the Court may require the party at whose instance the commission is issued to pay the expenses into Court beforehand.

What can the Commissioner do? Under Rule 16, examine the parties and witnesses, require documents, and enter upon the land at any reasonable time.

What is the status of his report? Under Rule 10(2) the report and the evidence he took are evidence in the suit and form part of the record. But either party may, with the Court's permission, examine him in open Court about his findings and about how he conducted the investigation. And under Rule 10(3), if the Court is dissatisfied, it may direct a further inquiry.

munotes.in229

Commissions

Rehana is bedridden and cannot come to court. Under Rule 1 the Court may issue a commission to examine her, since she is unable from sickness to attend. Under the Explanation it may accept a registered medical practitioner's certificate as evidence of that sickness without calling the doctor as a witness. If her examination is to be on interrogatories, the proviso requires the Court to record reasons for thinking it necessary.

A key witness lives in Chennai. Rule 4 covers a person resident beyond the local limits, and under section 76 the commission may be issued to a court, not being a High Court, in that other State having jurisdiction where he lives.

A witness lives in Dubai. Under section 77 the Court may, in lieu of a commission, issue a letter of request to examine a witness residing outside India.

Change the suit. Suppose the Court passes a preliminary decree for partition of a joint property. Rule 13 allows a commission to make the partition, and under Rule 14 the Commissioner divides the property, allots the shares, may award sums to equalise the value of the shares, and reports; the Court then confirms, varies or sets aside the report and passes a decree accordingly.

And another. Suppose the suit concerns a consignment of mangoes in the custody of the Court. Section 75(f) and Rule 18: a commission may be issued to sell property subject to speedy and natural decay.

What it does not mean

A commission is not a delegation of the decision. The Commissioner gathers material and reports; the Court decides.

The report is not conclusive. It is evidence and part of the record, but the Commissioner may be examined on it and the Court may order a further inquiry.

A commission to examine a witness is not available merely because attendance is inconvenient. Rule 1 requires exemption from attendance, or inability from sickness or infirmity, though Rule 4A gives a wider power in the interest of justice or for expeditious disposal.

Examination on interrogatories is not the default. The proviso to Rule 1 requires reasons to be recorded.

The court does not bear the cost. Rule 15 puts it on the party at whose instance or for whose benefit the commission issues.

Quick revision

Section 75, seven purposes: to examine any person; to make a local investigation; to examine or adjust accounts; to make a partition; to hold a scientific, technical or expert investigation; to conduct the sale of property subject to speedy and natural decay in the Court's custody; and to perform any ministerial act. The last three were added in 1976.

Examination of witnesses: Rule 1, a person exempted from attending or unable from sickness or infirmity, with a medical certificate accepted without calling the doctor, and reasons recorded before ordering examination on interrogatories; Rule 4, persons beyond the jurisdiction, about to leave, or public officers; Rule 4A, a wide power in the interest of justice or for expeditious disposal; Rule 8, when the evidence may be read.

munotes.in230

Commissions

Local investigation: Rule 9, to elucidate a matter in dispute, or ascertain market value, mesne profits, damages or annual net profits; Rule 10, the report and evidence are evidence and form part of the record, the Commissioner may be examined in open Court, and the Court may direct a further inquiry.

Accounts, Rule 11. Partition, Rules 13 and 14, with power to award sums to equalise shares, the Court then confirming, varying or setting aside the report. Scientific investigation, Rule 10A. Ministerial acts, Rule 10B. Sale of perishables, Rule 18.

Powers of the Commissioner, Rule 16: examine parties and witnesses, require documents, enter upon land or buildings. Expenses, Rule 15, paid in by the party at whose instance it issues.

Section 76: commission to a court in another State. Section 77: letter of request for a witness outside India. Section 78: commissions issued by foreign courts.

Test yourself

1. For what purposes may a court issue a commission? Under section 75, to examine any person; to make a local investigation; to examine or adjust accounts; to make a partition; to hold a scientific, technical or expert investigation; to conduct the sale of property subject to speedy and natural decay which is in the custody of the Court pending the determination of the suit; and to perform any ministerial act.

2. When may a commission issue to examine a witness? Under Order XXVI Rule 1, where the person is resident within the local limits of the Court's jurisdiction and is exempted under the Code from attending the Court, or is from sickness or infirmity unable to attend. Rule 4 extends it to persons resident beyond those limits, persons about to leave them, and public officers whose attendance cannot in the public interest be had; and Rule 4A gives a wider power in the interest of justice or for the expeditious disposal of the case.

3. How may sickness be proved for this purpose? The Explanation to Rule 1 allows the Court to accept a certificate purporting to be signed by a registered medical practitioner as evidence of the sickness or infirmity of any person, without calling the medical practitioner as a witness.

4. What is the evidentiary value of a Commissioner's report? Under Order XXVI Rule 10(2) the report and the evidence taken by the Commissioner are evidence in the suit and form part of the record. The Court, or with its permission any party, may examine the Commissioner personally in open Court about the matters referred to him, his report, or the manner in which he made the investigation; and under Rule 10(3) the Court, if dissatisfied, may direct such further inquiry as it thinks fit.

munotes.in231

Commissions

5. What are the powers of a Commissioner? Under Rule 16, unless otherwise directed, to examine the parties themselves and any witness they produce and any other person he thinks proper to call, to require the production of documents, and at any reasonable time to enter upon or into any land or building mentioned in the order.

6. Who bears the expenses of a commission? Under Rule 15 the Court may, before issuing the commission, order such sum as it thinks reasonable for the expenses to be paid into Court by the party at whose instance or for whose benefit the commission is issued.

7. How is a witness residing outside India examined? Under section 77 the Court may, in lieu of issuing a commission, issue a letter of request to examine a witness residing at any place not within India.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in232

Chapter Forty

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

Syllabus topic 3.5, "Interim orders, Temporary injunction (Order XXXIX)"

In one line

A temporary injunction is an order made while the suit is still running which stops a party doing something, so that the subject matter of the dispute still exists when the court finally decides it.

Why the Code allows it

A suit takes years, and the defendant keeps possession of the property throughout. If he can cut down the trees, sell the land, or demolish the building while the case is pending, the plaintiff may win a decree about something that no longer exists.

So the court is given power to freeze the position. But the plaintiff has proved nothing yet, and an injunction can be as damaging to an innocent defendant as the threatened act would be to the plaintiff. The Code therefore hedges the power: notice before granting, reasons if notice is dispensed with, a thirty-day clock, compensation for a wrongly obtained injunction, and attachment and imprisonment for disobeying one.

Section 94(c) is the enabling provision: in order to prevent the ends of justice from being defeated, the Court may, if so prescribed, grant a temporary injunction and, in case of disobedience, commit the person guilty of it to civil prison and order that his property be attached and sold.

Section 95 is the counterweight, and it is dealt with at the end of this chapter.

When a temporary injunction may be granted: Rule 1

Rule 1: where in any suit it is proved by affidavit or otherwise:

(a) that any property in dispute in a suit is in danger of being wasted, damaged or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in execution of a decree, or (b) that the defendant threatens, or intends, to remove or dispose of his property with a view to defrauding his creditors, or (c) that the defendant threatens to dispossess the plaintiff or otherwise cause injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit,

the Court may by order grant a temporary injunction to restrain such act, or make such other order for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, damaging, alienation, sale, removal or disposition of the property, or dispossession of the plaintiff or other injury to him in relation to property in dispute, as the Court thinks fit, until the disposal of the suit or until further orders.

Three grounds, and it is worth noticing what they have in common and how they differ.

Clauses (a) and (c) are about property in dispute in the suit. Clause (b) is not: it is about the defendant's own property, and it is aimed at a defendant putting his assets beyond the reach of creditors. Clause (b) therefore overlaps with attachment before judgment under Order XXXVIII Rule 5, and the difference is that clause (b) restrains, while Order XXXVIII attaches. See [Attachment before Judgment].

munotes.in233

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

Rule 2(1): in any suit for restraining the defendant from committing a breach of contract or other injury of any kind, whether or not compensation is claimed, the plaintiff may at any time after the commencement of the suit, and either before or after judgment, apply for a temporary injunction to restrain the defendant from committing the breach or injury complained of, or any breach or injury of a like kind arising out of the same contract or relating to the same property or right.

Rule 2(2): the Court may grant such an injunction on such terms as to the duration of the injunction, keeping an account, giving security or otherwise as it thinks fit.

Note the words "or after judgment" in Rule 2(1). An injunction under this rule is not confined to the period before decree.

The three things the applicant must show

The Code sets out the occasions on which an injunction may be granted. It does not set out the test, which has been settled by practice, and every answer on this topic is expected to give it.

One, a prima facie case. The plaintiff must show a serious question to be tried and a case that is not frivolous. He does not have to prove he will win.

Two, the balance of convenience. The court weighs the inconvenience to the plaintiff if the injunction is refused against the inconvenience to the defendant if it is granted, and asks which is greater.

Three, irreparable injury. The plaintiff must show that if the injunction is refused he will suffer harm which cannot adequately be compensated in money. Where damages are an adequate remedy, an injunction is ordinarily refused.

All three must be satisfied. A strong prima facie case does not carry an application where damages would fully compensate.

Notice before granting, and the ex parte injunction: Rules 3 and 3A

Rule 3: the Court shall in all cases, except where it appears that the object of granting the injunction would be defeated by the delay, before granting an injunction, direct notice of the application to be given to the opposite party.

So notice is the rule and an ex parte injunction is the exception. The proviso then makes the exception expensive.

The proviso to Rule 3: where it is proposed to grant an injunction without notice, the Court shall record the reasons for its opinion that the object would be defeated by delay, and shall require the applicant:

munotes.in234

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

(a) to deliver to the opposite party, or send by speed post with registration, immediately after the order is made, a copy of the application together with (i) a copy of the affidavit in support, (ii) a copy of the plaint, and (iii) copies of the documents relied on; and (b) to file, on the day the injunction is granted or the day immediately following, an affidavit stating that those copies have been so delivered or sent.

Rule 3A: where an injunction has been granted without notice, the Court shall make an endeavour to finally dispose of the application within thirty days from the date the injunction was granted; and where it is unable to do so, it shall record its reasons for that inability.

Read Rules 3 and 3A together and the design is clear. An ex parte injunction is permitted, but the court must justify it in writing, the applicant must put the whole case into the other side's hands at once, and the matter must come back within thirty days.

Disobedience: Rule 2A

Rule 2A(1): in the case of disobedience of any injunction granted or other order made under Rule 1 or Rule 2, or breach of any of the terms on which it was granted, the Court granting it, or any Court to which the suit is transferred, may order the property of the person guilty of the disobedience or breach to be attached, and may also order him to be detained in the civil prison for a term not exceeding three months, unless in the meantime the Court directs his release.

Rule 2A(2): no attachment under this rule shall remain in force for more than one year, at the end of which, if the disobedience or breach continues, the property attached may be sold, and out of the proceeds the Court may award such compensation as it thinks fit to the injured party and shall pay the balance to the party entitled.

Learn the two figures: three months of detention, and one year of attachment before sale.

Discharge, variation and other interim orders

Rule 4: any order for an injunction may be discharged, varied or set aside by the Court on application made by any party dissatisfied with it. The proviso adds that where an injunction was obtained on knowingly false or misleading statements in the application, and the injunction was granted without notice, the Court shall vacate the injunction unless, for reasons to be recorded, it considers it not necessary so to do in the interests of justice.

Rule 5: an injunction directed to a corporation is binding not only on the corporation itself but also on all members and officers whose personal action it seeks to restrain.

munotes.in235

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

Order XXXIX also contains the other interim orders the syllabus refers to.

Rule 6: the Court may, on the application of any party, order the sale of any movable property which is the subject matter of the suit, or attached before judgment, and which is subject to speedy and natural decay or which for any other just and sufficient cause it may be desirable to have sold at once.

Rule 7: the Court may, on the application of any party, make an order for the detention, preservation or inspection of any property which is the subject matter of the suit; and for that purpose authorise any person to enter upon or into any land or building in the possession of any other party, and authorise samples to be taken or observations made or experiments tried.

Rule 8 requires notice of such an application to the opposite party, except where the object would be defeated by delay. Rule 9 deals with a party in possession of immovable property who is out of possession by dispossession. Rule 10 allows the Court to order money or other thing capable of delivery, which is admitted by a party to be held by him as a trustee for another or which belongs to another, to be deposited in Court or delivered to that other on such terms as it thinks fit.

Compensation for a wrongful injunction: section 95

Section 95 is the safeguard for the defendant, and it is often left out of answers.

Where in any suit an arrest or attachment has been effected, or a temporary injunction granted, and it appears to the Court that there were no sufficient grounds for it, or the suit of the plaintiff fails and it appears to the Court that there was no reasonable or probable ground for instituting it, the defendant may apply to the Court, and the Court may order the plaintiff to pay such amount as it deems a reasonable compensation to the defendant for the expense or injury, including injury to reputation, caused by the arrest, attachment or injunction.

The section limits the amount to the pecuniary jurisdiction of the Court, and provides that an order determining such an application shall bar any suit for compensation in respect of that arrest, attachment or injunction.

So a plaintiff who obtains an injunction he was not entitled to does not simply lose it; he may be ordered to pay for the harm it did.

A worked example

Uma sues Vivek claiming a plot of land is hers, and learns that he is about to build on it.

munotes.in236

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

Can she obtain an injunction? Yes, under Order XXXIX Rule 1(a), if she proves by affidavit or otherwise that the property in dispute is in danger of being damaged or alienated by a party to the suit. She must also satisfy the three-part test: a prima facie case, the balance of convenience in her favour, and irreparable injury if it is refused, meaning harm that money cannot repair.

She wants it today, without notice. Rule 3 makes notice the rule, so the Court must find that the object would be defeated by delay and must record its reasons. It must also require her to send Vivek immediately a copy of the application, her affidavit, the plaint and her documents, by speed post with registration, and to file an affidavit the same day or the next saying she has done so.

How long does that ex parte order stand? Under Rule 3A the Court must endeavour to dispose of the application finally within thirty days, recording reasons if it cannot.

Vivek builds anyway. Rule 2A: the Court may attach his property and may detain him in civil prison for up to three months. If the breach continues, the attachment cannot run beyond one year, after which the property may be sold and compensation awarded to Uma out of the proceeds.

Vivek says Uma got the order by concealing that she had sold the plot to him. The proviso to Rule 4: where an injunction was obtained on knowingly false or misleading statements and was granted without notice, the Court shall vacate it unless for reasons recorded it considers that not necessary in the interests of justice.

Uma's suit is eventually dismissed. Section 95: if the Court finds there were no sufficient grounds for the injunction, or that there was no reasonable or probable ground for the suit, Vivek may apply and the Court may order Uma to pay reasonable compensation for the expense or injury, including injury to reputation. That order bars any separate suit for the same compensation.

Change the facts. Suppose the dispute is over a consignment of fruit rather than land. Rule 6 allows the Court to order the sale of movable property subject to speedy and natural decay.

And another. Suppose Uma needs an engineer to inspect the site. Rule 7 allows an order for the detention, preservation or inspection of the property, authorising a person to enter upon the land and take samples or make observations.

What it does not mean

A temporary injunction is not a finding that the plaintiff is right. It only preserves the position until the suit is decided.

munotes.in237

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

A prima facie case alone is not enough. The balance of convenience and irreparable injury must also be shown, and where damages are an adequate remedy an injunction is ordinarily refused.

An ex parte injunction is not the normal course. Rule 3 requires notice unless the object would be defeated by delay, and then only with recorded reasons, immediate service of the papers, and an affidavit of that service.

Disobedience is not merely contempt in the abstract. Rule 2A provides attachment and up to three months in civil prison.

A wrongly obtained injunction is not free. Section 95 allows the defendant compensation, and that order bars a separate suit.

Quick revision

Section 94(c) enables it; Order XXXIX contains it; section 95 is the counterweight.

Rule 1, three grounds: property in dispute in danger of being wasted, damaged or alienated, or wrongfully sold in execution; the defendant threatening to remove or dispose of his property to defraud creditors; the defendant threatening to dispossess the plaintiff or cause him injury in relation to property in dispute. Proved by affidavit or otherwise, and the injunction runs until the disposal of the suit or further orders.

Rule 2: injunction to restrain a breach of contract or other injury, applied for at any time after the commencement of the suit, before or after judgment, on terms as to duration, accounts or security.

The test, settled by practice: prima facie case, balance of convenience, irreparable injury.

Rule 3: notice is the rule; an ex parte injunction requires recorded reasons, immediate delivery or speed post of the application, affidavit, plaint and documents, and an affidavit of that service filed the same day or the next. Rule 3A: dispose of it within thirty days, or record why not.

Rule 2A: disobedience means attachment of property and detention up to three months; attachment not beyond one year, after which sale and compensation out of the proceeds.

Rule 4: discharge, variation or setting aside; and an injunction obtained without notice on knowingly false or misleading statements shall be vacated unless reasons are recorded.

Other interim orders: sale of perishables, Rule 6; detention, preservation or inspection, with power to enter land and take samples, Rule 7; deposit of money or things held as trustee, Rule 10.

Section 95: compensation to the defendant where there were no sufficient grounds for the injunction, or the suit fails and there was no reasonable or probable ground for it; the order bars a separate suit.

Test yourself

1. In what cases may a temporary injunction be granted? Under Order XXXIX Rule 1, where it is proved by affidavit or otherwise that property in dispute in the suit is in danger of being wasted, damaged or alienated by a party or wrongfully sold in execution; that the defendant threatens or intends to remove or dispose of his property with a view to defrauding his creditors; or that the defendant threatens to dispossess the plaintiff or otherwise cause him injury in relation to property in dispute in the suit.

munotes.in238

Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders

2. What must an applicant show? A prima facie case, that the balance of convenience lies in his favour, and that he will suffer irreparable injury which cannot be adequately compensated in money if the injunction is refused. All three must be established.

3. Must notice be given before an injunction is granted? Yes, in all cases except where it appears that the object of granting the injunction would be defeated by the delay. Where the Court proceeds without notice it must record its reasons, require the applicant to deliver or send by speed post with registration a copy of the application, the supporting affidavit, the plaint and the documents relied on immediately, and require an affidavit of that delivery to be filed the same day or the day following.

4. How long may an ex parte injunction continue before the application is decided? The Court shall endeavour to dispose of the application finally within thirty days from the date on which the injunction was granted, and where it is unable to do so it shall record its reasons: Order XXXIX Rule 3A.

5. What is the consequence of disobeying an injunction? Under Order XXXIX Rule 2A the Court may order the property of the person guilty of the disobedience or breach to be attached and may order him to be detained in civil prison for a term not exceeding three months. No such attachment shall remain in force for more than one year, at the end of which, if the breach continues, the property may be sold and compensation awarded to the injured party out of the proceeds.

6. What is the remedy of a defendant against whom an injunction was wrongly obtained? Under section 95 he may apply to the Court, which may order the plaintiff to pay such amount as it deems reasonable compensation for the expense or injury, including injury to reputation, where it appears that there were no sufficient grounds for the injunction, or that the suit failed and there was no reasonable or probable ground for instituting it. Such an order bars any suit for compensation in respect of that injunction.

7. Name two interim orders under Order XXXIX other than an injunction. An order under Rule 6 for the sale of movable property which is the subject matter of the suit or attached before judgment and which is subject to speedy and natural decay; and an order under Rule 7 for the detention, preservation or inspection of property, authorising entry upon land or into a building and the taking of samples or making of observations.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in239

Chapter Forty-One

Interpleader Suits

Syllabus topic 3.6, "Interpleader, Special case and Summary procedure (Order XXXV, XXXVI and XXXVII)"

In one line

An interpleader suit is one brought by a person who holds property he does not claim, against two or more people who both claim it from him, so that the court can decide which of them is entitled and he can hand it over safely.

The word is worth unpacking. To interplead is to plead against one another. The plaintiff drops out; the defendants fight.

Why the Code provides for it

Consider a warehouse keeper holding goods, and two people each demanding them, each threatening to sue him if he gives them to the other. He is in an impossible position through no fault of his own. If he guesses wrong he pays twice: once by delivering the goods, and again in damages to the true owner.

An interpleader suit takes him out of the dispute. He puts the property before the court, says he claims nothing, and asks the court to decide between the claimants and to protect him. He is then discharged, usually with his costs.

Notice how unusual that makes the suit. In an ordinary suit the plaintiff wants something from the defendants. Here the plaintiff wants nothing except to be let go, and the real contest is between the defendants.

The provision: section 88

Section 88: where two or more persons claim adversely to one another the same debts, sum of money or other property, movable or immovable, from another person, who claims no interest therein other than for charges or costs, and who is ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant, such other person may institute a suit of interpleader against all the claimants for the purpose of obtaining a decision as to the person to whom the payment or delivery shall be made, and of obtaining indemnity for himself.

The proviso: where any suit is pending in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided, no such suit of interpleader shall be instituted.

The conditions, which are what an exam answer needs

Break the section into its elements and there are five, all of which must be present.

One, there must be a debt, a sum of money, or other property, movable or immovable.

Two, two or more persons must claim it adversely to one another. Not merely two people interested in it: their claims must conflict, so that satisfying one defeats the other.

Three, the person holding it must claim no interest in it, other than for charges or costs. This is the heart of the thing. A holder who has a claim of his own is not a stakeholder; he is a party to the dispute and must fight it out.

munotes.in240

Interpleader Suits

Four, he must be ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant. He is not resisting; he simply does not know whom to pay.

Five, no suit must be pending in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided. That is the proviso, and its logic is that an interpleader suit is unnecessary where an existing suit can already settle the matter.

The purpose stated in the section is twofold and both halves should be given: to obtain a decision as to whom payment or delivery should be made, and to obtain indemnity for himself.

What the plaint must say: Rule 1

Order XXXV Rule 1: in every suit of interpleader the plaint shall, in addition to the other statements necessary for plaints, state:

(a) that the plaintiff claims no interest in the subject matter in dispute other than for charges or costs (b) the claims made by the defendants severally (c) that there is no collusion between the plaintiff and any of the defendants

Clause (c) is the safeguard against abuse. Without it, a debtor and one claimant could arrange an interpleader suit between them to embarrass a genuine creditor, and the collusive plaintiff would enjoy the protection of the Order while doing it.

Read this alongside the ordinary requirements of Order VII Rule 1: an interpleader plaint needs everything a plaint needs, plus these three statements. See [The Plaint].

Bringing the property into court: Rule 2

Rule 2: where the thing claimed is capable of being paid into Court or placed in the custody of the Court, the plaintiff may be required to so pay or place it before he can be entitled to any order in the suit.

That is the practical price of the relief. A stakeholder who wants to be discharged must first put the stake where the court can deal with it.

Where a defendant is already suing the plaintiff: Rule 3

Rule 3: where any of the defendants in an interpleader suit is actually suing the plaintiff in respect of the subject matter of that suit, the Court in which that suit against the plaintiff is pending shall, on being informed by the Court in which the interpleader suit has been instituted, stay the proceedings as against him. His costs in the suit so stayed may be provided for in that suit, and so far as they are not, they may be added to his costs incurred in the interpleader suit.

So the two proceedings are not allowed to run in parallel. The claimant's own suit is stayed and the whole contest moves into the interpleader suit.

munotes.in241

Interpleader Suits

What happens at the first hearing: Rule 4

This is the rule that shows how the plaintiff gets out.

Rule 4(1): at the first hearing the Court may:

(a) declare that the plaintiff is discharged from all liability to the defendants in respect of the thing claimed, award him his costs, and dismiss him from the suit; or (b) if it thinks that justice or convenience so require, retain all parties until the final disposal of the suit.

Rule 4(2): where the Court finds that the admissions of the parties or other evidence enable it to do so, it may adjudicate the title to the thing claimed.

Rule 4(3): where the admissions do not enable it to adjudicate, it may direct that issues between the parties be framed and tried, and that any claimant be made a plaintiff in lieu of or in addition to the original plaintiff, and shall proceed to try the suit in the ordinary manner.

Sub-rule (3) is the moment the suit changes character. The stakeholder steps out, a claimant steps into his place as plaintiff, and what began as an interpleader becomes an ordinary contest between rival claimants.

Rule 6: where the suit is properly instituted, the Court may provide for the costs of the original plaintiff by giving him a charge on the thing claimed, or in some other effectual way.

Who may not bring one: Rule 5, with the Code's own illustrations

Rule 5: nothing in this Order shall be deemed to enable agents to sue their principals, or tenants to sue their landlords, for the purpose of compelling them to interplead with any persons other than persons making claim through such principals or landlords.

The reason is that an agent and a tenant are not neutral stakeholders at all. Each holds under a person whose title he has accepted, and he is not permitted to turn round and put that person to proof against a stranger. What he may do is interplead where the rival claim comes through his principal or landlord, because then he is not disputing the title he accepted.

The two illustrations to the rule make the line exact.

Illustration (a). A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. C alleges that the jewels were wrongfully obtained from him by A, and claims them from B. B cannot institute an interpleader suit against A and C. C's claim is adverse to A and does not come through him, so B, as A's agent, cannot compel his own principal to interplead.

Illustration (b). A deposits a box of jewels with B as his agent. A then writes to C for the purpose of making the jewels a security for a debt owed by A to C. A afterwards alleges that C's debt is satisfied, and C alleges the contrary. Both claim the jewels from B. B may institute an interpleader suit against A and C. Here C claims through A, so B is not disputing his principal's title; he is only asking which of two persons standing in A's shoes is entitled.

munotes.in242

Interpleader Suits

Learn both illustrations together. The difference between them is the whole of Rule 5.

A worked example

Nikhil runs a warehouse. Om deposits fifty crates with him. Priya then claims the crates from Nikhil, saying she bought them from Om last month, and Om denies the sale and demands them back. Nikhil claims nothing except his storage charges.

Can he interplead? Work through section 88. There is property. Two persons claim it adversely to one another. Nikhil claims no interest except charges, which the section expressly permits. He is ready to deliver to whoever is entitled. And no suit is pending in which the rights of both can be decided. All five conditions are met.

What must his plaint say? Everything Order VII Rule 1 requires, plus the three statements in Order XXXV Rule 1: that he claims no interest beyond charges or costs, the claims of Om and Priya severally, and that there is no collusion between him and either of them.

Must he hand over the crates? Under Rule 2, where the thing claimed is capable of being placed in the custody of the Court, he may be required to place it there before he is entitled to any order.

Priya has already sued Nikhil for the crates. Rule 3: the court in which her suit is pending shall, on being informed, stay it as against her, and her costs there may be provided for or added to her costs in the interpleader suit.

At the first hearing. The Court may discharge Nikhil, award him his costs and dismiss him from the suit, under Rule 4(1)(a); or keep everyone in if justice or convenience requires. If the admissions allow, it may decide the title there and then under Rule 4(2). Otherwise it frames issues and may make Priya the plaintiff in place of Nikhil, under Rule 4(3).

Nikhil's storage charges. Rule 6: where the suit is properly instituted, the Court may secure his costs by giving him a charge on the crates.

Change one fact. Suppose Nikhil is not a warehouse keeper but Om's agent, and Priya's claim is that Om stole the crates from her. That is illustration (a): the claim does not come through Om, and Rule 5 bars Nikhil from making his own principal interplead.

munotes.in243

Interpleader Suits

Change it again. Suppose Priya claims as Om's pledgee, under a security Om himself created. That is illustration (b), the claim comes through Om, and Nikhil may interplead.

Change the plaintiff. Suppose Nikhil also says half the crates are his own. He then has an interest in the subject matter beyond charges or costs, so section 88 is not available to him at all.

What it does not mean

It is not a suit in which the plaintiff claims anything. He claims only charges or costs, and asks to be discharged.

Two people being interested is not enough. Their claims must be adverse to one another.

It is not available where an existing suit can decide everything. The proviso to section 88 says so.

An agent or tenant cannot use it against his own principal or landlord, unless the rival claim comes through that principal or landlord.

Discharge is not automatic. Under Rule 4(1)(b) the Court may retain all parties where justice or convenience requires, and under Rule 2 it may first require the property to be brought in.

Quick revision

Section 88: where two or more persons claim adversely to one another the same debt, sum of money or property from another person who claims no interest other than for charges or costs and is ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant, that person may sue all the claimants to obtain a decision as to whom to pay, and indemnity for himself. Proviso: not where a suit is pending in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided.

Order XXXV Rule 1, the plaint must state: no interest beyond charges or costs; the claims of the defendants severally; and no collusion. Rule 2: the thing claimed may be required to be paid into or placed in the custody of the Court first. Rule 3: a defendant's own pending suit against the plaintiff is stayed. Rule 4: at the first hearing the Court may discharge the plaintiff with costs, or retain all parties; may adjudicate the title on the admissions; or may frame issues and make a claimant the plaintiff in his place. Rule 5: agents may not sue principals, nor tenants their landlords, to compel interpleader, except where the rival claims through the principal or landlord. Two illustrations, jewels deposited with an agent. Rule 6: the Court may secure the plaintiff's costs by a charge on the thing claimed.

Test yourself

1. What is meant by an interpleader suit? A suit instituted under section 88 by a person from whom two or more persons claim adversely to one another the same debt, sum of money or other property, where he claims no interest in it other than for charges or costs and is ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant. Its purpose is to obtain a decision as to the person to whom payment or delivery should be made, and to obtain indemnity for himself.

munotes.in244

Interpleader Suits

2. State the conditions for an interpleader suit. There must be a debt, sum of money or other property in dispute; two or more persons must claim it adversely to one another; the person holding it must claim no interest in it other than for charges or costs; he must be ready to pay or deliver it to the rightful claimant; and there must be no pending suit in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided.

3. What must the plaint in an interpleader suit state? In addition to the statements necessary for any plaint, that the plaintiff claims no interest in the subject matter other than for charges or costs, the claims made by the defendants severally, and that there is no collusion between the plaintiff and any of the defendants: Order XXXV Rule 1.

4. Can an agent bring an interpleader suit against his principal? Not for the purpose of compelling the principal to interplead with a person claiming otherwise than through him. Order XXXV Rule 5 so provides, and the Code's illustrations show the line: an agent cannot interplead where a stranger claims the goods as wrongfully obtained by the principal, but may where the rival claimant claims through the principal, as a pledgee under a security the principal created.

5. What may the Court do at the first hearing? Under Order XXXV Rule 4 it may declare the plaintiff discharged from all liability in respect of the thing claimed, award him costs and dismiss him from the suit; or retain all parties if justice or convenience so requires. Where the admissions or other evidence permit, it may adjudicate the title; otherwise it may frame issues and direct that a claimant be made plaintiff in lieu of or in addition to the original plaintiff, and try the suit in the ordinary manner.

6. When is an interpleader suit not maintainable? Where the plaintiff claims an interest in the subject matter beyond charges or costs; where the claims are not adverse to one another; where a suit is already pending in which the rights of all parties can properly be decided; and where an agent or tenant seeks to compel his principal or landlord to interplead with a person not claiming through them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in245

Chapter Forty-Two

Special Case

Syllabus topic 3.6, "Interpleader, Special case and Summary procedure (Order XXXV, XXXVI and XXXVII)"

In one line

A special case is a question of fact or law that the parties agree to put to the court for its opinion, having settled in advance what will follow from the answer.

There is no plaintiff suing a defendant in the ordinary sense. There is an agreement, a question, and an agreed consequence.

Why the Code provides for it

Sometimes the parties do not really disagree about the facts at all. Two people may accept exactly what happened and differ only about what the law makes of it. Litigating that in the ordinary way means pleadings, issues, witnesses and a trial, all to reach a point that could have been reached in a morning's argument.

Order XXXVI lets them skip to the argument. They agree the facts in writing, frame the question, and agree what each will do depending on the answer. The court then decides the question and gives effect to their agreement.

It is worth seeing what the parties give up in exchange. Under Rule 4 they become subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and bound by the statements contained in the agreement. They cannot later dispute the facts they themselves set down.

The enabling section

Section 90: where any persons agree in writing to state a case for the opinion of the Court, then the Court shall try and determine the same in the manner prescribed.

That is the whole section. The manner prescribed is Order XXXVI.

What the agreement must contain: Rule 1

Rule 1(1): parties claiming to be interested in the decision of any question of fact or law may enter into an agreement in writing stating that question in the form of a case for the opinion of the Court, and providing that upon the finding of the Court with respect to that question:

(a) a sum of money, fixed by the parties or to be determined by the Court, shall be paid by one of them to the other; or (b) some property, movable or immovable, specified in the agreement, shall be delivered by one of them to the other; or (c) one or more of the parties shall do, or refrain from doing, some other particular act specified in the agreement.

Rule 1(2): every case so stated shall be divided into consecutively numbered paragraphs, and shall concisely state such facts and specify such documents as may be necessary to enable the Court to decide the question raised.

Two features of Rule 1 deserve emphasis.

The agreement must specify the consequence. It is not enough to ask the court an abstract question. One of the three outcomes in clauses (a), (b) and (c) must be provided for, so that the court's answer actually disposes of something.

munotes.in246

Special Case

The case is drafted like a pleading, in numbered paragraphs, stating the facts concisely and specifying the documents. That is the same discipline Order VI Rule 2 imposes generally. See [Pleadings].

Rule 2: where the agreement is for the delivery of property, or for the doing or refraining from doing any particular act, the estimated value of the property, or of that to which the act has reference, shall be stated in the agreement. That figure is what fixes the court's pecuniary jurisdiction under the next rule.

How it is filed and treated: Rules 3 and 4

Rule 3(1): the agreement, if framed in accordance with the preceding rules, may be filed with an application in the Court which would have jurisdiction to entertain a suit the amount or value of whose subject matter is the same as that of the agreement.

Rule 3(2): the application when so filed shall be numbered and registered as a suit between one or more of the parties claiming to be interested as plaintiff or plaintiffs, and the other or others as defendant or defendants; and notice shall be given to all the parties to the agreement other than those by whom the application was presented.

Rule 4: where the agreement has been filed, the parties to it shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and shall be bound by the statements contained in it.

So the proceeding is converted into a suit for procedural purposes, with parties allotted to each side, but the contest is confined to the stated question and the parties are held to their own recital of the facts.

Hearing and disposal: Rules 5 and 6

Rule 5(1): the case shall be set down for hearing as a suit instituted in the ordinary manner, and the provisions of the Code apply so far as applicable.

Rule 5(2): where the Court is satisfied, after examination of the parties or after taking such evidence as it thinks fit, that the agreement was duly executed by them, that they have a substantial question of law or fact to be decided, and that the case is fit for decision, it proceeds to decide it. Where it is not so satisfied, it may refuse to proceed.

Rule 6: where the Court is not satisfied on those matters, it shall order the agreement to be filed and proceed to pronounce judgment thereon, or make such other order as the justice of the case requires, according to the terms of the rule.

munotes.in247

Special Case

The safeguard in Rule 5(2) is the important one for an answer. The court does not simply accept the parties' framing. It satisfies itself that the agreement was duly executed and that there is a substantial question to decide, which prevents the procedure being used to obtain an advisory opinion or a collusive judgment.

A worked example

Two neighbouring firms, Chirag Traders and Dhruv Enterprises, are agreed about everything that happened under a supply contract. They differ only on whether a particular clause entitles Dhruv to a rebate.

Can they use Order XXXVI? Yes. They are persons claiming to be interested in the decision of a question of law, and section 90 with Order XXXVI Rule 1 allows them to state it as a case for the opinion of the Court.

What must the agreement contain? The question, stated in the form of a case, in numbered paragraphs, concisely setting out the facts and specifying the documents. And it must provide the consequence: for instance that on the Court's finding, a sum fixed by the parties or determined by the Court shall be paid by one to the other, under Rule 1(1)(a).

Suppose the agreed consequence is delivery of goods rather than payment. Rule 2: the agreement must state the estimated value of the property to be delivered, which then fixes which court can take it.

Where is it filed? Under Rule 3(1), in the Court which would have jurisdiction to entertain a suit of that value. It is then numbered and registered as a suit, with the parties allotted as plaintiffs and defendants, and notice to every party to the agreement other than those who applied.

Can they later dispute the facts they stated? No. Rule 4 makes them subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and bound by the statements in the agreement.

Is the Court obliged to answer? Not automatically. Under Rule 5(2) it must be satisfied that the agreement was duly executed, that there is a substantial question of law or fact, and that the case is fit for decision. If it is not satisfied, it need not proceed as the parties intended.

What it does not mean

A special case is not a contested suit. The facts are agreed; only the stated question is decided.

It is not an advisory opinion. Rule 1 requires the agreement to specify what follows from the answer, and Rule 5(2) requires a substantial question and a duly executed agreement.

The parties are not free to resile from the facts. Rule 4 binds them to the statements in the agreement.

It is not filed anywhere the parties choose. Rule 3(1) requires the Court that would have jurisdiction over a suit of that value, which is why Rule 2 requires the value to be stated.

munotes.in248

Special Case

Quick revision

Section 90: where persons agree in writing to state a case for the opinion of the Court, the Court shall try and determine it in the manner prescribed, which is Order XXXVI.

Rule 1: an agreement in writing, stating a question of fact or law, providing that on the Court's finding either (a) a sum of money be paid, (b) specified property be delivered, or (c) a party do or refrain from doing a specified act. The case is in numbered paragraphs, stating the facts concisely and specifying the documents.

Rule 2: where the consequence is delivery of property or an act, the estimated value must be stated.

Rule 3: filed with an application in the Court that would have jurisdiction over a suit of that value, then numbered and registered as a suit, with notice to all other parties to the agreement.

Rule 4: the parties are subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and bound by the statements in the agreement.

Rule 5: heard as an ordinary suit; the Court must be satisfied that the agreement was duly executed, that there is a substantial question, and that the case is fit for decision.

Test yourself

1. What is a special case? A question of fact or law which parties interested in its decision agree in writing to state, in the form of a case, for the opinion of the Court, providing that upon the Court's finding a sum of money shall be paid, or specified property delivered, or some particular act done or refrained from: section 90 and Order XXXVI Rule 1.

2. What must the agreement provide for besides the question? The consequence of the answer, being one of the three matters in Rule 1(1): payment of a sum fixed by the parties or to be determined by the Court, delivery of specified movable or immovable property, or the doing or refraining from doing of a specified act.

3. In which court is it filed? Under Order XXXVI Rule 3(1), in the Court which would have jurisdiction to entertain a suit the amount or value of whose subject matter is the same as that of the agreement, which is why Rule 2 requires the estimated value to be stated where the agreement is for delivery of property or for an act.

4. What is the effect of filing the agreement? It is numbered and registered as a suit, with one or more parties as plaintiffs and the others as defendants, notice being given to all parties to the agreement other than those who applied; and under Rule 4 the parties become subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and are bound by the statements contained in the agreement.

munotes.in249

Special Case

5. Must the Court decide the question the parties have framed? Not automatically. Under Rule 5(2) it must first satisfy itself, after examining the parties or taking such evidence as it thinks fit, that the agreement was duly executed by them, that they have a substantial question of law or fact to be decided, and that the case is fit for decision.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in250

Chapter Forty-Three

Summary Procedure

Syllabus topic 3.6, "Interpleader, Special case and Summary procedure (Order XXXV, XXXVI and XXXVII)"

In one line

A summary suit is one in which the defendant cannot defend as of right: he must first obtain the leave of the Court to defend, and if he does not get it, the plaintiff is entitled to judgment at once.

Why the Code reverses the usual position

Most defences to a claim on a cheque or a written contract are not defences at all. The money is owed, the document says so, and the defence exists only to buy two or three years. Ordinary procedure rewards that: the defendant files a written statement, issues are framed, and the case joins the queue.

Order XXXVII removes the reward. In the classes of case where the claim is on a document or a fixed sum, and where a genuine defence is therefore uncommon, the burden is reversed. The defendant must come forward and show he has something worth trying. If he has, he gets leave and the suit proceeds normally. If he has not, the plaintiff gets his decree in weeks.

Notice that this is a procedural shortcut, not a lower standard of proof. A defendant with a real defence loses nothing except the ability to delay.

Which courts, and which suits: Rule 1

Rule 1(1): the Order applies to (a) High Courts, City Civil Courts and Courts of Small Causes; and (b) other Courts. The proviso allows a High Court, by notification in the Official Gazette, to restrict the operation of the Order in the courts in clause (b) to such categories of suits as it thinks proper, and to restrict, enlarge or vary those categories later.

Rule 1(2): subject to sub-rule (1), the Order applies to the following classes of suits:

(a) suits upon bills of exchange, hundies and promissory notes (b) suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or liquidated demand in money payable by the defendant, with or without interest, arising (i) on a written contract, or (ii) on an enactment, where the sum sought is a fixed sum of money or in the nature of a debt other than a penalty, or (iii) on a guarantee, where the claim against the principal is in respect of a debt or liquidated demand only (iv) a suit for recovery of receivables instituted by any assignee of a receivable

The common thread is worth stating in an answer: every one of these is a claim for a definite sum resting on a document or a statute. Nothing that requires damages to be assessed can come here.

How a summary suit is instituted: Rule 2

Rule 2(1): a suit to which the Order applies may, if the plaintiff desires to proceed under it, be instituted by presenting a plaint which shall contain:

munotes.in251

Summary Procedure

(a) a specific averment that the suit is filed under this Order (b) that no relief which does not fall within the ambit of this rule has been claimed in the plaint (c) the following inscription immediately below the number of the suit in the title: "(Under Order XXXVII of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908)"

Rule 2(2): the summons of the suit shall be in Form No. 4 in Appendix B or such other form as may be prescribed.

Those three requirements in Rule 2(1) are easy marks and are often omitted. A plaint that does not carry the averment, the negative averment and the inscription is not a summary suit.

The four steps: Rule 3

This is the heart of the Order, and the sequence and the two ten-day periods are what an answer must get right.

Step one. Rule 3(1): the plaintiff shall, together with the summons, serve on the defendant a copy of the plaint and annexures, and the defendant may, at any time within ten days of such service, enter an appearance, in person or by pleader, and shall file in Court an address for service.

Rule 3(2): unless otherwise ordered, all summonses, notices and processes are deemed duly served if left at that address.

Rule 3(3): on the day of entering appearance the defendant shall give notice of it to the plaintiff's pleader, or to the plaintiff if he sues in person, by notice delivered at or sent by pre-paid letter to that address.

Step two. Rule 3(4): if the defendant enters an appearance, the plaintiff shall then serve on him a summons for judgment in Form No. 4A in Appendix B, returnable not less than ten days from the date of service, supported by an affidavit verifying the cause of action and the amount claimed and stating that in his belief there is no defence to the suit.

Step three. Rule 3(5): the defendant may, at any time within ten days from the service of the summons for judgment, by affidavit or otherwise disclosing such facts as may be deemed sufficient to entitle him to defend, apply for leave to defend; and leave may be granted unconditionally or upon such terms as appear to the Court to be just.

The first proviso, and this is the sentence that matters most: leave to defend shall not be refused unless the Court is satisfied that the facts disclosed by the defendant do not indicate that he has a substantial defence to raise, or that the defence intended to be put up is frivolous or vexatious.

munotes.in252

Summary Procedure

The second proviso: where part of the amount claimed is admitted by the defendant to be due, leave to defend shall not be granted unless he deposits in Court the amount so admitted.

Step four. Where the defendant does not apply for leave, or leave is refused, the plaintiff is entitled to judgment forthwith.

Read the first proviso carefully. It is framed as a restriction on refusing leave, not as a condition of granting it. The court does not ask whether the defence will succeed; it asks whether the facts disclosed show a substantial defence, and whether the proposed defence is frivolous or vexatious. That framing is deliberately generous to the defendant, because refusing leave shuts him out altogether.

Failure to appear, and setting aside: Rules 4 and 6

Rule 6(1): where the defendant does not enter an appearance within the time provided, or does not apply for leave to defend, or where leave is refused, the allegations in the plaint shall be deemed to be admitted and the plaintiff shall be entitled to a decree for the sum claimed with interest and costs.

Rule 6(2): after the decree, the Court may, under special circumstances, set aside the decree and, if necessary, stay or set aside execution, and may give leave to appear and to defend the suit if it seems reasonable to the Court so to do, and on such terms as the Court thinks fit.

Rule 4 is to the same effect: after a decree the Court may, under special circumstances, set it aside and give leave to defend, on such terms as it thinks fit.

The phrase to hold on to is "special circumstances". It is a higher bar than the "sufficient cause" that governs setting aside an ordinary ex parte decree under Order IX Rule 13, and the difference is the price of the summary procedure. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

Rule 7: save as provided by this Order, the procedure in suits under it shall be the same as the procedure in suits instituted in the ordinary manner. So once leave to defend is granted, the case becomes an ordinary suit.

Summary suit against ordinary suit

Ordinary suitSummary suit, Order XXXVII
Classes of caseAny civil suitBills, hundies, promissory notes; debts or liquidated demands on a written contract, an enactment or a guarantee; assigned receivables
Defendant's right to defendAs of right, by written statementOnly with leave of the Court
What he must showNothing; he simply files a defenceFacts disclosing a substantial defence that is not frivolous or vexatious
Effect of not defendingEx parte hearing under Order IX Rule 6The allegations in the plaint are deemed admitted and a decree follows
Setting aside a decreeSufficient cause, Order IX Rule 13Special circumstances, Order XXXVII Rules 4 and 6
munotes.in253

Summary Procedure

A worked example

Waseem holds a cheque for Rs. 9,00,000 given by Yamini which has been dishonoured.

Can he sue summarily? Yes. A cheque is a bill of exchange, so the suit falls within Rule 1(2)(a).

What must his plaint contain? Under Rule 2(1), a specific averment that the suit is filed under Order XXXVII, an averment that no relief outside the Order is claimed, and the inscription "(Under Order XXXVII of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908)" immediately below the suit number.

What happens next? The summons in Form No. 4 goes out with a copy of the plaint and annexures. Yamini has ten days from service to enter an appearance and file an address for service, and must give notice of her appearance to Waseem's pleader that day.

She appears. Waseem then serves a summons for judgment in Form No. 4A, returnable not less than ten days after service, with an affidavit verifying the cause of action and the amount and stating his belief that there is no defence.

She wants to defend. Within ten days of that summons she applies for leave to defend, disclosing by affidavit facts sufficient to entitle her to defend. Leave shall not be refused unless the Court is satisfied that those facts show no substantial defence, or that the defence is frivolous or vexatious.

She admits Rs. 3,00,000 is due but disputes the rest. The second proviso: leave shall not be granted unless she deposits the admitted Rs. 3,00,000 in Court.

She does nothing at all. Rule 6(1): the allegations in the plaint are deemed admitted and Waseem is entitled to a decree for the sum claimed with interest and costs.

She then wants the decree set aside. Rule 6(2) and Rule 4: only under special circumstances, which is a higher bar than the sufficient cause required for an ordinary ex parte decree.

She obtains leave to defend. Rule 7: the suit now proceeds like any other, with a written statement, issues and a trial.

Change the claim. Suppose Waseem also claimed unliquidated damages for the inconvenience caused. That relief falls outside the Order, so Rule 2(1)(b) is not satisfied and the suit cannot proceed summarily as framed.

What it does not mean

A summary suit is not a suit without a trial. It is a suit in which the defendant must first show he has a defence worth trying.

munotes.in254

Summary Procedure

Leave is not refused because the defence looks weak. It is refused only where the facts disclose no substantial defence, or the defence is frivolous or vexatious.

It is not available for unliquidated claims. Every class in Rule 1(2) is a debt or liquidated demand on a document or an enactment.

A defendant who admits part cannot defend the rest for nothing. The second proviso requires the admitted amount to be deposited.

A summary decree is not set aside on sufficient cause. Rules 4 and 6 require special circumstances.

Quick revision

Rule 1: applies in High Courts, City Civil Courts and Courts of Small Causes and, subject to High Court notification, other courts; to suits on bills of exchange, hundies and promissory notes, to claims for a debt or liquidated demand on a written contract, an enactment or a guarantee, and to assigned receivables.

Rule 2: the plaint must carry the averment that it is under Order XXXVII, an averment that no relief outside the Order is claimed, and the inscription below the suit number; summons in Form No. 4.

Rule 3: ten days from service to enter an appearance and file an address for service; then a summons for judgment in Form 4A, returnable not less than ten days later, with an affidavit that there is no defence; then ten days for the defendant to apply for leave to defend on affidavit. Leave shall not be refused unless there is no substantial defence or the defence is frivolous or vexatious; where part is admitted, leave only on depositing that part.

Rule 6: no appearance, no application, or leave refused, means the plaint's allegations are deemed admitted and a decree follows. Rules 4 and 6(2): set aside only under special circumstances.

Rule 7: otherwise the procedure is that of an ordinary suit.

Test yourself

1. To what classes of suit does Order XXXVII apply? Suits upon bills of exchange, hundies and promissory notes; suits in which the plaintiff seeks only to recover a debt or liquidated demand in money, with or without interest, arising on a written contract, on an enactment where the sum is a fixed sum or in the nature of a debt other than a penalty, or on a guarantee where the claim against the principal is in respect of a debt or liquidated demand only; and suits for the recovery of receivables instituted by an assignee of a receivable.

2. What must the plaint in a summary suit contain? A specific averment that the suit is filed under Order XXXVII; an averment that no relief which does not fall within the ambit of the rule has been claimed; and the inscription "(Under Order XXXVII of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908)" immediately below the number of the suit in the title.

munotes.in255

Summary Procedure

3. Within what time must the defendant enter an appearance? Within ten days of service of the summons together with a copy of the plaint and annexures, in person or by pleader, filing in Court an address for service and giving notice of the appearance to the plaintiff's pleader on that day.

4. On what basis is leave to defend granted or refused? The defendant applies within ten days of service of the summons for judgment, disclosing by affidavit or otherwise facts sufficient to entitle him to defend, and leave may be granted unconditionally or on terms. Leave shall not be refused unless the Court is satisfied that the facts disclosed do not indicate a substantial defence, or that the defence intended to be put up is frivolous or vexatious. Where part of the claim is admitted, leave shall not be granted unless that amount is deposited in Court.

5. What follows if the defendant does not appear or leave is refused? Under Order XXXVII Rule 6(1) the allegations in the plaint are deemed to be admitted and the plaintiff is entitled to a decree for the sum claimed, with interest and costs.

6. On what ground may a summary decree be set aside? Only under special circumstances, under Order XXXVII Rules 4 and 6(2), when the Court may set aside the decree, stay or set aside execution, and give leave to appear and defend if it seems reasonable and on such terms as it thinks fit. That is a higher threshold than the sufficient cause required to set aside an ordinary ex parte decree.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in256

Chapter Forty-Four

Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court

Syllabus topic none names it. Section 89 lies outside every printed section range in the syllabus.

In one line

Where a court sees that a case could be settled, section 89 requires it to formulate the terms of a possible settlement and send the parties out to one of four forums to try.

Why the Code has this at all

Litigation is slow, expensive and adversarial, and a great many civil disputes are not really about principle. Two neighbours arguing about a wall, or a family about a partition, may be far better served by a settlement than by a decree that leaves them enemies.

Section 89 is the Code's attempt to build that into the process rather than leave it to chance. Notice its structure, because it is unusual: the court does not merely refer the parties out. It first formulates the terms of a possible settlement itself, gives them to the parties, takes their observations, and may then reformulate them. Only after that does it refer.

That design is deliberate. Parties who are told to go and settle often have no idea what a settlement would look like. Parties handed a draft by the judge have something to react to.

The provision

Section 89(1): where it appears to the Court that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, the Court shall formulate the terms of settlement and give them to the parties for their observations, and after receiving those observations the Court may reformulate the terms of a possible settlement and refer the same for:

(a) arbitration (b) conciliation (c) judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat (d) mediation

Those four are the whole list, and an answer that gives three of them is short. A useful way to hold them is that two are governed by the arbitration statute, one by the legal services statute, and one is now governed by its own Act.

Section 89(2) then routes each of the four:

(a) where the dispute is referred for arbitration or conciliation, the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 apply as if the proceedings were referred for settlement under that Act

(b) where it is referred to Lok Adalat, the Court shall refer it in accordance with section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, and all the other provisions of that Act apply

(c) where it is referred for judicial settlement, the Court shall refer it to a suitable institution or person, who shall be deemed to be a Lok Adalat, and all the provisions of the Legal Services Authorities Act apply as if the dispute had been referred to a Lok Adalat

(d) where it is referred for mediation, the Court shall effect a compromise between the parties and shall follow such procedure as may be prescribed

munotes.in257

Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court

Clause (c) is the one students misread. Judicial settlement is not settlement by the judge. It is a referral to an institution or person who is deemed to be a Lok Adalat, so that the Legal Services Authorities Act machinery, including the finality of a Lok Adalat award, applies to it.

Where it fits in the life of a suit

Order X Rule 1A is the gateway. After recording the admissions and denials under Order X Rule 1, the Court shall direct the parties to the suit to opt either mode of the settlement outside the court as specified in section 89(1), and on their option shall fix the date of appearance before the forum or authority opted for.

Rule 1B requires the parties to appear before that forum or authority.

Rule 1C provides the way back: where the presiding officer of that forum or authority is satisfied that it would not be proper to proceed with the matter further, he shall refer it back to the Court, and the Court shall proceed with the suit from the stage previously reached.

So the sequence is fixed and worth reciting in an answer: pleadings, then admissions and denials under Order X Rule 1, then the section 89 direction under Rule 1A, then appearance before the chosen forum, and either a settlement or a referral back under Rule 1C and the suit resumes where it left off.

The Mediation Act 2023

Mediation used to be the least regulated of the four. Section 89(2)(d) says only that the Court shall effect a compromise and follow "such procedure as may be prescribed", which left the detail to rules.

The Mediation Act 2023 now supplies a general statutory framework for mediation in India, including court-annexed mediation, the conduct of mediation, and the enforcement of mediated settlement agreements. A student writing on section 89 today should know that the mediation limb no longer stands on the bare words of clause (d) alone.

This is worth flagging for a second reason. It is precisely the development that MU's printed module list has no place for, and that the recommended reading confirms is now part of the subject: the current edition of Takwani carries a separate Part on Mediation. A book written only from the topic labels would not mention it at all.

The four forums compared

ArbitrationConciliationLok Adalat and judicial settlementMediation
Governed byArbitration and Conciliation Act 1996Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996Legal Services Authorities Act 1987Section 89(2)(d) and the Mediation Act 2023
Who decidesThe arbitrator decidesThe parties, assistedThe parties, assistedThe parties, assisted
OutcomeAn award, bindingA settlement agreementAn award of the Lok AdalatA mediated settlement agreement
Back to courtThe suit ends; the award is enforced under the 1996 ActIf it fails, back under Order X Rule 1CIf it fails, back under Order X Rule 1CIf it fails, back under Order X Rule 1C
munotes.in258

Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court

The line that matters runs between the first column and the other three. Arbitration is adjudicative: a third person decides and the parties are bound by his decision. The other three are consensual: nobody decides anything, and the outcome exists only because the parties agreed to it.

A worked example

Sana sues Tarun over the partition of a family house. At the first hearing the Court records the admissions and denials under Order X Rule 1 and forms the view that the parties are not far apart.

What must the Court do? Under section 89(1) it must formulate the terms of a possible settlement, give them to Sana and Tarun for their observations, and after receiving those observations it may reformulate them. Under Order X Rule 1A it then directs the parties to opt for one of the four modes and fixes a date for their appearance before it.

They choose mediation. The reference is under section 89(1)(d), and the process is now governed by the Mediation Act 2023 as well as by section 89(2)(d).

Mediation fails. Under Order X Rule 1C the presiding officer refers the matter back to the Court, which proceeds with the suit from the stage previously reached. Nothing is lost; the case resumes where it stopped.

They choose Lok Adalat instead, and settle. Under section 89(2)(b) the reference is made under section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, and the provisions of that Act apply, including as to the effect of the award.

They choose arbitration. Under section 89(2)(a) the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 applies as if the matter had been referred under that Act, and the dispute is now decided by the arbitrator rather than by the Court.

Change one fact. Suppose the Court simply orders the parties to go to mediation without formulating any terms. It has skipped the first and most distinctive step of section 89(1), which requires the Court to formulate and give the terms and to receive the parties' observations before referring.

What it does not mean

Section 89 is not merely a power to refer. It requires the Court to formulate the terms of a possible settlement first, take the parties' observations, and reformulate if needed.

Judicial settlement is not settlement by the judge. It is a reference to an institution or person deemed to be a Lok Adalat.

munotes.in259

Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court

A failed reference does not end the suit. Order X Rule 1C sends it back, and the Court proceeds from the stage previously reached.

The four modes are not interchangeable. Arbitration ends in a binding decision by a third person; the other three end only in the parties' own agreement.

Mediation is no longer regulated only by rules under clause (d). The Mediation Act 2023 now supplies a statutory framework.

Quick revision

Section 89(1): where elements of a settlement acceptable to the parties appear to exist, the Court shall formulate the terms of settlement, give them to the parties for observations, may reformulate them, and refer the dispute for arbitration, conciliation, judicial settlement including Lok Adalat, or mediation.

Section 89(2) routes them: arbitration and conciliation to the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996; Lok Adalat under section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987; judicial settlement to an institution or person deemed to be a Lok Adalat under the same Act; and mediation, where the Court shall effect a compromise and follow the prescribed procedure, now with the Mediation Act 2023 behind it.

Order X Rule 1A: after recording admissions and denials, the Court directs the parties to opt for a mode and fixes the date of appearance. Rule 1B: the parties appear. Rule 1C: where it is not proper to proceed, the matter goes back to the Court, which resumes from the stage previously reached.

The dividing line: arbitration is adjudicative; conciliation, Lok Adalat and mediation are consensual.

Test yourself

1. What does section 89 require the Court to do? Where it appears to the Court that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, the Court shall formulate the terms of settlement and give them to the parties for their observations, and after receiving those observations may reformulate the terms of a possible settlement and refer the dispute for arbitration, conciliation, judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat, or mediation.

2. Name the four modes of settlement under section 89. Arbitration; conciliation; judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat; and mediation.

3. Which statute governs each? Arbitration and conciliation are governed by the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996; a reference to Lok Adalat is made under section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 and that Act applies; judicial settlement is referred to an institution or person deemed to be a Lok Adalat, so the same Act applies; and mediation is governed by section 89(2)(d) and the prescribed procedure, now with the Mediation Act 2023 supplying a statutory framework.

munotes.in260

Settlement of Disputes Outside the Court

4. What is judicial settlement? A reference under section 89(2)(c) to a suitable institution or person, who shall be deemed to be a Lok Adalat, so that all the provisions of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 apply as if the dispute had been referred to a Lok Adalat under that Act. It is not settlement by the judge himself.

5. At what stage of the suit does the section 89 direction come? Under Order X Rule 1A, after the Court has recorded the admissions and denials of the parties under Order X Rule 1, whereupon it directs the parties to opt for one of the modes specified in section 89(1) and fixes the date for their appearance before the forum or authority chosen.

6. What happens if the settlement attempt fails? Under Order X Rule 1C, where the presiding officer of the forum or authority is satisfied that it would not be proper to proceed with the matter further, he shall refer it back to the Court, and the Court shall proceed with the suit from the stage previously reached before the reference.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in261

Module IV

Receivers, Appeals and other procedures and Law of Limitation

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-Five

Appointment of Receivers

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Appointment of Receivers (Order XV)"

Note on the Order number

The syllabus prints this topic as "Appointment of Receivers (Order XV)". Order XV of the Code is headed Disposal of the Suit at the First Hearing and has nothing to do with receivers. The provisions on receivers are Order XL.

That is worth knowing for two reasons. If you look up Order XV you will find the wrong thing. And an examiner asking about receivers is asking about Order XL, whatever the syllabus prints, because that is where the law is.

In one line

A receiver is a person appointed by the court to take charge of property during a dispute, so that the property is preserved and its income collected while the parties fight about who owns it.

He is an officer of the court, not the agent of either party. That single fact explains all his duties.

Why the Code allows it

Litigation about property takes years, and someone must hold it meanwhile. Ordinarily that is whoever is already in possession, which is usually the defendant. But that is not always safe: he may have no interest in preserving what he expects to lose, he may pocket the rents, or the property may be a business that needs running rather than merely holding.

An injunction can stop a party doing something. It cannot make anyone collect rent, repair a building or run a factory. That is what a receiver is for, and it is why he is the most intrusive of the interim remedies: he does not restrain the parties, he displaces them.

The Code accordingly makes it a matter of the court's judgment rather than a party's right, and hedges it with security, accounts and personal liability.

The power: Rule 1

Rule 1(1): where it appears to the Court to be just and convenient, the Court may by order:

(a) appoint a receiver of any property, whether before or after decree (b) remove any person from the possession or custody of the property (c) commit the same to the possession, custody or management of the receiver (d) confer upon the receiver all such powers, as to bringing and defending suits and for the realisation, management, protection, preservation and improvement of the property, the collection of the rents and profits thereof, the application and disposal of such rents and profits, and the execution of documents, as the owner himself has, or such of those powers as the Court thinks fit

Three things to take from Rule 1(1).

The test is "just and convenient". The Code lays down no list of grounds. That is deliberate, and it means an answer should state the test in those words and then say what courts look for in practice: a strong prima facie case, a real danger to the property or its income, and the absence of any less drastic remedy that would do.

munotes.in262

Appointment of Receivers

It is available before or after decree. A receiver is not only an interim measure; section 51(d) makes appointing a receiver one of the five modes of executing a decree. See [Mode of Execution and Stay of Execution].

The powers are the owner's powers, or such of them as the Court thinks fit. The receiver may sue and be sued, collect rents, manage, preserve, improve and execute documents. What he actually gets is what the order gives him, and a receiver has no powers beyond his order.

Rule 1(2) is the limit: nothing in the rule authorises the Court to remove from the possession or custody of property any person whom any party to the suit has not a present right so to remove.

That sub-rule is the answer to a common exam problem. A receiver cannot be used to evict somebody the plaintiff could not himself have evicted. If a tenant is in lawful possession under a subsisting lease, appointing a receiver does not defeat his rights, because no party had a present right to remove him.

Remuneration: Rule 2

Rule 2: the Court may by general or special order fix the amount to be paid as remuneration for the services of the receiver.

Short, but it makes the point that a receiver is paid out of the estate under the court's control, not by whichever party appointed him, because no party appoints him.

The four duties: Rule 3

This is the provision MU has asked twice, and the question is usually phrased "mention any two duties of Court Receivers". The rule gives four, so learn all four and give two.

Rule 3: every receiver so appointed shall:

(a) furnish such security, if any, as the Court thinks fit, duly to account for what he shall receive in respect of the property (b) submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the Court directs (c) pay the amount due from him as the Court directs (d) be responsible for any loss occasioned to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence

Notice the standard in clause (d). A receiver is not an insurer and is not liable for every loss. He is liable for loss caused by wilful default or gross negligence, which is a deliberately high threshold, because otherwise nobody sensible would accept the appointment.

Enforcement: Rule 4

Rule 4: where a receiver (a) fails to submit his accounts as directed, or (b) fails to pay the amount due from him as directed, or (c) occasions loss to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence, the Court may direct his property to be attached and may sell such property, and may apply the proceeds to make good any amount found due from him or any loss occasioned by him, and shall pay the balance, if any, to the receiver.

munotes.in263

Appointment of Receivers

Rule 4 maps onto Rule 3 exactly: clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Rule 4 are the breaches of duties (b), (c) and (d) of Rule 3. A tidy way to remember both is that the duties and their enforcement are the same list read twice.

The sanction is severe and personal. The receiver's own property is attached and sold, which is what makes the office one of real responsibility rather than a formality.

The Collector as receiver: Rule 5

Rule 5: where the property is land paying revenue to the Government, or land of which the revenue has been assigned or redeemed, and the Court considers that the interests of those concerned will be promoted by the management of the Collector, the Court may, with the consent of the Collector, appoint him to be receiver of that property.

Two conditions are worth noting: the property must be revenue-paying or revenue-assigned land, and the Collector's consent is required. The court cannot conscript a revenue officer.

A receiver compared with an injunction

Both are interim protections, and the difference is one of degree that becomes a difference in kind.

Temporary injunction, Order XXXIXReceiver, Order XL
What it doesRestrains a party from actingDisplaces the party in possession
PossessionStays where it isGoes to an officer of the court
Suitable whereAn act threatens the propertyThe property needs managing, or the income collecting
TestPrima facie case, balance of convenience, irreparable injuryJust and convenient, Rule 1(1)
EnforcementAttachment and up to three months' detention, Rule 2AThe receiver's own property attached and sold, Rule 4

Because a receiver is the more drastic of the two, a court will not appoint one where an injunction would meet the case. That is part of what "just and convenient" means in practice. See [Temporary Injunctions and Interim Orders].

A worked example

Eknath and Farida are in litigation over a commercial building let to several tenants. Eknath is in possession, collecting the rents, and Farida says he is spending them and letting the building fall into disrepair.

Would an injunction do? An order restraining Eknath from collecting rents would leave nobody collecting them, and an order restraining waste does not repair a roof. This is exactly the case a receiver exists for.

munotes.in264

Appointment of Receivers

On what test is one appointed? Rule 1(1): where it appears to the Court to be just and convenient. In practice Farida must show a strong prima facie case, real danger to the property or its income, and that no lesser remedy suffices.

What can the receiver do? Whatever the order gives him out of the powers in Rule 1(1)(d): bringing and defending suits, realising, managing, protecting, preserving and improving the property, collecting and applying the rents and profits, and executing documents, being such of the owner's powers as the Court thinks fit.

Can he evict the tenants? Rule 1(2): not unless a party to the suit had a present right to remove them. Tenants in lawful possession under subsisting leases are not removed merely because a receiver has been appointed.

What must he do? Rule 3: furnish security if the Court so directs, submit accounts as directed, pay over what is due as directed, and he is responsible for loss caused by his wilful default or gross negligence.

He fails to file accounts for a year. Rule 4: the Court may attach and sell his own property, apply the proceeds to make good what is due or the loss caused, and pay him any balance.

The building is destroyed by an earthquake. He is not liable. Rule 3(d) fastens liability only on loss occasioned by wilful default or gross negligence.

Change the property. Suppose it is revenue-paying agricultural land and the Court thinks the Collector would manage it best. Rule 5 allows the Collector to be appointed receiver, but only with his consent.

Change the stage. Suppose there is now a decree and Farida is executing it. A receiver is still available: section 51(d) makes appointing a receiver one of the modes of execution, and Rule 1(1)(a) allows appointment before or after decree.

What it does not mean

A receiver is not an agent of the party who applied for him. He is an officer of the court and owes his duties to the court.

"Just and convenient" is not a formality. A receiver displaces possession and will not be appointed where a lesser remedy would do.

A receiver cannot remove anyone the parties could not remove. Rule 1(2) says so expressly.

A receiver's powers are not inherent. He has what the order gives him out of Rule 1(1)(d).

He is not liable for every loss. Only for loss occasioned by his wilful default or gross negligence.

A receiver is not confined to the period before decree. Rule 1(1)(a) and section 51(d).

Quick revision

Order XL, not Order XV. The syllabus misprints the number.

Rule 1(1): where just and convenient, the Court may appoint a receiver of any property before or after decree, remove any person from possession or custody, commit the property to the receiver, and confer on him the owner's powers as to suits, realisation, management, protection, preservation, improvement, collection and application of rents and profits, and execution of documents, or such of them as it thinks fit. Rule 1(2): the Court may not remove a person whom no party had a present right to remove.

munotes.in265

Appointment of Receivers

Rule 2: the Court fixes his remuneration.

Rule 3, the four duties: furnish security as directed; submit accounts as directed; pay what is due as directed; and be responsible for loss caused by wilful default or gross negligence.

Rule 4: on failure to account, failure to pay, or loss by wilful default or gross negligence, the Court may attach and sell the receiver's own property, apply the proceeds, and pay him the balance.

Rule 5: the Collector may be appointed receiver of revenue-paying or revenue-assigned land, with his consent, where the interests of those concerned will be promoted by his management.

Section 51(d): appointing a receiver is also a mode of execution.

Test yourself

1. Under which Order are receivers appointed? Order XL. The syllabus prints Order XV against this topic, but Order XV of the Code deals with the disposal of a suit at the first hearing.

2. When may a receiver be appointed? Where it appears to the Court to be just and convenient, under Order XL Rule 1(1), and the appointment may be made whether before or after decree.

3. Mention any two duties of a court receiver. He must furnish such security as the Court thinks fit, duly to account for what he receives in respect of the property; and he must submit his accounts at such periods and in such form as the Court directs. He must also pay the amount due from him as the Court directs, and he is responsible for any loss occasioned to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence.

4. What happens if a receiver fails in those duties? Under Order XL Rule 4, where he fails to submit accounts or to pay the amount due as directed, or occasions loss to the property by wilful default or gross negligence, the Court may direct his property to be attached and sold, apply the proceeds to make good the amount due or the loss occasioned, and pay any balance to the receiver.

5. Can a receiver be used to remove a person in possession? Only a person whom a party to the suit has a present right to remove. Order XL Rule 1(2) provides that nothing in the rule authorises the Court to remove from possession or custody any person whom no party has a present right so to remove.

munotes.in266

Appointment of Receivers

6. When may the Collector be appointed receiver? Where the property is land paying revenue to the Government, or land of which the revenue has been assigned or redeemed, and the Court considers that the interests of those concerned will be promoted by the management of the Collector. His consent is required: Order XL Rule 5.

7. Is a receiver liable for any loss to the property? No. Under Order XL Rule 3(d) he is responsible only for loss occasioned to the property by his wilful default or gross negligence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in267

Chapter Forty-Six

Appeals from Original Decrees

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Appeals, reference, review, revision (Order XLI to XLVII)"

In one line

A first appeal is a rehearing on both facts and law, and that is what separates it from every other remedy against a decree.

Why a first appeal exists

A trial judge sees the witnesses and forms views quickly, and he can be wrong about the facts as easily as about the law. A system that allowed challenge only on points of law would leave most errors uncorrected, because most errors are factual.

So the Code gives one full reconsideration. The appellate court may go through the evidence again, disagree with the findings, and substitute its own. That generosity is confined to the first appeal: by the time a case reaches a second appeal the facts have been decided twice, and section 100 restricts it to a substantial question of law. See [Appeals from Appellate Decrees].

The right of appeal: section 96

Section 96(1): save where otherwise expressly provided by the Code or by any other law in force, an appeal shall lie from every decree passed by any Court exercising original jurisdiction to the Court authorised to hear appeals from the decisions of such Court.

Then three limits, and they are the standard short question on this section.

Section 96(2): an appeal may lie from an original decree passed ex parte.

Section 96(3): no appeal shall lie from a decree passed by the Court with the consent of parties. A party cannot agree to a decree and then complain about it.

Section 96(4): no appeal shall lie, except on a question of law, from a decree in any suit of the nature cognisable by Courts of Small Causes, when the amount or value of the subject matter of the original suit does not exceed ten thousand rupees.

Note the structure. Sub-section (1) gives the right, and it attaches to a decree, which is why [Definitions] matters here: a dismissal for default is not a decree and cannot be appealed, while the rejection of a plaint is deemed to be one and can. Sub-section (2) confirms that losing by absence does not forfeit the appeal, though the defendant also has the separate remedy of Order IX Rule 13.

Section 97 is the trap that costs litigants their case: where a party aggrieved by a preliminary decree does not appeal from it, he is precluded from disputing its correctness in any appeal preferred from the final decree.

So a preliminary decree must be appealed when it is passed. A party who waits for the final decree and then attacks the preliminary one has lost the point. See [Definitions] for the preliminary and final distinction.

Section 98(1): where an appeal is heard by a Bench of two or more Judges, it shall be decided in accordance with the opinion of those Judges or of the majority.

munotes.in268

Appeals from Original Decrees

Section 98(2): where there is no such majority which concurs in a judgment varying or reversing the decree appealed from, such decree shall be confirmed. The proviso allows a differing even-numbered Bench of a larger Court to state the point of law on which they differ, and the appeal is then heard on that point only by one or more of the other Judges.

The rule in sub-section (2) is worth stating precisely: where the Bench is evenly divided, the decree appealed from stands. Doubt favours the existing decree.

Section 99: no decree shall be reversed or substantially varied, nor shall any case be remanded, in appeal on account of any misjoinder or non-joinder of parties or causes of action, or any error, defect or irregularity in any proceeding, not affecting the merits of the case or the jurisdiction of the Court. The proviso excepts the non-joinder of a necessary party.

That proviso matches the one in Order I Rule 9. The Code is consistent: technical defects do not upset a decree, but the absence of a necessary party does. See [Parties to a Suit].

Section 99A applies the same principle to appeals from orders made under section 47.

The memorandum of appeal: Order XLI Rules 1 to 3

Rule 1(1): every appeal shall be preferred in the form of a memorandum signed by the appellant or his pleader and presented to the Court or to an officer appointed for the purpose. The memorandum shall be accompanied by a copy of the judgment. The proviso allows the Appellate Court to dispense with more than one copy of the judgment where several appeals arise from one common judgment.

Rule 1(2), contents: the memorandum shall set forth, concisely and under distinct heads, the grounds of objection to the decree appealed from, without any argument or narrative, and those grounds shall be numbered consecutively.

The words "without any argument or narrative" are the same discipline Order VI Rule 2 imposes on pleadings: state the grounds, do not argue them. See [Pleadings].

Rule 1(3): where the appeal is against a decree for payment of money, the appellant shall, within such time as the Appellate Court allows, deposit the disputed amount or furnish such security as the Court thinks fit.

Rule 2: the appellant shall not, except by leave of the Court, urge or be heard in support of any ground of objection not set forth in the memorandum; but the Appellate Court, in deciding the appeal, shall not be confined to the grounds set forth in the memorandum or taken by leave. The proviso protects the respondent: the Court shall not rest its decision on any other ground unless the party who may be affected has had a sufficient opportunity of contesting the case on that ground.

munotes.in269

Appeals from Original Decrees

Read Rule 2 as a pair of asymmetric rules. The appellant is confined to his memorandum unless he gets leave. The Court is not confined at all, but may not decide on an unargued ground without giving the affected party a chance to meet it.

Rule 3A deals with an appeal filed after the period of limitation: it must be accompanied by an application supported by affidavit stating the sufficient cause for not preferring it in time, and where the Court sees no prima facie case for condonation it may refuse to admit the appeal.

Stay of execution: Rule 5

This is the rule every practitioner uses and every student misstates.

Rule 5(1): an appeal shall not operate as a stay of proceedings under a decree or order appealed from, except so far as the Appellate Court may order, nor shall execution be stayed by reason only of an appeal having been preferred; but the Appellate Court may for sufficient cause order stay of execution.

So filing an appeal stays nothing. A separate order is needed.

The Explanation deals with the practical gap between an order being made and the trial court hearing of it: an order for stay is effective from the date of its communication to the Court of first instance, but an affidavit sworn by the appellant on his personal knowledge stating that a stay has been made shall be acted upon by the Court of first instance pending receipt of the order.

Rule 5(2): where an application for stay is made before the expiration of the time allowed for appealing, the Court which passed the decree may on sufficient cause order the execution to be stayed.

Rule 5(3): no order for stay shall be made under sub-rule (1) or (2) unless the Court is satisfied (a) that substantial loss may result to the applicant unless the order is made, (b) that the application has been made without unreasonable delay, and (c) that security has been given by the applicant for the due performance of the decree.

Those three conditions are the standard answer to "on what conditions will execution be stayed pending appeal", and the third is the one candidates forget.

Hearing the appeal: Rules 11 to 22

Rule 11 allows summary dismissal: the Appellate Court, after hearing the appellant, may dismiss the appeal without sending notice to the respondent if it does not think fit to admit it, recording its reasons.

munotes.in270

Appeals from Original Decrees

Rule 16 governs the right to begin: the appellant begins, then the respondent, then the appellant may reply.

Rule 17 provides for dismissal for the appellant's default, and Rule 19 for its readmission where he shows sufficient cause for his non-appearance.

Rule 22, cross-objections: any respondent, though he may not have appealed, may support the decree on any of the grounds decided against him in the court below; and he may, within one month of service of notice of the day fixed for hearing or such further time as the Court allows, file a memorandum of cross-objection against any part of the decree, which shall be in the form of a memorandum of appeal and dealt with as an appeal.

Rule 22 answers a question students find puzzling: a respondent who won overall but lost on one issue does not have to file his own appeal to challenge that issue. He may support the decree on that ground, or file cross-objections.

Where the powers come from: section 107

Start an answer here, not at the rules. MU asked "Discuss the powers of appellate courts under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908" in May 2023, and the rules below are only the working out of one section.

Section 107(1): subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, an Appellate Court shall have power:

(a) to determine a case finally (b) to remand a case (c) to frame issues and refer them for trial (d) to take additional evidence or to require such evidence to be taken

Section 107(2), and this is the sweeping half: subject as aforesaid, the Appellate Court shall have the same powers, and shall perform as nearly as may be the same duties, as are conferred and imposed by the Code on Courts of original jurisdiction in respect of suits instituted in them.

So the appellate court is not a court of limited review. By sub-section (2) it wears the trial court's powers, and the four heads in sub-section (1) are the ones peculiar to sitting in appeal. Each of the four is worked out in Order XLI: (a) by Rule 24, (b) by Rules 23 and 23A, (c) by Rule 25, and (d) by Rule 27.

Section 108 carries the whole of this Part across: the provisions relating to appeals from original decrees apply, so far as may be, to appeals from appellate decrees and to appeals from orders made under the Code or under any special or local law which does not provide a different procedure. That single section is why [Appeals from Appellate Decrees] and [Appeals from Orders] do not repeat the machinery.

munotes.in271

Appeals from Original Decrees

Powers of the Appellate Court: Rules 23 to 33

Rule 23, remand: where the trial court has disposed of the suit on a preliminary point and the decree is reversed in appeal, the Appellate Court may remand the case and direct what issue or issues shall be tried, and may direct the retrial.

Rule 23A extends the power: where the decree is reversed in appeal and a retrial is considered necessary, the Appellate Court may remand even though the trial court did not dispose of the case on a preliminary point.

Rule 24: where the evidence on the record is sufficient to enable the Appellate Court to pronounce judgment, it may finally determine the suit, notwithstanding that the judgment of the trial court proceeded wholly on some ground other than that on which the Appellate Court proceeds.

Rules 23, 23A and 24 sit together and the choice between them is a real one: remand where a retrial is genuinely necessary, decide finally where the record already permits it.

Rule 25: where the trial court has omitted to frame or try any issue, or to determine any question of fact essential to a right decision, the Appellate Court may frame issues and refer them for trial to the court below, and direct that court to take the additional evidence required.

Rule 27, additional evidence. The parties shall not be entitled to produce additional evidence in the Appellate Court, whether oral or documentary, except where (a) the trial court refused to admit evidence which ought to have been admitted, or (aa) the party seeking to produce it establishes that notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence it was not within his knowledge or could not, after due diligence, be produced by him when the decree was passed, or (b) the Appellate Court itself requires any document or witness to enable it to pronounce judgment or for any other substantial cause. Where additional evidence is allowed, the Court shall record its reasons.

The rule is restrictive on purpose. An appeal is a rehearing on the existing record, not an opportunity to build a better case.

Rule 31 prescribes the contents of the appellate judgment: it shall state the points for determination, the decision thereon, the reasons for the decision, and where the decree appealed from is reversed or varied, the relief to which the appellant is entitled.

Rule 32: the judgment may confirm, vary or reverse the decree.

Rule 33 is the widest power in the Order: the Appellate Court shall have power to pass any decree and make any order which ought to have been passed or made, and to pass or make such further decree or order as the case may require, and this power may be exercised notwithstanding that the appeal is as to part only of the decree, and may be exercised in favour of all or any of the respondents or parties, although they may not have filed any appeal or objection.

munotes.in272

Appeals from Original Decrees

Rule 33 is what allows an appellate court to do complete justice between all the parties, even in favour of someone who never appealed.

A worked example

Ganesh loses a suit and a decree for Rs. 8,00,000 is passed against him.

Does an appeal lie? Yes, under section 96(1), from a decree of a court exercising original jurisdiction, unless the case falls in one of the exceptions.

Suppose the decree was passed ex parte. Section 96(2): an appeal still lies. He also has the option of Order IX Rule 13, and under the Explanation to that rule an appeal disposed of otherwise than by withdrawal shuts that door. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

Suppose the decree was by consent. Section 96(3): no appeal lies at all.

What does he file? Under Rule 1, a memorandum signed by him or his pleader, accompanied by a copy of the judgment, setting out the grounds concisely, under distinct heads, without argument or narrative, numbered consecutively. Being a money decree, Rule 1(3) may require him to deposit the disputed amount or furnish security.

He wants execution stopped meanwhile. Rule 5(1): the appeal itself stays nothing. He must apply, and under Rule 5(3) the Court must be satisfied of substantial loss, no unreasonable delay, and security for due performance of the decree.

He wants to raise a ground he left out. Rule 2: only by leave of the Court. But the Court itself is not confined to his memorandum, provided the party affected gets a sufficient opportunity to meet the new ground.

The respondent won overall but lost on interest. Rule 22: he need not file his own appeal. He may support the decree on that ground, or file a memorandum of cross-objection within one month of service of notice of the hearing date.

The trial court decided the case only on limitation and never tried the merits, and the appellate court disagrees on limitation. Rule 23: the case may be remanded with directions as to the issues to be tried. But if the record already contains everything needed, Rule 24 allows the Appellate Court to decide the suit finally instead.

Ganesh wants to produce a document he found last week. Rule 27: only if he shows that despite due diligence it was not within his knowledge or could not be produced earlier, or one of the other grounds applies, and the Court must record its reasons.

munotes.in273

Appeals from Original Decrees

A co-defendant who never appealed is also affected. Rule 33: the Appellate Court may pass any decree that ought to have been passed, in favour of a party who filed no appeal or objection.

Ganesh had earlier let a preliminary decree go unchallenged. Section 97: he is precluded from disputing its correctness in this appeal from the final decree.

What it does not mean

An appeal is not a stay. Rule 5(1) is explicit, and a separate order on the Rule 5(3) conditions is needed.

A consent decree is not appealable. Section 96(3).

Losing ex parte does not forfeit the appeal. Section 96(2).

An unappealed preliminary decree cannot be attacked later. Section 97.

Additional evidence is not available on request. Rule 27 confines it to refused evidence, evidence unobtainable despite due diligence, or evidence the Court itself requires, with reasons recorded.

A respondent who lost on one issue need not appeal. Rule 22 gives him cross-objections.

Technical defects do not upset a decree. Section 99, except non-joinder of a necessary party.

Quick revision

Section 107(1): an Appellate Court may determine the case finally, remand, frame issues and refer them for trial, and take additional evidence. 107(2): it otherwise has the same powers and duties as a court of original jurisdiction. Section 108 applies this Part to appeals from appellate decrees and from orders.

Section 96: appeal lies from every decree of a court of original jurisdiction; (2) ex parte decrees are appealable; (3) consent decrees are not; (4) in small-cause-type suits up to Rs. 10,000, only on a question of law. Section 97: an unappealed preliminary decree cannot be disputed in an appeal from the final decree. Section 98: decided by the majority; where there is no majority to vary or reverse, the decree is confirmed. Section 99: no reversal for misjoinder, non-joinder or irregularity not affecting the merits or jurisdiction, except non-joinder of a necessary party.

Order XLI Rule 1: memorandum signed, with a copy of the judgment; grounds concise, distinct, numbered, without argument or narrative; money decrees may require a deposit or security. Rule 2: the appellant is confined to his memorandum except by leave; the Court is not confined, but must give the affected party an opportunity. Rule 5: an appeal is not a stay; stay requires substantial loss, no unreasonable delay, and security. Rule 11: summary dismissal without notice to the respondent. Rule 22: cross-objections within one month of notice of the hearing date. Rules 23, 23A and 24: remand, or decide finally where the evidence on record suffices. Rule 25: frame issues and refer for trial. Rule 27: additional evidence only where evidence was wrongly refused, could not be produced despite due diligence, or the Court requires it; reasons recorded. Rule 31: the judgment states the points for determination, the decision, the reasons, and the relief. Rule 33: power to pass any decree that ought to have been passed, even in favour of a party who did not appeal.

munotes.in274

Appeals from Original Decrees

Test yourself

1. From what decrees does a first appeal lie? Under section 96(1), from every decree passed by a court exercising original jurisdiction, to the court authorised to hear appeals from its decisions, save where otherwise expressly provided by the Code or any other law in force.

2. Name three cases in which no first appeal lies, or lies only on a question of law. No appeal lies from a decree passed with the consent of parties, under section 96(3). No appeal lies except on a question of law from a decree in a suit of the nature cognisable by Courts of Small Causes where the value does not exceed ten thousand rupees, under section 96(4). And a party who did not appeal a preliminary decree is precluded by section 97 from disputing its correctness in an appeal from the final decree.

3. What must a memorandum of appeal contain? It must be signed by the appellant or his pleader, be accompanied by a copy of the judgment, and set forth concisely and under distinct heads, without any argument or narrative, the grounds of objection to the decree appealed from, numbered consecutively: Order XLI Rule 1.

4. Does filing an appeal stay execution? No. Under Order XLI Rule 5(1) an appeal does not operate as a stay, and execution is not stayed by reason only of an appeal having been preferred. The Appellate Court may order a stay for sufficient cause, but under Rule 5(3) only if satisfied that substantial loss may result unless the order is made, that the application was made without unreasonable delay, and that security has been given for the due performance of the decree.

5. When may additional evidence be produced in appeal? Under Order XLI Rule 27, where the trial court refused to admit evidence which ought to have been admitted; where the party establishes that notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence the evidence was not within his knowledge or could not be produced when the decree was passed; or where the Appellate Court itself requires a document or witness to enable it to pronounce judgment or for any other substantial cause. The Court must record its reasons.

munotes.in275

Appeals from Original Decrees

6. A respondent has not appealed but is dissatisfied with part of the decree. What can he do? Under Order XLI Rule 22 he may support the decree on any ground decided against him in the court below, and he may file a memorandum of cross-objection against any part of the decree within one month of service of notice of the day fixed for hearing, or such further time as the Court allows, which is dealt with as an appeal.

7. What is the extent of the Appellate Court's power under Rule 33? It may pass any decree and make any order which ought to have been passed or made, and such further decree or order as the case requires, notwithstanding that the appeal is as to part only of the decree, and it may exercise that power in favour of all or any of the respondents or parties even though they have filed no appeal or objection.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in276

Chapter Forty-Seven

Appeals from Appellate Decrees

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Appeals, reference, review, revision (Order XLI to XLVII)"

In one line

A second appeal lies to the High Court only where the case involves a substantial question of law, and the High Court must formulate that question before hearing it.

Why the second appeal is so much narrower

By the time a case reaches a second appeal the facts have been examined twice: once at trial and once on a full rehearing in first appeal. A third look at the same evidence would add delay without adding accuracy, and it would turn the High Court into a second trial court for every small dispute in the State.

So the Code draws a line. Facts stop at the first appeal. The High Court comes in only where something has gone wrong in law, and only where that question is substantial.

This is the single most important contrast in the appeals chapters, and an answer that does not draw it has missed the point of section 100.

The provision: section 100

Section 100(1): save as otherwise expressly provided by the Code or any other law in force, an appeal shall lie to the High Court from every decree passed in appeal by any Court subordinate to the High Court, if the High Court is satisfied that the case involves a substantial question of law.

Section 100(2): an appeal may lie under this section from an appellate decree passed ex parte.

Section 100(3): in an appeal under this section, the memorandum of appeal shall precisely state the substantial question of law involved.

Section 100(4): where the High Court is satisfied that a substantial question of law is involved, it shall formulate that question.

Section 100(5): the appeal shall be heard on the question so formulated, and the respondent shall at the hearing be allowed to argue that the case does not involve such question. The proviso preserves a power: nothing in the sub-section takes away the Court's power to hear, for reasons to be recorded, the appeal on any other substantial question of law not formulated by it, if satisfied that the case involves such a question.

Take the sequence in sub-sections (3), (4) and (5) as a procedure, because that is what it is.

The appellant must state the question precisely. A memorandum that merely complains about the findings does not comply.

The Court must formulate it. This is a judicial act, not a formality. If the Court is not satisfied that a substantial question of law arises, the appeal fails at that stage.

The hearing is confined to the formulated question, and the respondent may argue that no such question arises at all. The proviso then allows the Court to go outside the formulated question, but only on recorded reasons and only for another substantial question of law.

munotes.in277

Appeals from Appellate Decrees

What "substantial question of law" means

The Code does not define it, and no case is cited for it here because none has been verified into the case bank. What can safely be said is what follows from the words themselves and from settled practice.

A question of law is substantial where it is of general importance, or where it directly and substantially affects the rights of the parties and is not already concluded by authority. It is not substantial where the point is well settled and the court below merely applied it, even if it applied it wrongly on the facts.

The distinction that matters for an exam is between a question of law and a question of fact. Whether a document was executed, whether a witness is believable, and what a party actually did are questions of fact and end with the first appeal. Whether the facts found amount in law to a particular relationship, or whether a provision applies to those facts, is a question of law.

No second appeal at all: section 102

Section 102: no second appeal shall lie from any decree, when the subject matter of the original suit is for recovery of money not exceeding twenty-five thousand rupees.

That is an absolute bar by value, and it does not depend on whether a substantial question of law arises. Learn the figure.

Findings of fact: sections 101 and 103

Section 101: no second appeal shall lie except on the ground mentioned in section 100. The section exists to shut the door that litigants keep trying to reopen: there is no residuary ground.

Section 103 is the qualification, and it is often forgotten. The High Court may, if the evidence on the record is sufficient, determine any issue necessary for the disposal of the appeal:

(a) which has not been determined by the lower appellate court or by both the courts below; or (b) which has been wrongly determined by such court or courts by reason of a decision on a question of law referred to in section 100.

So section 103 does not let the High Court re-open concurrent findings of fact at large. It lets it decide an issue that was never decided, or one that went wrong because of the very error of law the second appeal is about. Both limbs are tied back to section 100.

First appeal against second appeal

This table is the answer to the commonest question on the topic.

First appeal, section 96Second appeal, section 100
Lies fromA decree of a court of original jurisdictionA decree passed in appeal by a court subordinate to the High Court
ToThe court authorised to hear appealsThe High Court
ScopeFacts and law, a full rehearingSubstantial question of law only
Question formulatedNoYes, section 100(4), and the hearing is confined to it
Ex parte decreeAppealable, section 96(2)Appealable, section 100(2)
Consent decreeNot appealable, section 96(3)Not appealable
Money barOnly on a question of law up to Rs. 10,000 in small-cause-type suits, section 96(4)No second appeal at all up to Rs. 25,000 in money suits, section 102
munotes.in278

Appeals from Appellate Decrees

Notice that the two money bars are different in kind as well as amount. Section 96(4) restricts the ground; section 102 removes the appeal.

Procedure: Order XLII

Order XLII Rule 1: the rules of Order XLI shall apply, so far as may be, to appeals from appellate decrees.

So the machinery is the same: memorandum, grounds stated concisely under distinct heads, stay only on the Rule 5 conditions, cross-objections, remand, additional evidence on the restricted grounds, and the powers in Rule 33. See [Appeals from Original Decrees].

Order XLII Rule 2 requires the High Court, at the time of making an order under Order XLI Rule 11 admitting the appeal, to formulate the substantial question of law as required by section 100, and gives the appellant the opportunity to be heard on the question of admission.

A worked example

Hema sues Irfan and loses. Her first appeal to the District Court is dismissed. She wants to go to the High Court.

Does a second appeal lie? Only if the case involves a substantial question of law, under section 100(1).

Her complaint is that the District Judge believed Irfan's witnesses. That is a question of fact, and it ends with the first appeal. No second appeal lies on it.

Her complaint is that the courts below applied the wrong statutory provision to the admitted facts. That is a question of law, and if it is substantial the appeal lies.

What must her memorandum say? Section 100(3): it must precisely state the substantial question of law involved. A general complaint will not do.

What does the High Court do? Section 100(4): if satisfied that a substantial question of law is involved, it shall formulate that question, and under Order XLII Rule 2 it does so when admitting the appeal.

At the hearing. Section 100(5): the appeal is heard on the formulated question, and Irfan may argue that the case involves no such question at all.

The High Court spots a different point of law. The proviso to section 100(5): it may hear the appeal on another substantial question not formulated by it, for reasons to be recorded.

munotes.in279

Appeals from Appellate Decrees

An issue was never decided by either court below. Section 103(a): the High Court may determine it if the evidence on record is sufficient.

Change the value. Suppose the original suit was to recover Rs. 20,000. Section 102: no second appeal lies at all, whatever question of law arises.

Change the decree. Suppose the first appellate decree was passed ex parte. Section 100(2): a second appeal still lies.

What it does not mean

A second appeal is not a second look at the facts. Sections 100 and 101 confine it to a substantial question of law.

Every question of law is not substantial. A settled point applied to the facts is not enough.

The Court is not always confined to the formulated question. The proviso to section 100(5) allows another substantial question on recorded reasons.

Section 103 is not a general power over facts. It applies to an issue not determined, or wrongly determined because of the error of law under section 100.

The Rs. 25,000 bar is not about the ground. It removes the second appeal altogether in money suits at or below that value.

No appeal from a single judge sitting in appeal: section 100A

Section 100A: notwithstanding anything contained in any Letters Patent for any High Court, or in any instrument having the force of law, or in any other law for the time being in force, where any appeal from an original or appellate decree or order is heard and decided by a Single Judge of a High Court, NO FURTHER APPEAL shall lie from the judgment and decree of that Single Judge.

That is the provision which closed the old letters patent appeal in this situation, and it is the answer whenever a problem has a single judge of a High Court deciding an appeal and a party asking what comes next: nothing, in that Court. See [Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts] for the letters patent jurisdiction generally, and [Appeals to the Supreme Court] for what remains.

Read it with section 108, which applies the first-appeal machinery to appeals from appellate decrees, so the powers in section 107 are available here too. See [Appeals from Original Decrees].

Quick revision

Section 100(1): second appeal to the High Court from a decree passed in appeal by a subordinate court, only if the case involves a substantial question of law. (2) available against an ex parte appellate decree. (3) the memorandum must precisely state the question. (4) the High Court shall formulate it. (5) the appeal is heard on that question, the respondent may argue no such question arises, and the Court may take another substantial question for reasons recorded.

munotes.in280

Appeals from Appellate Decrees

Section 101: no second appeal except on the section 100 ground. Section 102: no second appeal where the original suit was for recovery of money not exceeding Rs. 25,000. Section 103: the High Court may determine an issue not determined below, or wrongly determined by reason of the error of law, if the evidence on record is sufficient.

Order XLII: Order XLI applies so far as may be, and the question is formulated at the admission stage.

Test yourself

1. When does a second appeal lie? Under section 100(1), to the High Court from every decree passed in appeal by a court subordinate to it, if the High Court is satisfied that the case involves a substantial question of law.

2. What must the memorandum of second appeal contain? It must precisely state the substantial question of law involved in the appeal: section 100(3).

3. What is the role of the formulated question? Where the High Court is satisfied that a substantial question of law is involved it shall formulate that question, and the appeal shall be heard on the question so formulated, the respondent being allowed to argue that the case does not involve it. The Court may nevertheless hear the appeal on any other substantial question of law not formulated by it, for reasons to be recorded.

4. Is there any suit in which no second appeal lies at all? Yes. Under section 102 no second appeal lies from any decree where the subject matter of the original suit is for the recovery of money not exceeding twenty-five thousand rupees.

5. Can the High Court in second appeal decide an issue of fact? Only within section 103, and only if the evidence on record is sufficient: an issue which has not been determined by the lower appellate court or by both courts below, or which has been wrongly determined by reason of a decision on a question of law referred to in section 100.

6. Give three differences between a first and a second appeal. A first appeal lies from a decree of a court of original jurisdiction and a second from a decree passed in appeal. A first appeal is a rehearing on both facts and law, while a second appeal lies only on a substantial question of law which the High Court must formulate. And in money suits, section 102 bars a second appeal altogether up to twenty-five thousand rupees, whereas section 96(4) merely restricts a first appeal to questions of law in small-cause-type suits up to ten thousand rupees.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in281

Chapter Forty-Eight

Appeals from Orders

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Appeals, reference, review, revision (Order XLI to XLVII)"

In one line

An appeal lies from a decree as of right, but from an order only where the Code expressly says so, and section 104 with Order XLIII Rule 1 is the closed list of those orders.

Why orders are treated differently

A suit generates dozens of orders on the way to a decree: adjournments, discovery, framing of issues, amendments. If every one of them were appealable, no case would ever reach trial, because a determined litigant could appeal his way through years of interlocutory steps.

So the Code reverses the presumption. A decree, which decides rights, is appealable. An order, which is everything else, is not, unless it is one of the specified kinds where an immediate appeal is worth the delay it causes. Everything else waits and can be attacked in the appeal from the decree, which is what section 105 provides.

That design has a name worth using in an answer: the Code prefers one appeal at the end to many appeals along the way.

The list: section 104

Section 104(1): an appeal shall lie from the following orders, and save as otherwise expressly provided in the body of this Code or by any law for the time being in force, from no other orders:

(ff) an order under section 35A, compensatory costs for a false or vexatious claim or defence (ffa) an order under section 91 or section 92 refusing leave to institute a suit of the nature referred to in those sections (g) an order under section 95, compensation for obtaining an arrest, attachment or injunction on insufficient grounds (h) an order under any provision of the Code imposing a fine, or directing the arrest or detention in the civil prison of any person, except where the arrest or detention is in execution of a decree (i) any order made under rules from which an appeal is expressly allowed by rules

The proviso limits appeals under clause (ff): no appeal shall lie against an order for compensatory costs save on the ground that no order, or an order for the payment of a less amount, ought to have been made.

Section 104(2): no appeal shall lie from any order passed in appeal under this section. So there is no second appeal from an order. One appeal and no more.

Clause (i) is the important one, because it is the doorway to Order XLIII. The words "from which an appeal is expressly allowed by rules" mean that the real list of appealable interlocutory orders is in Order XLIII Rule 1.

Note also the exception in clause (h): an arrest or detention in execution of a decree is not appealable under this section, because execution has its own regime and section 47 questions produce appealable determinations of their own. See [Questions to be Determined by the Executing Court].

munotes.in282

Appeals from Orders

Order XLIII Rule 1: the orders that are appealable

Rule 1 lists the orders under the rules from which an appeal lies. The principal ones, and the ones worth being able to name, are these.

  • an order under Order VII Rule 10 returning a plaint to be presented to the proper court
  • an order under Order IX rejecting an application to set aside a dismissal for default, or to set aside an ex parte decree, under Rules 9 and 13
  • an order under Order XI Rule 21 dismissing a suit or striking out a defence for failure to comply with discovery
  • an order under Order XXI Rule 34 on objections to a draft document
  • an order under Order XXI Rules 72 or 92 setting aside or refusing to set aside a sale
  • an order rejecting an application under Order XXII Rules 9 or 10 to set aside an abatement or dismissal, or for leave to continue a suit on devolution of interest
  • an order under Order XXV Rule 2 rejecting an application to set aside a dismissal for failure to furnish security for costs
  • an order under Order XXXIII Rule 5 or 7 rejecting an application for permission to sue as an indigent person
  • an order under Order XXXV Rules 3, 4 or 6 in an interpleader suit
  • an order under Order XXXVIII, attachment or arrest before judgment
  • an order under Order XXXIX Rules 1, 2, 2A, 4 or 10, granting, refusing, or dealing with a temporary injunction or an interim order
  • an order under Order XL Rule 1 or 4, appointing a receiver or enforcing his duties
  • an order under Order XLI Rules 19, 21, 23 or 23A, refusing to readmit or rehear an appeal, or remanding a case
  • an order under Order XLVII Rule 4 granting an application for review

A pattern is worth pointing out, because it makes the list learnable rather than arbitrary. Almost every entry is an order that either ends the proceeding for the party affected, as with a rejected application to set aside a dismissal, or has an immediate and serious effect on rights or property, as with an injunction, an attachment or a receiver. Orders that merely regulate the progress of a suit are absent.

Rule 1A(1) deals with a party who did not appeal an appealable order: where an appeal is filed against a decree passed in a suit after the recording of a compromise or refusal to record a compromise, it is open to the appellant to contest the decree on the ground that the compromise should or should not have been recorded.

munotes.in283

Appeals from Orders

Rule 1A(2) is the more useful provision: in an appeal against a decree passed in a suit after refusal by the Court to set aside an ex parte decree or the like, it is open to the appellant to contest the decree on the ground that the application ought to have been allowed.

Rule 2: the rules of Order XLI apply, so far as may be, to appeals from orders.

Orders that are not appealable: section 105

Section 105(1): save as otherwise expressly provided, no appeal shall lie from any order made by a Court in the exercise of its original or appellate jurisdiction; but where a decree is appealed from, any error, defect or irregularity in any order, affecting the decision of the case, may be set forth as a ground of objection in the memorandum of appeal.

That second half is the answer to the obvious complaint. A party aggrieved by a non-appealable interlocutory order is not without remedy; he keeps the point and raises it in the appeal from the decree.

Section 105(2) is the exception that costs litigants their point: notwithstanding anything in sub-section (1), where any party aggrieved by an order of remand made after the commencement of this Code from which an appeal lies does not appeal therefrom, he shall thereafter be precluded from disputing its correctness.

So a remand order is appealable, and a party who does not appeal it cannot attack it later. That mirrors section 97 on preliminary decrees exactly, and the two should be learnt together: an appealable step not appealed is lost. See [Appeals from Original Decrees].

Section 106: where an appeal from an order is allowed, it shall lie to the Court to which an appeal would lie from the decree in the suit in which the order was made, or, where the order is made by a Court in the exercise of appellate jurisdiction or by a High Court, to the High Court.

Appeal, review and revision, in one sentence each

The three are constantly confused, and the full treatment of the last two is in the next chapter.

Appeal: to a higher court, against a decree or a listed order, on facts and law in a first appeal and on a substantial question of law in a second.

Review: to the same court that passed the decree or order, on the limited grounds in section 114 and Order XLVII.

Revision: to the High Court, over a subordinate court, and only on jurisdictional error under section 115.

munotes.in284

Appeals from Orders

See [Reference, Review and Revision].

A worked example

Jatin's suit is pending. Several orders are made along the way.

The court refuses his application for a temporary injunction. Appealable, under Order XLIII Rule 1 read with section 104(1)(i).

The court appoints a receiver. Appealable, Order XL Rule 1 being in the Order XLIII list.

The court refuses to allow him to amend his plaint. Not in the list, so no appeal lies. Under section 105(1) he may set the error forth as a ground of objection in the memorandum of appeal from the eventual decree.

The court rejects his application to set aside an ex parte decree under Order IX Rule 13. Appealable, and if he does not appeal, Order XLIII Rule 1A(2) still lets him contest the decree on that ground in an appeal against the decree.

The first appellate court remands the case. Appealable. But section 105(2): if he does not appeal the remand order, he is precluded from disputing its correctness afterwards.

He is fined under a provision of the Code. Appealable under section 104(1)(h). But had he been arrested in execution of a decree, that clause would not apply.

He loses the appeal against the injunction order and wants to appeal again. Section 104(2): no appeal lies from an order passed in appeal under the section.

Where does an appeal from an order go? Section 106: to the court to which an appeal would lie from the decree in that suit, or to the High Court where the order was made in appellate jurisdiction or by a High Court.

What it does not mean

Orders are not generally appealable. Section 104(1) makes the list exhaustive, subject to express provision elsewhere.

A non-appealable order is not unchallengeable. Section 105(1) preserves it as a ground of objection in the appeal from the decree.

A remand order is not safe to ignore. Section 105(2) precludes a later challenge.

There is no second appeal from an order. Section 104(2).

An arrest in execution of a decree is not appealable under section 104(1)(h). It is expressly excepted.

Quick revision

Section 104(1): appeals lie from orders under section 35A (compensatory costs, and then only on the ground that no order or a lesser order should have been made), sections 91 and 92 refusing leave, section 95, orders imposing a fine or directing arrest or detention except in execution of a decree, and any order under the rules from which an appeal is expressly allowed. Section 104(2): no appeal from an order passed in appeal under this section.

Order XLIII Rule 1: the working list, including return of a plaint, refusal to set aside a dismissal or an ex parte decree, striking out a defence for non-discovery, setting aside or refusing to set aside an execution sale, refusal to set aside an abatement, refusal of leave to sue as an indigent person, interpleader orders, attachment and arrest before judgment, injunctions, receivers, remand, and the grant of a review. Rule 1A: a party may contest a decree on the ground that a refused application should have been allowed. Rule 2: Order XLI applies so far as may be.

munotes.in285

Appeals from Orders

Section 105(1): no appeal from other orders, but any error in them affecting the decision may be taken as a ground of objection in the appeal from the decree. Section 105(2): an unappealed order of remand cannot afterwards be disputed. Section 106: the appeal lies to the court to which an appeal from the decree would lie, or to the High Court.

Test yourself

1. From which orders does an appeal lie? Only from those specified in section 104(1) and, through clause (i) of that sub-section, those listed in Order XLIII Rule 1. Section 104(1) provides that, save as otherwise expressly provided by the Code or any law in force, no appeal lies from any other order.

2. Name five appealable orders under Order XLIII Rule 1. An order returning a plaint under Order VII Rule 10; an order rejecting an application to set aside an ex parte decree under Order IX Rule 13; an order granting or refusing a temporary injunction under Order XXXIX; an order appointing a receiver under Order XL Rule 1; and an order of remand under Order XLI Rule 23 or 23A. An order granting an application for review under Order XLVII Rule 4 is also appealable.

3. What is the remedy against a non-appealable order? Under section 105(1), where a decree is appealed from, any error, defect or irregularity in any order affecting the decision of the case may be set forth as a ground of objection in the memorandum of appeal.

4. A party does not appeal an order of remand. Can he challenge it later? No. Section 105(2) provides that where a party aggrieved by an appealable order of remand does not appeal from it, he is thereafter precluded from disputing its correctness.

5. Does a second appeal lie from an order? No. Section 104(2) provides that no appeal shall lie from any order passed in appeal under that section.

6. To which court does an appeal from an order lie? Under section 106, to the Court to which an appeal would lie from the decree in the suit in which the order was made; and where the order was made by a Court in the exercise of appellate jurisdiction or by a High Court, to the High Court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in286

Chapter Forty-Nine

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Appeals, reference, review, revision (Order XLI to XLVII)"

In one line

An appeal to the Supreme Court from a civil proceeding lies where the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance which needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

Why the Code says so little

The right of appeal to the Supreme Court is constitutional, not statutory. Chapter IV of Part V of the Constitution creates it, and Article 136 gives the Supreme Court its own discretionary power to grant special leave from any judgment of any court or tribunal. The Code therefore does not create the right; it regulates the steps a High Court and the parties take when a certified appeal is sought.

That is why this chapter is short, and why an answer should begin by saying where the right actually comes from.

The certificate: section 109

Section 109: subject to the provisions in Chapter IV of Part V of the Constitution and to such rules as may from time to time be made by the Supreme Court regarding appeals from the Courts of India, and to the provisions hereinafter contained, an appeal shall lie to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court, if the High Court certifies:

(i) that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance; and (ii) that in the opinion of the High Court the said question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

Both limbs are required, and the difference between them is worth drawing out, because candidates give only the first.

Limb (i) is about the question: it must be a substantial question of law, and it must be of general importance, not merely important to these parties. That is a higher bar than section 100, where a substantial question of law suffices for a second appeal without any requirement of general importance. See [Appeals from Appellate Decrees].

Limb (ii) is about necessity: even a question of general importance does not carry a certificate unless the High Court thinks it needs to be decided by the Supreme Court, for instance because the authorities conflict or the point is unsettled.

Section 112 saves the position under the Constitution and preserves the Supreme Court's powers, providing that nothing in the Code shall be deemed to affect the powers of the Supreme Court under Article 136 or any other provision of the Constitution, or to interfere with any rules made by the Supreme Court.

So the Code's certificate route sits alongside special leave under Article 136, which needs no certificate and is entirely in the Supreme Court's discretion. A party refused a certificate is not shut out; he may petition for special leave.

munotes.in287

Appeals to the Supreme Court

The constitutional provisions in outline

For a civil proceeding the relevant articles are these.

Article 132: an appeal lies to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order of a High Court, in a civil, criminal or other proceeding, if the High Court certifies under Article 134A that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

Article 133: an appeal lies from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court if the High Court certifies under Article 134A that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and that in the High Court's opinion that question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court. Those are the same two limbs as section 109.

Article 134A requires the High Court to consider the question of a certificate immediately after passing the judgment, either on its own motion or on an oral application made by an aggrieved party immediately after the judgment is delivered.

Article 136: the Supreme Court may, in its discretion, grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed by any court or tribunal in India, except a court or tribunal constituted under any law relating to the Armed Forces.

The practical position is worth stating plainly: most civil appeals reach the Supreme Court under Article 136, not under a certificate, because certificates are sparingly given.

Procedure: Order XLV

Rule 1 defines "decree" for the purposes of the Order as including a final order passed on appeal, a final order passed under the Code, and a final order passed in a suit or proceeding.

Rule 2: whoever desires to appeal to the Supreme Court shall apply by petition to the Court whose decree is complained of.

Rule 3: every such petition shall state the grounds of appeal and pray for a certificate that the case fulfils the requirements of the Constitution and the Code, and the Court shall direct notice to the opposite party.

Rule 7: where the certificate is granted, the applicant shall furnish security for the costs of the respondent and deposit the amount required to defray the expense of translating, transcribing, indexing and transmitting the record, within such time as the Court may direct.

Rule 8: where the security and deposit are furnished, the Court shall declare the appeal admitted, give notice to the respondent, transmit a correct copy of the record to the Supreme Court, and give the parties a certified copy of the judgment.

munotes.in288

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Rule 13 allows the Court, pending the appeal, to make orders for the stay of execution or for the security of the property in dispute, on the terms it thinks fit.

Rule 15 provides for the execution of the Supreme Court's orders: the Court which passed the decree appealed from executes the Supreme Court's decree or order in the same manner as its own.

Rule 16: the Supreme Court's decree or order shall be transmitted to the Court from which the appeal came, and the parties may apply for its execution.

Appeals by indigent persons: Order XLIV

Order XLIV Rule 1: any person entitled to prefer an appeal, who is unable to pay the fee required for the memorandum of appeal, may present an application accompanied by a memorandum of appeal, and may be allowed to appeal as an indigent person, subject to the provisions relating to suits by indigent persons so far as they are applicable.

Rule 2: the provisions of Order XXXIII relating to inquiry into the means of an indigent person apply to inquiries under this Order.

Rule 3(1): where the applicant was allowed to sue or appeal as an indigent person in the court below, no further inquiry into his means is necessary if he makes an affidavit stating that he has not ceased to be an indigent person since the date of the decree appealed from.

That is the same scheme as Order XXXIII carried into appeals, and it is why Order XXXIII Rule 17 extends that Order to appeals. See [Suits by Indigent Persons].

A worked example

Lakshmi loses in the High Court in a civil matter and wants to go to the Supreme Court.

What does she need? Under section 109 and Article 133, a certificate from the High Court that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and that in the High Court's opinion the question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

When must she ask? Under Article 134A the High Court considers the question immediately after passing judgment, on its own motion or on her oral application made immediately after the judgment is delivered.

How does she apply under the Code? Order XLV Rules 2 and 3: by petition to the High Court, stating the grounds and praying for the certificate, with notice to the opposite party.

The certificate is granted. Rule 7: she must furnish security for the respondent's costs and deposit the expenses of preparing and transmitting the record. Rule 8: the appeal is then declared admitted and the record transmitted.

She wants execution stopped meanwhile. Rule 13 allows the Court to make orders for stay of execution or for the security of the property in dispute.

munotes.in289

Appeals to the Supreme Court

The certificate is refused. She is not shut out. Section 112 preserves the Supreme Court's power under Article 136, and she may petition for special leave, which needs no certificate.

The question is one of constitutional interpretation. Then the route is Article 132, on a certificate that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

She cannot afford the court fee on the appeal. Order XLIV Rule 1 allows her to apply to appeal as an indigent person, and under Rule 3(1), if she was allowed to sue as an indigent person below, no further inquiry into her means is needed on an affidavit that she has not ceased to be indigent.

The Supreme Court decides in her favour. Order XLV Rules 15 and 16: the decree is transmitted back and executed by the court which passed the decree appealed from, in the same manner as its own.

What it does not mean

The Code does not create the right of appeal. It comes from Chapter IV of Part V of the Constitution, and section 112 preserves the Supreme Court's own powers and rules.

A substantial question of law is not enough. Section 109 requires it to be of general importance and to need decision by the Supreme Court.

A refused certificate is not the end. Article 136 special leave remains, in the Supreme Court's discretion.

The Supreme Court does not execute its own civil decree. Order XLV Rule 15 sends it back to the court which passed the decree appealed from.

Quick revision

Section 109: appeal to the Supreme Court from any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court, if the High Court certifies (i) a substantial question of law of general importance and (ii) that it needs to be decided by the Supreme Court. Subject to Chapter IV of Part V of the Constitution and the Supreme Court's rules.

Section 112: nothing in the Code affects the Supreme Court's powers under Article 136 or its rules.

Constitution: Article 132, substantial question as to the interpretation of the Constitution; Article 133, the two limbs above for civil proceedings; Article 134A, the certificate considered immediately after judgment; Article 136, special leave, discretionary, no certificate needed.

Order XLV: petition to the court whose decree is complained of, Rule 2; grounds stated and notice to the opposite party, Rule 3; security for costs and deposit for the record, Rule 7; appeal declared admitted and record transmitted, Rule 8; stay of execution pending appeal, Rule 13; the Supreme Court's decree executed by the court which passed the decree appealed from, Rules 15 and 16.

munotes.in290

Appeals to the Supreme Court

Order XLIV: appeal as an indigent person, with no fresh inquiry into means where he was allowed to sue as one below and swears he has not ceased to be indigent.

Test yourself

1. When does an appeal lie to the Supreme Court under section 109? From any judgment, decree or final order in a civil proceeding of a High Court, where the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law of general importance and that in its opinion that question needs to be decided by the Supreme Court, subject to Chapter IV of Part V of the Constitution and to the rules of the Supreme Court.

2. How does that differ from a second appeal under section 100? A second appeal requires only a substantial question of law. An appeal to the Supreme Court requires that the question be of general importance and, in addition, that the High Court be of opinion that it needs to be decided by the Supreme Court.

3. What happens if the High Court refuses a certificate? The party may petition the Supreme Court for special leave under Article 136, which the Supreme Court may grant in its discretion from any judgment or order of any court or tribunal in India, and which requires no certificate. Section 112 expressly preserves that power.

4. To whom is the application for a certificate made? By petition to the Court whose decree is complained of, under Order XLV Rule 2, stating the grounds and praying for the certificate, with notice to the opposite party under Rule 3.

5. What must an appellant do once the certificate is granted? Under Order XLV Rule 7, furnish security for the costs of the respondent and deposit the amount required to defray the expense of translating, transcribing, indexing and transmitting the record, within the time the Court directs, whereupon the appeal is declared admitted under Rule 8.

6. Who executes a decree of the Supreme Court? Under Order XLV Rules 15 and 16 the decree or order is transmitted to the Court from which the appeal came, and is executed by the Court which passed the decree appealed from in the same manner as its own decree.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in291

Chapter Fifty

Reference, Review and Revision

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Appeals, reference, review, revision (Order XLI to XLVII)"

In one line

Three remedies that are not appeals: reference is a subordinate court asking the High Court a question, review is a court reconsidering its own decision, and revision is the High Court correcting a subordinate court that went wrong about its jurisdiction.

The single sentence that keeps them apart: reference goes up on a question, review stays where it is, and revision comes down on jurisdiction.

Reference: section 113 and Order XLVI

The provision

Section 113: subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, any Court may state a case and refer the same for the opinion of the High Court, and the High Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit.

The proviso makes one case mandatory. Where the Court is satisfied that a case pending before it involves a question as to the validity of any Act, Ordinance or Regulation, or of any provision contained in one, the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the case, and is of opinion that such Act, Ordinance, Regulation or provision is invalid or inoperative, but has not been so declared by the High Court to which that Court is subordinate or by the Supreme Court, the Court shall state a case setting out its opinion and the reasons therefor, and refer the same for the opinion of the High Court.

That proviso is the important half. A subordinate court has no power to strike down a statute. If it thinks a statute invalid, it must not simply act on that view; it must refer the question up. The Explanation defines "Regulation" for the purpose.

The procedure: Order XLVI

Rule 1: where, before or on the hearing of a suit or appeal in which the decree is not subject to appeal, or where in the execution of any such decree, any question of law or usage having the force of law arises, on which the Court entertains reasonable doubt, the Court may, either of its own motion or on the application of any of the parties, draw up a statement of the facts of the case and the point on which doubt is entertained, and refer that statement with its own opinion on the point for the decision of the High Court.

Notice the conditions in Rule 1, because they are what an answer needs: the decree must be not subject to appeal, a question of law or usage having the force of law must arise, and the court must entertain reasonable doubt about it.

Rule 2: the Court may either stay the proceedings or proceed and pass a decree or order contingent upon the High Court's decision, but in either case no decree or order shall be executed until the High Court's copy of the judgment is received.

munotes.in292

Reference, Review and Revision

Rule 3: the High Court, after hearing the parties if they appear, shall decide the point referred and transmit a copy of its judgment, and the Court shall dispose of the case conformably to that decision.

Rule 4: the costs of a reference are costs in the case.

Rule 5: the High Court may, where it thinks fit, alter, cancel or set aside any decree or order passed or made by the Court making the reference, and make such order as it thinks fit.

Rule 7 allows a Court of Small Causes to refer a question, and Rule 6 covers the power to refer where the question is one on which the Court entertains doubt in a suit not otherwise open to appeal.

Review: section 114 and Order XLVII

Who may apply, and against what

Section 114: subject as aforesaid, any person considering himself aggrieved:

(a) by a decree or order from which an appeal is allowed, but from which no appeal has been preferred (b) by a decree or order from which no appeal is allowed (c) by a decision on a reference from a Court of Small Causes

may apply for a review of judgment to the Court which passed the decree or made the order, and the Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit.

The three clauses matter. Review is available where an appeal lies but has not been filed, and where no appeal lies at all. It is not available to a person who has already appealed, because the matter has moved.

The three grounds: Order XLVII Rule 1

Rule 1(1): any person considering himself aggrieved as in section 114 and who, from the discovery of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be produced by him at the time when the decree was passed or order made, or on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record, or for any other sufficient reason, desires to obtain a review of the decree or order, may apply for a review to the Court which passed it.

So there are exactly three grounds, and they must be stated in these terms:

One, discovery of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be produced at the time. The due diligence requirement is the whole of it: a party who could have found the material and did not is out.

munotes.in293

Reference, Review and Revision

Two, some mistake or error APPARENT ON THE FACE OF THE RECORD. This is the ground that is most often misused. An error apparent on the face of the record is one that is self-evident and needs no elaborate argument to establish. A point on which two views are possible is not such an error, because demonstrating it would require exactly the argument that an appeal exists for.

Three, any other sufficient reason, which is read as a reason analogous to the first two rather than at large.

The Explanation to Rule 1 settles a recurring question: the fact that the decision on a question of law on which the judgment of the Court is based has been reversed or modified by the subsequent decision of a superior Court in any other case shall NOT be a ground for the review of such judgment.

That Explanation is worth quoting. A later change in the law does not reopen decided cases.

Rule 1(2): a party who is not appealing may apply for a review notwithstanding the pendency of an appeal by some other party, except where the ground of that appeal is common to the applicant and the appellant, or the appellant could but for the review have taken that ground.

Procedure

Rule 2 deals with an application for review of a decree or order of a court not being a High Court, on the ground of the discovery of new matter.

Rule 3 requires the application to be in the form prescribed for a memorandum of appeal, so far as circumstances admit.

Rule 4(1): where the Court sees no sufficient ground for a review, it shall reject the application.

Rule 4(2): where it grants the application, it shall record its reasons, and the grant may be at once or after notice, but no application shall be granted without previous notice to the opposite party to enable him to appear and be heard in support of the decree. And where the ground is the discovery of new matter or evidence, the Court shall require the applicant to prove strictly that the matter was not within his knowledge or could not be adduced by him when the decree was passed, notwithstanding the exercise of due diligence.

Rule 5: where the Judge who passed the decree is still attached to the Court, the application shall ordinarily be heard by him. That is the point of review: the same judge reconsiders.

Rule 7(1): an order rejecting the application is not appealable; but an order granting an application may be objected to on the grounds the rule specifies, including that the application was in contravention of Rule 2, or was granted on a ground other than the discovery of new matter or a mistake apparent on the face of the record.

munotes.in294

Reference, Review and Revision

Note the asymmetry, and note the connection to the previous chapter: an order granting a review is appealable under Order XLIII Rule 1, and an order rejecting one is not. See [Appeals from Orders].

Rule 8: where an application for review is granted, a note is made in the register and the Court may at once rehear the case or make such order as it thinks fit.

Revision: section 115

Section 115(1): the High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to it and in which no appeal lies thereto, and if such subordinate Court appears:

(a) to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law, or (b) to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested, or (c) to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity,

the High Court may make such order in the case as it thinks fit.

Those three clauses are the whole of revisional jurisdiction and must be quoted. Every one of them is about jurisdiction: taking a jurisdiction it did not have, refusing one it did have, or exercising one it had in a manner that is illegal or materially irregular. A wrong decision within jurisdiction is not revisable, however wrong.

The proviso to sub-section (1) narrows it further: the High Court shall not vary or reverse any order made, or any order deciding an issue, in the course of a suit or other proceeding, except where the order, if it had been made in favour of the party applying for revision, would have finally disposed of the suit or other proceeding.

So an interlocutory order is revisable only where deciding it the other way would have ended the case. That is a deliberate restriction designed to stop revisions being used to interrupt trials.

Section 115(2): the High Court shall not vary or reverse any decree or order against which an appeal lies either to the High Court or to any Court subordinate to it. Revision is a residuary remedy: where an appeal is available, revision is not.

Section 115(3): a revision shall not operate as a stay of the suit or other proceeding except where it is stayed by the High Court.

The Explanation: "any case which has been decided" includes any order made, or any order deciding an issue, in the course of a suit or other proceeding.

munotes.in295

Reference, Review and Revision

The comparison

This table is the answer to the standing question, and it is the reason the three are in one chapter.

Reference, s.113Review, s.114Revision, s.115
Who initiatesThe subordinate court itself, of its own motion or on a party's applicationThe aggrieved partyThe High Court, on its own motion or on application
Made toThe High CourtThe same court that passed the decree or orderThe High Court
When availableA question of law or usage on which the court has reasonable doubt, in a case not subject to appeal; mandatory where a statute is thought invalidWhere an appeal lies but none has been filed, where no appeal lies, or on a decision on a reference from a Small Causes CourtWhere the case is decided by a subordinate court and no appeal lies to the High Court
GroundsDoubt on a question of law or usage having the force of lawNew and important evidence despite due diligence; error apparent on the face of the record; any other sufficient reasonJurisdictional error only: exercised a jurisdiction not vested, failed to exercise one vested, or acted illegally or with material irregularity
Heard byThe High CourtOrdinarily the same judge, Rule 5The High Court
Appeal against the resultThe High Court's decision binds the referring courtGranting a review is appealable; rejecting it is notNo appeal

Three things students most often get wrong, and each is worth a sentence:

Review lies to the same court. It is not an appeal to a higher one.

Revision is confined to jurisdiction. An error of fact or of law within jurisdiction is for appeal, not revision.

Revision is not available where an appeal lies. Section 115(2) says so expressly.

A worked example

Kavita loses a small suit in which no appeal lies to the High Court.

The trial court doubted a question of law before deciding. Under section 113 and Order XLVI Rule 1 it could have stated a case and referred the point, being a case in which the decree is not subject to appeal and a question of law arose on which it entertained reasonable doubt. Under Rule 2 it could stay the proceedings or pass a contingent decree, but could not execute it until the High Court's judgment was received.

The trial court thought a State Act under which the claim arose was invalid. The proviso to section 113 made a reference mandatory. It could not simply hold the Act invalid itself.

Kavita finds a document after the decree. Section 114(b) and Order XLVII Rule 1: she may apply for review to the same court, on the ground of the discovery of new and important matter or evidence, but under Rule 4(2) she must prove strictly that despite due diligence it was not within her knowledge and could not be produced earlier.

munotes.in296

Reference, Review and Revision

She instead says the judge misread the evidence. That is not an error apparent on the face of the record, since establishing it needs argument, and review is not a substitute for an appeal that the Code has denied her.

A superior court later takes a different view of the law in another case. The Explanation to Rule 1: that is not a ground for review.

Her review application is rejected. Order XLVII Rule 7(1): no appeal lies from that rejection.

Her review is granted and her opponent objects. An order granting a review is appealable under Order XLIII Rule 1, on the grounds set out in Rule 7(1).

She says the trial court had no jurisdiction over the subject matter at all. Section 115(1)(a): the High Court may call for the record and interfere, since no appeal lies to it.

She says the trial court decided an interlocutory issue wrongly. The proviso to section 115(1): the High Court will not vary that order unless, had it been made in her favour, it would have finally disposed of the suit.

She has an appeal available to the District Court. Section 115(2): the High Court shall not vary or reverse the decree in revision, because an appeal lies.

What it does not mean

A reference is not an appeal by the court. It is a question stated for opinion, and the referring court then disposes of the case conformably.

Review is not a rehearing at large. It is confined to three grounds, and an error apparent on the face of the record must be self-evident.

A change in the law is not a ground for review. The Explanation to Order XLVII Rule 1.

Revision is not available for an error within jurisdiction. All three clauses of section 115(1) are about jurisdiction.

Revision is not available where an appeal lies. Section 115(2).

A revision does not stay anything by itself. Section 115(3).

Quick revision

Reference, section 113 and Order XLVI: any Court may state a case for the High Court's opinion; mandatory where the Court thinks an Act, Ordinance or Regulation invalid and it has not been so declared. Order XLVI Rule 1: a question of law or usage having the force of law, reasonable doubt, in a case not subject to appeal; Rule 2: stay or pass a contingent decree, but no execution until the High Court's judgment is received.

munotes.in297

Reference, Review and Revision

Review, section 114 and Order XLVII: to the same court, where an appeal lies but none has been preferred, where no appeal lies, or on a decision on a reference from a Small Causes Court. Three grounds: new and important matter or evidence not within knowledge despite due diligence; mistake or error apparent on the face of the record; any other sufficient reason. Explanation: a later reversal of the law by a superior court in another case is not a ground. Rule 4(2): notice to the opposite party, and strict proof of the new-evidence ground. Rule 5: ordinarily heard by the same judge. Rule 7: rejection is not appealable; granting is.

Revision, section 115: the High Court over a subordinate court where no appeal lies to it, on three jurisdictional grounds: exercised a jurisdiction not vested, failed to exercise one vested, or acted illegally or with material irregularity. Proviso: an interlocutory order only where deciding it the other way would have finally disposed of the case. (2) not where an appeal lies. (3) no automatic stay.

Test yourself

1. When must a court make a reference to the High Court? Under the proviso to section 113, where it is satisfied that a case pending before it involves a question as to the validity of any Act, Ordinance or Regulation, or a provision of one, the determination of which is necessary for the disposal of the case, and is of opinion that it is invalid or inoperative but it has not been so declared by the High Court to which that court is subordinate or by the Supreme Court. It shall then state a case setting out its opinion and reasons and refer it.

2. On what grounds may a review be sought? On the discovery of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within the applicant's knowledge or could not be produced by him at the time the decree was passed; on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record; or for any other sufficient reason: Order XLVII Rule 1.

3. Is a later change in the law a ground for review? No. The Explanation to Order XLVII Rule 1 provides that the fact that the decision on a question of law on which the judgment is based has been reversed or modified by a subsequent decision of a superior court in any other case shall not be a ground for review.

4. To whom is an application for review made, and who hears it? To the Court which passed the decree or made the order, under section 114; and under Order XLVII Rule 5 it shall ordinarily be heard by the Judge who passed the decree, if he is still attached to the Court.

munotes.in298

Reference, Review and Revision

5. State the grounds of revision under section 115. That the subordinate court appears to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law; to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested; or to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity.

6. Can the High Court revise an interlocutory order? Only where the order, if it had been made in favour of the party applying for revision, would have finally disposed of the suit or other proceeding: the proviso to section 115(1).

7. Give three differences between review and revision. Review lies to the same court that passed the decree, whereas revision lies to the High Court over a subordinate court. Review is applied for by an aggrieved party on the three grounds in Order XLVII Rule 1, whereas revision is confined to jurisdictional error under section 115 and may be taken up by the High Court of its own motion. And review is available where an appeal lies but has not been preferred, whereas revision is expressly not available where an appeal lies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in299

Chapter Fifty-One

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Syllabus topic 4.3, "Miscellaneous, Chartered HCs, Provincial and Presidency Small Causes Courts (Orders XLVIII to LI)"

In one line

The Code cannot foresee everything, so section 151 preserves the court's inherent power to do what justice requires, section 152 lets it correct its own slips, and section 148A lets a person who fears an order behind his back file a caveat so that he is heard first.

Caveat: section 148A

Why it exists

An application for an interim order is often made ex parte, and legitimately so: an injunction that has to wait for notice may be useless. But that cuts both ways. A person who knows litigation is coming may find an injunction made against him before he has heard of the case.

Section 148A is his answer. He lodges a caveat, which is a formal warning to the court that he claims a right to be heard, and the court must then notify him before making any order on the application. The word means "let him beware", and it is a warning to the court and to the applicant rather than to him.

The provision

Section 148A(1): where an application is expected to be made, or has been made, in a suit or proceeding instituted, or about to be instituted, in a Court, any person claiming a right to appear before the Court on the hearing of such application may lodge a caveat in respect of it.

Note how wide the timing is. A caveat may be lodged before the suit is even filed, and before any application is made. That is the point: it is a precaution against being taken by surprise.

Section 148A(2): the person lodging it, called the caveator, shall serve a notice of the caveat by speed post with registration and proof of delivery on the person by whom the application has been, or is expected to be, made.

Section 148A(3): where, after a caveat has been lodged, any application is filed in the suit or proceeding, the Court shall serve a notice of the application on the caveator.

Section 148A(4): where notice of a caveat has been served on the applicant, he shall forthwith furnish the caveator, at the caveator's expense, with a copy of the application and with copies of any paper or document which has been or may be filed by him in support of it.

Section 148A(5), and this is the figure to remember: a caveat shall not remain in force after the expiry of ninety days from the date on which it was lodged, unless the application referred to in sub-section (1) has been made before the expiry of that period.

So the scheme is: lodge, notify the other side yourself, and the court then notifies you of any application, and the applicant must give you his papers at your own expense. And it lapses after ninety days unless the anticipated application has been made.

munotes.in300

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Three details that answers commonly get wrong, and all three come straight from the section: it is the caveator who serves notice on the prospective applicant, not the court; the applicant must supply the papers, but at the caveator's expense; and the life of a caveat is ninety days.

Inherent powers: section 151

Section 151: nothing in this Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the inherent power of the Court to make such orders as may be necessary for the ends of justice or to prevent abuse of the process of the Court.

Two purposes, and both should be named: the ends of justice, and preventing abuse of the process of the Court.

The section does not confer power; it saves a power the court already has as a court. That is why it is headed "Saving of inherent powers". The distinction matters, because it explains the limits.

The limits, which are the examinable part:

Section 151 cannot be used where the Code provides a remedy. Where the Code has dealt with a matter, the court acts under that provision, not under its inherent power. Inherent power fills gaps; it does not override.

It cannot be used to do what the Code forbids. A power saved by the Code cannot contradict the Code.

It is exercised sparingly, in cases the Code did not foresee, and not as a general discretion to depart from procedure.

Typical uses, none of them controversial: to restore a case wrongly dismissed, to set aside an order obtained by fraud on the court, to consolidate suits, to stay proceedings that are an abuse, and to correct its own ministerial errors where no other provision applies.

Correcting errors: sections 152 and 153

Section 152: clerical or arithmetical mistakes in judgments, decrees or orders, or errors arising therein from any accidental slip or omission, may at ANY TIME be corrected by the Court either of its own motion or on the application of any of the parties.

This is the door left open by Order XX Rule 3, which otherwise forbids any alteration of a signed judgment. See [Judgment and Decree].

The boundary is what matters. Section 152 corrects the expression of what the court decided; it does not let the court change its mind. A figure wrongly added up, a name misspelt, a survey number mistyped, a relief granted in the judgment but omitted from the decree: all correctable. A different view of the evidence: not correctable, and the remedy is review or appeal.

munotes.in301

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Section 153: the Court may at any time, and on such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks fit, amend any defect or error in any proceeding in a suit, and all necessary amendments shall be made for the purpose of determining the real question or issue raised by or depending on such proceeding.

Section 153A allows a Court of appeal to amend a decree or order where an appeal is summarily dismissed. Section 153B provides that the place in which any Civil Court is held for the purpose of trying any suit shall be deemed to be an open Court, to which the public generally may have access so far as it can conveniently contain them; with a proviso allowing the presiding Judge, if he thinks fit, to order at any stage of an inquiry into or trial of any particular case that the general public or any particular person shall not have access to or be or remain in the room or building used by the Court.

Enlargement of time and court fees: sections 148 and 149

Section 148: where any period is fixed or granted by the Court for the doing of any act prescribed or allowed by the Code, the Court may in its discretion, from time to time, enlarge such period, not exceeding thirty days in total, even though the period originally fixed or granted may have expired.

Two points. The cap of thirty days in total was inserted by amendment and is easy marks. And the section applies to a period fixed or granted by the Court, not to a period fixed by statute; extending a statutory period is a matter for the Limitation Act. See [Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay].

Section 149: where the whole or any part of any fee prescribed for any document by the law for the time being in force relating to court fees has not been paid, the Court may, in its discretion, at any stage, allow the person by whom the fee is payable to pay the whole or part, and upon such payment the document shall have the same force and effect as if the fee had been paid in the first instance.

The closing words are the useful part: payment under section 149 operates retrospectively, so a plaint insufficiently stamped when filed is treated as properly stamped from the beginning once the deficiency is made good. That can save a suit that would otherwise be out of time.

Order XLVIII: process and miscellaneous

Order XLVIII Rule 1: every process issued under the Code shall be served at the expense of the party on whose behalf it is issued, unless the Court otherwise directs.

munotes.in302

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Rule 2 provides that every such process shall be served or executed in the manner and by the officer the rules prescribe, and Rule 3 that where the Code requires anything to be done which the Court has no express power to do, the Court may do it in the manner the rules provide.

The rest of Part XI, briefly

These are short sections, and a student meets them as one-line answers rather than essays. They are here so the Part is complete.

Section 141, miscellaneous proceedings, is the widest of them: the procedure provided in this Code in regard to SUITS shall be followed, as far as it can be made applicable, in all proceedings in any Court of civil jurisdiction. That is why the Code's machinery reaches proceedings that are not suits at all. The Explanation added in 1976 puts the limit on it: the expression "proceedings" does not include any proceeding under Article 226 of the Constitution.

Section 146, proceedings by or against representatives: save as otherwise provided, where any proceeding may be taken or application made by or against any person, it may be taken or made by or against any person claiming under him. A short section with a long reach: it lets a successor in interest step into a proceeding without a fresh start.

Section 147, consent by persons under disability: a consent or agreement given by the next friend or guardian with the express leave of the Court binds as if the party were under no disability. See [Suits by and against Minors, Corporations, Firms and Others].

Section 150, transfer of business: where the business of a Court is transferred to another Court, the receiving Court has the same powers and duties as the Court from which it was transferred.

Section 142 requires orders and notices to be in writing; section 143 governs postage; section 119 provides that nothing in the Code authorises a person to address the Court in its original civil jurisdiction on another's behalf, or to examine witnesses, except as the Court's charter allows; and section 140 allows a Court in an admiralty or vice-admiralty cause of salvage, towage or collision to summon assessors to its assistance.

Section 93 completes the public-interest suits in [Appeals from Orders]: the powers conferred on the Advocate-General by sections 91 and 92 may, outside the presidency-towns, be exercised with the previous sanction of the State Government by such officer as the Government appoints.

Sections 137 and 138, language: the language of a Court subordinate to a High Court continues as it was at the commencement of the Code until the State Government otherwise directs, and a High Court may require evidence in any subordinate Court to be recorded in English.

munotes.in303

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Sections 157 and 158, the savings: notifications, rules, appointments and powers made under the repealed enactments continue as if made under this Code, and a reference in any older enactment to the repealed Codes is read as a reference to the corresponding provision of this one.

Part X, sections 121 to 131, is the rule-making power: it covers the Rule Committee reporting to the High Court (section 124), the approval of rules by the State Government (section 126), their publication (sections 127 and 131), the matters rules may provide for (section 128), and the power of the chartered High Courts and of other High Courts to make rules for their own procedure (sections 129 and 130): the rules in the First Schedule have the same force as the body of the Code until annulled or altered, a Rule Committee reports to each High Court, rules are subject to the approval of the State Government and must be published, and sections 129 to 131 preserve each High Court's power to make rules for its own original civil procedure. This is why the Code is cited as "section X" for the body and "Order Y Rule Z" for the Schedule, the distinction [Definitions] opens with.

A worked example

Manoj learns that Nisha is about to apply for an injunction restraining him from using a right of way.

What can he do before anything is filed? Section 148A(1): he may lodge a caveat, because an application is expected to be made in a proceeding about to be instituted.

What must he do next? Section 148A(2): he must serve notice of the caveat on Nisha, by speed post with registration and proof of delivery. The court does not do this for him.

Nisha then files her application. Section 148A(3): the Court shall serve notice of the application on Manoj, so no ex parte order can be made behind his back.

What is Nisha obliged to give him? Section 148A(4): forthwith, a copy of her application and of any papers or documents filed in support, at Manoj's expense.

Nisha waits four months before filing. Section 148A(5): the caveat lapsed after ninety days, and Manoj must lodge a fresh one if he still wants protection.

Change the facts. Suppose the decree in Manoj's favour records the wrong survey number for the land. Section 152: a clerical error or accidental slip may be corrected at any time, by the Court of its own motion or on application, notwithstanding Order XX Rule 3.

munotes.in304

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Suppose instead he says the judge misunderstood the evidence. Section 152 does not reach it. His remedies are review under section 114 or an appeal.

Suppose he was given fourteen days to file something and needs longer. Section 148: the Court may enlarge the period, even after it has expired, but not by more than thirty days in total.

Suppose his plaint was filed on insufficient stamp paper and the limitation period has since run out. Section 149: the Court may allow him to make good the deficiency at any stage, and the document then has the same force and effect as if the fee had been paid in the first instance.

Suppose an order was obtained against him by a fraud practised on the court, and the Code provides no specific remedy. Section 151 preserves the Court's inherent power to make such orders as are necessary for the ends of justice or to prevent abuse of its process.

What it does not mean

A caveat is not filed by the applicant. It is lodged by the person who fears an order, and he must notify the prospective applicant.

A caveat does not last indefinitely. Ninety days, unless the anticipated application is made within that time.

The applicant does not pay for the copies. He must furnish them at the caveator's expense.

Section 151 does not confer power. It saves an existing power, and cannot be used where the Code provides a remedy or to do what the Code forbids.

Section 152 does not allow a change of mind. It corrects clerical or arithmetical mistakes and accidental slips or omissions.

Section 148 is not unlimited. The total enlargement may not exceed thirty days, and it applies only to periods fixed or granted by the Court.

Quick revision

Section 148A, caveat: lodged by any person claiming a right to appear, where an application is expected or has been made, in a proceeding instituted or about to be instituted. The caveator serves notice by speed post with registration and proof of delivery; the Court then serves notice of any application on him; the applicant furnishes a copy of the application and supporting papers at the caveator's expense; and the caveat lapses after ninety days unless the application is made within that time.

Section 151: inherent power saved, for the ends of justice and to prevent abuse of the process of the Court. Not where the Code provides a remedy, not against the Code, and exercised sparingly.

munotes.in305

Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous

Section 152: clerical or arithmetical mistakes and accidental slips or omissions correctable at any time, on the Court's own motion or on application. Section 153: amendment of any defect or error in a proceeding, to determine the real question or issue. Section 153B: the Court is an open Court, with power to exclude the public in a particular case.

Section 148: enlargement of a period fixed or granted by the Court, even after expiry, not exceeding thirty days in total. Section 149: deficient court fee may be made good at any stage, and the document then has effect as if the fee had been paid in the first instance.

Test yourself

1. What is a caveat? Under section 148A, where an application is expected to be made or has been made in a suit or proceeding instituted or about to be instituted, any person claiming a right to appear before the Court on the hearing of that application may lodge a caveat in respect of it, so that the Court must give him notice of the application before making any order on it.

2. Who serves notice of the caveat, and on whom? The caveator serves notice of the caveat, by speed post with registration and proof of delivery, on the person by whom the application has been or is expected to be made: section 148A(2).

3. How long does a caveat remain in force? Ninety days from the date on which it was lodged, unless the application referred to in section 148A(1) has been made before the expiry of that period.

4. What must the applicant furnish to a caveator? Forthwith, a copy of the application made by him and copies of any paper or document which has been or may be filed by him in support of it, at the caveator's expense: section 148A(4).

5. What is the scope of section 151? It saves the inherent power of the Court to make such orders as may be necessary for the ends of justice or to prevent abuse of the process of the Court. It confers no new power, cannot be invoked where the Code provides a remedy, cannot be used to do what the Code forbids, and is exercised sparingly.

6. What errors may be corrected under section 152? Clerical or arithmetical mistakes in judgments, decrees or orders, and errors arising in them from any accidental slip or omission, which may be corrected at any time by the Court of its own motion or on the application of a party. It does not permit the Court to alter its decision.

7. By how much may the Court enlarge a period it has fixed? By not more than thirty days in total, under section 148, and it may do so from time to time in its discretion even though the period originally fixed or granted has expired.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in306

Chapter Fifty-Two

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

Syllabus topic none. Added by the past-paper pass.

In one line

Some facts may be proved on affidavit instead of in the witness box, some persons need never come to court at all, and the Code says exactly who may swear the deponent.

Why the Code has these provisions

Both halves of this chapter exist for the same reason. A trial run entirely on oral evidence, with every party present in person, would be slower than justice can afford and harsher than dignity allows.

So the Code makes two concessions. It lets an interlocutory or uncontroversial matter be proved by a sworn written statement rather than by a witness in the box. And it excuses a defined list of persons from appearing in court, either because their office makes attendance impossible or because compelling their appearance would be an indignity the law does not require.

Neither concession is open-ended, and the limits are where the marks are.

Affidavits: Order XIX

An affidavit is a statement of facts sworn or affirmed before a person authorised to administer the oath. It is written evidence, and Order XIX says when it may be used.

Rule 1, power to order a point to be proved by affidavit: any Court may at any time, for sufficient reason, order that any particular fact or facts may be proved by affidavit, or that the affidavit of any witness may be read at the hearing, on such conditions as the Court thinks reasonable.

The proviso is the safeguard, and it must be given with the rule: where it appears to the Court that either party bona fide desires the production of a witness for cross-examination, and that the witness can be produced, an order shall not be made authorising his evidence to be given by affidavit.

So the right to cross-examine defeats the convenience of an affidavit. A party cannot be made to accept written evidence on a contested fact when he genuinely wants to test the witness and the witness is available.

Rule 2, attendance of the deponent for cross-examination: (1) upon any application, evidence may be given by affidavit, but the Court may, at the instance of either party, order the attendance for cross-examination of the deponent. (2) such attendance shall be in Court, unless the deponent is exempted from personal appearance in Court, or the Court otherwise directs.

Rule 2(2) is the hinge between the two halves of this chapter: a deponent who is exempt under sections 132 or 133 does not have to attend even for cross-examination.

Rule 3, matters to which affidavits are confined: (1) affidavits shall be confined to such facts as the deponent is able of his own knowledge to prove, except on interlocutory applications, on which statements of his belief may be admitted, provided that the grounds thereof are stated. (2) the costs of every affidavit which unnecessarily sets forth matters of hearsay or argumentative matter, or copies of or extracts from documents, shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be paid by the party filing it.

munotes.in307

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

Rule 3(1) is the rule to state first in any answer: personal knowledge is the standard, belief is the exception, and belief is admissible only on an interlocutory application and only if the grounds are stated. Rule 3(2) supplies the sanction, and it is a real one: a bloated, argumentative affidavit costs the party who filed it.

Affidavit evidence appears throughout the Code, and the cross-references are worth collecting: an application for attachment before judgment and for a temporary injunction is supported by affidavit; Order XI Rule 12 allows an application for discovery without any affidavit, which is the exception that proves the rule; Order XLI Rule 3A requires an application to condone delay in an appeal to be supported by affidavit; and Order XXI Rule 46A(2) requires the application for a garnishee notice to be on affidavit verifying the facts alleged.

Who may administer the oath: section 139

This is a short section that has been asked directly, so learn the list.

Section 139: in the case of any affidavit under this Code:

(a) any Court or Magistrate, or (aa) any notary appointed under the Notaries Act 1952, or (b) any officer or other person whom a High Court may appoint in this behalf, or (c) any officer appointed by any other Court which the State Government has generally or specially empowered in this behalf,

may administer the oath to the deponent.

Clause (aa) was inserted later and it is the answer MU is looking for when the question is put as "apart from Courts and Magistrates, who may administer the oath": a notary, a person appointed by a High Court, and an officer appointed by a court empowered by the State Government.

Exemption of certain women: section 132

Section 132(1): women who, according to the customs and manners of the country, ought not to be compelled to appear in public shall be exempt from personal appearance in Court.

Section 132(2): nothing in the section exempts such women from arrest in execution of civil process in any case in which the arrest of women is not prohibited by the Code.

Read sub-section (2) with section 56, which forbids the arrest or detention of a woman in the civil prison in execution of a decree for the payment of money. See [Arrest and Detention in Execution]. So the position is: exemption from appearance under section 132(1), and a separate and narrower protection from arrest under section 56.

munotes.in308

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

Exemption of other persons: section 133

Section 133(1): the following persons shall be entitled to exemption from personal appearance in Court:

(i) the President of India (ii) the Vice-President of India (iii) the Speaker of the House of the People (iv) the Ministers of the Union (v) the Judges of the Supreme Court (vi) the Governors of States and the administrators of Union territories (vii) the Speakers of the State Legislative Assemblies (viii) the Chairman of the State Legislative Councils (ix) the Ministers of States (x) the Judges of the High Courts, and (xi) the persons to whom section 87B applies

A question asking to "enumerate any two classes" wants two of these, named exactly. The safest pair is the President and Vice-President, or the Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts.

Section 133(3) is the sting, and it is regularly missed: where a person claims the privilege of such exemption, and it is consequently necessary to examine him by commission, he shall pay the costs of that commission, unless the party requiring his evidence pays those costs.

So the exemption is from attending, not from giving evidence. The exempt person is examined on commission instead, and if he claims the privilege he pays for the commission himself. See [Commissions], where Order XXVI Rule 1 provides for the examination of a person exempted under the Code from attending Court.

Appearance in person generally: section 30

The background rule is section 30, which gives the Court power, subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, to make such orders as may be necessary or reasonable in all matters relating to the delivery and answering of interrogatories, the admission of documents and facts, and the discovery, inspection, production, impounding and return of documents or other material objects producible as evidence; to issue summonses to persons whose attendance is required either to give evidence or to produce documents; and to order any fact to be proved by affidavit.

Two things in that section belong to other chapters and are noted here only so the section is not misread: the impounding limb is worked out in [Examination of Parties, Interrogatories, Discovery, Inspection and Admissions] with Order XIII Rule 8, and the summonses to witnesses limb in [Trial, Witnesses and Evidence] with Order XVI.

A worked example

A suit is pending, and an interlocutory application for a temporary injunction is to be heard.

munotes.in309

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

Can the applicant prove his facts by affidavit? Order XIX Rule 1: the Court may, for sufficient reason, order that particular facts be proved by affidavit, on such conditions as it thinks reasonable.

May the affidavit state what he believes rather than what he knows? On an interlocutory application, yes. Rule 3(1): affidavits are confined to facts the deponent can prove of his own knowledge, except on interlocutory applications, where statements of belief are admissible provided the grounds are stated.

The affidavit runs to forty pages of argument and extracts from documents. Rule 3(2): the costs of an affidavit that unnecessarily sets forth hearsay, argumentative matter, or copies of or extracts from documents are paid by the party filing it, unless the Court otherwise directs.

The other side wants to cross-examine the deponent. Rule 2(1): the Court may, at the instance of either party, order his attendance for cross-examination. If the fact were being proved by affidavit at the hearing rather than on an application, the proviso to Rule 1 would prevent the order in the first place, where a party bona fide wants the witness and the witness can be produced.

Who swears him? Section 139: a Court or Magistrate, a notary under the Notaries Act 1952, an officer or person appointed by a High Court, or an officer appointed by a court empowered by the State Government.

The deponent is a Judge of the High Court. Section 133(1)(x): he is entitled to exemption from personal appearance, and by Rule 2(2) his attendance for cross-examination is not required in Court.

How is his evidence taken, then? By commission, and section 133(3) makes him pay the costs of the commission if he claims the privilege, unless the party requiring his evidence pays them.

The witness is a woman who, according to the customs and manners of the country, ought not to be compelled to appear in public. Section 132(1): she is exempt from personal appearance. But section 132(2): that does not exempt her from arrest in execution of civil process where the Code does not prohibit it, and the separate protection against arrest for a money decree is section 56.

What it does not mean

An affidavit is not a substitute for a contested witness. The proviso to Order XIX Rule 1 protects the right to cross-examine.

Belief is not generally admissible. Only on interlocutory applications, and only with the grounds stated.

A long affidavit is not free. Rule 3(2) puts its costs on the party who filed it.

Only a Court or Magistrate may not administer the oath. Section 139 adds notaries and appointed officers.

munotes.in310

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

Exemption from appearance is not exemption from giving evidence. The exempt person is examined on commission, and under section 133(3) usually pays for it.

Exemption from appearance is not exemption from arrest. Section 132(2) says so for women; the arrest exemptions are sections 56, 135 and 135A.

Quick revision

Order XIX Rule 1: the Court may for sufficient reason order a fact to be proved by affidavit, or an affidavit to be read at the hearing; proviso, not where a party bona fide desires the witness for cross-examination and he can be produced. Rule 2: on any application evidence may be by affidavit, but the Court may order the deponent's attendance for cross-examination, in Court unless he is exempt from personal appearance. Rule 3: affidavits confined to facts within the deponent's own knowledge, except on interlocutory applications where belief is admissible if the grounds are stated; the costs of an affidavit full of hearsay, argument or extracts fall on the party filing it.

Section 139: the oath may be administered by any Court or Magistrate, any notary under the Notaries Act 1952, any officer or person appointed by a High Court, or any officer appointed by a court empowered by the State Government.

Section 132: women who by the customs and manners of the country ought not to be compelled to appear in public are exempt from personal appearance; but not from arrest in execution of civil process where the Code does not prohibit it.

Section 133(1): exemption from personal appearance for the President, Vice-President, Speaker of the House of the People, Ministers of the Union, Judges of the Supreme Court, Governors of States and administrators of Union territories, Speakers of State Legislative Assemblies, Chairmen of State Legislative Councils, Ministers of States, Judges of the High Courts, and persons to whom section 87B applies. Section 133(3): one who claims the privilege and must therefore be examined by commission pays the costs of the commission, unless the party requiring his evidence pays them.

Test yourself

1. When may a Court order a fact to be proved by affidavit? Under Order XIX Rule 1, at any time for sufficient reason, on such conditions as the Court thinks reasonable; but not where it appears that either party bona fide desires the production of the witness for cross-examination and that the witness can be produced.

2. To what must an affidavit be confined? Under Order XIX Rule 3(1) to such facts as the deponent is able of his own knowledge to prove, except on interlocutory applications, on which statements of his belief may be admitted provided the grounds of the belief are stated.

munotes.in311

Affidavits and Exemption from Personal Appearance

3. What is the consequence of an affidavit containing hearsay or argument? Under Order XIX Rule 3(2) the costs of every affidavit which unnecessarily sets forth matters of hearsay or argumentative matter, or copies of or extracts from documents, shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be paid by the party filing it.

4. Apart from Courts and Magistrates, who may administer the oath on an affidavit? Under section 139, any notary appointed under the Notaries Act 1952; any officer or other person whom a High Court may appoint in this behalf; and any officer appointed by any other Court which the State Government has generally or specially empowered in this behalf.

5. Enumerate any two classes of persons entitled to exemption from personal appearance in Court. Under section 133(1), the President of India and the Vice-President of India. The list also includes the Speaker of the House of the People, the Ministers of the Union, the Judges of the Supreme Court, the Governors of States and administrators of Union territories, the Speakers of the State Legislative Assemblies, the Chairmen of the State Legislative Councils, the Ministers of States, the Judges of the High Courts, and persons to whom section 87B applies.

6. Are women exempt from personal appearance? Under section 132(1) women who, according to the customs and manners of the country, ought not to be compelled to appear in public are exempt from personal appearance in Court. By section 132(2) that does not exempt them from arrest in execution of civil process in any case in which the arrest of women is not prohibited by the Code, and the separate protection is section 56, which forbids the arrest or detention of a woman in execution of a decree for the payment of money.

7. Does an exempt person escape giving evidence, and who pays for taking it? No. He is examined by commission instead. Under section 133(3), where a person claims the privilege of exemption and it is consequently necessary to examine him by commission, he shall pay the costs of that commission, unless the party requiring his evidence pays those costs.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in312

Chapter Fifty-Three

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

Syllabus topic 4.3, "Miscellaneous, Chartered HCs, Provincial and Presidency Small Causes Courts (Orders XLVIII to LI)"

In one line

The Code is a general law, and these three Orders say which parts of it do not apply to Chartered High Courts, to Provincial Courts of Small Causes, and to Presidency Small Cause Courts.

Why the Code needs them

The Code of 1908 had to work across courts that already existed and already had their own rules. The Chartered High Courts of Calcutta, Bombay and Madras were established by charter with their own original jurisdiction and their own practice. Small Cause Courts were created to dispose of small claims quickly, and much of the Code's machinery, designed for substantial suits, would defeat that purpose if applied to them.

So rather than rewrite the Code for each, the draftsman disapplied selected parts. That is all these Orders do, and it is why they are short and largely negative in form.

The hierarchy: sections 3 to 8

Section 3 fixes subordination for the purposes of the Code: the District Court is subordinate to the High Court, and every Civil Court of a grade inferior to that of a District Court, and every Court of Small Causes, is subordinate to the High Court and to the District Court.

That is the provision that makes revision under section 115 and reference under section 113 work, because both depend on a court being "subordinate" to the High Court. See [Reference, Review and Revision].

Section 5 applies the Code to Revenue Courts only so far as it is not inconsistent with the law in force relating to them, and permits the State Government to declare its application.

Section 6 preserves pecuniary jurisdiction: nothing in the Code shall operate to give any Court jurisdiction over suits the amount or value of whose subject matter exceeds the ordinary limits of its jurisdiction.

Sections 7 and 8 are the disapplying provisions for small causes.

Section 7: the following provisions shall not extend to Courts constituted under the Provincial Small Cause Courts Act, or to courts exercising the jurisdiction of a Court of Small Causes under that Act, or to courts in any part of India to which that Act does not extend exercising a corresponding jurisdiction: so much of the body of the Code as relates to suits excepted from the cognizance of a Court of Small Causes, the execution of decrees in such suits, and the execution of decrees against immovable property; and the following sections, section 9, and sections 91 and 92, among others as the section specifies.

Section 8: save as provided in sections 24, 38 to 41, 75(a), (b) and (c), 76, 77, 157 and 158, and by the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act, the Code shall not extend to any suit or proceeding in any Court of Small Causes established in the towns of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay.

munotes.in313

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

So the two small-cause regimes are treated separately, and section 8 is the more sweeping: the Code as a whole does not extend to the Presidency Small Cause Courts except for the listed provisions.

Order XLIX: Chartered High Courts

Rule 1: nothing in Order IV, Order VI Rules 15 and 16, Order VII Rules 1 to 8, Order X Rule 3 and certain other specified rules shall apply to any Chartered High Court in the exercise of its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction.

Rule 2: nothing in the Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any rules of the High Court in the exercise of that jurisdiction, or to interfere with the practice of such a Court, except so far as expressly provided.

Rule 3 lists further provisions of the Code that do not apply to such Courts in that jurisdiction, including provisions relating to the summoning of witnesses and certain others specified in the rule.

The idea is simple and should be stated in an answer: on their original side the Chartered High Courts follow their own rules and practice, and the Code yields to them except where it expressly provides otherwise.

Order L: Provincial Small Cause Courts

Rule 1: the provisions of the Code shall not extend to Courts constituted under the Provincial Small Cause Courts Act 1887, or to courts exercising the jurisdiction of a Court of Small Causes under that Act, or to courts in any part of India to which that Act does not extend exercising a corresponding jurisdiction, so far as regards the following:

  • suits excepted from the cognizance of a Court of Small Causes, or the execution of decrees in such suits
  • the execution of decrees against immovable property
  • the settlement of issues

and certain other matters specified in the rule, including the provisions relating to interpleader suits, to appeals, and to references and revisions in the terms the rule sets out.

The three disapplications worth remembering are the ones that follow from the purpose of a small causes court: no settlement of issues, because the procedure is meant to be summary; no execution against immovable property, because such a court is not equipped for it; and no appeal, which is the point of the next section.

Order LI: Presidency Small Cause Courts

Rule 1: the provisions of the Code shall not extend to any suit or proceeding in any Court of Small Causes established in the Presidency towns, save as provided by sections 8 and 24 and the other provisions there mentioned, and by the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act 1882.

munotes.in314

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

Again, the effect is that the Presidency Small Cause Courts run on their own statute, with the Code applying only through the doorways the Code itself leaves open.

Where small causes appear elsewhere in the Code

This is the practical value of the topic, because the small-cause distinction is not confined to Order L. It surfaces at four points already covered in this book, and an answer that gathers them shows command of the subject.

Section 9 and the exclusion of jurisdiction. The nature of the suit decides whether a Court of Small Causes may try it at all. See [Jurisdiction of Civil Courts].

Section 15, the lowest competent court. A suit within the cognizance of a Court of Small Causes belongs there. See [Place of Suing].

Order XX Rule 4(1). A judgment of a Court of Small Causes need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision thereon, whereas any other judgment needs a concise statement of the case, the points, the decision and the reasons. See [Judgment and Decree].

Sections 96(4) and 102, the appeal bars. In a suit of the nature cognisable by a Court of Small Causes where the value does not exceed ten thousand rupees, a first appeal lies only on a question of law, under section 96(4). And no second appeal at all lies where the original suit was for the recovery of money not exceeding twenty-five thousand rupees, under section 102. See [Appeals from Original Decrees] and [Appeals from Appellate Decrees].

Those four, taken together, are the whole practical significance of the small-cause jurisdiction under this Code: a narrower class of suits, a shorter judgment, a summary procedure, and a heavily restricted right of appeal.

A worked example

A claim for Rs. 9,000 on an unpaid bill is filed.

Where does it belong? It is a suit of a nature cognisable by a Court of Small Causes, and by section 15 it goes to the court of the lowest grade competent to try it.

What does the judgment look like? Order XX Rule 4(1): it need not contain more than the points for determination and the decision on them. No concise statement of the case and no reasons are required, unlike the judgment of any other court.

Can the losing party appeal? Section 96(4): in a suit of the nature cognisable by a Court of Small Causes where the value does not exceed ten thousand rupees, an appeal lies only on a question of law. A complaint about the findings of fact goes nowhere.

munotes.in315

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

Can he go further? Section 102 bars a second appeal in money suits up to Rs. 25,000 entirely.

Is he without any remedy on jurisdiction? No. Section 3 makes a Court of Small Causes subordinate to the High Court, so revision under section 115 is available where the court exercised a jurisdiction it did not have, failed to exercise one it had, or acted illegally or with material irregularity. That is the practical route in these cases, and it is why the small-cause chapters and the revision chapter belong together.

Change the court. Suppose the suit is on the original side of the Bombay High Court. Order XLIX: the specified provisions of the Code do not apply, and by Rule 2 nothing in the Code limits that Court's own rules or its practice, except as expressly provided.

What it does not mean

These Orders do not create the small-cause jurisdiction. That comes from the Provincial Small Cause Courts Act 1887 and the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act 1882. The Orders disapply parts of the Code.

A Chartered High Court on its original side is not outside the Code entirely. Order XLIX disapplies specified provisions and preserves that Court's own rules and practice.

A small causes decree is not unchallengeable. A first appeal lies on a question of law within section 96(4), and revision under section 115 is available because such a court is subordinate to the High Court by section 3.

A short judgment is not a defective one. Order XX Rule 4(1) expressly permits it for a Court of Small Causes.

Which High Courts this Part reaches: sections 116 to 120

Section 116: this Part applies only to High Courts not being the court of a Judicial Commissioner.

Section 117: save as provided in this Part or in Part X or in rules, the provisions of the Code apply to such High Courts.

Section 118, execution before costs are taxed: where such a High Court considers it necessary that a decree passed in its original civil jurisdiction be executed before the amount of costs can be ascertained by taxation, it may order that the decree be executed forthwith, except as to so much of it as relates to the costs; and that part may be executed separately once the costs have been taxed.

Section 120: sections 16, 17 and 20 do not apply to a High Court in the exercise of its original civil jurisdiction. That is a real point and it belongs with [Place of Suing]: the ordinary rules on where a suit is instituted do not govern the original side of a chartered High Court, whose jurisdiction comes from its Letters Patent instead.

munotes.in316

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

Quick revision

Section 3: the District Court is subordinate to the High Court, and every inferior Civil Court and every Court of Small Causes is subordinate to both. That is what makes reference and revision available.

Section 6: nothing in the Code gives a Court jurisdiction beyond its pecuniary limits. Section 7: specified provisions do not extend to Provincial Small Cause Courts. Section 8: the Code does not extend to Presidency Small Cause Courts save as expressly provided.

Order XLIX: specified provisions do not apply to a Chartered High Court on its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction, and nothing in the Code limits that Court's own rules or practice except as expressly provided. Order L: the Code does not extend to Provincial Small Cause Courts as regards excepted suits, execution against immovable property, the settlement of issues, and the other matters listed. Order LI: the Code does not extend to Presidency Small Cause Courts save as provided by sections 8 and 24 and the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act 1882.

Where it matters elsewhere: section 9 on cognizance; section 15 on the lowest competent court; Order XX Rule 4(1), a small-cause judgment needs only the points and the decision; section 96(4), first appeal only on a question of law up to Rs. 10,000; section 102, no second appeal in money suits up to Rs. 25,000.

Test yourself

1. Which courts are subordinate to the High Court for the purposes of the Code? Under section 3, the District Court is subordinate to the High Court, and every Civil Court of a grade inferior to that of a District Court and every Court of Small Causes is subordinate to the High Court and to the District Court.

2. Does the Code apply to the Presidency Small Cause Courts? Not generally. Section 8 provides that, save as provided in sections 24, 38 to 41, 75(a), (b) and (c), 76, 77, 157 and 158 and by the Presidency Small Cause Courts Act 1882, the Code shall not extend to any suit or proceeding in a Court of Small Causes established in the towns of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay, and Order LI is to the same effect.

3. What is the position of a Chartered High Court on its original side? Under Order XLIX the specified provisions of the Code do not apply to it in the exercise of its ordinary or extraordinary original civil jurisdiction, and nothing in the Code is deemed to limit or affect that Court's own rules or to interfere with its practice, except so far as expressly provided.

munotes.in317

Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts

4. What need a judgment of a Court of Small Causes contain? Under Order XX Rule 4(1), no more than the points for determination and the decision thereon. Judgments of other courts must contain a concise statement of the case, the points for determination, the decision and the reasons for it.

5. What appeal lies from a decree in a small-cause type suit? Under section 96(4), where the suit is of a nature cognisable by a Court of Small Causes and the amount or value of the subject matter does not exceed ten thousand rupees, an appeal lies only on a question of law. Under section 102 no second appeal lies at all where the original suit was for the recovery of money not exceeding twenty-five thousand rupees.

6. Is revision available against a Court of Small Causes? Yes, where no appeal lies to the High Court, because section 3 makes such a court subordinate to the High Court, so section 115 applies on the three jurisdictional grounds.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in318

Chapter Fifty-Four

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

Syllabus topic 4.4, "Object and features of Limitation Act, 1963"

In one line

The Limitation Act 1963 fixes the time within which a claim must be brought, and its purpose is not to destroy rights but to compel their timely enforcement.

The object, which is what MU asked

Three maxims are traditionally given, and an answer should name them and then say what each is doing.

Interest reipublicae ut sit finis litium, it is in the interest of the State that there be an end to litigation. Society cannot function if any transaction may be reopened at any distance of time.

Vigilantibus non dormientibus jura subveniunt, the law assists the vigilant and not those who sleep over their rights. A person who sits on a claim for twenty years has, in practical terms, abandoned it.

Lex dilationes semper exhorret, the law always abhors delay.

Behind the maxims lie two practical objects worth stating in your own words.

Evidence decays. Witnesses die, memories fade, receipts are lost. A claim tried thirty years after the event is not tried well, and the defendant is the one who suffers, because he must disprove something he can no longer document.

People must be able to close their affairs. A person who has held property or run a business for decades must at some point be safe from stale claims, and be able to sell, mortgage or bequeath what he holds.

So the Act is described as a statute of repose, of peace, and of rest. That phrase is worth using, because it captures what the Act is for better than any description of its mechanics.

The feature that defines the Act: remedy, not right

The Limitation Act bars the REMEDY; it does not extinguish the RIGHT. That single proposition is the most examined feature of the Act, and it has practical consequences.

A time-barred debt is still a debt. It cannot be sued upon, but it does not cease to exist. So:

  • if the debtor pays it voluntarily, he cannot recover the money back, because he has paid something he genuinely owed
  • a creditor holding security may still be able to realise it, because he is not suing
  • a time-barred debt may still be capable of being set off or otherwise relied on, according to the provision under which the question arises

Section 27 is the one exception, and it must always be given with the general rule. At the determination of the period limited to any person for instituting a suit for possession of any property, his right to that property is extinguished. So in the case of adverse possession, limitation does destroy the right. See [Acquisition of Ownership by Possession].

That is the shape of a good answer: the Act bars the remedy and not the right, except under section 27, where the right itself is extinguished.

munotes.in319

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

The second defining feature: the court applies it itself

Section 3(1): subject to sections 4 to 24, every suit instituted, appeal preferred and application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed, ALTHOUGH LIMITATION HAS NOT BEEN SET UP AS A DEFENCE.

Those last words are the feature. Limitation is not an ordinary defence that a defendant must plead and may waive by silence. The court must apply it of its own motion. A judge who notices that a suit is out of time must dismiss it even if the defendant never mentioned it.

That is why Order VII Rule 1(e) requires the plaint to state when the cause of action arose: so that the court can see on the face of the plaint whether the suit is in time. And it is why Order VII Rule 11(d) allows the plaint to be rejected where the suit appears from the plaint itself to be barred by any law. See [The Plaint].

The scheme of the Act

The Act has 32 sections and a Schedule, and the division of labour between them is worth knowing as a map.

Section 2 defines the working vocabulary. Two definitions matter most. "Period of limitation" means the period of limitation prescribed for any suit, appeal or application by the Schedule. "Prescribed period" means the period of limitation computed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

The difference between those two is not a quibble and MU has asked for the definition of "prescribed period". The period of limitation is the raw figure in the Schedule. The prescribed period is that figure after applying the Act's rules on computation, exclusions and disability. So the Schedule tells you three years; the Act tells you three years from when, and what is left out.

The other definitions in section 2

Five more have been set as two-mark questions or are relied on elsewhere in the Act, and each is a single line.

"Plaintiff", section 2(i), includes any person from or through whom a plaintiff derives his right to sue, and any person whose estate is represented by the plaintiff as executor, administrator or other representative. Note the word includes: it does not replace the ordinary meaning, it extends it, so that time running against a predecessor in title runs against the plaintiff too.

"Defendant", section 2(e), includes any person from or through whom a defendant derives his liability to be sued, and any person whose estate is represented by the defendant as executor, administrator or other representative. The mirror image.

munotes.in320

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

"Applicant", section 2(a), includes a petitioner, any person from or through whom an applicant derives his right to apply, and any person whose estate is represented by the applicant as executor, administrator or other representative. "Application", section 2(b), includes a petition.

"Good faith", section 2(h), and this is the one the Act itself leans on hardest: nothing shall be deemed to be done in good faith which is not done with DUE CARE AND ATTENTION. The definition is negative and it sets a real standard. Honesty alone is not good faith. This is what section 14 requires of a plaintiff who prosecuted a proceeding in the wrong court, and what section 5 has in mind when it asks for sufficient cause. See [Computation of the Period of Limitation].

"Easement", section 2(f), includes a right NOT ARISING FROM CONTRACT by which one person is entitled to remove and appropriate for his own profit any part of the soil belonging to another, or anything growing in, or attached to, or subsisting upon, the land of another. Two things follow. An easement under this Act does not arise from contract, which is the answer when the question is put that way. And the definition expressly brings in what the general law calls a profit a prendre, the right to take something from another's land. See [Acquisition of Ownership by Possession].

"Bill of exchange", section 2(c), includes a hundi and a cheque; "bond", section 2(d), includes any instrument by which a person obliges himself to pay money to another on condition that the obligation shall be void if a specified act is or is not performed; and "foreign country", section 2(g), means any country other than India.

Sections 3 to 5 are the bar and its two relaxations: the mandatory dismissal, the court being closed, and condonation of delay for sufficient cause. See [Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay].

Sections 6 to 9 deal with legal disability, minority, insanity and idiocy. See [Legal Disability].

Sections 12 to 24 deal with the computation of the period: what is excluded and what postpones the start. See [Computation of the Period of Limitation].

Sections 18 to 20 are the part of computation that supplies a fresh starting point, on acknowledgment in writing or part payment. See [Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment].

Sections 25 to 27 deal with the acquisition of ownership by possession, including easements and adverse possession. See [Acquisition of Ownership by Possession].

Section 29(2) is the bridge to other statutes: where a special or local law prescribes a period different from that in the Schedule, section 3 applies as if that period were prescribed by the Schedule, and sections 4 to 24 apply only in so far as they are not expressly excluded by that special or local law.

munotes.in321

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

The Schedule contains the actual periods, in 137 Articles arranged in three Divisions, and it is the part a practitioner uses every day. See [The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation].

Features, gathered

A question asking for the "features" of the Act is asking for a list, so here is one, each item stated so it can be expanded.

One, it prescribes periods rather than creating rights. The right comes from the general law; the Act says when it must be enforced.

Two, it bars the remedy and not the right, except under section 27.

Three, it is applied by the court of its own motion, even if not pleaded, by section 3.

Four, it is a procedural statute, which is why the periods apply to proceedings begun after it came into force even in respect of earlier causes of action, subject to the transitional provisions in section 31.

Five, it allows relief against its own rigour in defined cases: section 4 where the court is closed, section 5 for sufficient cause, sections 6 to 8 for disability, sections 12 to 17 for exclusions, and sections 18 to 20 for fresh periods.

Six, it applies to suits, appeals and applications, and by section 29(2) it extends to special and local laws so far as they do not exclude it.

Seven, it deals with prescription as well as limitation, in sections 25 to 27, where possession over time creates and destroys title.

A worked example

Nandita lent Pravin Rs. 2,00,000 in March 2020, repayable on demand, and did nothing about it.

What does the Act do to her claim? It fixes the period within which she must sue, taken from the Schedule and then computed under the Act. If she is out of time, section 3 requires the court to dismiss the suit even if Pravin never pleads limitation.

Is her right gone? No. The Act bars the remedy, not the right. If Pravin voluntarily pays her, he cannot afterwards recover the money as having been paid under a mistake, because the debt was real; only the remedy was gone.

Would that be so if the claim were to recover land Pravin had been occupying for years? Not necessarily. Section 27 is the exception: at the determination of the period limited for a suit for possession, her right to the property is extinguished, and Pravin's possession ripens into title.

She points out that Pravin never raised limitation in his written statement. Section 3(1): limitation applies although it has not been set up as a defence.

munotes.in322

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

Her plaint does not say when the cause of action arose. Order VII Rule 1(e) requires it, and the omission invites an objection, since the court cannot see from the plaint whether the suit is in time.

Her claim is under a special statute with its own period. Section 29(2): section 3 applies as if that period were in the Schedule, and sections 4 to 24 apply only so far as that special law does not expressly exclude them.

What it does not mean

The Act does not create rights or liabilities. It fixes the time for enforcing them.

It does not extinguish rights, except under section 27 for suits for possession.

It is not an ordinary defence. The court applies it even if it is not pleaded.

"Period of limitation" and "prescribed period" are not the same. The first is the Schedule's figure; the second is that figure computed under the Act.

It is not confined to the Schedule. Section 29(2) carries it into special and local laws that do not exclude it.

Quick revision

Object: an end to litigation, the law aids the vigilant, and the law abhors delay. Practically: evidence decays and people must be able to close their affairs. A statute of repose, peace and rest.

Central feature: the Act bars the remedy, not the right, except section 27, which extinguishes the right to property at the end of the period for a suit for possession.

Section 3(1): a suit, appeal or application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed although limitation has not been set up as a defence. Order VII Rule 1(e) and Rule 11(d) support this.

Section 2: "period of limitation" is the Schedule's figure; "prescribed period" is that period computed in accordance with the Act. "Plaintiff", "defendant" and "applicant" each include the person from or through whom the right or liability is derived and the person whose estate is represented; "application" includes a petition; "good faith" means nothing is done in good faith which is not done with due care and attention; and "easement" includes a right not arising from contract to remove and appropriate part of the soil of another or anything growing on or attached to it.

Scheme: 3 to 5 the bar, court closed, condonation; 6 to 9 disability; 12 to 24 computation; 18 to 20 fresh start on acknowledgment or part payment; 25 to 27 acquisition of ownership by possession; 29(2) application to special and local laws; the Schedule, 137 Articles in three Divisions.

munotes.in323

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

Test yourself

1. What is the purpose behind the enactment of the Limitation Act 1963? To require claims to be brought within a fixed time, so that there may be an end to litigation, so that stale claims are not tried on decayed evidence, and so that persons may close their affairs and deal with their property with security. It is described as a statute of repose, of peace and of rest, and it assists the vigilant rather than those who sleep over their rights.

2. Does the Act destroy the right or only the remedy? As a general rule it bars the remedy and does not extinguish the right, so that a time-barred debt remains a debt and money voluntarily paid on it cannot be recovered back. The exception is section 27, under which the right to property is extinguished at the determination of the period limited for instituting a suit for possession of it.

3. Must limitation be pleaded by the defendant? No. Section 3(1) provides that every suit instituted, appeal preferred and application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed although limitation has not been set up as a defence, so the court applies it of its own motion.

4. Define "prescribed period". Under section 2, the "prescribed period" means the period of limitation computed in accordance with the provisions of the Act, as distinct from the "period of limitation", which is the period prescribed for a suit, appeal or application by the Schedule.

5. Define "plaintiff" and "good faith" under the Limitation Act. Under section 2(i) "plaintiff" includes any person from or through whom a plaintiff derives his right to sue, and any person whose estate is represented by the plaintiff as executor, administrator or other representative. Under section 2(h), nothing shall be deemed to be done in good faith which is not done with due care and attention, so honesty alone is not enough.

6. Does a right of easement arise out of contract? Not under this Act. Section 2(f) defines "easement" as including a right not arising from contract, by which one person is entitled to remove and appropriate for his own profit any part of the soil belonging to another, or anything growing in, or attached to, or subsisting upon, the land of another.

7. Does the Act apply to special and local laws? Yes, by section 29(2). Where a special or local law prescribes a period different from that in the Schedule, section 3 applies as if that period were prescribed by the Schedule, and sections 4 to 24 apply only in so far as they are not expressly excluded by the special or local law.

munotes.in324

Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963

8. Name four features of the Act. It prescribes periods for suits, appeals and applications rather than creating rights; it bars the remedy and not the right, except under section 27; it is applied by the court of its own motion under section 3; and it provides relief against its own rigour through section 4 where the court is closed, section 5 for sufficient cause, sections 6 to 8 for legal disability, sections 12 to 17 for exclusions, and sections 18 to 20 for a fresh period on acknowledgment or part payment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in325

Chapter Fifty-Five

Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay

Syllabus topic 4.5, "Bar of limitation (S.3-5)"

In one line

Section 3 is the bar, and it is mandatory. Sections 4 and 5 are the only two general reliefs from it: the court being closed on the last day, and sufficient cause for delay in an appeal or application.

The bar: section 3

Section 3(1): subject to the provisions contained in sections 4 to 24 inclusive, every suit instituted, appeal preferred, and application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed, although limitation has not been set up as a defence.

Three things are packed into that sentence and each earns marks.

"Shall be dismissed." The bar is mandatory. The court has no discretion once it finds the proceeding is out of time.

"Although limitation has not been set up as a defence." It is the court's duty, not the defendant's option. This is what separates limitation from an ordinary defence, and it is why a defendant cannot waive it by silence.

"Subject to sections 4 to 24." The bar is absolute only after the rest of the Act has been applied. The prescribed period is the Schedule's figure as computed under those sections, so exclusions and disability come first and the bar comes last.

Note the asymmetry the section creates. Sufficient cause under section 5 saves an appeal or an application. Nothing saves a suit. A suit filed even one day late is dismissed, subject only to the computation provisions and section 4.

When a suit, appeal or application is "instituted": section 3(2)

The bar depends on a date, so the Act fixes it.

Section 3(2)(a): a suit is instituted:

(i) in an ordinary case, when the plaint is presented to the proper officer (ii) in the case of a pauper, when his application for leave to sue as a pauper is made (iii) in the case of a claim against a company being wound up by the court, when the claimant first sends in his claim to the official liquidator

Section 3(2)(b): any claim by way of set-off or counterclaim is treated as a separate suit and deemed instituted:

(i) in the case of a set-off, on the same date as the suit in which it is pleaded (ii) in the case of a counterclaim, on the date on which the counterclaim is made in court

Section 3(2)(c): an application by notice of motion in a High Court is made when it is presented to the proper officer of that court.

Clause (b) is the one worth dwelling on, because it explains something that otherwise looks arbitrary. A set-off relates back to the date of the plaintiff's suit, while a counterclaim does not: it runs from the day it is actually made. That is consistent with what the two devices are. A set-off is defensive and answers the claim as it stood; a counterclaim is a cross-suit and is treated as filed when it is filed. See [Set-off and Counterclaim].

munotes.in326

Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay

Clause (a)(ii) matters for [Suits by Indigent Persons]: time stops when the application for leave is made, not when the suit is later registered, which protects an indigent applicant from losing his claim during the inquiry into his means.

The court is closed: section 4

Section 4: where the prescribed period for any suit, appeal or application expires on a day when the court is closed, the suit, appeal or application may be instituted, preferred or made on the day when the court re-opens.

The Explanation: a court shall be deemed to be closed on any day within the meaning of the section if during any part of its normal working hours it remains closed on that day.

Two points. Section 4 is not an extension of the period: the period still expires on the day it expires, and the section simply permits the filing on the reopening day. And the Explanation is generous, since a court closed for any part of its normal working hours counts as closed.

Note also that section 4 applies to suits as well as appeals and applications, which section 5 does not. It is the only general relief a suit has.

Condonation of delay: section 5

Section 5: any appeal or any application, OTHER THAN an application under any of the provisions of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, may be admitted after the prescribed period if the appellant or the applicant satisfies the court that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal or making the application within such period.

The Explanation: the fact that the appellant or applicant was misled by any order, practice or judgment of the High Court in ascertaining or computing the prescribed period may be sufficient cause within the meaning of the section.

Take the section apart, because every limb is examinable.

It applies to appeals and applications only. It does NOT apply to suits. This is the single most important fact about section 5 and the most common error in answers. There is no condonation of delay for a suit.

It excludes applications under Order XXI of the Code, that is execution applications. The reason is practical: execution proceedings would never end if every application in them could be filed late on sufficient cause. See [Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes].

The test is "sufficient cause". The Act does not define it, and it is deliberately elastic. What can safely be said is that the cause must explain the whole of the delay, must be shown by the applicant, and that the question is whether he acted with reasonable diligence rather than whether his explanation is ingenious. A party who was genuinely prevented has sufficient cause; a party who simply did not bother has not.

munotes.in327

Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay

Admission is discretionary. The section says the appeal or application may be admitted. Sufficient cause opens the door; it does not compel the court to walk through it.

The Explanation supplies one accepted instance: being misled by an order, practice or judgment of the High Court in ascertaining or computing the period.

Order XLI Rule 3A of the Code supplies the procedure for a late first appeal: it must be accompanied by an application supported by affidavit stating the sufficient cause, and where the Court sees no prima facie case for condonation it may refuse to admit the appeal. See [Appeals from Original Decrees].

Section 4 against section 5

These two are the reliefs and they are constantly confused.

Section 4Section 5
Applies toSuits, appeals and applicationsAppeals and applications only, not suits
ExcludedNothingApplications under Order XXI of the Code
TriggerThe period expires on a day the court is closedThe party had sufficient cause for the delay
What it givesThe right to file on the reopening dayA discretion to admit the late filing
Proof neededThe court's closure, a matter of recordSufficient cause, to be established by the applicant
NatureA rightA discretion

The clean distinction to state: section 4 deals with a period that ended on a closed day, and section 5 with a party who was late.

A worked example

Omkar's period to file a suit for recovery of a debt expires on 26 January, which is a court holiday.

Is he out of time if he files on the 27th? No. Section 4 lets him institute the suit on the day the court re-opens. And by the Explanation, the court counts as closed if it was closed during any part of its normal working hours.

Suppose instead he simply filed three weeks late. Section 5 does not help him: it applies to appeals and applications, not to suits. Section 3 requires the court to dismiss the suit, and it must do so even if the defendant never raises limitation.

Suppose it were an appeal filed three weeks late. Section 5 applies. He must satisfy the court that he had sufficient cause for the whole period of delay, and admission is still discretionary. Under Order XLI Rule 3A his appeal must be accompanied by an application supported by affidavit stating that cause.

munotes.in328

Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay

His reason is that he relied on a practice of the High Court in computing the period. The Explanation to section 5 says that may be sufficient cause.

Suppose it is an application under Order XXI to execute a decree. Section 5 is expressly excluded and the delay cannot be condoned under it.

Change the claim. Suppose Omkar is the defendant and wants to raise a set-off whose own period expired last month. Section 3(2)(b)(i): a set-off is deemed instituted on the same date as the suit in which it is pleaded, so what matters is whether it was in time when the plaintiff sued.

And if he raises it as a counterclaim instead? Section 3(2)(b)(ii): a counterclaim is deemed instituted on the date it is made in court, so it may well be time-barred where the set-off would not have been. That single difference can decide a case.

Suppose he applied for leave to sue as an indigent person before the period expired, and the inquiry into his means took months. Section 3(2)(a)(ii): the suit is instituted when the application for leave was made, so the delay in the inquiry does not defeat him.

What it does not mean

Section 3 is not a defence to be pleaded. The court applies it of its own motion.

Section 5 does not apply to suits. There is no condonation of delay in filing a suit.

Section 5 does not apply to execution applications under Order XXI.

Section 4 does not extend the period. It permits filing on the reopening day where the period expired on a closed day.

Sufficient cause does not entitle a party to admission. The section is discretionary.

A counterclaim does not relate back like a set-off. Section 3(2)(b) treats them differently on purpose.

Quick revision

Section 3(1): every suit, appeal or application after the prescribed period shall be dismissed, although limitation has not been set up as a defence. Subject to sections 4 to 24.

Section 3(2): a suit is instituted when the plaint is presented to the proper officer; for an indigent person, when the application for leave is made; against a company in winding up, when the claim is first sent to the official liquidator. A set-off is deemed instituted on the date of the suit; a counterclaim on the date it is made in court.

Section 4: where the period expires on a day the court is closed, the proceeding may be brought on the day the court re-opens; a court is closed if shut during any part of its normal working hours.

munotes.in329

Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay

Section 5: any appeal or application, other than an application under Order XXI of the Code, may be admitted after the prescribed period on sufficient cause being shown. Not available for suits. Admission is discretionary. Explanation: being misled by an order, practice or judgment of the High Court may be sufficient cause.

Test yourself

1. State the bar in section 3. Subject to sections 4 to 24, every suit instituted, appeal preferred and application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed, although limitation has not been set up as a defence.

2. When is a suit instituted for the purposes of the Act? In an ordinary case when the plaint is presented to the proper officer; in the case of a pauper, when his application for leave to sue as a pauper is made; and in the case of a claim against a company being wound up by the court, when the claimant first sends in his claim to the official liquidator: section 3(2)(a).

3. How are a set-off and a counterclaim treated? Each is treated as a separate suit. A set-off is deemed to have been instituted on the same date as the suit in which it is pleaded, and a counterclaim on the date on which it is made in court: section 3(2)(b).

4. What is the effect of the court being closed on the last day? Under section 4, where the prescribed period expires on a day when the court is closed, the suit, appeal or application may be instituted, preferred or made on the day the court re-opens. A court is deemed closed if during any part of its normal working hours it remains closed on that day.

5. Can delay in filing a suit be condoned? No. Section 5 applies only to appeals and applications, and not to suits. A suit filed after the prescribed period must be dismissed under section 3, subject only to the computation provisions and to section 4.

6. Which applications are excluded from section 5? Applications under any of the provisions of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, that is applications in execution.

7. Give one instance the Act itself accepts as sufficient cause. The Explanation to section 5 provides that the fact that the appellant or applicant was misled by any order, practice or judgment of the High Court in ascertaining or computing the prescribed period may be sufficient cause within the meaning of the section.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in330

Chapter Fifty-Seven

Computation of the Period of Limitation

Syllabus topic 4.7, "Computation of period of limitation (S.12-24)"

In one line

The Schedule gives a number of years. These sections say what is left out of the count, and when the clock starts at all.

That is the organising distinction and an answer should open with it. Sections 12 to 15 are exclusions of time already run. Sections 16, 17 and 23 postpone the start. Sections 18 to 20, in the next chapter, give a fresh start.

Exclusions: sections 12 to 15

Section 12: the days and the copies

Section 12(1): in computing the period of limitation for any suit, appeal or application, the day from which the period is to be reckoned shall be excluded.

So the count begins the day after the cause of action.

Section 12(2): in computing the period for an appeal, an application for leave to appeal, for revision or for review of a judgment, there shall be excluded the day on which the judgment complained of was pronounced and the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the decree, sentence or order appealed from or sought to be revised or reviewed.

Section 12(3): where a decree or order is appealed from or sought to be revised or reviewed, or an application is made for leave to appeal, the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the judgment shall also be excluded.

Section 12(4): in computing the period for an application to set aside an award, the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the award shall be excluded.

The Explanation is the trap: in computing the time requisite for obtaining a copy of a decree or order, any time taken by the court to prepare the decree or order before an application for a copy is made shall NOT be excluded.

That Explanation decides many real cases. The time requisite runs from the party's application for the copy. A litigant who waits a month before applying cannot count that month, however slow the registry was afterwards. This dovetails with Order XX Rule 6A of the Code, which allows an appeal to be filed without a copy of the decree, so a party is not obliged to wait. See [Judgment and Decree].

Section 13: prosecuting a pauper application

Section 13: in computing the period for any suit or appeal where an application for leave to sue or appeal as a pauper has been made and rejected, the time during which the applicant has been prosecuting in good faith his application for such leave shall be excluded; and the court may, on payment of the court fees prescribed, treat the suit or appeal as having the same force and effect as if the court fees had been paid in the first instance.

munotes.in337

Computation of the Period of Limitation

Note the two halves. The time is excluded, and the belated payment of fees relates back. Section 149 of the Code does the same work for a deficient fee generally. See [Inherent Powers, Caveat and Miscellaneous] and [Suits by Indigent Persons].

Section 14: proceeding bona fide in a court without jurisdiction

This is the most examined section in the group.

Section 14(1): in computing the period for any suit, the time during which the plaintiff has been prosecuting with due diligence another civil proceeding, whether at first instance or in appeal or revision, against the defendant, shall be excluded, where the proceeding relates to the same matter in issue and is prosecuted in good faith in a court which, from defect of jurisdiction or other cause of a like nature, is unable to entertain it.

Section 14(2) does the same for applications, where the earlier proceeding was against the same party for the same relief.

Section 14(3): notwithstanding Order XXIII Rule 2 of the Code, sub-section (1) applies to a fresh suit instituted on permission granted under Order XXIII Rule 1, where the permission was granted on the ground that the first suit must fail by reason of a defect in the jurisdiction of the court or other cause of a like nature.

Sub-section (3) is a genuine qualification of what [Withdrawal and Adjustment of Suits] says. Order XXIII Rule 2 provides that a fresh suit on permission is bound by limitation as if the first had never been instituted. Section 14(3) carves out the case where the permission was given because of a jurisdictional defect, and there the earlier time is excluded after all.

The Explanation settles three points that would otherwise be argued:

(a) in excluding the time during which a former proceeding was pending, both the day it was instituted and the day it ended are counted (b) a plaintiff or applicant resisting an appeal is deemed to be prosecuting a proceeding (c) misjoinder of parties or of causes of action is deemed a cause of a like nature with defect of jurisdiction

The conditions to state in an answer are therefore five: another civil proceeding, prosecuted with due diligence, in good faith, relating to the same matter in issue against the same defendant, in a court unable to entertain it for defect of jurisdiction or a like cause.

Section 15: other exclusions

Section 15(1): in computing the period for any suit or application for execution of a decree, the institution or execution of which has been stayed by an injunction or order, the time of the continuance of that injunction or order, the day on which it was issued or made and the day on which it was withdrawn, shall be excluded.

munotes.in338

Computation of the Period of Limitation

Section 15(2): where notice has been given, or the previous consent or sanction of the Government or any other authority is required, before instituting a suit, the period of that notice, or the time required for obtaining the consent or sanction, shall be excluded.

Sub-section (2) is what protects a plaintiff who must give two months' notice under section 80 of the Code before suing the Government: those two months do not count against him. See [Suits by and against the Government and Public Officers].

Section 15(3) excludes time during which a receiver or interim receiver is appointed or the defendant's estate is under insolvency proceedings, in the cases the sub-section specifies. Section 15(4) excludes, in a suit for possession by a purchaser at an execution sale, the time during which a proceeding to set aside the sale was prosecuted. Section 15(5) excludes the time during which the defendant has been absent from India.

Postponing the start: sections 16, 17 and 23

Section 16: death before the right accrues

Section 16 provides for the case where a person who would have been entitled to sue dies before the right accrues, or where a person against whom the right would have accrued dies before it accrues. In such cases the period is computed from the time when there is a legal representative capable of instituting or being sued. The section contains express exceptions, including suits to enforce rights of pre-emption and suits for possession of immovable property or of a hereditary office.

Section 17: fraud or mistake

Section 17(1): where, in the case of any suit or application for which a period is prescribed:

(a) the suit or application is based upon the fraud of the defendant or respondent or his agent; or (b) the knowledge of the right or title on which it is founded is concealed by the fraud of any such person; or (c) the suit or application is for relief from the consequences of a mistake; or (d) any document necessary to establish the right has been fraudulently concealed,

the period of limitation shall not begin to run until the plaintiff or applicant has discovered the fraud or the mistake, or could with reasonable diligence have discovered it; or, in the case of a concealed document, until he first had the means of producing it or compelling its production.

The words "or could with reasonable diligence have discovered it" are the limit. Section 17 protects a person kept in ignorance, not a person who was merely incurious.

munotes.in339

Computation of the Period of Limitation

The proviso protects innocent purchasers. Nothing in the section enables a suit to recover or enforce a charge against, or set aside a transaction affecting, property which has been purchased for valuable consideration by a person who was not a party to the fraud and did not know or have reason to believe that a fraud had been committed; or, in the case of mistake, purchased for value after the transaction by a person who did not know of the mistake; or, in the case of a concealed document, purchased for value by a person not a party to the concealment.

Section 17(2): where a judgment-debtor has by fraud or force prevented the execution of a decree within the period, the court may, on the judgment-creditor's application made after the expiry, extend the period for execution, provided the application is made within one year from the date of the discovery of the fraud or the cessation of the force.

Section 23: continuing breaches and torts

Section 23: in the case of a continuing breach of contract or a continuing tort, a fresh period of limitation begins to run at every moment of the time during which the breach or the tort, as the case may be, continues.

That is why an obstruction to a right of way, or a continuing nuisance, does not become unchallengeable merely because it began long ago.

Sections 21, 22 and 24

Section 21(1): where after the institution of a suit a new plaintiff or defendant is substituted or added, the suit shall, as regards him, be deemed to have been instituted when he was so made a party. The proviso allows the court, where it is satisfied that the omission was due to a mistake made in good faith, to direct that the suit shall be deemed to have been instituted on an earlier date.

That mirrors Order I Rule 10(5) of the Code exactly, and the two should be given together. See [Parties to a Suit].

Section 21(2) makes clear that the section does not apply to a case where a party is added or substituted owing to assignment or devolution of any interest during the pendency of a suit, or where a plaintiff is made a defendant or a defendant a plaintiff.

Section 22: in the case of a continuing breach or tort, and generally, where a specified period is prescribed for a suit or application in respect of a right which is continuing, a fresh period begins as the right continues, in the terms the section provides.

munotes.in340

Computation of the Period of Limitation

Section 24: all instruments shall for the purposes of this Act be deemed to be made with reference to the Gregorian calendar.

A worked example

Sadiq's cause of action arises on 1 April 2023 and the Schedule allows three years.

When does the clock start? Section 12(1): the day from which the period is reckoned is excluded, so it starts on 2 April 2023.

He loses at trial and wants to appeal. Section 12(2) and (3): he excludes the day the judgment was pronounced and the time requisite for obtaining copies of the decree and the judgment.

He waited a month after the judgment before applying for the copy. The Explanation to section 12: time taken by the court to prepare the decree before he applied for a copy is not excluded, so his own month of inaction counts against him. Under Order XX Rule 6A of the Code he could have filed the appeal without the decree.

He had earlier sued in the wrong court, in good faith, on the same matter, and that court returned the plaint for want of jurisdiction. Section 14(1): the time he spent prosecuting that proceeding with due diligence is excluded, and by the Explanation both the first and the last day of it are counted in the exclusion.

The earlier suit failed because he had misjoined parties. Explanation (c) to section 14: misjoinder is a cause of a like nature with defect of jurisdiction, so the exclusion still applies.

He had withdrawn the earlier suit with permission because of the jurisdictional defect. Section 14(3): notwithstanding Order XXIII Rule 2, the exclusion applies to the fresh suit.

His claim is against the State and he had to give two months' notice. Section 15(2): the period of the notice is excluded.

He discovers years later that the defendant concealed the very document on which his title rests. Section 17(1)(d): the period does not begin to run until he first had the means of producing the document or compelling its production. But if the property has since been bought for value by someone not party to the concealment and without notice of it, the proviso protects that purchaser.

A new defendant is added in 2026. Section 21(1): as regards that defendant the suit is deemed instituted when he was made a party, unless the court is satisfied the omission was due to a mistake in good faith and directs otherwise.

The wrong complained of is a continuing nuisance. Section 23: a fresh period begins at every moment during which it continues.

What it does not mean

Section 12 does not exclude all the time before filing. It excludes the first day, the day of pronouncement, and the time requisite for copies, and the Explanation excludes the party's own delay in applying.

munotes.in341

Computation of the Period of Limitation

Section 14 is not available to a careless litigant. It requires due diligence and good faith, and the earlier court must have been unable to entertain the proceeding for want of jurisdiction or a like cause.

Section 17 does not protect the incurious. Time runs from when the fraud or mistake could with reasonable diligence have been discovered.

Section 17 does not defeat an innocent purchaser for value. The proviso protects him.

Adding a party does not relate back automatically. Section 21(1) fixes the date at the addition, subject to the good-faith mistake proviso.

Quick revision

Exclusions. Section 12: exclude the first day; for appeals, revisions and reviews also the day of pronouncement and the time requisite for copies of the decree and judgment; Explanation, court time before the copy application is not excluded. Section 13: time spent prosecuting a rejected pauper application in good faith, with fees paid later relating back. Section 14: time prosecuting another civil proceeding with due diligence and in good faith, on the same matter, in a court unable to entertain it for defect of jurisdiction or a like cause; both the first and last days counted; misjoinder counts as a like cause; applies to a fresh suit under Order XXIII Rule 1 where permission was given for a jurisdictional defect. Section 15: time under a stay or injunction; the period of a statutory notice or of obtaining consent; receivership and insolvency; proceedings to set aside an execution sale; and the defendant's absence from India.

Postponement. Section 16: death before the right accrues, period runs from when there is a legal representative. Section 17: in cases of fraud, concealment or mistake, time runs from discovery or when it could with reasonable diligence have been discovered; proviso protects a purchaser for value without notice; sub-section (2) allows an extension for execution prevented by fraud or force, applied for within one year. Section 23: a continuing breach or tort gives a fresh period at every moment.

Others. Section 21: an added party is deemed sued from the date of addition, unless the omission was a mistake in good faith. Section 24: the Gregorian calendar.

Test yourself

1. What days are excluded in computing the period for an appeal? The day from which the period is to be reckoned, under section 12(1); the day on which the judgment complained of was pronounced, and the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the decree, sentence or order, under section 12(2); and the time requisite for obtaining a copy of the judgment, under section 12(3).

munotes.in342

Computation of the Period of Limitation

2. Is the time taken by the court to prepare the decree excluded? Not the time taken before the party applies for a copy. The Explanation to section 12 provides that in computing the time requisite for obtaining a copy, any time taken by the court to prepare the decree or order before an application for a copy is made shall not be excluded.

3. State the conditions for excluding time under section 14. The plaintiff must have been prosecuting another civil proceeding, with due diligence and in good faith, against the same defendant, relating to the same matter in issue, in a court which from defect of jurisdiction or other cause of a like nature was unable to entertain it. Misjoinder of parties or causes of action is deemed a cause of a like nature, and both the day the former proceeding was instituted and the day it ended are counted.

4. When does time begin to run in a case of fraud or mistake? Under section 17(1), not until the plaintiff or applicant has discovered the fraud or the mistake, or could with reasonable diligence have discovered it; and in the case of a fraudulently concealed document, until he first had the means of producing the document or compelling its production.

5. Does section 17 affect a purchaser of the property? Not an innocent one. The proviso protects property purchased for valuable consideration by a person who was not a party to the fraud or concealment and did not know or have reason to believe of it, and in the case of mistake, one who purchased for value after the transaction without knowing of the mistake.

6. What is the effect of a continuing breach or tort? Under section 23 a fresh period of limitation begins to run at every moment of the time during which the breach or the tort continues.

7. A new defendant is added after the suit is filed. From when does limitation run against him? Under section 21(1) the suit is, as regards him, deemed to have been instituted when he was made a party, unless the court is satisfied that the omission to include him was due to a mistake made in good faith, in which case it may direct that the suit be deemed to have been instituted on an earlier date.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in343

Chapter Fifty-Eight

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

Syllabus topic 4.8, "Effect of acknowledgment in writing and part-payment (S. 18-20)"

In one line

An acknowledgment of liability in writing, or a part payment, made before the period expires, starts the whole period running again from that date.

The words to hold on to are fresh period. These sections do not extend the old period; they replace it with a new one of the same length.

Why the Act allows it

Limitation rests on the idea that a claim not pursued has been abandoned. That reasoning collapses if the debtor himself has recently admitted the debt or paid part of it. A creditor who holds a letter written last month saying "I owe you and will pay soon" has not slept on his rights; he has been given a reason to wait.

So the Act treats a fresh admission as a fresh starting point. The conditions are strict, and every one of them exists to make sure the admission is genuine and provable.

Acknowledgment: section 18

Section 18(1): where, before the expiration of the prescribed period for a suit or application in respect of any property or right, an acknowledgment of liability in respect of that property or right has been made in writing signed by the party against whom such property or right is claimed, or by any person through whom he derives his title or liability, a fresh period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the acknowledgment was so signed.

The four conditions

Take them one at a time, because a question on this section is a question about these four.

One, the acknowledgment must be made BEFORE the expiration of the prescribed period. This is the condition candidates most often miss. An acknowledgment made after the period has expired is worthless under section 18: a dead claim cannot be revived by it. A time-barred debt can be revived only by a fresh promise in writing under section 25(3) of the Indian Contract Act 1872, which is a different provision with different requirements, and section 29(1) of this Act expressly preserves it.

Two, it must be in WRITING and SIGNED. An oral admission, however clear, does not work. Explanation (b) provides that "signed" means signed either personally or by an agent duly authorised in this behalf.

Three, it must be an acknowledgment of LIABILITY in respect of the property or right. It must admit a subsisting jural relationship, not merely refer to a past transaction.

Four, it must be made by the party against whom the right is claimed, or by a person through whom he derives his title or liability.

What still counts as an acknowledgment: Explanation (a)

This is the generous part of the section and it is worth reproducing, because it defeats most of the arguments a debtor makes.

munotes.in344

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

Explanation (a): an acknowledgment may be sufficient though:

  • it omits to specify the exact nature of the property or right
  • it avers that the time for payment, delivery, performance or enjoyment has not yet come
  • it is accompanied by a refusal to pay, deliver, perform or permit to enjoy
  • it is coupled with a claim to set off
  • it is addressed to a person other than the person entitled to the property or right

So a letter saying "I accept the amount is due but I refuse to pay it, and in any case I have a set-off", written to a third party, is still a good acknowledgment. What matters is the admission of liability, not the willingness to honour it.

Explanation (c) is a limit worth knowing: an application for the execution of a decree shall not be deemed to be an application in respect of any property or right for the purposes of the section.

Section 18(2): where the writing containing the acknowledgment is undated, oral evidence may be given of the time when it was signed; but, subject to the Evidence Act, oral evidence of its contents shall not be received.

That sub-section draws a precise line. You may prove when an undated writing was signed by oral evidence; you may not prove what it said.

Part payment: section 19

Section 19: where payment on account of a debt or of interest on a legacy is made before the expiration of the prescribed period by the person liable to pay the debt or legacy, or by his agent duly authorised in this behalf, a fresh period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the payment was made.

The proviso is the condition that catches people out: save in the case of payment of interest made before 1 January 1928, an acknowledgment of the payment must appear in the handwriting of, or in a writing signed by, the person making the payment.

So a part payment alone is not enough. There must also be writing evidencing it, in the payer's own hand or signed by him. A payment made in cash with no receipt signed by the payer does not extend limitation under this section, however clearly it can be proved otherwise.

Explanation (a): where mortgaged land is in the possession of the mortgagee, the receipt of the rent or produce of that land shall be deemed to be a payment.

Explanation (b): "debt" does not include money payable under a decree or order of a court.

munotes.in345

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

Explanation (b) matters. A decretal amount is not a "debt" for section 19, which is consistent with Explanation (c) to section 18 keeping execution applications outside that section too. The Act deliberately keeps these fresh-start provisions away from execution.

Who can bind whom: section 20

Section 20 answers the questions that arise when more than one person is involved.

Section 20(1): the expression "agent duly authorised in this behalf" in sections 18 and 19 shall, in the case of a person under disability, include his lawful guardian, committee or manager, or an agent duly authorised by such guardian, committee or manager to sign the acknowledgment or make the payment.

Section 20(2), and this is the important one: nothing in sections 18 and 19 renders one of several joint contractors, partners, executors or mortgagees chargeable by reason only of a written acknowledgment signed by, or of a payment made by, or by the agent of, any other or others of them.

So one joint debtor cannot extend limitation against his co-debtors by acknowledging or paying. Each is bound by his own acknowledgment only. That is a change from the older law and it is a standing exam point.

Section 20(3)(a): an acknowledgment signed or a payment made in respect of any liability by, or by the duly authorised agent of, any limited owner of property governed by Hindu law, shall be a valid acknowledgment or payment against a reversioner succeeding to that liability.

Section 20(3)(b): where a liability has been incurred by or on behalf of a Hindu undivided family, an acknowledgment or payment made by, or by the duly authorised agent of, the manager of the family for the time being, shall be deemed to have been made on behalf of the whole family.

Acknowledgment against part payment

Acknowledgment, section 18Part payment, section 19
The actAn admission of liabilityA payment on account of a debt or interest on a legacy
Must be in writingYes, and signedThe payment need not be, but an acknowledgment of it must appear in the payer's handwriting or in a writing signed by him
Made byThe party against whom the right is claimed, or one through whom he derives title or liabilityThe person liable to pay, or his duly authorised agent
TimingBefore the prescribed period expiresBefore the prescribed period expires
EffectA fresh period from the date of signatureA fresh period from the date of the payment
ExcludedAn application for execution of a decree, Explanation (c)Money payable under a decree or order, Explanation (b)

The two things they share are the two things to state first in any answer: both must occur before the period expires, and both produce a fresh period rather than an extension.

munotes.in346

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

A worked example

Tarun lends Usha Rs. 5,00,000 on 1 May 2022. The period is three years, expiring 1 May 2025.

On 1 March 2024 Usha writes to Tarun: "I know I owe you the money, but I am not paying until you finish the work." That is an acknowledgment under section 18. It is in writing, signed, made before the period expired, and it admits liability. That it is accompanied by a refusal to pay does not matter: Explanation (a) says so expressly. A fresh three-year period runs from 1 March 2024, expiring 1 March 2027.

Suppose she had written it to her brother rather than to Tarun. Still good. Explanation (a) covers an acknowledgment addressed to a person other than the person entitled.

Suppose she had only said it on the telephone. No good. Section 18 requires writing signed by her.

Suppose the letter is undated. Section 18(2): oral evidence may be given of the time it was signed, but not of its contents.

Suppose she had instead paid Rs. 50,000 in cash on 1 March 2024, with no receipt. Section 19 does not help Tarun. The proviso requires an acknowledgment of the payment in her handwriting or in a writing signed by her. Without it, the payment does not start a fresh period.

Suppose she paid by a cheque she signed. The writing requirement is satisfied by her signed writing, and a fresh period runs from the date of the payment.

Suppose she writes the letter on 1 June 2025, after the period has expired. Section 18 does not apply at all, because the acknowledgment must be made before the expiration of the prescribed period. Tarun's only route would be a fresh written promise under section 25(3) of the Indian Contract Act 1872, which section 29(1) of this Act preserves.

Suppose Usha and Vikas are joint debtors and only Usha acknowledges. Section 20(2): Vikas is not made chargeable by reason only of Usha's acknowledgment. Limitation continues to run in his favour.

Suppose the debt was incurred on behalf of a Hindu undivided family and the karta acknowledges it. Section 20(3)(b): the acknowledgment is deemed made on behalf of the whole family.

Suppose Tarun holds a decree instead of a debt, and Usha writes acknowledging it. Explanation (c) to section 18 and Explanation (b) to section 19 keep decrees and execution applications outside both sections.

What it does not mean

An acknowledgment after the period has expired does nothing. Section 18 requires it before expiry; a time-barred debt is revived only by section 25(3) of the Contract Act.

munotes.in347

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

These sections do not extend the old period. They start a fresh period of the same length.

A refusal to pay does not spoil an acknowledgment. Explanation (a) to section 18.

A part payment alone is not enough. The proviso to section 19 requires writing in the payer's hand or signed by him.

One joint debtor cannot bind the others. Section 20(2).

Neither section applies to a decree. Explanation (c) to section 18 and Explanation (b) to section 19.

Quick revision

Section 18: an acknowledgment of liability, in writing, signed by the party or by one through whom he derives title or liability, made before the prescribed period expires, gives a fresh period from the date of signature. Explanation (a): still sufficient though it omits the exact nature of the property, says the time for performance has not come, is accompanied by a refusal, is coupled with a set-off, or is addressed to a stranger. Explanation (b): "signed" includes by a duly authorised agent. Explanation (c): an execution application is not an application in respect of property or right. Section 18(2): oral evidence of the date of an undated writing is admissible; oral evidence of its contents is not.

Section 19: a payment on account of a debt or of interest on a legacy, made before the period expires, by the person liable or his duly authorised agent, gives a fresh period from the date of payment; proviso, an acknowledgment of the payment must appear in the payer's handwriting or in a writing signed by him. Explanation (a): a mortgagee in possession receiving rent or produce is deemed to receive payment. Explanation (b): "debt" excludes money payable under a decree.

Section 20: for a person under disability, the guardian, committee or manager counts as the duly authorised agent; one of several joint contractors, partners, executors or mortgagees is NOT bound by another's acknowledgment or payment; a Hindu limited owner binds the reversioner; and the karta binds the whole joint family.

Test yourself

1. What is the effect of an acknowledgment under section 18? Where an acknowledgment of liability in respect of any property or right is made in writing signed by the party against whom the property or right is claimed, or by a person through whom he derives his title or liability, before the expiration of the prescribed period, a fresh period of limitation is computed from the time when the acknowledgment was signed.

2. Must the acknowledgment be made before the period expires? Yes. Section 18 applies only where the acknowledgment is made before the expiration of the prescribed period. A time-barred claim is not revived by it; that requires a fresh written promise under section 25(3) of the Indian Contract Act 1872, which section 29(1) of the Limitation Act preserves.

munotes.in348

Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment

3. Is an acknowledgment bad because the debtor refuses to pay? No. Explanation (a) to section 18 provides that an acknowledgment may be sufficient though it is accompanied by a refusal to pay, deliver, perform or permit to enjoy, or is coupled with a claim to set off, or is addressed to a person other than the person entitled.

4. What is required besides the part payment itself under section 19? An acknowledgment of the payment must appear in the handwriting of, or in a writing signed by, the person making the payment, save in the case of payment of interest made before 1 January 1928.

5. Does the acknowledgment of one joint debtor bind the others? No. Section 20(2) provides that nothing in sections 18 and 19 renders one of several joint contractors, partners, executors or mortgagees chargeable by reason only of a written acknowledgment signed by, or of a payment made by, or by the agent of, any other of them.

6. An acknowledgment is in writing but undated. How is its date proved? Under section 18(2) oral evidence may be given of the time when it was signed; but, subject to the Evidence Act, oral evidence of its contents shall not be received.

7. Do these sections apply to a decree? No. Explanation (c) to section 18 provides that an application for execution of a decree is not an application in respect of any property or right, and Explanation (b) to section 19 provides that "debt" does not include money payable under a decree or order of a court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in349

Chapter Fifty-Nine

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

Syllabus topic 4.9, "Acquisition of ownership by possession (S. 25-27)"

In one line

Part IV of the Act is the part where time creates a title: twenty years of enjoyment gives an easement, and the expiry of the period for a suit for possession extinguishes the owner's right altogether.

Two different things in one Part

Read the Part as two separate ideas, because they work in opposite directions.

Sections 25 and 26 are ACQUISITIVE. Long enjoyment of a way, a watercourse, or light and air over someone else's land makes that enjoyment into a legal right, an easement, which the owner of the land can no longer stop. Something is created.

Section 27 is EXTINCTIVE. When the period for suing to recover possession of property runs out, the owner's right to that property is extinguished. Something is destroyed. What the possessor gains is a consequence: once the true owner has no right left, nobody can turn the possessor out, and his possession has ripened into title. That is adverse possession.

Both are called prescription, and both rest on the same instinct: a state of affairs that has lasted long enough should be recognised as the legal position.

Easements by prescription: section 25

What an easement is

An easement is a right that one person has over land belonging to somebody else, for the benefit of his own land. The land that enjoys the right is the dominant tenement; the land that suffers it is the servient tenement. A right of way across a neighbour's field, a right to run water through his channel, a right to have light come to your window across his plot: these are easements.

Section 25 says how long enjoyment must last before the enjoyment becomes a right.

The section

Section 25(1): where the access and use of light or air to and for any building have been peaceably enjoyed therewith as an easement, and as of right, without interruption, and for twenty years; and where any way or watercourse or the use of any water or any other easement, whether affirmative or negative, has been peaceably and openly enjoyed by any person claiming title thereto as an easement and as of right, without interruption, and for twenty years, the right to such access and use of light or air, way, watercourse, use of water or other easement shall be absolute and indefeasible.

Section 25(2): each of the said periods of twenty years shall be taken to be a period ending within two years next before the institution of the suit wherein the claim to which such period relates is contested.

Section 25(3): where the property over which the right is claimed belongs to the Government, sub-section (1) is read as if for "twenty years" the words "thirty years" were substituted.

munotes.in350

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

The Explanation defines interruption: nothing is an interruption within the meaning of the section unless there is an actual discontinuance of the possession or enjoyment by reason of an obstruction by the act of some person other than the claimant, and unless such obstruction is submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after the claimant has notice of it and of the person making or authorising it.

The conditions, which is what an answer needs

Take the words of the section and list them, because each is a condition and each can be argued about.

One, PEACEABLY. Enjoyment maintained by force is not enjoyment as of right.

Two, OPENLY, for a way, watercourse or other easement. The owner must have been in a position to object. Secret enjoyment gives nothing. Note that "openly" appears in the second limb of sub-section (1) and not the first, since light and air are enjoyed visibly by their nature.

Three, AS AN EASEMENT AND AS OF RIGHT. This is the condition that decides most disputes. Enjoyment must be as of right, not by permission. A neighbour who lets you cross his field as a favour, or under a licence, gives you nothing however long it lasts, because you were never asserting a right. Enjoyment must also be as an easement, that is for the benefit of the dominant tenement, not as an owner.

Four, WITHOUT INTERRUPTION, and the Explanation makes this generous to the claimant. An interruption requires actual discontinuance, caused by another person's act, and submitted to or acquiesced in for a full year after the claimant knows of it and knows who caused it. So a neighbour who fences the path off for six months, or who fences it off and is at once sued, has not interrupted anything in the eye of the section.

Five, FOR TWENTY YEARS, or thirty years where the servient property belongs to the Government.

Six, the period must END WITHIN TWO YEARS NEXT BEFORE THE SUIT. This is sub-section (2) and it is the limb most often omitted. Twenty years of enjoyment finished long ago will not do. The twenty-year period relied on must end within two years before the suit in which the claim is contested. A claimant who enjoyed a way from 1980 to 2000 and sues in 2026 cannot rely on that period; he must show twenty years ending within two years of his suit.

The effect of satisfying all six is stated in the strongest words the Act uses anywhere: the right is absolute and indefeasible.

munotes.in351

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

Section 26: the reversioner's protection

Section 25 could work an injustice. Suppose the servient land is held on a lease for thirty years. The lessee may allow a neighbour to use a path across it and never object, but the owner of the reversion has no possession and may know nothing about it. Twenty years would run and his land would come back to him burdened with an easement he never had a chance to resist.

Section 26 meets that.

Where any land or water upon, over or from which an easement has been enjoyed or derived has been held under or by virtue of any interest for life, or in terms of years exceeding three years from the granting thereof, the time of the enjoyment of the easement during the continuance of that interest or term shall be excluded in the computation of the period of twenty years, in case the claim is, within three years next after the determination of that interest or term, resisted by the person entitled on such determination to the land or water.

So three conditions for the exclusion:

  • the servient land was held under a life interest or a term of years exceeding three years
  • the person entitled on the determination of that interest resists the claim
  • he does so within three years after the interest or term determines

If he does not resist within those three years, the exclusion does not operate and the enjoyment counts.

Extinguishment of the right: section 27

The section is one sentence, and it should be learned in its own words.

Section 27: "At the determination of the period hereby limited to any person for instituting a suit for possession of any property, his right to such property shall be extinguished."

Four things follow from it.

One, this is the exception to the whole Act. Everywhere else the Act bars the remedy and leaves the right alone; a time-barred debt is still owed. Here the right itself dies. See [Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963].

Two, it applies to suits for POSSESSION OF PROPERTY. The words are "any property", so it is not confined to land, though land is where it matters.

Three, the extinguishment is automatic. The section does not require the possessor to sue, or to obtain a declaration, or to do anything at all. At the determination of the period, the owner's right is gone by force of the section.

Four, the possessor's title is a consequence, not a grant. Section 27 does not say the possessor becomes the owner. It says the former owner's right is extinguished. But once no one has a better right, the person in possession holds the property against the world, and that is what is meant by acquiring title by adverse possession.

munotes.in352

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

Where the period comes from: Articles 64, 65 and 112

Section 27 speaks of "the period hereby limited", so you must go to the Schedule to find it.

Article 65: a suit for possession of immovable property or any interest therein based on title, twelve years, running from when the possession of the defendant becomes adverse to the plaintiff.

Article 64: a suit for possession of immovable property based on previous possession and not on title, where the plaintiff while in possession has been dispossessed, twelve years from the date of dispossession.

Article 112: any suit by or on behalf of the Central Government or any State Government, except a suit before the Supreme Court in its original jurisdiction, thirty years, running from when the period would begin to run under the Act against a like suit by a private person.

So the ordinary answer is twelve years, and thirty years where the plaintiff is the Government.

The Explanation to Article 65 settles when possession becomes adverse in three difficult cases: where the suit is by a remainderman, reversioner or devisee, only when the estate falls into possession; where the suit is by a Hindu or Muslim entitled to possession on the death of a Hindu or Muslim female, only when the female dies; and where the suit is by a purchaser at an execution sale and the judgment-debtor was out of possession at the date of the sale, the purchaser is deemed the representative of the judgment-debtor who was out of possession.

What makes possession "adverse"

Article 65 turns on the possession being adverse, and the Act does not define the word, so state what it must contain and keep to what can be defended.

Possession must be actual, open, and exclusive, held as owner, and it must be hostile to the true owner's title and continuous for the whole statutory period. The owner must be in a position to know of it, since time is running against him.

Two consequences follow from that, and both are commonly asked.

Permissive possession is never adverse. A tenant, a licensee, a caretaker or a servant holds through the owner's title, not against it. Their possession can only become adverse after they have clearly and openly repudiated the owner's title to his knowledge, and time runs from that repudiation.

Possession must be continuous. A break in possession sets the count back, because the article requires twelve years of adverse possession, not twelve years since it first began.

munotes.in353

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

The two ideas side by side

Easement by prescription, section 25Adverse possession, section 27 with Article 65
What is claimedA right over another's landThe land itself, by extinguishing the owner's right
Effect on the ownerHe keeps the land, burdened by the rightHis right is extinguished
PeriodTwenty years, thirty against GovernmentTwelve years, thirty for a Government plaintiff
Extra timing conditionThe period must end within two years before the suit, section 25(2)The twelve years must be continuous and adverse throughout
Nature of enjoymentPeaceable, open, as of right, without interruptionActual, open, exclusive, hostile, as owner
Permission destroys itYes. Enjoyment by permission is not as of rightYes. Permissive possession is not adverse
OperatesBy declaring the right absolute and indefeasibleBy extinguishing the plaintiff's right, automatically

A worked example

Wasim owns a plot. Yamini owns the plot behind it and has walked across Wasim's plot to reach the road since 2004, openly, without asking anyone.

Has she a right of way? If the enjoyment has been peaceable, open, as an easement and as of right, and without interruption for twenty years, section 25(1) makes the right absolute and indefeasible.

Wasim says he allowed it as a favour. If that is made out, the claim fails. Enjoyment by permission is not enjoyment as of right, and no length of it will do.

Wasim blocked the path with a gate for six months in 2019 and then removed it. Not an interruption. The Explanation requires the obstruction to be submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after the claimant has notice of it and of the person responsible.

Yamini stopped using the path in 2024 and sues in 2026 relying on 2004 to 2024. Section 25(2): each period of twenty years must end within two years next before the institution of the suit. Her period ended in 2024, and the suit is in 2026, so the period ends exactly within the two years; had she waited until 2027 the claim would fail on this ground alone.

The plot belonged to the Government. Section 25(3): the period is thirty years, not twenty.

The plot was under a twenty-year lease and the lessor resisted the claim a year after it expired. Section 26: the time of enjoyment during the term is excluded, because the term exceeded three years and the reversioner resisted within three years of its determination.

Now change the claim. Suppose Yamini did not merely cross the plot but occupied it, fenced it, built on it and has held it openly as owner since 2004, and Wasim sues in 2026 for possession on the strength of his title.

munotes.in354

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

Article 65 gives him twelve years from when Yamini's possession became adverse to him. Twelve years from 2004 expired in 2016.

Section 27: at the determination of that period his right to the property is extinguished. It does not merely become unenforceable. Yamini need not prove that she acquired title; she needs only to show that his is gone.

Suppose Yamini had been Wasim's tenant. Her possession was permissive and not adverse. Time would run only from an open repudiation of his title brought to his knowledge.

Suppose the plot belonged to the State Government. Article 112: the period for a suit by the Government is thirty years.

Suppose Yamini left the plot for three years in the middle. The possession was not continuous, and the twelve years must run afresh.

What it does not mean

Enjoyment by permission gives nothing, under either section. Not as of right, and not adverse.

Twenty years at any time will not do. Section 25(2) requires the period to end within two years before the suit.

An obstruction is not automatically an interruption. The Explanation requires acquiescence for a year after notice.

Section 27 does not confer title on the possessor in terms. It extinguishes the owner's right, and possession does the rest.

Section 27 is not the general rule. Everywhere else the Act bars the remedy only.

Adverse possession is not established by mere long occupation. It must be open, exclusive, hostile, as owner, and continuous throughout the period.

Quick revision

Section 25(1): light or air to a building, and any way, watercourse, use of water or other easement, peaceably (and, for the second class, openly) enjoyed as an easement and as of right, without interruption, for twenty years, becomes absolute and indefeasible. 25(2): each period of twenty years must end within two years next before the suit in which it is contested. 25(3): thirty years where the servient property belongs to the Government. Explanation: an interruption needs actual discontinuance by another's act, submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after notice of it and of the person responsible.

Section 26: where the servient land was held for life or for a term exceeding three years, the enjoyment during that interest is excluded, if the reversioner resists within three years of its determination.

Section 27: at the determination of the period limited for a suit for possession of any property, the plaintiff's right to that property is extinguished. The one place the Act destroys the right and not merely the remedy. Article 65: possession of immovable property based on title, twelve years from when the defendant's possession becomes adverse. Article 64: possession based on previous possession, twelve years from dispossession. Article 112: a suit by the Government, thirty years. Adverse possession must be actual, open, exclusive, hostile, held as owner, and continuous. Permissive possession is never adverse.

munotes.in355

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

Test yourself

1. State the conditions for acquiring an easement by prescription. Under section 25(1) the access and use of light or air, or the enjoyment of a way, watercourse, use of water or other easement, must be peaceably enjoyed, and in the second class openly enjoyed, as an easement and as of right, without interruption, for twenty years, and by section 25(2) that period must end within two years next before the institution of the suit in which the claim is contested. Where the servient property belongs to the Government the period is thirty years.

2. What amounts to an interruption? By the Explanation to section 25, nothing is an interruption unless there is an actual discontinuance of the possession or enjoyment by reason of an obstruction by the act of some person other than the claimant, and unless that obstruction is submitted to or acquiesced in for one year after the claimant has notice of it and of the person making or authorising it.

3. What does section 26 protect against? Against an easement being acquired over land during a life interest or a term of years exceeding three years, when the person entitled on the determination of that interest had no opportunity to resist. The time of enjoyment during the interest or term is excluded, provided the claim is resisted within three years next after its determination by the person then entitled to the land or water.

4. Reproduce section 27 and explain its significance. "At the determination of the period hereby limited to any person for instituting a suit for possession of any property, his right to such property shall be extinguished." Its significance is that it is the exception to the general rule that the Limitation Act bars the remedy and not the right. Here the right itself is extinguished, automatically and without any proceeding, and the person in possession is thereafter secure because no one has a better right.

5. What is the period for a suit for possession of immovable property based on title? Twelve years, under Article 65 of the Schedule, running from when the possession of the defendant becomes adverse to the plaintiff. For a suit by or on behalf of the Central or a State Government the period is thirty years under Article 112.

munotes.in356

Acquisition of Ownership by Possession

6. Can a tenant acquire title by adverse possession? Not while his possession remains permissive, since he holds through the landlord's title and not against it. His possession can become adverse only from an open repudiation of the landlord's title brought to the landlord's knowledge, and the twelve years run from that point.

7. What must be shown to establish adverse possession? Possession that is actual, open, exclusive and held as owner, hostile to the true owner's title, and continuous for the whole statutory period, so that the owner was in a position to know that time was running against him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in357

Chapter Sixty

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Syllabus topic none. Added by the coverage ledger.

In one line

The sections tell you how to count; the Schedule tells you how long, and from when.

The three columns

Every entry in the Schedule has the same three columns, and the third is the one students forget.

Column 1, description of the suit, appeal or application. What the proceeding is. Column 2, period of limitation. The length. Column 3, time from which the period begins to run. The starting point.

Column 3 decides more cases than column 2. Two suits may both have three years, and be decided differently because one runs from the date of the breach and the other from the date the plaintiff had knowledge. Any answer to a problem must give both the period and the starting point, in the Schedule's own words.

Remember the vocabulary from section 2, because the examiner uses it precisely. The "period of limitation" is the figure in column 2. The "prescribed period" is that figure computed under the Act, after applying sections 4 to 24. See [Object and Features of the Limitation Act 1963].

How the Schedule is arranged

The Schedule contains 137 Articles in three Divisions.

FIRST DIVISION, SUITS, Articles 1 to 113, in ten Parts:

Part I, suits relating to accounts, Articles 1 to 5 Part II, suits relating to contracts, Articles 6 to 55 Part III, suits relating to declarations, Articles 56 to 58 Part IV, suits relating to decrees and instruments, Articles 59 and 60 Part V, suits relating to immovable property, Articles 61 to 67 Part VI, suits relating to movable property, Articles 68 to 71 Part VII, suits relating to tort, Articles 72 to 91 Part VIII, suits relating to trusts and trust property, Articles 92 to 96 Part IX, suits relating to miscellaneous matters, Articles 97 to 112 Part X, suits for which there is no prescribed period, Article 113

SECOND DIVISION, APPEALS, Articles 114 to 117.

THIRD DIVISION, APPLICATIONS, in two Parts: Part I, applications in specified cases, Articles 118 to 136 Part II, other applications, Article 137

Knowing the arrangement is not decoration. It is how you find an Article you have not memorised: identify what the proceeding is about, go to the Part, and read down it.

The two residuary Articles

These are the two to know by heart, because they are the answer whenever nothing else fits, and they are asked directly.

Article 113: any suit for which no period of limitation is provided elsewhere in the Schedule, three years, from when the right to sue accrues.

munotes.in358

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Article 137: any other application for which no period of limitation is provided elsewhere in the Division, three years, from when the right to apply accrues.

Article 137 is heavily used in practice, because the Third Division names only a limited set of applications and everything else falls into it.

The Articles worth knowing

No one memorises 137 Articles. These are the ones an LLB paper actually turns on, taken verbatim in substance from the Schedule.

Suits on contract

ArticleDescription of suitPeriodTime from which it runs
54For specific performance of a contractThree yearsThe date fixed for performance, or if none is fixed, when the plaintiff has notice that performance is refused
55For compensation for breach of any contract, express or implied, not specially provided forThree yearsWhen the contract is broken, or where there are successive breaches, when the breach sued on occurs, or where the breach is continuing, when it ceases

Suits about declarations and instruments

ArticleDescription of suitPeriodTime from which it runs
58To obtain any other declarationThree yearsWhen the right to sue first accrues
59To cancel or set aside an instrument or decree, or for rescission of a contractThree yearsWhen the facts entitling the plaintiff to have it cancelled or set aside, or the contract rescinded, first become known to him

Suits about immovable property

ArticleDescription of suitPeriodTime from which it runs
61(a)By a mortgagor to redeem or recover possession of mortgaged immovable propertyThirty yearsWhen the right to redeem or to recover possession accrues
62To enforce payment of money secured by a mortgage or otherwise charged upon immovable propertyTwelve yearsWhen the money sued for becomes due
63(a)By a mortgagee for foreclosureThirty yearsWhen the money secured by the mortgage becomes due
64For possession based on previous possession and not on title, the plaintiff having been dispossessedTwelve yearsThe date of dispossession
65For possession of immovable property based on titleTwelve yearsWhen the possession of the defendant becomes adverse to the plaintiff
67By a landlord to recover possession from a tenantTwelve yearsWhen the tenancy is determined

Suits about movable property and tort

ArticleDescription of suitPeriodTime from which it runs
68For specific movable property lost, or acquired by theft, dishonest misappropriation or conversionThree yearsWhen the person having the right to possession first learns in whose possession it is
72For compensation for an act done in pursuance of an enactmentOne yearWhen the act or omission takes place
73For compensation for false imprisonmentOne yearWhen the imprisonment ends
munotes.in359

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Government, and the residue

ArticleDescription of suitPeriodTime from which it runs
112Any suit by or on behalf of the Central or a State Government, except before the Supreme Court in its original jurisdictionThirty yearsWhen the period would begin to run under the Act against a like suit by a private person
113Any suit for which no period is provided elsewhere in the ScheduleThree yearsWhen the right to sue accrues

Appeals: the Second Division

The civil entries are Article 116 and Article 117, and they should be given together because they answer the two questions a student asks.

Article 116, under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908: (a) to a High Court from any decree or order, ninety days, from the date of the decree or order (b) to any other court from any decree or order, thirty days, from the date of the decree or order

Article 117: from a decree or order of any High Court to the same Court, thirty days, from the date of the decree or order. This is the letters patent appeal from a single judge to a Division Bench. See [Chartered High Courts and Small Cause Courts].

So a first appeal to the District Court is thirty days, a first or second appeal to the High Court is ninety days, and an intra-court appeal within a High Court is thirty days.

Recall from [Bar of Limitation and Condonation of Delay] that a late appeal can be saved by section 5 on sufficient cause, and that Order XLI Rule 3A requires it to be accompanied by an application supported by affidavit.

Applications: the Third Division

These are the entries that come up constantly in a procedure paper, because each corresponds to a rule of the Code studied elsewhere in this book.

ArticleApplicationPeriodTime from which it runs
118For leave to appear and defend a suit under summary procedureTen daysWhen the summons is served
120Under the Code, to have the legal representative of a deceased party made a partyNinety daysThe date of death of the plaintiff, appellant, defendant or respondent
121Under the same Code, for an order to set aside an abatementSixty daysThe date of abatement
122To restore a suit, appeal, or application for review or revision dismissed for default of appearance or want of prosecutionThirty daysThe date of dismissal
123To set aside an ex parte decree, or to rehear an appeal decreed or heard ex parteThirty daysThe date of the decree, or where the summons or notice was not duly served, when the applicant had knowledge of the decree
124For a review of judgment by a court other than the Supreme CourtThirty daysThe date of the decree or order
125To record an adjustment or satisfaction of a decreeThirty daysWhen the payment or adjustment is made
127To set aside a sale in execution of a decree, including by a judgment-debtorSixty daysThe date of the sale
131To any court for the exercise of its powers of revision under the CodeNinety daysThe date of the decree, order or sentence sought to be revised
136For the execution of any decree or order of any civil court, other than one granting a mandatory injunctionTwelve yearsWhen the decree or order becomes enforceable, or where it directs payment or delivery at a certain date or at recurring periods, when default takes place
137Any other application for which no period is provided elsewhere in the DivisionThree yearsWhen the right to apply accrues
munotes.in360

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Four of these deserve a note.

Article 118 gives ten days for leave to defend a summary suit, and it is the shortest period in the Schedule. See [Summary Procedure].

Article 123 is the ex parte decree entry, and its second limb matters: where the summons or notice was not duly served, time runs from when the applicant had knowledge of the decree, not from the decree. The Explanation adds that substituted service under Order V Rule 20 shall not be deemed due service for this Article. See [Appearance and Consequences of Non-appearance].

Article 127 was amended. The period to set aside an execution sale is sixty days, substituted for "thirty days" by Act 104 of 1976 with effect from 1 February 1977. Older books still print thirty. See [Sale in Execution].

Article 136 is the execution Article and the one most often asked. Twelve years for execution of a decree, running from when it becomes enforceable. Its proviso is a genuine exception: an application for the enforcement or execution of a decree granting a perpetual injunction shall not be subject to any period of limitation. Note that Article 135 separately gives three years for enforcement of a decree granting a mandatory injunction. See [Meaning of Execution and the Court which Executes].

The contrast between Articles 135 and 136 is examinable in a line: mandatory injunction, three years; perpetual injunction, no limitation; every other decree, twelve years.

How to work a limitation problem

This is a method, and it is worth following in that order in an answer, because it earns marks in sequence.

munotes.in361

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

One, classify the proceeding. Is it a suit, an appeal, or an application? The Division follows from that, and so does whether section 5 is available at all.

Two, find the Article. Go to the Part of the Division that matches the subject matter. If nothing fits, use Article 113 for a suit and Article 137 for an application.

Three, read column 3 first. Fix the starting point before the length. Most wrong answers get the length right and the start wrong.

Four, apply the computation sections. Exclude the first day, section 12(1); exclude the copying time for an appeal, section 12(2) and (3); exclude time in a wrong court, section 14; exclude a statutory notice period, section 15(2). Consider whether section 17 postpones the start for fraud or mistake, and whether sections 18 to 20 have given a fresh period. See [Computation of the Period of Limitation] and [Effect of Acknowledgment and Part Payment].

Five, consider disability, sections 6 to 9, and the three-year cap in section 8. See [Legal Disability].

Six, apply section 3. If the proceeding is out of time it must be dismissed, whether or not limitation was pleaded, subject to section 4 where the court was closed and section 5 where the delay in an appeal or application can be condoned.

Seven, check for a special law. Section 29(2): where a special or local law prescribes a different period, section 3 applies as if that period were in the Schedule, and sections 4 to 24 apply only so far as that law does not expressly exclude them.

A worked example

Zainab obtains a money decree on 10 March 2015. She does nothing about it until 2026.

Which Division? She wants to execute, so it is an application, the Third Division.

Which Article? Article 136, execution of a decree of a civil court.

How long, and from when? Twelve years, from when the decree became enforceable. From 10 March 2015 that expires on 10 March 2027, so she is in time.

Suppose the decree had granted a perpetual injunction. The proviso to Article 136 applies: an application to enforce it is not subject to any period of limitation at all.

Suppose it had granted a mandatory injunction. Article 136 excludes it and Article 135 applies: three years from the date of the decree, or from the date fixed for performance.

Suppose she is late and pleads sufficient cause. Section 5 does not help, because it expressly excludes applications under Order XXI of the Code.

Change the proceeding. Suppose instead she wants to appeal the decree to the High Court. Article 116(a): ninety days from the date of the decree. She excludes the day of pronouncement and the time requisite for copies under section 12(2) and (3), but not her own delay in applying for them, by the Explanation.

munotes.in362

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Change it again. Suppose the decree was passed against her ex parte and the summons was never duly served. Article 123: thirty days, but running from when she had knowledge of the decree, and by the Explanation substituted service under Order V Rule 20 is not due service for this purpose.

Change it again. Suppose she wants a review. Article 124: thirty days from the date of the decree or order.

Change it again. Suppose a party to her suit died and she wants his legal representative brought on record. Article 120: ninety days from the date of death. If the suit has already abated, Article 121: sixty days from the date of abatement.

Change the claim entirely. Suppose she is suing for possession of land she owns, occupied by another since 2011. Article 65: twelve years from when the defendant's possession became adverse. That expired in 2023, and section 27 has already extinguished her right.

Suppose no Article fits her claim at all. Article 113: three years from when the right to sue accrues.

What it does not mean

The Schedule is not the whole answer. Column 2 gives the period of limitation; the prescribed period is that figure computed under sections 4 to 24.

Column 2 is not the important column. Column 3 decides the case.

Article 137 is not a general three-year rule for everything. It is the residuary Article for applications only; Article 113 is the residuary for suits.

Twelve years is not the period for every execution step. Article 136 covers the application for execution of a decree; a mandatory injunction is under Article 135, a perpetual injunction has no period, and separate applications have their own Articles, such as 127 for setting aside a sale.

Old editions are not safe on Article 127. The period is sixty days, amended in 1977.

The Schedule does not override a special law. Section 29(2) governs that relationship.

Quick revision

Three columns: description, period, and time from which it begins to run. Always give the third.

Structure: 137 Articles in three Divisions. Suits, Articles 1 to 113 in ten Parts (accounts, contracts, declarations, decrees and instruments, immovable property, movable property, tort, trusts, miscellaneous, and no prescribed period). Appeals, 114 to 117. Applications, 118 to 136 in specified cases and 137 for the rest.

Residuary: Article 113, suits, three years from when the right to sue accrues. Article 137, applications, three years from when the right to apply accrues.

munotes.in363

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

Most used: 54 specific performance, three years. 55 breach of contract, three years. 58 declaration, three years. 59 cancellation, three years from knowledge. 61(a) redemption, thirty years. 62 money charged on immovable property, twelve years. 64 possession on previous possession, twelve years from dispossession. 65 possession on title, twelve years from when possession becomes adverse. 67 landlord against tenant, twelve years. 112 suit by Government, thirty years.

Appeals: 116(a) to a High Court, ninety days; 116(b) to any other court, thirty days; 117 within the same High Court, thirty days.

Applications: 118 leave to defend a summary suit, ten days from service. 120 legal representative, ninety days from death. 121 setting aside abatement, sixty days. 122 restoration after dismissal for default, thirty days. 123 setting aside an ex parte decree, thirty days, or from knowledge where the summons was not duly served, and substituted service is not due service. 124 review, thirty days. 127 setting aside an execution sale, sixty days, amended in 1977. 131 revision, ninety days. 135 mandatory injunction, three years. 136 execution, twelve years, and a perpetual injunction is subject to no period at all.

Test yourself

1. How is the Schedule arranged? In 137 Articles across three Divisions. The First Division deals with suits, Articles 1 to 113, in ten Parts covering accounts, contracts, declarations, decrees and instruments, immovable property, movable property, tort, trusts and trust property, miscellaneous matters, and suits for which no period is prescribed. The Second Division deals with appeals, Articles 114 to 117. The Third Division deals with applications, Articles 118 to 136 in specified cases and Article 137 for other applications.

2. What are the residuary Articles? Article 113, for any suit for which no period of limitation is provided elsewhere in the Schedule, three years from when the right to sue accrues; and Article 137, for any other application for which no period is provided elsewhere in the Division, three years from when the right to apply accrues.

3. What is the period for execution of a decree? Twelve years under Article 136, running from when the decree or order becomes enforceable, or where it directs payment or delivery at a certain date or at recurring periods, from when default takes place. The proviso excepts a decree granting a perpetual injunction, an application to enforce which is subject to no period of limitation. A decree granting a mandatory injunction falls under Article 135, three years.

4. What is the period for an appeal under the Code of Civil Procedure? Under Article 116, ninety days to a High Court from any decree or order, and thirty days to any other court. Under Article 117, thirty days from a decree or order of a High Court to the same Court.

munotes.in364

The Schedule: How to Find a Period of Limitation

5. From when does time run for setting aside an ex parte decree? Under Article 123, thirty days from the date of the decree; but where the summons or notice was not duly served, from when the applicant had knowledge of the decree. The Explanation provides that substituted service under Order V Rule 20 of the Code shall not be deemed to be due service for the purposes of the Article.

6. What is the period for a suit for possession of immovable property based on title, and when does it begin? Twelve years under Article 65, from when the possession of the defendant becomes adverse to the plaintiff. Where the plaintiff sues on previous possession and not on title, Article 64 gives twelve years from the date of dispossession, and where the plaintiff is the Central or a State Government, Article 112 gives thirty years.

7. Set out the steps in solving a limitation problem. Classify the proceeding as a suit, appeal or application; find the Article in the relevant Division, falling back on Article 113 or Article 137; read column 3 to fix the starting point before the length; apply the computation provisions in sections 12 to 24, including exclusions and any fresh period under sections 18 to 20; consider legal disability under sections 6 to 9 with the three-year cap in section 8; apply the bar in section 3, subject to section 4 where the court was closed and section 5 where the delay in an appeal or application can be condoned; and check section 29(2) for any special or local law prescribing a different period.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in365

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!